2011 Audi QS

Owner's Manual

Audi
Vorsprung durch Technik
Introduction
Thank you for choosing an Audi QS - we value your trust in us.
Your new Audi QS incorporates the newest technology as well as numerous fea-
tures designed for your comfort, convenience and safety. We recommend you
read your Owner's Manual thorough ly so that you can quickly become acqua inted
wit h your Audi.
In addition to explaining how the different features work, we also give you many
useful tips and information concerning your safety and that of your passengers,
how to care for your vehicle and maintain your vehicle's value .
We hope you enjoy driving your Audi QS and we wish you safe and pleasant mo-
tor ing.
AUDIAG
2 Table of content s

Vehicle liter a ture .............. 5 Luggage compartment . . .... . . . . . . 70

Roof rack . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 73
About this Owner's Manual . .. 6 Beverage holders . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 76
Climati zed cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Controls and equipment . . . .. . 8 ( upholders in the door pockets ... . . . 77
Ins t ruments and controls .... 8 Asht ray .. . ... . . . . . ............. . 78
General illus t rat ion .... . . . . . . . . .. . 8 Cigarette ligh t er/ou t let . . . ... .. . . . . 78
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Instrument s and warning /
indicator lights ...... .... ...... 10 Warm and cold . .. . . . . ... .. . . . . 82
Instruments . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 10 Three-zone automat ic climate control 82
War ning/indicator lights . . . . . ...... 14 Basic sett ings .... . ............ ... 88
Seat heating . . . . . . ............ ... 88
Driver information d isplay . . . . 20
I ntroduction . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 20 On the road . . . . . . ... . . .. . . . . . . 90
Trip computer . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 22 Steering . . . ... . . . ............ ... 90
Efficiency program ........ . . . . . .. . 24 Ig nit ion lo ck and ign ition switch . . . . . 90
On-Board Diagnostic system (OBD) . . . 25 Starting and stopping the engine with
Electronic speed limiter . . . . . . . . . .. . 26 Convenience key . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 92
Speed warn ing system .. . ... . . . . . . . 26 Electromechanical parking brake . . . . 94
Auto Check Cont rol .... . ..... . . . . . 28 Cruise contro l . . . . . . . .......... ... 97

Opening and closing .......... 37 Adaptive cruise control ....... 99

Keys . . . . . . ................ ..... 37 Speed and distance control system .. 99
Power locking system . . . . . . . . . . .. . 40 Driver informat ion . ............ ... 104
Opening and closing rear lid . . . . . . . . 44 System limitations . . . .......... ... 108
Autom atic rear lid/t runk lid operat ion 45 Audi braking guard ......... . .... . 110
Emergency unlocking of t he l uggage
compartment lid . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 47 Audi side assist 113
Child safety locks . . .... . . . . . . . . .. . 47 Lane change assistant ............ . 113
Power windows .......... . . . . . .. . 47 Notes ..... . . . . . . . ... . ...... .... 119
Panoramic slid ing sunroof .. . . . . . .. . 49
Audi drive select .............. 121
Clear vision . . .......... .. . . . .. . 51 Driving settings . . . .. . . . . ... .. . . . . 121
Lights . . . . . . ................... . 51
Inter ior lights . . .......... .. . . . .. . 55 Automatic transmission ... . . . 123
V1s1on . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . . ...... 56 . t . ®
t 1p ronic . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ... .. . . . . 123
W iper and washer system ... . ...... 56
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . ...... 59 Parking system . ............ ... 129
Digita l compass .......... .. . . . .. . 62 Audi parking system plus with
rearview camera . . ............... . 129
Seats and storage ..... .... .... 64 Adjust ing the display and war ning
General recomme ndat ions . .... .... 64 tones . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ ... 133
Power fron t seat adjus t ment .... .... 65 Trailer hit ch .................... . 134
Seat memo ry . . . . . .... . . . .... . .. . 66 Error messages 134
Rear seats . . . . . . . . .... . . . .... . .. . 67
Head restraints . . . .... . . . .... . .. . 68 Homelink ® .................... 135
Center arm rest ........... .... .... 69 Universal remote cont rol . . . . . . . . . . . 135
 Table of contents 3

Safety first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Driving off road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Driving Safely ................. 139 Driving in difficult road conditions and •
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 offroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 •
Proper occupant seating posit ions . . . 140
Pedal area . . . ............ . ... . . . . 144 Trailer towing . . . . . . .......... . 213
Stowing luggage ............ ..... 145 Driving with a trailer . .......... ... 213
Reporting Safety Defects ... . . . . . . . . 146 Trailer tow ing tips 215

Safety belts . . . . .... . . . . . . . .... 148 Vehicle care ... . . . . . .......... . 217
General notes .. . . .. . ..... . . . . .... 148 Cleaning and protection ... . . . 217
Why safety belts? ........... . .... 149 General information ........... ... 217
Safety belts . ............ . ... .... 151 Care of exterior . . . .............. . 217
Safety belt pretens ion ers .. . . . . .... 154 Care of interior . . . . . . . . . ...... . .. . 223

Airbag system . . .. ... . . . . . . .... 156 Fuel supply and filling your
Important things to know . . . . . . .... 156 fuel tank . . . . . . . ................ 228
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 160 Gasoline . . . . . . . . ................ 228
Monito ring the Advanced Airbag Fuel tank . . . . . . . . ................ 229
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 167
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 172 Checking and filling . . . . .. .. .. . 232
Side curta in airbags . . . . . . . . . . . .... 174 Engine hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 232
Engine compartment . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 234
Ch ild Safety ................... 178 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 234
Important things to know . . . . . . . . . . 178 Engine cooling system . . . . . . .. .. .. . 239
Child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 241
Installing a child safety seat . . . . . . . . 187 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 242
LATCH Lower anchorages and tethe rs Windshield/headlight washer
for childre n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Additional I nformation 195
Tires and wheels .............. 247
Vehicle operation ............. 196 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Intelligent technology ........ 196 Tire pressure monitoring system 265
Notice about data recorded by vehicle
control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Do-it-yourself service ...... .. . 268
Elect ronic Stabilization Program (ESP) 196 What do I do now? . . . . . . . . . .. . 268
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 200 Jack, tools and inflatab le spare tire . . 268
Servotronic ® - advanced power Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 271
steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 202
Driving w ith your quattro ® . . . ...... 203 Fuses and bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Energy management . . . . . . . . ...... 203 Electr ical fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Driving and environment ..... 206
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and Emergency situations .. .. .. .. . 281
afterwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 281
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Starting by pushing or towing .. .. .. . 281
Avoid damaging the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 207 Starting with jumpe r cables . .. .. .. . 281
Operate your vehicle econom ically and Use of jumper cables . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 282
minimize pollution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
4 Table of contents

Emergency towing with commercial

tow truck . . . . . .......... ... . . .. . 283
Lift ing vehicle . . .......... ........ 285

Technical data ............. . .. . 287

General information .... .... .. 287
Explanation of technical data . .... .. 287
Vehicle identification ........ .... .. 287
Weights ... . . . . . . .... . . . . . .... .. 287
Dimensions . . . . .. .. .. . ... . . .... .. 288

Data . . . . . .............. . . . . . .. . 289

211 hp, 4-cylinder engine, w ith all
wheel dr ive . .............. ....... 289
270 hp, 6-cylinde r engine, w ith all
wheel drive ... . .......... . . . . . .. . 290

Consumer Information ....... 29 1

War ranty coverages ..... . . . . . . . . . . 291
Operating your vehicle outside the
U.S.A. or Canada ............. .... 291
Audi Service Repair Manuals and
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Maintenance.. . ............ . . . ... 291
Addit ional accessories, modifications
and parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Declaration of Compliance,
Telecommun ications and Electronic
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Index .......................... 296

 Vehicle literature 5

I n addition to t his Owner's Manual, your Audi If you change your address or if you
comes w ith a Warranty & Maintena nce book- bought this Audi used •
let. be sure to send in a "Notice of Addr ess •

Moreover, dependi ng on t he mode l and t he Change"/ " Notice of Used Car Purchase" post
equip ment, t here may be additiona l instr uc- card. This card can be fo und in the War ranty &
tion booklets delivered w ith your vehicle (for Maint enance booklet or obtained from your
examp le, Operat ing Instr uctions f or your autho rized Audi dealer.
Sound System, Navigation System etc .). It is in your own interest that we are able to
If you are m issing one of these publicat ions, contact you should the need arise .
or if you believe that the inf ormation is not
comp lete, contact you r aut horized Audi dealer
for assistance.

The Warranty & Maintenance booklet

explains how you can keep your Audi in top
driving condition by having it serviced regular -
ly and conta ins deta iled info rmat ion about
the wa rranties covering your Audi. Always
have the book let with you when you take your
vehicle to an auth orized Audi dealer for serv-
ice. Your Audi Service Adviser w ill record each
schedul ed service and can answer any qu es-
tions you may have regarding how to maintain
your vehicl e.

In Canada,
t he vehicle lite ratu re is also available in
French. To obtai n a copy, contact your dealer
or w rit e to :

Au Canada, on peut se procure r un exempla ire

en fran~ais de ce document aupres du conces-
sionna ire ou de:

Volkswagen Canada, Inc.

Client Assistance
Assistance a la Clientele
777 Bayly Str eet, West,
Aj ax, Ontario LIS 7G7

If you sell your Audi

all literature should be left in the veh icle to
make the Warranty terms as we ll as all oper-
ating, safety and ma intenance information
available t o the next ow ner.
6 About this Owner 's Manual

This owner's manua l contains important infor-

mation, tips, suggestions, and warnings for
(D Note

the use of your vehicle. Text with this symbo l draws your attention
to potentia l sources of damage to your ve-
Make sure that this owner's manua l is always hicle.
located in the vehicle. This is especially impor-
tant if you allow other people to drive the ve- @) For the sake of the environment
hicle, or if you sell it.
Text with this symbo l contains information
This owner's manua l describes the equipment about the environment and how you can
range specified for this mode l at the editoria l help protect it.
deadline date. Some of the equipment descri-
bed here will on ly be available at a later date, {!) Tips
or only in specific markets. Text with this symbo l contains special tips
Some sections in this owner's manua l do not and other informat ion about gett ing the
apply to all vehicles . In that case, the range of most out of your vehicle and its features.
applicability is given at the beginn ing of the
section, e.g., "Applies to vehicles: with adap-
tive ligh t ". In addition, opt ional equipment is
indicated by an asterisk"*".

The details in the illustrations may be differ -

ent from those in your vehicle, and are intend-
ed to be viewed as a basic guide.

You will find a table of contents at the begin-

ning of this book, which disp lays all topics de-
scribed in th is manual in order of appearance.
You will find an alphabetical index at the end
of this book .

All directions, such as " left", "right", "front",

"back", are relative to the direct ion of travel.

* optional equipment
... This section continues on the next page.
® Registered trademarks are identified with
a®. If this symbol is missing, it is no guar-
antee that the terms can be used free ly.

~ .& Cross-reference to a "WARNING!" with-

in a section. For ind ication w ith a page num-
ber, the corresponding "WARNING!" can be
found out side of the section .

& WARNING
Text with this symbol contains important
information on safety and how to reduce
the risk of personal injury or death.
7

•
•
8 Instruments and controls

Instruments and controls

General illustration

Fig. l Cockpit: left section

Fig. 2 Cockpit : ri ght section

 Instruments and controls 9

(!) Memory buttons (driver's seat) 66 @ Front passenger's airbag . . . . . . 160

@ Door handle @ Depending on options:
@ Power locking swit ch .... . . . . . 43 - Control for Audi drive select 121
© Side assist button .......... . 113 - Parking system switch . . . . . . 129
® Air outlets .. . . .. . ..... ..... 87 - Electron ic Stabilization Pro-
@ Turn signa l and high beam . . . . 54 gram (ESP) switch . . . . . . . . . . 196
- Hill descent assist switch . . . . 198
(j) Multifunction steering wheel
with: @ Three-zone automatic climate
control .................... 82
- Horn
- Driver's airbag ........... .. 160 @ Shift lever for automatic trans-
mission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
- Operating buttons for the au-
dio system @ Asht ray with cigarette lighter . . 78 , 78
- Rocker switches for tiptron ic @ Depending on options:
operation . . ...... . ... . . . . 127 - MMI control console or
@ SET button ............ . ... . 11 - Parking system switch . . . . . . 129
® Instrument cluster ...... ..... 10 - Electronic Stabilization Pro-
@ Reset button for trip odometer . 13 gram (ESP)switch . . . . . . . . . . 196
- Hill descent assist switch . . . . 198
@ Switches for:
- Control for Audi drive select 121
- Windsh ield wiper/washer . . . . 56
- Trip computer ........ .....
@ Start/Stop button . . . . . . . . . . . 92
22
@ I gn ition lock ........ . ..... .. 90
@) Electromechanical parking brake 94

@ Adjustable steering column 90

(D Tips
~ Control lever for :
Some of the equipment or features shown
- Cruise contro l ........ ..... 97
in the general ill ustration may be standard
- Adaptive cruise control ..... 99 equipment on your vehicle or may be op-
@ Data Link Connector for On tional equipment depending on your mod-
Board Diagnostics (OBD II) . . . . 25 el. Always ask your authorized Audi dealer
@ Release lever for the engine if you have a question about your vehicle .
hood . . . . ... . . .. . ..... ..... 232
@ I nstrument lighting . . . . . . . . . . 53
@ Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
@ Switch for unlock ing the trunk
lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
@ Adju ster control for outside mir-
rors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
@ Power wi ndow switches . . . . . . . 47
@ Radio system or Audi mu ltime-
dia (see separate manua l)
@ Radio or MMI display (see sepa-
rate manual)
@) Button/Indicator lig ht for:
- Emergency flasher . . . . . . . . . 54
- PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
@ Glove compartment (lockable) 80
10 Instruments and warning /i ndicator lights

Instruments and warning/indicator Lights

Instruments
Instrument cluster and controls
The instrument cluster is your central source of information.

Fig. 3 Overview of the inst rum ent cluster

CDCoolant temperature gauge .. . 10 Engine coolant temperature gauge

@ Tachometer ............... . 11
The engine coolant gauge q page 10, fig. 3 CD
@ Warning/indicator light s . . . . . . 14
only works when the ign ition is on . To prevent
© ISETlbutton ........ ........ 11 damage to your engine, please note the fol -
® Display lowing important po ints:
- Driver information system .. . 20
Engine cold
- Time and date d isplay . . . . . . . 12
- Odometer ... .......... ... 13 If the needle is at or close to the bottom of
® Reset button for trip odometer . 13 the gauge, the engine has not yet reac hed its
(z) Speedometer operating temperatu re. Avoid high engine
speeds, heavy engine loads, and heavy throt -
@ Fuel gauge . ... . .... ........ 12
tle app lications.
(D Tips Normal temperature
The illumination for the instrument cluster When the engine has reached its operating
lights up whenever you switch on the igni- temperature, the needle will move to the mid-
tion with the vehicle headlights off . As dle of the gauge and remain t here . If the en-
the daylight fades, the instrument cluster gine is working hard at high outs ide tempera-
illuminat ion likewise dims automatically tures, the needle may move higher on the
and will go out completely when the out- gauge. This is not a cause for conce rn as long
side light is very low. This feature is meant as the . warning light in the instrument
to remind you to switch on the headlights cluster disp lay does not illuminate. .,..
when outside light conditions become
poor.
 In s trument s an d warning / indicator lights 11

Warning light in the instrument cluster at the end of the scale indicates maximum
display permissible engine RPM after the break-in pe-
If the . warning light in the instrument clus- riod. Before reaching this area , move these-
ter disp lay flashes, this can mean one of two lector lever to position "D (Drive)" or ease
things: either the coolant temperature is too your foot off the acce lerator pedal.
high, or the coolant level is too low
¢ page 30 . CDNote
The tachometer needle @ ¢ page 10,
If the needle is well in the upper area of the
fig. 3 should on ly briefly be in the red
gauge, the coolant temperature is too high.
zone: you cou ld damage your eng ine! The
Stop the vehicle, switch the engine off, and
beginning of the red zone varies depend-
allow it to cool. If the warning light comes on
ing on the engine.
again after driving a short distance, contact
an author ized Audi dealer or other qualif ied
workshop.
@) For the sake of the environment
Upshifting early saves fuel and reduces en-
_& WARNING gine noise .

- Always observe the warning in

¢ page 226, Engine compartment, be - ~ button
fore opening the hood and checking the You can perform different functions with this
engine coolant level. button.
- Never open the engine hood if you see or
hear steam, or if you see engine coolant
dripping from the engine compartment.
You could burn yourself. Let the engine
cool off first so that you cannot hear or
see any steam or e ngine coolant .

CDNote
- Mounting additional lights or accessories
in front of the a ir inlets reduces the cool- Fig. 4 SETbutton in the instrument cluster
ing effect of the rad iator. At high outside
temperatures or high engine load, the The !SET!button performs the following func -
engine could overheat. tions :
- The front spo iler has been designed to
Switching on time, date, temperature
properly distribute the cooling air when
display, and odometer
the veh icle is moving. If the spoiler is
damaged, this could reduce the cooling The display appea rs fo r approximately 30 sec-
effect and the engine could then over- onds when you press the !SET !button ¢ fig. 4
heat. Ask you r aut hor ized Audi dealer for with the ignit ion off.
assistance. Starting the Auto -Check sequence
The Auto-Check system ¢ page 28 constant-
Tachometer (engine rev counter )
ly mon itors certa in individua l functions and
The tachometer indicates the engine RPM components of the vehicle when the ignition
(revolutions per minutes). is turned on and when the vehicle is moving.

If engine RPM d rops be low 1,50 0, you should With the ign ition turned on, you can start the
downshift to the next lower gear . The red area "Auto-Check sequence" by pressing the iSET i liJJ,,
12 Instruments and warning/indicator lights

button. You can perform an Auto-Check se- learn more about th is in the MMI manual or in
quence when the vehicle is stationary and the the radio user's manua l.
ignition is turned on or when the vehicle is
moving slower than 3 mph (5 km/h). (D Tips

The number of keys programmed to the vehi - - The digital clock turns on for about 30
cle is also displayed. The disp lay L2 3/3 indi- seconds when the driver's door is
cates that three keys have been programmed. opened .
This allows you to make sure you have re- - When the ignition is turned off, the od-
ceived all of the keys when you purchase a ometer reading and the digital clock w ith
used vehicle . date display can be switched on for
about 30 seconds by pressing the ,-s-ET-
!
For examp le, if you on ly receive two keys, you button <=:>
page 11, fig. 4.
should take those keys to your authori zed Au-
di dealer to have the missing key deactivated
Fuel gauge
so it cannot be used. You should also report
the m issing key to your insurance company . The fue l gauge works only when the ignition is
on .
Calling up the driver information
A yellow or red symbol appears in the instru- When the needle reaches the reserve mark,
ment cluster display, usually with a driver the<=:>page 34 Ii] symbol appears in the in-
message . The driver message display disap- strument cluster display as well as the mes-
pears after about 5 seconds. The driver mes- sage Please refuel. There are approx imately
sage can be displayed again by briefly press- 2. 6 gallons (10 liters) of fue l left. This mes-
ing the !SET!button. sage is meant to remind you to refuel.

The total tank capacity of your vehicle is listed

Setting the speed warning
in <=:>
page 289 .
By pressing the ISET!button briefly, you can
set threshold 1 of the speed warning while (D Note
you are dr iving <=:>
page 27 . By mainta ining Never run the tank completely dry! An ir-
pressure on the ISET!button, you delete the regular supply of fuel can cause engine
warn ing threshold. misfiring and fuel could enter into the ex-
haust system . The catalytic converter
Digital clock with date display could then overheat and be damaged.

Fig. S Instrument cluster: t ime and date

Digital clock
The date, time of day, t ime and date format
can be set in the radio or in the MMI*. You can
 Instruments and warning/indicator lights 13

Odometer Odometer/trip odometer

The odometer indicates the distance driven. The odometer shows the total number of kilo-
meters or miles that have been driven on the
vehicle.

The trip odometer shows the distance driven

since it was last reset . It can be used to meas-
ure short distances . The last digit shows dis-
tances of 100 meters or 1/10 of a mile .

The trip odometer can be reset to zero by

pressing the reset button 10
.01~ fig. 7.
Fig. 6 In st rum ent clust er: odometer Malfunction message
If there is a malfunction somewhere in the in-
strument cluster, dEF will appear in the trip
odometer and will stay on. Contact your au-
thorized Audi dealer to have the problem cor-
rected.

(D Tips
- The date, time, and distance continue to
Fig. 7 Instrument cluster : reset button show for about 30 seconds after the igni-
tion is switched off.
The display of distance driven is shown in kilo- - The odometer turns on for about 30 sec -
meters "km " or in "miles ". onds when the driver's door is opened.
- The odometer can be turned on for ap-
- USA models - Miles
proximately 30 seconds with the ignition
- Canada models - Kilometer s
off by pressing the ! SET ! button
You can switch from kilometers to miles or ~ page 11, fig. 4.
vise ve rsa in t he radio or in t he MMI* using the
ISETUP I button .
14 In struments and warning /i ndicator light s

Warning/indicator lights
Overview

The warning/indicator lights indicate different functions or a possible malfunction.

Fig. 8 Instrument duste r with warning/indicator lights

Your vehicle is equipped with several impor·

•
Trailer turn signal assembly*
tant warning and ind icator lights to help you ¢page 16
monitor the cont inued reliable operation of
your vehicle¢ _&. Safety belt
c:>page 17

a
Dynamic steering*
~ ¢page 15 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL)
Electronic power control
[m ¢page 15
¢ page 17
High beam
Elect ronic Stabilizat ion Prog ram ¢page 17
Ii] (ESP)
Right turn signal
c:>page 15
Electronic Stabilization Program
- II ¢page 16

I (ESP)
c:>page 15 ffii{U~13
USA models : Cruise cont rol acti-
vated

USA models: Safety systems - c:>page 17

•
c:>page 16 Canada models: Cruise contro l
activated
Canada models : Safety systems ¢page 17
c:>page 16 USA models : Anti-lock brake
Tire pressure moni t oring sys· ~ system (ABS) defective
¢page 17
tern*
c:>page 16
[E Canada models: Ant i-lock brake
system (ABS) defect ive

•
Left turn signal
c:>page 16 <::>page17
USA models: Parking brake
¢page 18
 In s trument s and warnin g/ indi ca tor ligh ts 15

Canada models: Parking brake ing can be more diff icult or sensitive than usu-
¢ page 18 al. The steering whee l may also be at an angle
when driving straight.

A WARNING
-
Canada models: Brake malfunc- Have the dynamic steering system ma l-
t ion function repaired as soon as possible by an
¢ p age 18 authorized Audi dealer or any qualified
workshop - risk of accident!
In vehicles wit h adapt ive cruise control* addi-
tion al indicato r lights are disp layed (D Tips
¢ page 104.
- If the ind icator light £s:-J
flashes, dynamic
A WARNING steering is being re-in it ialized. The driver
information system display shows the
- Failure to heed warning lights and other
words Dynamic steering: initializing
important vehicle info rmation may result
¢page 33 .
in serious personal injury or vehicle dam-
- The dynamic steering stability systems
age.
are not availab le in the event of a system
- Whenever sta ll ed or stopped for repair,
ma lfunction.
move the vehicle a safe distance off the
road, stop the engine, and turn on the
emergency flasher¢ page 54. EPC
Electronic power control

- The engine compartment of any motor This warning/indicator light monitors the
vehicle is a potentially hazardous area. electronic power control.
Before you check anything in the engine
compartment, stop the engine and let it The ~ wa rning/ind icator light (Electronic
cool down. Always exercise extreme cau- Power Control) illuminates when you turn on
t ion when wor king under the hood the ignit ion as a funct ion check.
¢ page 226, Engine compartment
(D Tips
(D Tips If this warn ing/ indicator light illum inates
Many functions are monitored by the Auto- while you are driving, then there is a mal-
Check system ¢ page 28. Malfunct ions funct ion in the engine electronics . Have
or faults will be identified either w ith a red the malfunct ion corrected as soon as pos-
symbo l (pr iority 1- Danger!) or with a yel- sible by your authori zed Audi dealer or
low symbol (prior ity 2 - Warning). qualified workshop.

~ Dynamic steering f!!.I~ Electronic stabilization program

(ESP)
App lies to vehicles: with Audi drive select

If the indicator lig ht ,1rJ

illuminates when If the li1
indicator lamp blinks wh ile driving,
switching on the ignition and goes out when the ESPor ASR (Anti-Slip Regulation) is active-
the engine starts, dynamic steering is activat- ly regulating .
ed. If the bl ind icator lamp illum inates, the sys-
If the indicator lig ht ,1rJ
illuminates after the tem has switched the ESP off. In t his case, you
engine starts, a system malfunction has oc- can switch the ignition off and then on to .,,.
cur red. You can continue to drive caref ull y at a
reduced speed to a qualified workshop . Steer-
16 In st rum e nt s and w a rn ing /i ndic a t o r light s

switch the ESP on again. The system is func - ill Tire pressure monitoring system -
tioning comp letely when the indicator lamp telltale indicator lamp
switches off . Appl ies to vehicles: w ith tire pressure mo nito ri ng system

If the Iindicator lamp illuminates , the ESP The warning/indicator light appears in the
was switched off with the Ifl- O FF Ibutton . event of a significant loss of tire pressure or if
there is a malfunction.
Stabili sation program and ABS f ault ! See
owner's manu al The ind icator light ti] illuminates to check the
funct ion when you switch on the ignit ion.
If the Ji]indicato r lamp and the II] ABS ind i-
cator lamp illumi nate and the dr iver message If the [I) symbol rema ins on or blinks after
appears, the ABS or electronic differential lock you sw itch on the ignit ion, there is a loss of
is m al function ing. This also interrupts the t ire pressure or a system malfunction . If there
ESP. The brakes st ill function with the ir nor- is a system malfunction, see your authorized
mal power, but ABS is not active. Audi dealer as soon as poss ible.
Drive to you r authorized Aud i dea ler immedi- Deta iled informat io n on the tire pressure
ate ly to have the malfunction cor rected. monitoring system can be found in
For mo re informat ion about the ESP
~ page 265.
~ page 196 .
¢¢Turn signals
~/ !lr Safety systems The indicator light blinks when you use either
turn signal.
The I (USA mode ls)/ . (Canada mode ls) in-
d icator light monitors the safety systems e.g. Whenever you use the left B
or the right B
airbags, pretensioners and illuminates for a turn s ignal, the indicator light blinks . When
few seconds each time you switch the ignition you use the emergency flashers, both indica-
on. tor lights flash .
If the I (USA models)/ . (Canada models) If one of the turn signa l light bulbs burn out,
indicator light does not go out , or if it illumi- the turn signal will blink twice as fast as nor-
nates while you are driving , or if it starts to mal.
blink, then there is a ma lfunction somewhere
This does not apply, however, in t owing mode .
in the system. If the light does not illuminate
The ind icator light does not flash if a turn sig -
when you switch the igni t ion on, t his also
nal is out on the trailer or the towing veh icle .
means there is a malfunction .
Additional information on the turn signals
A WARNING ~ page 54.

If you have a malfunction in the safety sys -

tems, contact your author ized Audi dealer
1
¢ ¢ Trailerturn signal assembly
Applies to veh icles: w ith tow ing hitch
immediate ly. Otherw ise the safety sys-
tems may not wo rk properly in an acci- The indicator light also blinks if the turn sig-
dent . nal is operated when towing a trailer.

The ind icator light . blinks when the turn

s ignal is used, if a tra ile r has been properly
connected to the vehicle.

If one of the turn signa l bulbs on the trailer is

burned out or defective, the ind icator light
will not blink when you use the turn signals . ..,_
 Instruments and warning/indicator lights 17

@ Tips CRUISE/
(,)°Cruise control
For vehicles with a factory installed towing The Iij;jl (USA models) ;II (Canada models)
)~i~
hitch or a trailer hitch that was installed warning/indicator light illum inates when the
later according to factory specifications, cru ise control is activated.
the trailer turn signal assembly is actuat-
ed. ABS/(@) Anti-lock brake system (ABS)

This warning/indicator light monitors the ABS

l Safety belts
and the electronic differential lock (EDL).
This warning/indica tor light reminds you to
put on your safety belt. The &1i,B (USA models) ;Ei](Canada models)
warning/indicator light will come on for a few
The . warn ing/indicator light illum inates seconds when the ignition is switched on . The
when the ignition is switched on to rem ind light will go out after an automatic check se -
the driver and (on USA models only) any front quence is comp leted .
passenger to put on the safety belt. Addition -
There is a malfunction in the ABS when:
ally, an audible warning tone will also sound.
- The warning/indicator light does not illum i-
For more Information c:>page 148, Safety
nate when you switch on the ignition.
belt warning light.
- The warn ing/indicator light does not go out
after a few seconds.
0 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
- The warning/indicator light illuminates
The Malfunction Ind icator Lamp (MIL) is part while driving .
of the On-BoardDiagnostic(OBDII) system. The brake system will still respond even
The symbol flllli$
tights up when the ignition is without the assistance of the ABS system.
turned o n and will turn off after the engine See your authorized Audi dealer as soon as
has started and has settled at a cons ta nt idle possible to restore full braking performance.
speed. This indicates that the MIL is working For more information regard ing the ABS
properly. ¢ page 201.
The warning light illuminates when there is a The ABS warning light and the brake warn-
mal fu nct ion in the engine e lectronic system. ing light come on together. The ABS will not
Contact your authorized Audi dealer and have work and you will notice a change in braking
the ma lfunction corrected. response and performance .
An improperly closed fuel filler cap may also
Malfunction in the brake system
cause the MILlight to illuminate
c:>page 230. If the brake warn ing light ¢ page 18 and
the ABS warning illuminate together there
For more inform at ion c:>page 25. may be a malfunction in the ABS, and the re
may also be a malfunction in the bra ke system
~D High beam itse lf ¢ .& .

The . wa rning/ind icato r light illum inates In the event of a malfunction in the brake
when the high beams are on or when you use system the warning/ind icator light -
the head light flasher. For more information (USA models)/ . (Canada models) in the in-
about using the high beams, see ¢ page 54 . str ument cluster flashes. By press ing the ISE
TI
button, you can bring up a d river message
which explains the malfunction in more de-
tai l. Please note ¢ page 30 .
18 In strument s and w a rn ing /i ndic a t o r light s

Malfunction in th e e le ctron ic diff ere nti a l minate for about 30 seconds. If the parking
lock (EDL) brake is applied with the ignition turned off,
The EDLworks together with the ABS. The the warn ing/ indicator light illum inates for
ABS warning light will come on if there is a about 30 seconds.
malfunction in the EDLsystem q page 199. The warn ing/indicator light will go out when
See your authorized Audi dealer as soon as the parking brake is re leased.
possible.
If the wa rning/ind icator light flashes continu-
A WARNING
-
ous ly after applyi ng the pa rking brake, brak-
ing force is not sufficient to prevent the vehi-
- If the m (USA models)/ 11] (Canada
cle from rolling unintentionally. Please note
mode ls) warn ing light does not go out,
the following:
or if it comes on while driv ing, the ABS
system is not working properly. The vehi- - If the slope of the ground is too steep t o
cle can then be stopped only with the park the vehicle, the additional drive mes -
standard brakes (without ABS). You will sage appears Caution : Vehicle parked too
not have the protection ABS provides. ste e p.
Contact your authorized Audi dea ler as - In the event of a parking brake malfunction,
soon as poss ible. the yellow II symbo l appears in the instr u-
- USA models: If the - warning light ment cluster display and the driver message
and the m warning light come on to- Parking brake malfunction! is displayed.
gether, the rear wheels could lock up Have the malfunction repa ired as soon as
first under hard braking. Rear wheel lock- possible by an authorized Audi dealer or any
up can cause loss of vehicle control and other qualif ied workshop.
an acc ident. Have your vehicle repaired
immediately by your authorized Audi BRAKE/C
(D)Brake system
dealer or a qualified workshop. Drive
slowly and avoid sudden, ha rd brake ap- The warning/indicator light flashes if brake
plications. fluid level is low, if there is an ABS system
- Canada models: If the brake warn ing malfunction or a parking brake malfunction .
light . and the ABS warning light ti] The - (USA models)/ . (Canada models)
come on together, the rear wheels could light illum inates when the ignition is turned
lock up first under hard braking. Rear on . It goes out after the engine has been
wheel lock-up can cause loss of vehicle sta rted . This indicates that the bra ke warning
control and an acc ident. Have your vehi- light is functioning prope rly.
cle repaired immediately by your author-
ized Audi dealer or a qualified workshop . If th e brake warning light do es not light up
Drive slowly and avo id sudden, hard whe n th e e ngin e is cranking, ther e may be a
brake applicat ions. malfunction in the electrical syst e m. In thi s
case, contact an aut horized Audi de aler.

:ill.JC®>
Electromechanical parking brake If the brake system warning/indicator light
flashes, there is a brake system malfunction .
The warning/indicator light monitors the By p ressing the !SET !button, you can bring up
electromechanical parking brake . a d river message wh ich explains the malfunc-
With the parking brake app lied and the igni- tion in more detail q page 30.
tion turned on, the . (USA models)/ . (Can- If the ABS fails , the ABS warn ing/indicator
ada models) warning/ind icator light illumi- lightB (USA models) Jti] (Canada models) IJJ,,,
nates . After the ignition has been turned off,
the wa rning/ind icator light conti nues to illu-
 In s trument s and warnin g/ indi ca tor ligh ts 19

flashes together with the brake system increased braking distances . The extra
warning/indicator light ¢ &. . distance used up by fading brakes could
(USA models): If the warning light - and lead to an accident .
the wa rning light El
illumina t e togethe r, im-
mediately contact your authorized Audi dealer
or qualified workshop to have all brake pads
inspected ¢ page 34.

When the light comes on, an audib le warn ing

signal is also given .

~ WARNING
-
- USA models: If the - warn ing light
and the m warning light come on to -
gether, the rear wheels could lock up
first under hard braking. Rear wheel lock-
up can cause loss of vehicle control and
an accident . Have your vehicle repaired
immediately by your authorized Audi
dealer or a qualified wo rkshop. Drive
slowly a nd avoid sudde n, ha rd brake ap-
plicat ions.
- Canada models: If t he brake warning
ligh t . and t he ABS warning lig ht &]
come on together, the rear wheels could
lock up first under hard braking. Rear
wheel lock-up can cause loss of vehicle
control and an accident. Have your vehi-
cle repaired immediately by your author-
ized Audi dea ler or a qualified workshop .
Drive slowly and avo id sudden, hard
brake applicat ions .
- If the brake warning/indicator light does
not go out afte r a few seconds and the
park ing brake re leased, or lights up while
yo u are d riving, the fl uid level in t he
brake fl uid reservo ir is too low. If you be-
lieve that it is safe to do so, proceed im-
mediately at low speed to the nea rest
authorized Audi dealer o r qualified repair
facility and have the brake system in-
spected.
- Always keep in m ind t hat after several
brake applicat ions, you will need greater
pressure on the brake peda l to stop your
vehicle . Do not re ly on stra ined brakes to
respond w ith maximum stopp ing power
in critical situations . You must a llow for
20 Dr iv e r in f ormation d is pl ay

Driver information c::>page28

display Driver information page 28
c::>
Speed warning c::>page26
Introduction
Trip computer ¢ page 22
General notes Tire pressure monitoring sys- page 265 1
c::>
The driver information display inside the in- tern*
strument cluster provides you, the driver, Digita l clock with date dis play page 12
c::>
with much useful information. Odometer and trip odometer ¢page 13
Selector lever position page 124
c::>
¢page97
Adapt ive cruise control * ¢page99

(!} Tips
In t he event of a malfunction either a red
or yell ow icon appears in the display. Red
symbols indicate Danger ¢ page 29 . Yel-
Fig. 9 Instrument cluster: cente r display low symbo ls indicate a Warning
¢ page 32 .
Information from the driver information sys-
tem is shown in the display in the center of Sound system display
the instrument cluster .

When you turn on the ignition and while you

are driving, some functions and vehicle com-
ponents are scanned for their operat ing sta-
tus. Malfunctions or required service proce-
dures are signaled audibly and shown by red
and yellow lighted symbols and rem inders to
the dr iver in the display.

The driver is also shown information about ra-

Fig. 10 Display: sou nd system
dio and CD operation and directions for the
navigat ion system *. You can find addit ional
If priority 1 or priority 2 faults are not shown
information on these subjects in the radio or
by the Auto Check Contro l, the name of the ra-
MMI* manua l.
dio station you are tuned to or the frequency
The illustrations in the instrument panel dis- and the recept ion range are shown in the up-
play differ in some of the vehicles. per area of the display.

The driver information system provides the When the CD is in use, the tit le of the track
following functions: being played is shown . The CD changer dis-
plays the number of the current CD (CDl to
Sound system display ¢page 20
CD6).
Outside air t emperature ¢page21
Digital speedometer ¢page 21
Open door- and luggage com-
partment warning
Service interva l display ¢page2 2
 Dri v er in f orm at ion di s pl ay 2 1

Outside temperature display Digital speedometer

Fig. 11 Display: outside temperature Fig. 12 Display : Digital speedometer

At temperatures below 39 °F (+4 °C), a snow- Current speed appears in the disp lay. Speed is
flake symbol appears in front of the tempera- shown in 1 mph increments (USA models) or 1
ture display . It is intended to rem ind the driv- km/h increments (Canada models) .
er to pay special attent ion to ice on th e road .
You can switch the disp lay from mi les to kilo-
If the vehicle is stationary, or if you are driving meters and vice versa via the radio or MMI* .
at a very low speed, the temperature shown in
the display might be slightly higher than the Open door or trunk lid warning
actual outside temperature . This is caused by
the heat being radiated from the engine. The pictogram alerts you when doors or the
trunk lid have been left open.
The unit of measurement for the temperature
can be set in either °For in °Con the MMI* or
on the radio control un it . The outside temper-
ature display automatical ly shows the unit of
measurement that has been set. For addition-
al information, see the MMI* or the radio in-
struction manua l.

A WARNING
- Never use the outside temperature dis- Fig. 1 3 Display: Open door · and trun k lid warning
play to determine if a road surface is icy
or not. Keep in mind that road surfaces , The Open Door/Trunk Lid warn ing displays if
especially bridges and overpasses, could even one door, the hood or the t runk li d is
be ice covered and slippery even at an open. This symbo l also shows which door or
outside temperature above 39 °F (+4 °C). lid has not been closed ~ fig. 13 .
- Always remember, even if the "snow-
As soon as the door, the hood and the trunk
flake" symbol (ice warn ing) does not ap-
lid are closed proper ly, the door and trunk lid
pear in the display, black ice could be on
warning t urns off and the selected driver in-
the road.
format ion syst em func t ions are displayed
-Always reduce your speed and drive with
again.
special care in cold weather conditions
when the chance of encounte ring icy
road surfaces increases.
22 Dr iv e r in f ormation d is pl ay

Service interval display also have the possibility to reset the oil
change schedule after having performed an
The service interval display reminds you when oil change according to Audi specif ications.
your next service is due . Select function button ICARI > Service inter val
display> Reset oil change int erval.

(D Note
If you d isconnect the battery terminals, no
ca lculations can be made for the service
interval display dur ing this time and no
serv ice reminder will appear. Remember
that observing the proper service intervals
is vitally important to extending the life of
Fig. 14 Instrument cluster: Service interval display
your vehicle, particularly the engine, and
maintain ing its value. Even if t he mileage
The schedule for the next oil change o r inspec-
drive n is low, the maximum period of one
tion is calculated automatically and displayed
year from one service to the next m ust not
according ly. The display works in two stages:
be exceeded.
Service reminder
30 days before the next service is due, a serv-
(D Tips

ice reminder appears in the display when you - Do not reset the display betwee n oil
turn on the ignition C? fig. 14. changes, othe rwise the disp lay w ill be in-
correct.
Afte r about 5 seconds the display sw itches - The information in the Service Reminder
back to normal. The distance and time re-
remains stored even when the vehicle
maining are updated each time the ignition is battery is disconnected.
turned on until the date due for service is
reached.
Trip computer
Service due
Introduction
When the due date for service is reached, the
message Service due! appears in the instru- The trip computer gives you information on
ment clus t er immediately after you tu rn on current and overage fuel mileage , average
the ign ition. Additionally, a warn ing tone speed, fuel range and driving time.
sounds. After about 5 seconds the display
switches back to normal.

Calling up th e service schedules

If or when an oil change or inspect ion is due,
can be shown in the radio or MMI* display by
selecting the serv ice interval display in the car
menu. Select funct ion button ICARI > Service
int erval displ ay.
Fig. 15 Trip computer disp lay: Average fue l mileage
Resetting the service interval displ ay
Your author ized Audi dealer will reset the cor- The following information is con t inuously
responding service sched ule after performing evaluated by the trip computer and can be dis-
the app ropriate service on yo ur vehicle. You played sequentially in the instrument cluster
display: .,.
 Driver information display 23

Fuel range Memories

The estimated cruising range in miles (km) The trip computer is equipped with two fully
appears in the display. This tells you how far automatic memories as well as on efficiency
your vehicle wi ll be able to travel on the cur- program* .
rent tank of fue l and with the same driving
style. The disp lay changes in increments of 6
miles (10 km).

Average fuel mileage

The average fuel economy in MPG (l/100 km)
since you last cleared the memory appears in
this display. You can use this disp lay to adjust
your driving technique to achieve a desired
mileage.
Fig. 16 Trip comput er disp lay: m emory leve l 1

Current fuel mileage

You can switch between the trip computer 1
The instantaneous fuel consumption in miles and 2 and the efficiency program* by pressing
per gallon (l/100 km) is shown in this disp lay. the IRESET Ibutton @ ¢ page 24, fig. 17 .
You can use this display to adjust your driving
technique to achieve a desired mileage. You can tell wh ich memory level is currently
active by the numbe r or the sign in the display
Fuel consumption is recalculated at interva ls ¢ fig. 16 . The data from the single-trip mem-
of 33 yards (30 meters) . This display switches ory (memory level 1) is being displayed if a 0
to gallons/hour (liters/hour) when the vehicle appears in the display. If a tJ is shown, then
is not moving. the data from the total-trip memory is being
Average speed displayed (memory level 2). The fuel pump
nozzle iii indicates the efficiency program*
The average speed in mph (km/h) since the ¢ page 24 .
last time the disp lay was reset appears in the
disp lay. Single-trip memory (Trip computer 1)

Elapsed time The single-trip memory stores the trip infor-

mation from the time the ign ition is turned on
The leng t h of time that you have been driving until it is turned off. If the tr ip is cont inued
since you last reset the memory appears in within 2 hours from the time the ign ition was
this display. turned off, the new data will be included in
Distance the calculat ion of the current trip informa-
tion. If the trip is interrupted fo r more than 2
The distance that has been covered since the
hours the memory is reset automatically.
last time the memory was cleared appears in
the disp lay. Total-trip memory (Trip computer 2)
Unlike the single-trip memory, the total-trip
memo ry is not reset automat ically. This per-
- Fuel consumptions (average and cur- mits you to evaluate you r driv ing data for the
rent), range and speed are displayed in enti re period between manual resets.
metric units on Canadian models.
- All stored val ues will be lost if the veh i- Efficiency program*
cle battery is disconnected. The efficiency program can help you to use
less fuel ¢ page 24.
24 Dr ive r information display

Operation In addition, all the values in the sing le-trip or

the total-trip memory can be deleted simulta -
The trip computer is controlled by two neously ¢ page 24 .
switches on the windshield wiper lever.
(D Tips
All stored va lues will be lost if the vehicle
battery is disconnected.

Basic Settings for the trip computer

The MMI*or the radio operating unit is used

~-------< ® for setting the trip computer's basic settings .

Fig. 17 Windshie ld wipe r lever: cont rols for th e t rip • Select: Function button ! CAR ! > Instrument
com pute r cluster> On-board computer 1 or On-board
computer 2 .
• To display the trip computer memory leve ls,
press the IRES ET I button @ ¢ fig. 17 re- The values in the sing le-tr ip or the total-trip
peatedly until the desired memory level is memory can all be reset to zero at the same
shown in the d isplay. time under Reset in the men u.
• To d isplay trip information within a memory In add ition, you can determi ne what informa-
level, press the top or bottom part of the tion from the trip computer should be shown
function selec t ion switc h @. in the instrument cluster disp lay. If one of the
pieces of driver info rmation is turned Off, that
The trip computer will not operate unless the
driver information will not be shown in the
ignit ion is on. When you turn on the ignition,
display. The information will continue to be
the function that was in use when you last
calculated by the trip computer and can be
turned the ignition off will be d isp layed .
turned back On at any time.
In addition to information on the trip comput-
e r (trip computer 1, 2 and efficiency pro- (I} Tips
gram*, the digita l speedometer and informa- The driving information in the efficiency
tion regarding the navigation system* can al- program* is also reset to zero with the sin-
so be displayed. To switch the display between gle-trip memory.
the different information, tap the IRESE T Ibut-
ton ® briefly .
Efficiency program
Setting values to zero
Description
To delete one current value from t he trip com- Applies to veh icles : with efficiency program
puter, select the desired function and press
the ! RESE T I button ® for at least one second .
The following values can be set to zero indi-
vidually :

- Average fuel mileage

- Average speed
- Elapsed time
- Distance

All currently displayed values are deleted in Fig. 18 Disp lay: efficiency program
the efficiency program* .
 Driver information display 25

.. Press the IRESET Ibutton @ c::>page 24, Fuel economy messages

fig. 17 repeatedly until the efficiency pro- Applies to vehicles: with efficiency program
gram appears in the display.

The efficiency program can help you to use

less fuel. It evaluates driving information in
reference to fuel consumption and shows oth-
er equipment influencing consumption. Fuel
economy messages c::>page 25 provide tips
for efficient driving.
The efficiency program uses distance and con-
sumption data from trip computer 1. If the Fig. 20 Display : fuel econo my message
data are deleted in the efficiency program,
those values are also reset in trip computer 1. Fuel economy messages are displayed when
fuel consumption is increased by certain con-
Other equipment
dit ions . If you follow these fuel economy mes-
Applies to vehicles: with efficiency program sages, you can reduce your vehicle's consump-
t ion of fuel. The messages appea r automat i-
cally and are only displayed in the efficiency
program. The fuel economy messages turn off
automat ically after a certa in per iod of t ime .
.. To turn a fuel economy message off immedi-
ately after it appears, press the IRESET ! but-
ton c::>page 24, fig. 17 @ , or
.,.Press the function select ion switch
page 24, fig. 17 @ .
c::>
Fig. 19 Display : oth er equ ipmen t

(j} Tips
.. In the efficiency program, press the function
page 24, fig. 17 @ re-
selection switch c::> - Once you have turned a fuel economy
peatedly until the other equipment appears message off, it will only appear again af"
in the display. ter you turn the ignition on again.
- The fuel economy messages are not dis-
Other equipment that is currently affecting played in every instance, but rather in in-
fuel consumption is listed in the efficiency tervals over a period of time.
program . The display shows up to three other
items of equipment @ . The equipment using On-Board Diagnostic
the most fuel is listed first . If more than three
system (OBD)
items using fuel are switched on, the equ ip-
ment that is currently using the most fuel is Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
displayed.
The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)¢• in
A scale @ also shows the current total con- the instrument cluster c::>page 14, fig. 8 is
sumpt ion of all other equ ipment. part of the On-Board Diagnostic (OBDII) sys-
tem.
The warning/indicator light illuminates when
the ignition is switched on and goes out after
the engine starts and the idle has stabilized. Ill>
26 Dr ive r information display

This indicates that the MIL is working proper- cial diagnostic equipment (generic scan tool
ly. for OBD).

If the light doe s not go out after the eng ine In order to connect the special diagnostic
is sta rted, or illuminates whi le you are driv- equipmen t , push the plug into the Data Link
ing, a ma lfunction may exist in the engine sys- Connector (DLC). The DLCis located to the
tem . If the light illum inates, the catalytic con- right of the hood release r:::>
fig. 21.
verter could be damaged .
Your authorized Audi dea ler or qualified work-
Continue driving with reduced power (avoid- shop can interpret the code and perform the
ing sustained high speeds and/or rapid accel- necessary repair.
erations) and have the condition corrected.
Contact your author ized Audi dealer. Electronic speed
If the light illuminates, the electronic speed Limiter
limiter may also be ma lfunctioning. For more
Your vehicle may be factory equipped with
information c::> page 26, Electronic speed
t ires that are rated for a maximum speed of
limiter.
130 mph (210 km/h). This is less than the
An improperly closed fuel filler cap may also maximum speed of your veh icle. To reduce the
cause the MILlight to illuminate risk of sudden tire fa ilure and loss of control if
c::>
page 230. the vehicle is operated at excessive speeds,
yo ur vehicle also has an e lectronic speed limit-
On-Board Diagnostics er . The e lectronic speed limiter prevents your
vehicle from going faster than the tire speed
rating. For more information c::> page 258.

If the engine control unit receives faulty veh i-

cle road speed signa ls, the Malfunction Indi-
cator Lamp (MIL) ¢,.ij wi ll illuminate. If this
occurs, contact the nearest authorized Audi
dealer for assistance.

-A WARNING
-
Fig. 21 Locati on of Data Link Conn ect or (DLC)
Always observe the posted speed lim its
and adjust your speed to suit prevailing
On-Board Diagnostics moni tors the compo-
road, traffic and weather cond itions . Never
nents of you r emission control system. Each
drive your vehicle faster than the maxi-
monitored component in your engine system
mum speed rating of the tires installed .
has been assigned a code. In case of a ma l-
function, the component will be ident ified
and the fault stored as a code in the control Speed warning system
module memory .
, Overview
The MIL light may a lso illum inate if there is a
The speed warning system helps you to keep
leak in the on-board fue l vapor recovery sys-
your driving speed below a set speed limit.
tem. If the light illuminates after a refueling,
stop the veh icle and make sure the fuel filler The speed warn ing system warns if the driver
page 230 .
cap is proper ly closed c::> exceeds a previously stored max imum speed.
In order to make an accurate d iagnosis, the A warn ing tone will sound as soon as the vehi -
stored data can only be displayed using spe- cle speed exceeds the set speed by about
3 mph (3 km/h). At the same time, a warning .,.
 Driver information display 27

symbol appears in the d isplay . The symbol's Speed warning 1: setting a speed limit
appearance might be different in some mod-
els.
Warning threshold 1 is set by the ISETI
but-
ton .
The speed warning system has two warning
thresholds that function independently of
each other and that have somewhat different
purposes:

Speed warning 1
You ca n use speed warn ing 1 to set the maxi-
mum speed while you are driving. This sett ing
will rema in in effect until you turn off the igni-
tion, assuming that you have not changed or
Fig. 22 SET button in t he inst rume nt cluster
reset the setting.

The speed warning symbo l . (USA mode ls)/ Storing the maximum speed
• (Canada models) in the warning 1 display .,. Drive at the desired maximum speed .
appears when you exceed the maximum .,. Press the ISE TIbutton in the instrument
speed. It goes out when the speed falls below pane l disp lay ¢ fig. 22 for 1 second .
the stored maximum speed.
Resetting the maximum speed
The speed warning symbo l will also go out if
.,. Drive the veh icle at a speed of at least
the speed exceeds the stored maximum speed
3 mph (5 km/h)
by more than about 25 mph (40 km/h) for at
.,. Press th e ISET Ibutton for more than 2 sec-
least 10 seconds. The stored maximum speed
onds.
is deleted .
Setting speed warning 1 ~ page 2 7 . The speed warn ing symbol . (USA models)/
• (Canada models) will appear briefly in the
Speed warning 2 display when you release the ISE
T!button to
Storing warn ing 2 is recommended if you al- indicate that the max imum speed has been
ways want to be reminded of a certain speed , stored successfully .
for example when you a re traveling in a coun- The maximum speed remains stored until it is
try that has a general maximum speed limit, changed by pressing the ISET !button agai n
or if you do not want to exceed a specified briefly or until it is deleted by a lengthy push
speed for winter tires. on the button .
The speed warning 2 symbol, . (USA mod-
e ls)/ . (Canada mode ls) appears in the dis- Speed warning 2: setting a speed limit
play when you exceed the stored speed limit.
The MMI* or the radio control unit is used to
Unlike warning 1, it will not go out until the
set, change or delete warning threshold 2.
vehicle speed drops below the stored speed
limit. .,.Select: Function button !CAR
!>In strument
Setting speed warning 2 ~ page 2 7. cluster> Speed warning.

Warning threshold 2 can be set in the speed

@ Tips
range starting from 20 mph to 150 mph
Even though you r vehicle is equipped with (30 km/h to 240 km/h). Settings can each be
a speed warning system, you should sti ll adjusted in interva ls of 5 mph (10 km/h) .
watch the speedometer to make sure you
are not driving faster than the speed limit.
28 Dr iv e r in f ormation d is pl ay

Auto Check Control Dr iver information messages

Introduction Driverinformation messages are shown in the

instrument cluster display in addition to sym-
The Auto-Check control monitors the function bols.
of certai n veh icle featu res and components. It
simply makes sure these features and compo-
nents are work ing proper ly. The Auto -Check
control works as long as the ignition is on, as
well as whenever the vehicle is driven.

If a componen t is ma lfunctioning or if t he
need fo r an urgent repair has been detected,
this will appear in the instrument cluster dis-
play. You will a lso hear an audible warning
tone. The displays are color coded in either Fig. 23 Instrument cluster: SETbutton
red or yellow depending on their level of prior-
ity. For example, if the transmiss ion selec to r lever
is not in the P position when the engine is
A red symbo l means Danger, a ye llow symbo l turned off, the following message appears:
indicates Warn ing . In certain situations, in-
formation message for the driver appear in Shift to P otherwi se vehi cle can roll away.
addit ion to the red and yellow symbols. Doors do not lock if lever is not in P.

The ign ition key can only be removed with the

Not e ab out automatic t ransm ission
selector in this pos ition. This and other mes-
The Auto-Check Contro l will automatica lly sages are bro ugh t up if a func t ion cannot be
perform a test each time you switch on the ig- carr ied out.
nition. With the selector lever in P or N, the
following message appears in the display : Driver messages and red symbols

Wh en station ary apply f oot brake while se- If a red symbol appea rs in the display, a driver
lecting gear. message is also displayed au t omatically.

When you a select a different gear (for exam- For example, the symbo l for a problem w it h
ple: R, D, etc.), the message will disappear engi ne oil pressure . appears in the display.
and the Auto-Check function is displayed . The following message appears:

If there is a ma lfunction, then the malfunc- Switch off eng ine ! Oil pressure too low
tion message will appear about 15 seconds af- The driver message in the display goes out af-
ter you sta rt the vehicle. At the same t ime yo u ter about 5 seconds. The driver message can
will hear a warning tone . be displayed again by br iefly pressing the
ISE TIbutton 9fig. 23.
Driver messages and yellow symbols

If a yellow symbol appears in the display, a

driver message is also displayed automatical-
ly.

For example, the symbo l l,_i

appears in t he
display, indicat ing low windshie ld washer flu -
id level. The following message a lso appears:

Please refill wa sher fluid

 Dri v er in f orm at ion di s pl ay 29

The driver message disappears after a few Canada model s: Brake system
seconds. The driver message can be disp layed malfunction
again by briefly pressing the !SET
!button. ¢page 30
-----· Engine coolant level too low/en-
Red symbols gine coolant temperature too
high
A red symbol means DANGER.
¢page30
Engine oil pressure too low
~ page 31

Refill engine oil now

¢page31

Steering ma lfunction
¢ page 32

Ignition lock malfunction

Fig. 24 Display: Danger symbol
¢page32
.,.Pull off the road .
.,.Stop the vehicle .
0 Alternator malfunction
.,.Turn off the engine .
.,.Check the ma lfunction ing system . Contact If the . symbol in the instrument panel dis-
your authorized Audi dea ler or a qualified play flashes, then there is a malfunction in the
workshop for assistance. alternator or the veh icle electronics . A warn-
ing to the drive r will appear, too . The dr iver
Red symbols indicate a priority 1 malfunction
warning goes out after about 5 seconds, but it
- Danger!
can be brought up at any time by pressing the
With a priority 1 malfunction, a red symbol ISETI button again.
appears in the upper center area of the dis -
Usua lly, you can st ill dr ive to the next dealer-
play ¢ fig. 24 . A driver message appears as
ship. Turn off a ll but the most ne cessary elec-
well to explain the malfunction in more de-
t rical consumers, since these d rain the vehi-
tail. When th is symbol appea rs, three warning
cle's battery .
tones sou nd in success ion. The symbol contin-
ues to flash until the fau lt has been cor rected . (D Note
If several priority 1 malfunctions are present, If the . warning symbol (coolant system
the symbols appear in succession and remain malfunc t ion) a lso lights up on the ins t ru-
for abo ut 2 seconds. ment panel during the trip ¢page 30,
The driver warning goes out after about 5 sec- then you have to stop immediately and
onds, but it can be brought up again at any turn off the engine. The coolant pump is
time by pressing the !SET !bu t ton¢ page 28. not working anymore - danger of damage
to the engine!
Alternator failure
¢page29

USA models : Brake system mal-

function
¢page 30
30 Dr iv er in f ormation d is play

BRAKE/(
(j)) Brake system malfunction A WARNING
A malfunction in the brake system must be - Always observe the war nings in
repaired as soon as possible . ¢ page 226, Engine compartment, be -
fore open ing the hood and check ing the
If the warning/i ndicator light - (USA
brake fluid .
models)/ . (Canada models) in the instru-
- Driving with low brake f luid is a safety
ment cluster flashes, there is a brake system
hazard . Stop the car a nd get professiona l
malfunction . A dr iver message appears as
assistance .
well to explain the malfunction in more de-
- USA models: If the - warning light
tail. The drive r warning goes out after about S
seconds , but it can be brought up at any time
a nd the B wa rning light come on t o-
gethe r, the rea r whee ls cou ld lock up
by pressing the !SE T!button aga in.
firs t un d er hard br ak ing. Rear wheel lock-
Stop vehicle and check brake fluid level up can ca use loss of vehicle control and
an accident. Have yo ur vehicle repaired
• Stop the vehicle.
immed iate ly by yo ur authorized Audi
• Check the bra ke fluid level ~ page 241 .
dealer or a qua lified workshop. Drive
• See k profess iona l assistan ce if ne cessa ry.
slowly and avo id sudden, hard brake ap-
Warning! Fault in brake system. Contact plications.
workshop - Canada models: If the brake warning
• Drive carefu lly to the nearest aut horized Au- light . and the ABS warning light II]
di dealer or other qualified wo rkshop and come on together, the rear wheels could
have the mal funct ion corrected ¢ &.. lock up first under hard braking . Rear
wheel lock-up can cause loss of vehicle
Parkingbrake systemfault! See owner's cont rol and an ac cident . Have yo ur vehi-
manual cle repaired immed iate ly by your au t hor-
• If t his symbol appears when the vehi cle is ized Aud i dealer or a q ual ified wor kshop .
stationa ry or aft er the ign ition is tu rned on , Drive s low ly and avoid sudden, hard
check to see if the parking bra ke can be re- brake applications .
leased. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or
othe r qualified workshop as soon as possi - -L Engine cooling system malfunction
ble and have the malfunct ion corrected. If
the parking brake cannot be opened, then A malfunction in the engine cooling sys tem
take it to a n expert at an authorized Audi must be repaired as soon as possible.
dealer .
If the . symbol flashes in the disp lay, eit her
• If the symbol appears while you are driving,
t he e ngine cool a nt temperature is too high or
it is poss ible that the traction control or the
t he engine coolant level is too low . A d river
eme rgency brake has ma lfunct ioned. It is message appears as well to explain t he mal-
poss ible that the parking bra ke cannot be function in mo re detai l. The driver warning
applied . It is a lso poss ible that the pa rking
goes out after about S seconds, but it can be
brake cannot be released after it has been brought up at any t ime by pressing the ISE TI
applied . Drive to an authorized Audi dealer
button again.
or other qualified workshop to have the ma l-
function corrected. Switch off engine and check coolant level

If the ABS system malfunctions, the ABS • Pull off the road.
warn ing/indicator light illum inates together • Stop t he vehicle .
with the brake system malfunction warning/ • Turnoff the engine .
• Check coolant leve l ¢ page 239.
indicator light ¢ .&..
 Dri v er information di s pla y 31

~ Add coolant if necessary ¢ page 240. Switch off engine ! Oil pressure too low
~ Continue driving only after the engine cool-
~ Stop the vehicle.
ant warn ing/indicator light goes out.
~ Turn t he engine off.
~ Contact your authori zed Audi dea ler for as-
~ Check t he engine oil leve l ¢ page 23 7.
sistance if necessary .
~ Contact your authorized Audi dealer for as-
If the engine coolant level is correct, then the sistance if necessary .
radiator fan may be the cause of the malfunc-
Engine oil level too low
t ion .
If t he engi ne oil leve l is too low, add engine
A WARNING
-
o il ¢ page 237 .
- If your veh icle should break down for Engine oil level correct
mechanical or other reasons, park at a
If the symbol . flashes even though the en -
safe distance from moving traffic, turn
gine oil level is correct, please contact your
off the engine and turn on the hazard
nearest aut horized Audi Dealer fo r assistance.
warning lights ¢ page 54, Emergency
Do not con t inue dr iving . Do not leave the en-
flashers.
gine ru nning idle, e ither.
- Never open the hood if you see or hea r
steam o r coolan t escap ing from the en-
gine compartment - you risk being scald-
@ Tips

ed. Wait until you can no longe r see or - The engine oil pressure symbol. is
hear steam or coo lant escaping . not an indicator for a low engine oil lev-
- The engine compartment of any veh icle el. Do not rely on it. Instead , check th e
is a dangerous area. Before you perform oil level in your engine at regular inter-
any work in the engine compartment, vals, preferably each time you refuel,
turn of the eng ine and allow it to cool. and always before going on a long trip.
Follow the warning stickers¢ page 226, - The yellow oil level warning indication
Engine compartment . Ill requires oil refill or workshop se rv-
ice without delay. Do not wait until the
red oil pressure warning. starts to
flash before you respond to the low oil
Do not contin ue d riving if the . symbol
illuminates. There is a malfunct ion in the
level warning II .
By then , your engine
may already have suffered serious dam-
engine cooling system - you cou ld damage
age .
your eng ine .

,-,,Fill
<t=:r engine oil now
't:::r. Engine oil pressure malfunction
WARNING:Please add oil immediately
The red engine oil pre ssure warning symbol
requires immedia te service or repair. Driving If the . symbol lights up, then the oil has to
with a low oil pressure indication is likely to be replenished right now ¢ page 237 .
cause severe engine damage .

If the . symbol on t he display flashes, the

engine oil pressure is too low. A driver mes-
sage appears as well to explain the malfu nc-
tion in more detail. The driver warn ing goes
out after about 5 seconds, but it can be
brough t up at any time by press ing the !-S-ET-1
button again.
32 Driver information display

~ - Steer ing malfunction On vehicles with Convenience key*, the engine

should not be switched off using t he Start/
If there is a malfunction in the electronic Stop button because the engine cannot be
steering column lock, the steering cannot be started again after the ignition has been
unlocked. switched off.
If the . symbol in the display blinks, there
is a malfunction in the electronic steering col- Yellow symbols
umn lock. A driver message appears as well to
Aye/low symbol means WARNING.
explain the malfunction in more detail. The
driver warning goes out after about 5 sec-
onds, but it can be brought up at any time by
pressing the ISETI button again.

Do not drive vehicle: steering defective

• Contact your nearest authorized Audi dealer.
• Do not tow your vehicle .

A
,_ WARNING - Fig. 25 Display: Yellow warning symbol
Your vehicle must not be towed in the
event of a malfunction in the electronic Yellow symbols indicate a priority 2 malfunc-
steering column lock because it cannot be tion -Warning!
steered due to the locked steering. If it is
When a yellow warning symbol appears, one
towed with the steering locked, there is
warning tone sounds . A driver message ap-
the risk of an accident.
pears as well to explain the malfunction in
more detail. The driver warning goes out after
©- Ignition lock malfunction about 5 seconds, but it can be brought up at
A malfunction in the ignition lock must be re- any time by pressing the ISETI button again.
paired immediately. Check the function displayed as soon as possi-
ble. The yellow symbol will not go out again
If the . symbol in the display blinks, there
until the reason for the malfunction has been
is a malfunction in the electronic ignition lock.
A driver message appears as well to explain corrected.
the malfunction in more detail. The driver If several priority 2 malfunctions are present,
warning goes out after about 5 seconds, but it the symbols appear in succession and remain
can be brought up at any time by pressing the for about 2 seconds.
ISETI button again.
Dynamic steering*
Ignition lock defective. Contact workshop !
~ ¢ page 33
• Do not turn the engine off.
Worn brake pads
• Drive immediately to an authorized Audi
dealer to have the malfunction corrected. IJ ¢page34

If there is a malfunction in the electronic igni-

tion lock , the ignition cannot be turned off.
Drive immediately to an authorized service fa-
r. Battery voltage
¢page 35

Defective light bulb

cility to have the cause of the malfunction cor-
rected .
1:1¢page3 4
 Dri v er information di s pla y 33

Check engine oi l level (D Tips

Ill ¢page35
The speed wa rnin gs warn ing thresho ld 1
[i and warn ing th reshold 2 [t] are also

•
Engine oil sensor malfunction
¢page35 yellow symbo ls in some models. The wa rn-
ing is always shown as a small symbo l in
Low fuel level
II ¢page34
the upper area of the disp lay<=>page 26.

•
Windshield washer fluid level Dynamic steering
low Applies to vehicles: Audi drive select

¢page34
t1rJ
Dynamic steering : system fault
Convenience key*
!! Key not in vehicle
¢page33
This dr iver message and the symbol & 2')ap-
pear when a system malfunct ion occurs dur-

m
ing travel. You can continue to drive carefully
Light/rain sensor defective
at a reduced speed t o the nearest autho rized
<=>page34
Audi dealer or a qualified wo rkshop. Steering
Dynamic headlight range control can be mo re diff icult or sensitive t han usual.

II defect ive
¢pag e 35
The steer ing whee l can also be at an ang le
whe n driving st raight.

Battery in remote control key t1rJ

Dynamic steering : initializing
I! page 38
<=>
If this driver message appears and the indica-

rm Electromechan ical park ing brake

<=>page96
tor light t1rJ is flash ing on the inst rument pan-
el, dynam ic steeri ng is bei ng reiniti alized.
Once you start the engine afte r t his is finish-

•
Engine speed limitation* ed, the st eering whee l w ill be easy to move.
<=>page35 Re-init ializati on m ight be necessary if t he
- Adaptive light defective*
steering wheel was moved hard t o t he left and

~ <=>page35
rig ht whi le the vehicle was not moving. The
display goes out as soon as initialization is

I
m Ignition lock malfunction
¢page35

Adapt ive dampe rs*

complete.

A WARNING

~ ¢page36
Have the dynamic stee ring system ma l-
f unction repaired as soon as possible by an
authorized Audi dealer or any qualified

!I
W indshield wiper defective
<=>page36 workshop - risk of accident!

g Tire pressure moni t or ing system*

Loss of t ire pressure
<=>page2 66
(D Tips
The dynamic steering stability systems are
not available in the event of a system mal-
I ••Nlf:1Tire pressure monitoring
System not available
system*
funct ion .

¢page266
2c, Key not in vehicle
Automatic transmission malfunc -
D tion
<=>page 128
Applies to vehicles: with Convenience key

II Key not in vehicle

34 Dr iv er in f ormation d is play

This reminder appears along with the II

sym- shop to have all b rake pads checked or
bo l if the master key is removed from the ve- replaced if necessary.
hicle w ith the engine running . It is intended
to remind you (e .g. when changing drivers)
~ Defective light bulb warning
not to continue the journey without the mas-
ter key. The defective light bulb warning monitors the
function of the light bulbs in the vehicle.
If the master key is no longer in the veh icle,
you cannot sw itch off the ignition after stop- The defective light bulb warning mon itors the
ping the eng ine and you a lso cannot start the funct ion of t he light bu lbs. If a defective ligh t
engine again . You also cannot lock the vehicle bulb is detected, or if a light bulb has burne d
from the outs ide . I
out, a ye llow symbo l appears as well as a
not ificat ion that shows which light bu lb is de-
~D Light/rain sensor defective fect ive.

II Automat ic headlights / automatic wipers

defective
A WARNING
- Light bulbs a re under pressure and can
If the symbol illuminates, the light sensor has explode when bulbs are replaced - risk of
fa iled . For safety reasons the low beams are injur y.
turned o n pe rmanently with the switch in AU· - With gas-discharge lamps* (xenon head-
TO. Howeve~youcancontinue t otur n the lights), the high-voltage com ponen t
lights on and off us ing the light sw itch. In th e m ust be ha nd led appropriate ly. Doing
case of a defect in the rain senso r, the w ind - ot herwise po ses a risk of death!
shie ld wiper lever f unctions are st ill available.
Havethe light/rain sensorcheckedas soon as (D Tips
possib le by an autho rized Aud i dea ler.
Have an authorized Audi dea le r or other
q ualified wor ks ho p pe rform t he replace-
(0) Worn brake pads ment o r the repair .

ElBrake pads !
<;.> Windshield washer fluid level too
If the warning light illuminates, immediately low
contact your authorized Audi dealer or quali -
fied workshop to have all brake pads inspect- • Please refill washer fluid
ed. On USA models the warni ng light El If t he symbol illum ina t es, add windshie ld
comes on together with the war ning light washe r fluid to the washer sys t em and also t o
- · Both sets of brake pads on an axle the headlight washe r system ¢ page 246.
must always be replaced at the same time.

A WARNING BlFuel supply too low

Driving with bad brake s ca n cause a colli- When the Ii] symbo l illuminates, t his means
sion and serious person al injury . there are abo ut 2.6 ga llons (10 liters) of fuel
- If the wa rning light El
a nd the warn ing left in the fue l tank. Time to refuel!
ligh t llll 1l wit h the message Brake ¢ page 229.
pads! comes on in the instr ument cluster
display, immedia t ely contact your au -
tho rized Aud i deale r o r qualified work-

1) - : USA m od els only

 Driver information display 35

If the symbol lights up, even when the re is If the symbol illuminates, contact your au-
ample fuel in the tank, and the text Tank sys- thorized Audi dea ler and have the oil sensor
tem malfunction ! Contact workshop appears inspected. Until you have this done, check the
in the display, there is a fault in the system. o il level each time you refue l just to be on the
Contact an authorized Audi dealer to have the safe s ide ¢ page 237.
fault rectified .
!?i Engine speed limitation
a Battery voltage Applies to vehicles: with engine speed limitat ion

If battery power drops into the range where it IPJ

Do not exceed max. engine speed of XXXX
can limit the ab ility of the engine to start, th is rpm
the symbol (•i appears in the instrument The (fl symbol illuminates when there is an
cluster display with the following d river mes- engine contro l malfunction. The indicator
sage Low battery charge: battery will be light~ in the instrument cluster also illumi-
charged while driving . nates. The engine speed is limited to the
While this dr iver not ificat ion is displayed, you speed displayed in the driver information sys-
have to be prepared for lim ited sta rt ing capa - tem. Keep in mind that the engine speed w ill
bility. not exceed t he value displayed in the driver in-
formation system, fo r example when down-
Driver message appears and goes out shifting .
again
Please go to an authorized Audi dealer or oth-
If th is driver message appears after the igni-
er qualified workshop to have the malfunct ion
tion is turned on or while driving and it goes
repaired .
out again after a while, the battery has been
adequately recharged .
~(D Headlight range control defective
Driver message appears and does not go
out again II Headlight range control defective !
If this driver notification appears after the ig- If the symbol II illuminates , the dynamic
nition is turned on or while driving and does headlight range control is no longe r working
not go out again, the battery's state of charge properly. Have the system checked and re-
is not in the optimal range. Starting capability paired at your authorized Audi dea ler .
is restricted . Have the battery checked at an
author ized Audi dealer or other qualified gD Adaptive light defective
workshop as soon as possible. Applies to vehicles: with adaptive ligh t

m;J
adaptive light defective
~ . Check engine oil
When this symbol !I
illuminates, it means
II! Add oil, max x qt (l). You may continue that adaptive light is defective. Go to an au-
driving thorized Audi dea ler to have the headlights or
When the Ill
symbol and dr iver message ap- the control unit for the adaptive light re-
pear, add t he amount of oil appearing in the paired.
display at the next opportunity c:>page 237.
~ Ignition lock malfunction
't':?";... Engine oil sensor defective
mIgnition lock defective
Ill Oil level! Sensor defective
36 Dr iv er in f ormation d is play

If the m symbo l in the display comes on,

there is a malfunction in the electronic igni-
tion lock. Please go to an authorized Audi
dealer or other qualified workshop to have the
malfunction repaired.

; Adaptive dampers
Applies to vehicles: with Audi drive select

ESuspe nsion : system fau lt

If the Esymbol in the display comes on, there
is a malfunction in the adapt ive dampers.
Please go to an authorized Aud i dealer or oth-
er qualified workshop to have the ma lf unction
repaired.

~ Windshield wipers faulty

f•SWindshield wiper defective

When th is symbo l !I illuminates, it means
that the electronics for the w indshield w ipers
are defect ive. Please go to an autho rized Audi
dealer or qualified wo rkshop to have the
windsh ield wiper system repaired .
 Opening and closing 37

Opening and closing Personal comfort settings

If two people use one vehicle, it is recom-
Keys mended that each person always uses "their
Key set own" master key. When the ignition is t urned
off or when the vehicle is locked, personal
convenience settings fo r the following sys-
tems are stored and assigned to the remote
master key.

- Climate control
- Central locking system
- Seat memory*
- Parking system*
- Adaptive cru ise control*
Fig. 26 Keyset
- Audi side assist*
@ Master key with remote control and - Audi drive select*
integrated mechanical key The stored settings are automatically recalled
You can centrally lock and unlock your vehicle when you unlock the vehicle, when you open
and start the engine with the master key with the doors or when you turn on the ignition.
remote control. A mechanical key is integrat-
ed in the master key ¢ page 39 . A WARNING
- Do not leave your vehicle unattended
® Emergency key with the key in the ignition lock. Entry by
The emergency key is not intended for con- unauthorized persons could endanger
stant use. It should only be used in an emer- you or result in theft or damage the vehi-
gency. Keep it in a safe place and do not carry cle . Always lock all doors and take the
it on your key ring . key.
- Do not leave childr en unattended in the
Key replacement
vehicle, especially with access to vehicle
If you lose a key, contact your authorized Audi keys. Unguarded access to the keys pro-
dealer immediately to have the lost key disa- vides children the opportun ity to sta rt
bled. Be sure to bring all your keys with you. the engine and/or activate vehicle sys-
tems such as the power windows etc . Un-
Numb er of keys
supervised operation of any vehicle sys-
You can inquire about the number of assigned tem by children can result in serious in-
keys to your vehicle ¢ page 11 . This allows jury.
you to make sure you have received all of the - Do not remove the key from the ignition
keys when you purchase a used vehicle. lock until the vehicle has come to a com-
plete stop. Otherwise the steering col-
Data in the master key
umn lock could suddenly engage - caus-
During driv ing, service and maintenance-re le- ing the risk of an accident.
vant data is continuously stored on your mas-
ter key. Your Audi service adviser can read out (D Tips
this data and tell you about the work your ve-
- The operation of the remote control key
hicle needs. This applies also to vehicles with
can be temporarily disrupted by interfer-
Convenience key*.
ence from transmitters in the vicinity of IIJ,-
38 Openin g a nd c lo s ing

the vehicle work ing in the same frequen- Master key battery replacement
cy range (e.g . a ce ll phone, radio equip-
ment).
- If you open the driver's door with the key
left in the ign ition lock, a ch ime will
sound. This is your reminder to remove
the key and lock the door.
- For security reasons, replacement keys
are on ly available from Aud i dea lers.
- For Declaration of Compliance to United
States FCCand Industry Canada regula- Fig. 28 Remote master key: Removing the mechanical
tions ¢ page 294. key
<C
"'
U)

Check light in the master key ,;,

ao
ID

The check light in the master key provides in-

formation about different conditions.

Fig. 29 Remote master key: Rem oving the batte ry

holde r

We recommend having the battery changed

by an authorized Audi dealer. However, if you
wish to rep lace the dead battery yourself, pro-
Fig. 27 Check light in the maste r key
ceed as follows:
The check light comes on br iefly once when a .. Press the release button @ ¢ fig. 28.
button is pressed . .. Pull the mechanical key @ out of the master
If the check light does not come on, the bat- key.
tery is dead and has to be replaced. In addi- " Press the release button @ ¢ fig. 29 on the
tion, when the battery is dead the m symbol battery ho lder and at the same time pull the
appears in the instrument cluste r display as battery holde r out of the master key in the
well as the message: direction of the ar row.
.,.Insta ll the new battery CR 2032 with t he
Please change key battery "+" sign fa cing dow n .
Battery replacement¢ page 38. .. Push the battery holder carefu lly into the
maste r key.
.. Insta ll the mechanica l key.

@ For the sake of the environment

Dispose of dead batteries properly so as
not to poll ute the environment.

(D Tips
The rep lacemen t battery must be the
same specification as the origina l.
 Opening and closing 39

Removing the mechanical key • Have the elect rical system inspected by an
authorized Audi dealership.

Starting the vehicle with the emergency

key

Fig. 30 Remote master key: Removing the mechanic al

key

• Press the release button @ 9 fig. 30.

• Pull the mechan ical key @ out of the master Fig. 32 Glove compartme nt: Adapte r for emerge ncy
key. key

Using the mechan ica l key, you can:

- lock and unlo ck the glove compartment

c:)page 80.
- lock and unlock the vehicle manually
9 page 43 if this should not be poss ible
with the master key.

Emergency unlocking of the ignition key

Fig. 33 Insert emergency key int o the adapter
In the event of malfunctions in the electrical
system, it may happen that you cannot re- .. Take the adapter for t he emergency key out
move the ignition key. of the glove box c:>fig . 32 .
.. Push the emergency key c:) fig. 33 fully into
the adapter. Make sure that the Audi rings
are facing up .
.. Press the emergency key in the adapter
down until it latches audibly.
• Ins ert the adapter with the emergency key
forward into t he ignition switch . The engine
can now be started as usua l.

Fig. 31 Ignit ion switch with ignition key Electronic immobilizer

If you are unable to remove t he ignit ion key, The immobilizer helps to prevent unauthor-
for example because the vehicle battery is dis- ized use of your vehicle.
charged, proce ed as follows:
Inside the key there is a compute r chip . This
• Press the release button @ ,::)fig. 31 and chip a utomatica lly deactivates the electronic
pull the mechanical key @ out of the master immobiliz er when you insert the key in the ig-
key. nition lock. When you remove the key from
• Lock the veh icle using the mechanical key the ignition lock, the electronic immobilizer is
9 page43. auto matically act ivated once again. .,..
40 Openin g and c lo s ing

Anti-theft alarm warning system

If t he an t i-the ft alarm warning sys t em de-
- The vehicle cannot be starte d if an unau-
tects a break-in into the vehicle, acous t ic and
thorized key is used. The vehicle may not
vis ual warn ing s ignals a re tr iggered .
start if another radio device such as a key
for another vehicle or a transponder is The anti-theft wa rning sys t em is activated au-
located on the key ring. tomat ica lly when you lock the vehi cle. It is d e-
- For Declaration of Compliance to United activated when unlocking using the rem ot e
States FCCand Industry Canada regula- key, with the me chanical key, and w hen you
tions ¢ page 294. switch on the ignition.

The alarm a lso t urns off when the al arm cycle

Power locking system has expired .
General description Turn signals
The power locking system locks or unlocks all When you unlock the veh icle, the turn s ignals
doors and the rear lid simultaneously. flash twice. When you lock the vehicle, the
tu rn signals flash once. If they do not flash,
You can lock and un lock the vehicle centrally.
one of t he doo rs, t he rear lid or the hood is
You have the following choi ces:
not locked.
- Remote master key ¢ page 41
Unintentionally locking yourself out
- Door handles with Convenience key*
¢ page 42, In the fo llow ing cases there safeguards to
- Lock cylinder at the dr iver's door prevent yo u locking you r remo t e master key in
¢ page 43, or the vehi cle:
- Power locking switch inside ¢ page 43.
- If a door is open, the veh icle cannot be
Selective unlocking locked using the cent ral loc king system
sw itch ¢ page 43.
When they a re closed, the door and rea r lid
- On veh icles with Convenience key*, if the
are locked . When unlocking, you can set in the
most recently used master key is in the lug-
radio or in the MMI* whether only the driver's
gage compartmen t , t he rear lid is automat i-
door or the entire vehicle shou ld be unlocked
cally unlocked again after it is closed
¢ page 41.
¢ page 44.
Automatic locking Do not lock your veh icle w ith the remot e m as-
The automa ti c loc king feat ure locks a ll the ve- ter key un t il a ll doo rs and t he rea r lid a re
hicle doors and the rear lid when you drive closed. In this way yo u avoid locking yourse lf
faster tha n 9 mph (15 km/h) . out acc identally .

The ca r is un locked again o nce t he ignition key

is removed. In addition, the veh icle can be un- ~
A WARNING
- W hen you leave the ve hicle, always re -
locked if the opening function in the power
move the ignition key and take it with
Lacking system switch or at one of the door
you. This will prevent passengers (chil-
levers is actuated. The Auto lock ing funct ion
dren, for example) from acc identally be-
can be t urned on and off in the radio or in the
ing locked in the vehicle should they acci-
MM!" ¢ page 41.
denta lly press the power locking switch
Additiona lly, in the event of a crash with air- in th e front doors.
bag deployment the doors are automatically - Do not leave ch ildren inside the vehicle
un locked to a llow access to the veh icle. unsuperv ised. In an emergency it would
 Op e nin g an d c l os in g 4 1

be impossible to open the doors from In addition to this, the Auto locking can be
the outside without the key. switched on and off.

When locki ng the vehicle, all doors and t he

(D Tips trunk lid are locked automatically.
- In the event of a crash with airbag de-
If you switch Trunk lid/ tai lgate On, then the
ployment a ll locked doors will be auto-
handle on the rea r lid ¢ page 44, fig. 40 is
matically unlocked to g ive access to the
locked . In this case the rear lid ca n be opened
vehicle occupants from the outside.
with the button cs on the maste r key
- If the power locking system should ma l-
¢ page 41, fig. 34 or with the unlocking
function, you can lock the driver's door
button in the driver 's door ¢ page 44,
using the mechanical key ¢ page 44.
fig . 39. If the vehicle has the Convenience
- If the power locking system should fail, key* feature, then the hand le will continue to
you can still open the fuel tank flap in an work even if an valid key is near the proximity
emergency¢ page 231. sensor .
- You are well advised not to keep valua-
bles inside an unattended vehicle, visible If you se lect Fold mirrors* On, the automat ic
or not . Even a properly locked vehicle outside mirror fold function is act ivated - the
cannot provide the security of a safe. outside mirrors fold when the locking button
- If the LEDin the upper edge of the driv- on the remote master key is operated G'.I
er's door panel comes on for about 30 ¢ page 60.
seconds after the vehicle is locked, there When you select Confirmatio n tone On, a
is a malfunction in the power locking or confirmat ion tone sounds when you lock the
the anti-theft warn ing system. Have the vehicle .
malfunction corrected by an author ized
Audi dealersh ip or qua lified repair fac ili-
Unlocking and locking the vehicle with
ty. the remote control

Setting power locking

The driver can determine the functions for

power locking in the radio or in the MMI*.

In the Centra l locking menu you can decide

which doors should be unlocked when open-
ing the vehicle.

• Se lect : Funct ion button ICARI

> Central lock-
Fig. 34 Remote cont rol: funct ion buttons
ing.

For example, if you switch the item Unlocking Either the driver's door only or the entire vehi-
single door On, the passenger's doo r and the cle w ill unlock when the unlock button @ is
rear doors are no longer included in the powe r pressed once, depending on the settings in
locking system, and will not be un locked by the radio or MMI* Central locking menu
press ing the un lock button on t he master key ¢ page 41.
remote control. • Press button 0 (@ ) to un lock the vehicle
You can continue to unlock all the doors and ¢fig. 34 .
the rear lid as before. Press the open ing but- • Press button@( @ ) to lock the vehicle ¢ ,&,
ton on the master key twice. in General description on page 40. ..,,.
42 Openin g and c lo s ing

• Press the button cs (@ ) for at least one Locking and unlocking with Convenience
second to open the rear lid. key
• Push the red IPANICI button( @ ) to activate Appl ies to vehicles : w ith Convenience key
the panic function. The horn sounds and the
The doors and the rear lid can be unlocked
turn s ignals flash. Push the red I PANIC Ibut-
and locked without operating the master key.
ton aga in to deact ivate the panic function.

If the vehicle is unlocked and no door, the rear

lid or the hood is opened within 60 seconds,
the vehicle locks itself aga in automatically .
This feature prevents t he veh icle from be ing
accidentally left unlocked over a long period
of time.

It depends on the sett ings in the radio or in

the MMI* whether the entire vehicle is un -
Fig. 3 5 Door handle: Locking the vehicle
locked or only ce rtain doors ¢ page 41 .

On vehicles with Convenience key*, the selec- Unlocking vehicle

tor lever must be in the P posit ion, otherwise • Take ho ld of the door handle. The door is un-
the vehicle cannot be locked . locked automatically .

A WARNING
-
• Pull the handle to open the door.

Locking vehicle
Read and follow a ll WARNINGS ¢ .&. in
General description on page 40. • Move t he se lector lever to the P pos ition
(automat ic t ransm iss ion), otherw ise the ve-
(Di Tips h icle cannot be locked.
- In order to make sure the locking func- • Touch t he se nsor at the door handle
¢ fig . 35 to loc k the vehicle ¢ A. in General
tion is working, you shou ld always keep
you r eye on the vehicle to make sure it is
description on page 40 .
properly loc ked. The vehicle can be locked and unlocked at any
- Do not use the remote control if you are doo r. It depends on the settings in the radio
inside the car, ot herwise you may unin- or in the MMI* whether the entire vehicle is
te ntionally lock t he vehi cle, and t hen you unlocked or one of the doors¢ page 41. The
would set off t he an t i-theft alarm when master key must be with in a range of about
you try to start t he engine or open a 5 feet (1.5 meters) from the appropriate door
door . In case this happens anyhow, push or the rea r lid. It makes no d ifference whethe r
the un lock button @. t he maste r key is in your jacket pocket or in
- Use t he panic funct ion only if you are in yo ur br ief case.
an emergency situation.
If you grip the door handle wh ile locking, this
can adversely affect the locking function .

It is not possib le to re-open the door for a

brief period directly after closing it. This a l-
lows you to ensure that the doors are properly
~c~d . ~
 Opening and closing 43

A WARNING
To lock the vehicle

• Move the selector lever to the P position

Read and follow all WARNINGS ¢ .&. in
(automatic transm ission).
General description on page 40.
• Close a ll windows and doors properly.
@ Tips
• Turn the mechanical key in the lock of the
driver's door to the lock position @ ¢ .&. in
If your vehicle has been standing for an ex- General description on page 40.
tended period, please note the following:
- The proximity sensors are deactivated af- If the power locking system fails, there is
ter a few days to save power. You then emergency locking for the passenger's door
have to pull on the door handle once to and the rear doors ¢ page 44.
unlock the veh icle and a second time to
open the veh icle. A WARNING
-
- To prevent the battery from being dis- Read and follow all WARNINGS ¢ .&.in
charged and to preserve your vehicle's General description on page 40.
ability to start for as long as possible,
the energy management system gradu- @ Tips
al ly switches off unnecessary conven- - After the ignition is switched on, the
ience funct ions. It is possible that you power locking system switch and the un-
will not be able to unlock your vehicle us-
locking button for the rear lid c:; in the
ing these convenience functions.
door are enab led .
- For Declaration of Compliance to United
States FCCand Industry Canada regula-
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from
tions¢ page 294.
, inside

Operating locks with the mechanical key

In the event of a failure of the power locking

system, the driver's door can locked and un-
locked with the mechanical key at the lock
cylinder.

Fig. 37 Dri ver's door: power locking switch

• Press the button @ to unlock the vehicle

¢fig. 37 .
.,.Press the button {f) to lock the vehicle ¢ .&, .

You will find a power locking switch in each

Fig. 36 Key tu rns fo r opening and closing door . You can lock and unlock the vehicle us-
ing the switches in the driver's or passenger's
To unlock the vehicle
door ¢ fig. 37 . You can only lock the vehicle
• Insert the mechanical key into the lock of using the switches in the rear doors. If you
the driver's door . lock the veh icle using the power locking
• Turn the mechanical key to posit ion @ switch, please note the following :
¢ fig . 36 .
44 Openin g and c lo s ing

- You cannot open the doors or the rear lid An emergency lock is located on the front end
from th e outside (increased security, for ex- of the passenger's door and the rear doors
amp le when you are stopped at a red light). (only visible when door is open) .
- The diodes in the power locking switc h illu-
.,.Take the mechanical key out of the maste r
minate when all the doors are closed and
key ¢ page 39 .
locked .
.,.Pull the cover cap out of the opening
- You can unlock and open the doors from the ¢ fig. 38.
inside by pulling on the door hand le. .,.Insert the key in the inside slot and turn it
- If you have a crash and the airbag is activat - all the way to the right (right door) or left
ed, the doors automatically un lock. (left door) .

.&_WARNING Once the door has been closed, it can no lon-

- The power locking switch works with the ger be opened from the outside . The door can
ignition off and automatically locks the be opened from the inside by pulling the door
entire vehicle when it is actuated . handle . If the child safety lock in a rear door is
- On a vehicle locked from the outs ide the activated, you must f irst pull the door handle
power locking system switch is inopera- on the inside. Then you can open the door
t ive. from the outside.
- Locking doors from the inside can help
prevent inadvertent door opening during Opening and closing
an accident and can also prevent unwant- rear lid
ed entry from the outside . Locked doors
can, however, delay assistance to vehicle
occupants and hold up rescue efforts
from the outside in an accident or other
emergency.

@ Tips
Your vehicle is locked automatically at a
speed of 9 mph (15 km/h) (Auto loc king)
page 40. You can un lock the vehicle
r:::!;> Fig. 39 Driver's doo r : remote rear lid release
again using the opening function in the
power locking system switch.

Emergency locking of the doors

Each door must be locked separately if the
power locking system fails.

Fig. 40 Positio n of han dle in the rear lid

Opening the luggage compartment lid

.,.Press the button C:J on the master key for at
least one second, or
.,.Pull the release button C:J in the driver's
door ¢ fig. 39, or
Fig. 38 Door: Emerge ncy locking
 Opening and closing 45

.. Press the handle in the luggage compart- Automatic rear lid/

ment lid ~ fig. 40 .
trunk lid operation
.. The luggage compartment lid unlocks.
Applies to vehicles: with automatic rea r lid/trunk lid oper·
ation
Closing the luggage compartment lid
The trunk lid can be opened and closed auto-
.. Use the inside gr ip to pull the rear lid down
matically.
and allow it to drop gently to close it ~ ,&. .

A WARNING
- After closing the rear lid, always pull up
on it to make sure that it is properly
closed. Otherwise it could open sudden ly
when the vehicle is moving.
- To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas
from being drawn into the vehicle, al-
ways keep the rear lid closed while driv- Fig. 41 Driver's door : Unlocking the rear lid
ing. Never transport objects larger than
those which fit completely into the lug- q
a:
gage area, because then the rear lid can- CD
a,

not be fully closed .

- Never leave your vehicle unattended es-
liil
pecially with the rear lid left open. A
child could crawl into th e ca r th rough the
luggage compartment and pull the lid
shut, becoming trapped and unab le to
get out. To reduce the risk of personal in- Fig. 42 Locking switch in the rear lid
jury, never let children play in or around
your vehicle. Always keep the rear lid as Opening the luggage compartment lid
well as the vehicle doors closed when not .,. Press the button C::5 on the master key for at
in use.
least one second, or
- Always ensure that no one is within .,. Pull the release button C::5 in the driver's
range of the rear lid when it is mov ing, in door ~ fig. 41, o r
part icular close to the hinges - fingers or .. Press the handle in the luggage compart-
hands can be pinched . ment lid ~ page 44, fig. 40.

@ Tips Closing the luggage compartment lid

When the vehicle is locked, the luggage .. Press the button in the luggage compart-
compartment lid can be unlocked sepa- ment lid ~ fig . 42 . The lid w ill automatically
rately by pressing the button C::5 on the close and lock ~ ,&. .
master key. When the luggage compart-
Setting the luggage compartment lid
ment lid is closed again, it locks automati- open position
cally.
.. Bring the luggage compartment lid into the
desired open position. The position can be
stored at only one specific he ight .
.,. Press and hold the~ fig. 42 button for at
least fou r seconds until the lights blink to
store the desired open position.
46 Opening and closing

• Push the luggage compartment lid by hand particular close to the hinges and the up-
against the resistance if you want to set a per and lower edges - fingers or hands
higher open position. can be pinched.
• Press and hold the c>fig . 42 button again for - To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas
at least four seconds and this will store the from being drawn into the vehicle, al-
new open position. ways keep the rear lid closed while driv-
ing. Never transport objects larger than
Opening will be stopped immediately when :
those which fit completely into the lug-
- You press the .c::5 button on the remote key gage area, because then the rear lid can-
for at least of one second , or not be fully closed.
- press the unlock button .c::5 in the driver - Never leave your vehicle unattended es-
door, or pecially with the rear lid left open. A
- press the lock button the in the luggage child could crawl into the car through the
compartment lid, or luggage compartment and pull the lid
- push the handle in the luggage compart- shut, becoming trapped and unable to
ment lid, or get out. To reduce the risk of personal in-
- when something blocks the rear lid or jury, never let children play in or around
makes it difficult for the lid to move. your vehicle. Always keep the rear lid as
well as the vehicle doors closed when not
By pressing one of the button .c:::5repeatedly,
in use .
you can stop or continue the opening process.
- If there is a luggage rack or bicycle rack
The pressing the lock button or the handle re-
mounted on the rear lid, it may not be
peatedly, you can open/stop the lid c>,&..
able to open completely or an opened
Opening will be stopped immediately when: rear lid may close by itself because of the
- press the lock button the in the luggage added weight. So the open rear lid must
compartment lid, or be supported or the weight must be re-
moved from the luggage rack first.
- push the handle in the luggage compart-
ment lid, or
- when something blocks the rear lid or
(D Tips

makes it difficult for the lid to move. - As soon as the electrical connection to
the trailer socket is completed on vehi-
The pressing the lock button or the handle re-
cles with a factory installed towing hitch,
peatedly, you can open/stop the lid c>&..
or a trailer hitch that was installed later
You can manually stop the automatic open- according to factory specifications, the
ing/closing of the luggage compartment lid. automatic rear lid function can only be
In this situation, the lid can be manually operated via the handle in the rear lid.
opened. Press down on the lid and the auto- - If the vehicle battery charge drops below
matic closing will resume once again. a certain level, you can still open or close
the rear lid manually, however, you will
A WARNING
-
need to apply more force to close it.
- Never close the rear lid inattentively or - If the rear lid on a locked vehicle is un-
without checking first. Although the locked with the middle button ?:Jon the
closing force of the rear lid is limited, remote key, the rear lid is automatically
you can still seriously injure yourself or locked again immediately after closing.
others. This is indicated by the turn signals
-Always ensure that no one is within blinking.
range of the rear lid when it is moving, in
 Opening and closing 47

- The following applies to vehicles equip - Child safety locks

ped with the Convenience key* feature: if
the remote control key is left in the lug- Child safety locks in the rear doors
gage compartment, luggage compart- The child safety locks t prevent the rear
ment will automatically unlock itself af- doors from opening from the inside.
ter you lock the vehicle . This prevents
you from un intent ionally locking your
key in the luggage compartment.

Emergency unlocking
of the luggage
compartment lid
The luggage compartment lid can be released
in an emergency from the inside.
Fig. 44 Child safety locks on the rear doors

The rea r doors are equ ipped w ith child safety

locks . The lock is only visible when the door is
open. Take the mechanical key out of the mas-
ter key ~ page 39 .

Switching the child safety locks on

~ Turn the key in the d irection of the arrow
~fig. 44.
Fig. 43 Luggage compa rtment lid int erior
Switching the child safety locks off
The luggage compartment lid can be released ~ Turn the key in the opposite direction of the
in an emergency from inside the luggage com- arrow.
partment .
When the child safety locks are activated, the
~ Remove the cover from the luggage com-
inside door handles do not work and the doors
partment lid.
can only be opened from the outside.
~ Press the lever in the direction of the arrow
until the luggage compartment lid releases .
Power windows
Controls
The driver can control all power windows.

Fig. 4 5 Section of the driver's doo r: Controls

48 Opening and closing

All power window switches are provided with

a two-position function:
(D Tips
After the ignition has been switched off,
Opening the windows the windows can still be opened or closed
.. Press the swit ch to the fir st stop and hold it for about 10 minutes. The power windows
until the w indow reaches the desired posi- are not switched off until the driver's door
tion . or passenger's door has been opened.
.. Press the switch briefly to the second stop
to automatically open the window .
'
Convenience opening/closing

Closing the windows The windows and the Panoramic sliding sun-
roof* can be opened and closed with the me-
.,.Pull the switch to the first stop and hold it
chanical key or the emergency key.
unt il the w ind ow reaches the desired posi-
tion . :z
8
.. Pull the switch briefly to the second stop to ri:
co
a,
automatically close the window .

Power window switches

@ Driver's door
® Passenger's door
© Left rear door
@ Right rear door Fig. 46 Key t urns for opening and closing
® Safety button
Convenience opening feature
Child safety locks
.,.Use the emergency key or pull the mechani-
When the safety button ® ¢ fig. 45 is press- cal key out of the master key ¢ page 39.
ed, the@ symbol in the button lights up. The
.. Insert the key into the lock of the driver's
power window switches in the rear doors are
door.
switched off. .. Turn the key to position ¢ fig . 46 @ until all

A WARNING
the windows have reached the desired posi-
tion and the Panoramic sliding sunroof* is
- When you leave your vehicle - even if on- tilted.
ly briefly - always remove the ign ition
key. This applies part icularly when chil- Convenience closing feature
dren remain in the vehicle . Otherwise the .. Use the emergency key or pull the mechani -
children could start the engine or oper- cal key out of the master key ¢ page 39.
ate electr ical equipment (e.g. power win- .. Turn the key in the lock of the driver's door
dows). The power windows are function- to the lock posit ion @ until the windows
al until the driver's door or passenger's and the Panoramic sliding sunroof* are
door has been opened. closed ¢ &_ .
- Pay close attention when closing the win-
dows to prevent pinching of hands or When you open or close the Panoramic sliding
limbs. sunroof*, the power sunshade will also open
- When loc king the vehicle from outside, or close. .,._
the vehicle must be unoccupied since the
windows can no longer be opened in an
emergency.
 Op e nin g an d c l os in g 49

.. To set an intermediate position, press/pu ll

_& WARNING the switch unti l the sunroof reaches the de-
- Never close the windows and the Panor- sired position.
amic sliding sunroof* inattentively and
without checking - there is risk of injury . Opening
- You must always watch when the win- • To move the sunroof to t he posit ion for re-
dows are being raised so that no one can duced w ind noise, turn the switch to posi-
be trapped. If you release the key, the tion (D until resistance can be felt .
closing action is immediate ly canceled. .. To open the sunroof completely, turn and
- Always read and heed WARNING c::> &. in hold the switch against the resistance in po-
General description on page 40 . sition @ .
.. To close the sunroof, turn the switch to posi-
Correcting window regulator tion @ c::>.&.,.
malfunct ion .. Turn the switch to the desired position to se-
lect an intermed iate position.
After disconnecting the vehicle battery, the
one-touch up and down feature must be acti- Opening and closing the sunshade
vated again.
.. To automat ically open the sunshade com-
• Pull and hold the power w indow switch unt il pletely, briefly press the switch @ in the de-
the window is completely closed. sired arrow direction.
• Release the switch . • To stop the sunshade in an intermediate po-
.. Pull the switch again for one second. The au- sition, press the switch again, or
tomat ic closing/opening is now reactivated . • Press and hold the switch in the desired ar-
row direction .
.. Release the switch when sunshade is at de-
Panoramic sliding
sired position.
sunroof
After t he igni t ion is switched off, you can still
Operation
operate the Panoramic sliding sunroof for
Appl ies t o vehicles: with Panoramic sl idi ng sunroof
about 10 minutes . As soon as the driver's or
passenger's door is opened, the switch is in-
operative.

The power sunshade can also be closed when

the Panoramic sliding sunroof is open.

WARNING
Pay careful attention when closing the
Panoramic sliding sunroof - otherwise seri-
Fig. 47 Section from headliner: Knob for Panoram ic ous injury could result! For this reason, al-
slid ing sun roof ways remove the ignit ion key when leaving
the vehicle.
Tilting
• The sunroof can be tilted or closed on ly in (D Note
switch position @ c::> fig. 47 Always close your Panoramic sliding sun-
• To tilt it, brief ly press t he switc h c::>
fig. 47. roof when leaving your vehicle. Sudden
• To close it, briefly pull the switch c::>&, . rain can cause damage to the interior
equipment of your vehicle, particularly the
electronic equipment.
50 Openin g and c lo s ing

Information regarding convenience open-

ing/clos ing ¢ page 48.

Emergency closing of the Panoramic

sliding sunroof
App lies to vehicles: with Panoramic slid ing sunroof

If the Panoramic slid ing sunroof detects an

object in its path when it is clos ing, it w ill
open aga in automat ica lly. In this case, you
can close the roof with the power emergency
closing function .

~ Within five seconds after the sunroof opens

automatica lly, pull the sw itch until the roof
closes.
 Clear vi sion 51

Clear vision ever, if you have not switched high beams

back to low beams while driving with auto-
Lights matic headlight control, only the low beams
come on the next time you turn on automatic
Switching the lights on and off
headlight control. In order to return to high
beams aga in, you first have to pull the high
beam lever back to the normal position and
then push the lever forward .

Light sensor malfunction

In the event of a light sensor malfunction, the
driver is notified in the instrument cluster dis-
play:

Fig. 48 Instr ument pane l: light switch f5IAutomatic headlights / automatic wipers
defective
Switching on AUTO - Automatic headlight
For safety reasons, the low beams are turned
controls
on permanently with the switch in AUTO.
• Turn the light switch to AUTO¢ fig. 48. However, you can continue to turn the lights
on and off using the light switch . Have the
Switchin g on the side ma rker light s
light sensor checked as soon as possible at an
• Turn the light switch to :oo:. authorized Audi dealer or other qualified
workshop.
Switching on low beams
• Turn the light switch to @.D. A WARNING
Switching off the lights - Automatic headlights are only intended
to assist the driver. They do not relieve
• Turn the light switch to 0 .
the driver of his respons ibility t o check
The low beams only illuminate with the igni- the head lights and to turn them on man-
tion turned on. ually accord ing to the current light and
visibility conditions. For example, fog
With the side marker lights or headlights cannot be detected by the light sensors.
switched on, the symbol next to the light So always switch on the headlights under
switch illuminates :oo:. these weathe r condit ions and when driv-
AUTO - Automatic headlight control ing in the dark @.D .
- Crashes can happen when you cannot see
With the switch in the AUTO position, the low the road ahead and when you cannot be
beams are swit ched on automatica lly depend- seen by other moto rists.
ing on the ambient light, for example in a tun-
- Always turn on the headlig hts so that
nel, at dusk and when it is raining or snowing.
youcanseeaheadandsothatothe~
When the low beams are switched on, the :oo:
can see your car from the back.
symbol comes on. The low beams remain
switched on regardless of the ambient light
when you turn on the fog lights.
(D Tips
- The light sensor for head light cont rol is
When you turn off the ignition, the low beams located in the rear view mirror mount .
are automatically switched off. You should t herefore not apply any stick-
With automatic headlight control, you also ers to the windshield in th is atea in order
have the high-beam function availab le. How- to prevent malfunctions or failures. Ill>
52 Clear v ision

- The sensitivity level for the light sensor

set at the factory can be changed in the
(D Note

radio or in the MMI * c::>

page 52 . The rear fo g lights should only be turned
- When you remove yo ur key from the igni- on in accordance with t raff ic regu lation, as
tion w hile the vehicle's lights are turned the lights are bright for following traffic .
on, a buzzer sounds as long as the driv-
er's door is open . Adjusting exterior lighting
- Please obey all laws when using t he
The functions ore selected in the radio or in
light ing systems described here.
the MMI*.
- The coming home/leaving home f unction
is available only with the switch in the • Select: Function button !CAR! > Exterior
AUTO position. lighting .

Coming home
Fog lights
The Coming home function ensures th at after
turning off the ignition and opening the
driver's door the vehicle periphery is illum i-
nated in the dark. I n addition, the front f og
lights, the tai l lights and the license plate
li ght are tu rned on. On-time can be set for a
period from O (off) to 60 seconds.

Leaving home

The Leaving home func t ion ensures that

Fig. 49 Fog lig ht switch
when unlocking the vehicle periphery is ill u-
• To turn on the f og lights }D, press button © minated in the dark. I n addition, the front fog
fig . 49.
c::>
lights, the tail lights and the license plate
• To turn on t he rear fog lightsOt press but- light are turned on. This function can be
ton @ . turned on and off.

Fog lights Auto headlights

The side mar ker lig hts or low beams must be When the lig ht switch is in the AUTO
switc hed on. When the fog lights are swit ched page 51 position , the switch -on point of the
r::!;>

on, the green check lig ht at the edge of the lights can be changed in the automatic driving
switch comes on. light f unction.

If automatic driving light control AUTO is act i- Daytime running lights*

vated, t he low beams are switched on when The dayt ime running lights can be t urned on
the fog lights are tur ned on . or off using this function. If the function is ac-
t ive, the daytime running lights are turned on
Rear fog lights
automat ically when the ign it ion is switched
Low beams or side ma rker light s wit h fog on.
lights must be turned on.

When the rear fog ligh t s are tu rned on, the (D Tips
yell ow check light at the edge of the switch The Coming home/Leaving home fu nction
comes on . is availab le only with the switch in the AU-
TO position .
 Clear vi sion 53

Daytime running lights Instrument lighting

When you turn on the ignition the daytime The basic brightness of the illumination for
running lights will come on automatically . the instruments, the center console and the
display can be adjusted.
USA mode ls
The daytime running lights are activated when
the ligh t switch c:>page 51, fig . 48 is in the 0
posit ion or the AUTOposit ion (only in daylight
conditions). The daytime running lights func -
tion can be turned on and off in the radio or
MMI* menu Exterior light ing c:> page 52 .

Canada model s
The dayt ime run ning lights are activated when Fig. SO Ins tr um ent light ing
the light switc h c:>page 51, fig. 48 is in t he 0
position, ooocposition or the AUTOposit ion .,.Press the knob t o release it .
(only in daylight condit ions) . The daytime run- .. Rotating the knob to the right"+" wi ll in-
ning lights fu nction cannot be turned off. crease the basic brightness when it is dark .
.,.Rotating the knob to the left"-" will de-
_& WARNING -
crease the basic brightness when it is dark .
Never use dayti me ru nning lights to see .,.Pressing t he knob will prevent unintentional
w here yo u are going. They are not bright changes.
enoug h and will not let you see f ar enough
ahead for safety, especially at dusk or (D Tips
w hen it is dark. Be aware of changes in The illumination for the instrument cluste r
outs ide light conditions when you are driv- lights up whenever you switch on the igni-
ing and respond by switching on your low tion w ith the vehicle headlights off . As the
beams jD. daylight fades, th e inst rument cluste r ill u-
mination lik ewise dim s autom atic ally and
(D Note will go out comp letely when the outsi de
Always be aware of changes in outside light is very low. This f eature is meant to
light conditions while you are driving. Re- remi nd you to switch on the headli ght s
spond in t ime to fading daylight by turn - when outs ide light conditions become
ing the light switch to position jD (or poor .
"AUTO") to turn on your headlights .
54 Clear v ision

Adaptive light When the emergency flashers are on, all f our
Applies t o vehicles: wit h adapt ive light turn signals blink at the same time. The turn

When driving around bends, the relevant area

signal indicator lights IIR in the instrument
cluster, as well as the light in the emergency
of the road is better illuminated .
flasher switch ~ blink likewise. The emergen-
cy flashe rs also work when the ignition is
tu rned off.

The emergency flashers will turn on automat i-

cally if you are in an accident where the airbag
has deployed .

@ Tips
You should turn on the emergency f lashers
Fig. S1 Adapt ive ligh t whe n dr iving when:
- you are the last vehicle standing in a tra f-
The benefit of adaptive light is t hat the curve fic jam so that any other vehicles coming
and the edge of t he road are better illuminat- can see you, or when
ed c:::>
fig. 51. Dynamic adaptive light is con- - your vehicle has broken down or you are
trolled automatica lly, depending on vehicle in an emergency situation, or when
speed and steering wheel angle. - your vehicle is being towed by a tow
When driving around bends, the headlights truck or if you are towing another vehicle
are contro ll ed according to steering wheel an- behind you.
gle. So that there is no black hole ahead of the
vehicle, the two main beams pivot at different Turn signal and high beam lever
angles.
The lever on the left side of the steering col-
(D Tips umn is used to operate the turn signals and
the high beam os well as the headlight flash-
The system works above a speed of about er.
6 mph (10 km/h).

Emergency flashers

The emergency flashers makes other moto-

rists aware that you or your vehicle ore in on
emergency situation.
t
Is
9a;
CD
<D
'
Fig. S3 Turn signal and high bea m lever

The t urn signa l and high beam lever has the

f oll ow ing f unct ions:

Turn signals ¢ ¢
fig . 53 (D to
.. Lift the lever up all the way c:::>
Fig. S2 Emergency flashe r switc h
use t he right turn signals, or push the lever
down all t he way @ to use the left tur n sig-
.. Press the switch JJ;,.c:::>
fig. 52 to turn the
nals. ..,.
emergency flashers on or off.
 Clear vi sion 55

Auto-blink Interior Lights

• Move the lever (up or down) j ust to t he po int
Front interior lights
of res istance t o use the turn signals for as
long as you need them, for example when The front interior lights also contain reading
changing lanes . lights for the driver and passenger .
• Move the lever (up or down) ju st to the point
of resi sta nce and then release it right away
to make the turn signals blink three times.
You can use this feature for example when
changing lanes on highways .

High beam [D
• Push the lever forward ® to switch on the
high beam.
• Pull the lever back towa rds you to switch off Fig. 54 Headli ner: Front inte rio r/ readin g li ghts
the high beam .
The rocker switc h @ c::>fig . 54 fo r opera ti ng
Headlight flasher [D
the inte rior ligh t ing has th e fo llow ing f unc-
• Pull the lever toward the steering wheel © tions:
to use the head light f lasher.
Door contact switch
Notes on these features
.,..Place the sw itch @ in the m iddle pos ition .
- The turn signals only work with the ignition
Interior light switched on
tu rned on . The indicator lights I! 8or in
t he instr ument cluster c::>page 14 also blink. • Place the sw itch @ in position I.
- After you have turned a cor ner , the tur n sig -
Interior light switched off
nal switc hes off a utomatica lly.
- The high beam works only when t he head- • Place the sw itch @ in position 0.
lights are on. The ind icato r light . in the
Front reading lights ~
instrument cluste r illuminates whe n the
high beams are on . .,..Press one of the switches @ to turn the
- The headlight flashe r works only as long as right or left rea di ng light on or off.
you hold th e lever - even if there are no
With the door contact switch turned on, the
lights turned on . The indicator light . in
int erior lights tu rn on as soo n as yo u u nlock
t he inst rument cluster illum inates when you
the vehicle or open the doors . The light ing is
use the head light flasher.
also tur ned on w he n t he ig nition key is re-
(D Note
m oved. The lights go o ut abou t 30 seconds af-
te r the doors are closed . When the vehicle is
Do not use the h igh beam or headlight locked o r when the ignition is turned on, the
flashe r if you know that thes e could blind interior lig hts are tu rned off.
oncoming traffic .
When a doo r is open, t he interior lights are
tu rned off after abou t 10 minutes to prevent
draini ng of the batte ry.

The br igh t ness of the ligh t s is cont rolled au -

tomat ically by a di mme r when they are
switc hed on and off .
56 Clear v ision

Rear interior lights It tu rns off when the lid is closed and the visor
is folded up again .
There are reading lights in the rear for the
passengers .
Wiper and washer
system
Switching the windshield wipers on

-
•. ®@
...,"-
:&

Ill (!)
Fig. 55 Headliner: Rear read ing lights

The reading lights are switched on and off us-

ing the but tons ~ -
.@
• @

Fig. 57 Windshield wiper lever

Depending on your model, the appearance a,

*
~
and the location of the reading lights may be
differen t .
...,"
~ (J)
@
Vision
Sun visors

Using th e sun visors makes driving saf er.

Fig. 58 Rear wiper actuat ion

Move the windshield w iper lever to the corre-

sponding position:

@ - Windshield wiper off

l (D - Interval mode . The windsh ield wiper au-
tomat ically activates w hen you drive 2 mph (4
km/h). The higher the sensitivity of the rain
Fig. 56 Sun visor
sensor is set to be (switch @ to the top), the
earlier the windshield w ipers react to mois-
The sun visors for the dr iver and passenger
ture on the windsh ield .
can be pulled out of the ir brackets in the cen-
ter of the vehicle and turned towards the @ - Slow w iping
doors c::>fig. 56 (D. After the sun visor has
@ - Fast wip ing
been tu rned t o t he door, it can be ext ended*
lengthwise. @ - Single wipe

Vanity mirror ® - Clean t he w indshield. To elim inate water

droplets, the windsh ield wiper performs one
The vanity mirro rs on the sun visors are cov- afterw ipe operation after several seconds
ered. When the lid is opened @ , the m irror wh ile driving . You can switch this f unctio n off
light in t he headliner turns on automatically. by moving the lever to posit ion ® within 10
seconds of the afterwi pe operat ion. The .,..
 Clear vision 57

afterwipe function is reactivated the next time

the ignition is switched on.
(D Tips
- The windshield wipers are switched off
The rear wiper automatically switches on when the ignition is turned off. Activate
when the reverse gear is engaged and the the windshield wipers after the ignition
front windshield wipers are on and in opera- is switched back on by moving the wind-
tion . shield wiper lever to any position .
Cleaning the headlights*. The headlight wash- - Worn or dirty windshield wiper blades
er system* only functions when the light is result in streaking. This can affect the
switched on. The headlights are automatically rain sensor function. Check your wind-
cleaned the first time and every fifth time the shield wiper blades regularly .
lever is moved to position ® · They are also - The washer fluid nozzles of the wind-
cleaned every time you hold the lever in posi- shield washer system are heated at low
tion ® for longer than 2 seconds. temperatures when the ignition is on .
- When stopping temporarily, e .g. at a
® -Wipe the rear window. The rear wiper
traffic light, the set speed of the wind-
moves about every 4 seconds.
shield wipers is automatically reduced by
0 -Clean the rear window. The number of one speed.
wiping operations depends on how long the
lever is held in position 7. Service position

A WARNING The windshield wiper blades ore replaced in

the service position.
- The rain sensor is only intended to assist
the driver. The driver is still responsible ...If the wiper blades are not frozen to the
for manually switching the wipers on ac- windshield, bring the windshield wiper lever
cording to the visibility conditions. to the basic position @ ~ page 56, fig. 57 .
- The windshield may not be treated with ...Select: Function button !CAR!> Windshield
water-repelling windshield coating wipers> Service position.
agents. Unfavorable conditions, such as
wetness, darkness, low sun, can result in - On - changing the windshield wiper blades
increased glare. Wiper blade chatter is can only be done if you bring the wiper arms
also possible . to the service position . You will also avoid
- Properly functioning windshield wiper paint damage to the hood when working on
blades are required for a clear view and the wipers in this position.
safe driving . - Off - the windshield wipers are moved to
their initial position again .
(D Note
- In the case of frost, check whether the (D Note
windshield wiper blades are frozen to Never maneuver your vehicle with the
the windshield. Switching on the wind- front windshield wiper arms raised since
shield wipers can damage the wiper they will automatically be moved back to
blades! their basic position above a speed of 3
- Prior to using a car wash, the windshield mph (6 km/h) and can scratch the hood .
wiper system must be switched off (lever
in position 0). This helps to prevent unin- (D Tips
tentional switching on and damage to - You can also use the service position, for
the windshield wiper system. example, if you want to protect the
windshield from icing by using a cover. IJI,,
58 Clear v ision

- The service position automatically

switches to Off when you operate the
(D Note

windsh ield wiper lever, or speed exceeds - The windshie ld wiper blades m ust on ly
3 mph (6 km/h) . be replaced when in the service pos ition
Q page 57! Otherw ise, you risk damag-
ing the paint o n the hood or the wind-
Replacing windshield wiper blades
shield wiper motor .
Wiper blades in good condition help keep the - To help prevent damage to the wiper sys-
windshield clear. tem, always loosen blades wh ich are fro-
zen to the windshield before operating
wipers .
- To help prevent damage to wiper blades,
do not use gaso line, kerosene, paint
thinne r, or other solven t s on o r near t he
wiper blades.
- To help prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other compo nents, do not at-
t em pt t o move the wipe rs by ha nd.
Fig. 59 Rem oving th e wiper blade
(D Tips
Removing the wiper blade
Commerc ial hot waxes applie d by auto-
• Bring the windshield wipers to the service matic ca r wash es affect the how eas ily the
pos it io n q page 5 7. g lass surfa ce can be cleaned.
• Fold the windshield wipe r arm away from
t he windshie ld. Replacing the rear wiper blade
• Press the locking knob © ~ fig. 59 on the
wipe r blade . Hold t he wiper blade firm ly.
• Remove the wiper b lade in t he direc t ion of
the a rrow.

Attaching the wiper blade

• I nse rt the new wipe r blade into the mount
on the wiper arm @ until you hea r it lat ch
int o place .
.. Place t he wiper arm back on the windshie ld .
Fig. 60 Rear w ipe r: Removing t he w ipe r blade

~ WARNING Removing the wiper blade

- Clean yo ur wipe r blades regularly with a • Fold t he windshield wiper arm away from
windshield washer solution to prevent the windshield .
streaking. If the wiper blades are very .. Pull the wiper blade and holder out of the
dirty, for examp le wit h insects, carefu lly mou nt .
clean the wiper blades with a sponge or a
soft brush . Attach ing the wipe r blade
- For your safety, you should replace the • Press the wiper blade ho lde r in the arrow di-
wipe r blades once or twice a year . See rect ion q fig. 60 into t he mount.
your au t ho rized Audi dealer for rep lace- .. Fold the windshie ld wiper arm back onto the
me nt blades. windshie ld . Ill>
 Clear vi sion 59

Automatic dimming function

_&. WARNING
- The au t omatic d imming funct ion is act ivated
- To prevent streak ing, clean the wiper
every time the ign ition is turned on. The green
blades regularly with a glass cleaner. In
indicator light is lit to indicate auto d imm ing
ttle case of s ignificant contamination,
is active .
e.g. from insect rema ins, the wiper
blades can be cleaned with a sponge or When dimming is act ivat ed, the inside m irror
cloth . will darken automatically in response to the
- For safety reasons, the windsh ield wiper amount of light striking the mirror (such as
blades should be replaced once or twice headlights from rearward approaching vehi-
each year . cles). Even in dimming mode, the m irror sur-
face turns bright when:
Mirrors - the interior light is switched on
- reverse ge ar is engaged.
Manual glare-dimming

Standard setting _&. WARNING

• Move t he small lever (located on the bottom Broken glass of automatic dimming mirror
edge of the mirror) to the front. can cause electrolyte flu id leakage . Elec-
trolyte f lu id can irritate skin, eyes, and res-
Anti -glare setting piratory system.
• Move the sma ll lever (located on the bottom - Repeated or prolonged exposu re to e lec-
edge of the mirror) to the rear. trolyte can cause irritation to the respira-
tory system, especially among people
Automatically dimming inside mirror wit h asthma or other resp iratory condi-
Applies t o vehicles: with aut omat icall y dimming inside tions. Get fresh air immediately by leav-
mirror ing th e vehicle o r, if that is not possib le,
ope n windows and doors all the way.
The automatic dimming function con be
turned on and off if required. - If electroly te gets into the eyes, flush
them thorough ly with large amounts of
clean water for at leas t 15 minutes;
medical attention is recommended.
- If electrolyte contacts skin, fl us h affect-
ed area wit h clean wa t er fo r at lea st 15
minut es an d the n wa s h affected area
with soap and water; medical attention
is recommended . Thoroughly wash af-
fected clothing and shoes before reuse .
- If swallowed and perso n is conscious,
Fig. 61 I nside rear view mirror
rinse mouth with water for at least 15
Disabling auto dimming minutes. Do not induce vomiting unless
instructed to do so by med ica l professio-
fig. 61 briefly, - the indi-
• Press button @ <=:>
na l. Get medical attention immediately . .,.
cator light @ goes out.

Activating / reactivating auto dimming

• Press button @ briefly, - the indicator light
@ goes on.
60 Clear v ision

Folding both outside mirrors*

(D Note
...Turn t he knob t o @ .
Liquid elect rolyte leaked from a broken
m irror glass will damage any plastic surfa- Depending on the outside temperature, t he
ces it comes in contact wit h. Clean up spil- mir ror surfaces are heated until the ig nit ion is
led electro lyte immediately with clear swi t ched off - even if the knob is no longer in
wate r and a sponge. posit ion @ .

@ Tips You are we ll -advised to fo ld the outside m ir-

rors in when maneuver ing in tight spaces or
- If you switch off the automatic dim-
when leaving t he car parked close to ot her ve-
ming function on the inside mirror, au-
hicles.
tomatic dimming of the outside mir-
rors* will likewise be disabled. Memory for exterior mirrors*
- Check to make sure there are no objects
On vehicles wi t h memo ry for the drive r's seat,
preventing light from reaching the inside
the cur rent setting for th e exter ior mir rors is
mirro r.
aut omatic ally stored along w it h the seat posi-
- Do not attach any sticke rs to the wind -
t ion ~ page 66.
shield in front of the light sensor, as this
would inte rfe re with both t he automatic Tilt function for the passenger's mirror*
operat ion of the headlights and th e au- (only with memory for exterior mirrors )
tomatic dimming of t he inside mir ror. When t he reverse gear is engaged, t he mir ror
surface t ilts downward sligh t ly if the set ti ng
Outside mirrors is for the passenger's mirror (knob in position
® ~fig . 62). This allows you to see the curb
The outside mirrors are electrically adjusted
during parallel parking.
(power mirrors)
The m irror returns t o its initi al position as
soon as reverse gear is disengaged and veh icle
speed is above about 9 m ph (15 km/ h). The
mirror also retur ns to its init ial position if the
switch is moved to the driver's outside m irror
© or the ignition is switched off.

If the posit ion of the mirror surface is

changed on a tilted mirror, this new position
will be automatically assigned to the remote
Fig. 62 Forward section of driver 's armrest: power mir-
key w hen the vehicle is taken out of reverse
ror contro ls
gear.
Adjusting exterior mirrors
(D Note
...Rotate the knob to the © position (driver's
- Curved mirror surfaces (convex or spheri-
exter ior mir ror) or to the ® posit ion (pas-
cal*) increase your field of view. Remem-
senger's exterior mir ror) <=>fig. 62.
ber that vehicles or other objects will ap-
...Rotate the knob and the mir ror so tha t you
pear smalle r and far t her away than w hen
have a clear view t o t he rear.
seen in a flat m irror. If you use this mir-
Heated mirro rs ror t o estimate distances of foll owing ve-
hicle s whe n chang ing lanes, you could
...Rotate the knob to posit ion @ .
esti mate incorrec t ly and cause an acci-
dent .
 Clear v ision 6 1

- If the mir ror ho using is moved un inten - - If electrolyte gets into the eyes, fl ush
tiona lly (for example, while parking your them thoroughly with large amounts of
vehicle), then you must first fo ld the mir- clean water for at least 15 minutes;
ror electrica lly. Do not readjust the mir- medical attention is recommended.
ror hous ing manually. You could damage - If electrolyte contacts skin, fl ush affect-
the motor which controls the mirror . ed area wit h clean water fo r at least 15
- If you take the vehicle to an automatic minut es and then wash affected area
car wash, you must fold the exterior m ir- wit h soap and water; medical attention
rors flat to prevent damag ing them. is recommended. Thoroughly wash af-
Power folding exte rior m irrors * must not fected cloth ing and s hoes before reuse.
be fo lded in or out by ha nd. Use the pow- - If swallow ed and person is conscious,
er function! rinse mouth wit h water for at least 15
minut e s. Do not induce vomi ti ng unless
@ Tips instr ucted t o do so by med ical professio-
If the re should be a malfunction in the na l. Get medical attention immediately.
elect rical system, you can still adjust the
outs ide mir rors by press ing the edge of (D Note
t he mirror. Liqu id e lectrolyte leaked from a broke n
mir ro r glass will damage any plastic surfa-
Automatic dimming for the outside ces it comes in con ta ct wit h. Clean up sp il-
mirrors led e lect rolyte immediate ly with clear wa -
Applies to vehicles: with automat ically adjusting outs ide ter and a sponge .
mirrors

The outside m irrors dim at the same t ime as (D Tips

the inside mirror. When the ignition is switch- - Switching off the dimming function of
ed on, the mirrors automatically dim depend- the inside rearview mirror also deacti·
ing on the amount of light striking the mirrors vates the automatic dimming function
(such as head lights shin ing into the vehicle of the exterior mi rrors.
from the rear) . - Automatic d imm ing for the mirror only
When the interior lighting is switched on and operates proper ly if the light stri king the
when reverse gear is engaged, the mirrors are inside m irror is not hindered by other ob-
sw itched back to their or iginal brightness (not jects.
d immed).

A WARNING
Broken glass of automatic dimming m irror
can cause e lect rolyte fluid leakage. Elec-
trolyte fluid can irritate skin, eyes, and res-
piratory system.
- Repeated o r prolonged exposure to elec-
tr o lyte can cause irritation to the resp ira-
t o ry system, espe cially amo ng people
with asthma or other respiratory cond i-
tions. Get fresh air immediately by leav-
ing the vehicle or, if that is not possible,
open windows and doors a ll the way.
62 Clear v ision

Digital compass Setting the magnetic deflection zone

Applies to vehicles: with dig ital compass
Activating or deactivating the compass
Applies to vehicles: wit h digital compass The correct magnetic deflection zone must be
set in order to display the directions correctly.
The direction is displayed on the interior rear
view mirror .

Fig. 63 Ins ide rear view m irror: digital compass acti -

vated

.. To activate or deactivate, hold the @ button

down until the red disp lay appears or disap-
pears.

The digital compass only works with the igni-

tion turned on . The directions are displayed as Fig. 64 Nort h America: magnet ic deflect ion zone
initials: N (North), NE (Northeast), E (East), boundar ies
SE (Southeast), S (South), SW (Southwest),
W (West), NW (Northwest). .. Hold the @ ¢ page 62, fig. 63 button down
until the number of the set magnetic deflec -
(0 Tips tion zone appears on the interior rear view
To avoid inaccurate directions, do not al- mirror.
low any remote controls, electrical sys- .. Adjust the magnetic deflection zone by re-
tems, or metal parts close to the mirror. peated ly pressing on the @ button. The set
mode automatically deact ivates after a few
seconds.

Calibrating the compass

Applies to veh icles: with dig ital compass

The compass has to be recalibrated if the dis-

play is wrong or inaccurate .

.. Hold the @ button down unt il the letter C is

displayed on the interior rear view mirror .
.. Drive in a circle at a speed of about S mph
(10 km/h) until a direct ion is shown on the
interior rear view mirror.
 Clear v is ion 63

A WARNING
The digital compass is to be used as a di-
rectional aid only. Even though you may
want to look at it while you are driving, you
must still pay attention to t raffic, road and
weather condit ions as well as other possi-
ble hazards.
64 S e at s a n d s tor a g e

Seats and storage least 10 inches (25 cm) between them-

selves and the steering wheel and/or in-
General recommen- strument panel. If you're s itting any
dations closer than th is, the a irbag system can-
not protect you properly . In addition, the
Why is your seat adjustment so
front seats and head restraints must be
important?
adjusted to your body height so that they
The safety belts and the airbag system can can give you max imum protect ion.
only provide maximum protection if the front - Always try to keep as much distance as
seats are correctly adjusted. possible between yourself and the steer-
ing wheel or instrument panel.
There are various ways of adjusting the front
- Do not adjust the driver's o r front pas-
seats to provide safe and comfortable support
senger's seat whi le the vehicle is moving.
for the driver and the front passenger. Adjust
Your sea t may move unexpected ly, caus-
you r seat prope rly so that :
ing sudden loss of vehicle control and
- you can easily and quickly reach all the personal injury. If you adjust your seat
switches and controls in the instrument while the veh icle is moving, you are out
panel of posit ion.
-your body is prope rly supported thus reduc-
ing physical stress and fatigue
Driver's seat
- the safety be lts and airbag system can offe r '

maximum protection ¢ page 156 . The correct seat position is important for safe
and relaxed driving.
In the following sections, you will see exactly
how you can best adjust you r seats . We recommend that you adjust the dr iver's
seat in the following manner :
There are special regulations and instructions
for insta lling a child safety seat on the front "' Adjust t he seat in fore and aft direction so
passenger's seat. Always follow the informa- t ha t you can eas ily push the peda ls to the
tion regard ing child safety provided in floor wh ile keeping your knees sl ightly bent
q page 178, Child Safety . q A in Why is your seat adjustment so im-
portant? on page 64.
A WARNING "' Adjust the seatback so that when you sit
Incorrect seating position of the driver and with your back agains t t he seatback, you can
all other passengers can result in serious still g rasp t he top of t he steering wheel.
personal inj ury. "' Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge
- Always keep your feet on the floor when is as even as poss ible with the top of your
the vehicle is in motion - never put your head . If that is not poss ible , try to adjust
feet on top of the instrument panel, out the head restraint so that it is as close t o
of the window or on top of the seat cush- t his pos it ion as possib le q page 68.
ion . This app lies especially to the passen-
gers . If your seating position is incorrect, A WARNING
you increase the risk of injury in the case Never place any objects in the dr iver's foot -
of sudden braking or an acc ident. If the well. An object could get into the pedal
airbag inflates and the seating position area and interfere with pedal function . In
is incorrect, t his could result in personal case of sudden braking or an acc ident, you
injury or even death. would not be able to brake or accelerate .
- It is important for both the driver and
front passenger to keep a distance of at
 Seats and storage 65

Front passenger's seat Controls

Always move the front passenger seat into @ Lumbar support

the rearmost position . ® Seat adjustment
© Seatback adjustment
To avoid contact with the airbag while it is de-
ploying, do not sit any closer to the instru-
Adjusting the seat
ment panel than necessary and always wear
the three-point safety belt provided adjusted Position, angle and shape of the seat can be
correctly. We recommend that you adjust the adjusted electrically to ensure safe and com-
passenger's seat in the following manner: fortable seating.
" Move the front passenger seat into the rear - Read and follow the warning notices¢ .&. be-
most position of the fore and aft adjustment fore you adjust your seat .
range ~ .&. in Why is your seat adjustment
so important? on page 64. Adjusting the curvature of the lumbar
"Br ing the backrest up to an (almost) upr ight support
position. Do not ride with the seat reclined. " Push the switch plate @ forward or back-
" Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge ward to increase or reduce the curvature .
is as even as possible with the top of your
head. If that is not possible, try to adjust Adjusting the height of the lumbar
support
the head restraint so that it is as close to
this position as possible ¢ page 68. " Push the switch plate @ up or down to posi-
" Place your feet on the floor in front of the tion the curvature higher or lower .
passenger's seat .
Fore-and-aft adjustment

Power front seat .. Push the switch ® forward or backward

¢page 65, fig. 65.
adjustment
Adjusting seat height
Seat adjustment controls
" Pull or push the switch @ up or down.
The operating logic for the switches corre-
sponds to the construction and function of Front seat cushion up/ down
the seat.
" Press the switch @ at the front up or down.
en
~
ll)
0 Rear seat cushion up/ down
ct
a,
ID
" Press the switch ® at the rear up or down.

Adjusting seatback angle

"P ush the switch © forward or backward.

A WARNING
-Adjust the driver's seat only when the ve-
Fig. 65 Front seat: Controls for seat adjustment
hicle is stationary. You risk an accident
The switches to adjust the sea t cushion and otherwise.
the seatback correspond to the layout, the de - - The power adj ustment for the front seats
sign and the function of the seat. The seats also works with the ignition switched off
are adjusted by moving the switches following or with the ignition key removed. For this
this logic. reason, children should never be left Iii>
66 Seat s an d s t o ra ge

unattended in the vehicle - they could be Storing and recalling setting s

injured! With the help of the memory buttons 1 and 2
- Exercise caution when adjusting the seat ¢ fig. 66 the settings for two different drivers

height. Unsupervised or careless seat ad- can be stored and recalled ¢ page 66.
justment can pinch fingers or hands
The cur rent sett ings are also automatica lly as-
causing injuries.
signed to t he remote control key being used
- While the vehicle is moving, the seat-
when the vehicle is locked. When the vehicle
backs of the front seats must not be in-
is unlocked, the settings assigned to the re-
clined too far to the rear because the ef-
mote control key being used are automatically
fectiveness of the safety belts and the
recalled.
airbag system is severely comprom ised -
there is a risk of injury. Turning seat memory on and off
- To reduce the risk of injury in the case of
If t he IO FF Iswitch is depressed, the seat
sudden braking or accident, front pas-
memory is inoperative. When the Memory
sengers must never ride in a moving ve-
function is off, the LED in the button lights up.
hicle with the seatback reclined . Safety
belts and the airbag system only offer All the stored settings are retained. We rec-
maximum protection when the seatback ommend using the !O FF ! switch and deactivat -
is upright and the safety belts are prop- ing the seat memory if the vehicle is only go-
erly posit ioned on the body. The more ing to be used temporarily by a driver whose
the seatback is reclined, the greater the settings are not going to be stored.
risk of personal injury from an incorrect
seating posit ion and improperly posi- Storing and recalling settings
tioned safety belts . Applies to vehicles: wit h seat memory

Storing sett ings

Seat memory
.,.Adjust the driver's seat.
Memory for driver's seat .,.Adjust the two exterior mirrors .
Applies to vehicles: with seat memo ry .,.Press the ISE TIbutton . The light in the but-
The seat adjustment settings for two drivers ton will come on .
can be stored using the memory buttons in .,.Now press a memory button <illor ill). If
the driver's door. the storing procedure is correct, a confirma-
tion tone w ill sound.

Recalling setting s
.,.If the driver's door is open, tap the corre-
sponding memory button briefly .
.,.If the driver's door is closed, press the ap-
propriate memory button until the stored
position is reached.

Successful storage is confirmed audibly and

Fig. 66 Driver' s door : Seat me mory by the light in the ISETI
button illum inating
¢ page 66, fig. 66 .
In addition to the setting for the driver's seat,
the exterior rear view mirror setting can be When the vehicle is locked, the current set-
stored and recalled through seat memory if tings are stored and assigned to the remote
the vehicle is properly equipped . control key. But the settings sto red on memo-
ry buttons 1 to 2 are not deleted. They can be .,,.
 S ea t s a n d s t o rage 67

recalled at any time. When the vehicle is un- explained in <=>page 148 and c:> poge 156.
locked, the settings assigned to the remote The correct seating position is critical for the
control key are restored . safety of front and rear seat passengers a like
,::;,
page 142.
If you r vehicle is driven by other persons using
your remote control key, you should save your
individual seat position on one of the memory
A WARNING
buttons . You can recall your settings again - Occupants in the front and rear seats
simply and conveniently by pressing the corre- must always be properly restrained.
sponding memory button. When the vehicle is - Do not let anyone ride in the veh icle
locked, these settings are automatically re-as - without the head restraints provided.
signed to the remote control key and stored . Head restraints help to reduce injuries .
- Loose items inside the passenger com-
A WARNING partment, can fly forward in a crash or
sudden maneuver and injure occupants .
- For safety reasons, the seat setting can
Always store articles in the luggage com-
only be recalled when the veh icle is sta-
partment and use the fastening eyes, es-
t ionary - othe rwise you risk having an ac-
cident. pecia lly when the rear seatbacks have
been fo lded down.
- In an emergency the recall procedure can
be cancelled by press ing the !OFF !switch - Read and heed all WARNINGS
c:;,page 142, Proper seating positions
or by tapping of the memory buttons .
for passengers in rear seats.

Activating remote control key memory

Applies to vehicles: with seat memo ry
Adjusting seat

To assign the driver's seat settings to the re- The fore-and-aft adjustment of the seat cush-
mote contro l key when locking the vehicle, the ion and the seotbock angle con be adjusted.
function must be activated in the radio or
MMI*.

.,..Select: Function button ICARI

> Seat adjust-
ment > Driver's seat > Key mem. profile >
On.

@ Tips
If you do not want another driver's set-
tings to be assigned to the remote control Fig. 6 7 Adjusting seatback angle
key, switch off the memory function using
the radio or MMI* or the IOFFI button
<=>page 66.

Rear seats
General information

Safe transportation of passengers on the rear

seats requires proper safety precautions.
Fig. 68 Fore-and-aft adjustmen t
All passengers on the rear seats must be seat-
ed in compliance w ith the safety guidelines
68 Seats and s t o ra ge

Adjusting seatback angle .,.Grasp the sides of the head restraint with
.,.Pull the lever up and push the seatback to- both hands and slide it upward/downward
ward the rear to the desired position until you fee l it click into place ¢ fig . 69 .
¢ fig. 67. Release the lever. Refer to ¢ page 142, Proper adjustment of
.,.Pull the lever up so that the seatback pivots head restraints for guidelines on how to ad-
forward. Release the lever and push the j ust the height of the front head restraints to
seatback to the rear to return the seatback su it the occupant's body size.
to the normal position.
_& WARNING
Fore-and-aft adju stm ent
-- Driving without head restraints or with
-

.,.Pull the handle up and push the seat for-

head restra ints that are not properly ad-
ward or back ¢ fig. 68 .
justed increases the risk of ser ious or fa -
.,.Release the hand le and continue to push the
tal neck injury dramatically.
seat until the seat latch engages.
- Read and heed all WARNINGS
¢page 142 .
_& WARNING
- For safety reasons, the seat must only be (D Tips
adjusted when the vehicle is stationary -
Correct ly adjusted head restraints and
danger of accident!
safety be lts are an extreme ly effect ive
- Exercise caut ion when adjusting the seat .
combination of safety features .
Adjusting the seat without check ing or
paying attention can pinch fingers or
limbs - danger of injury! Rear head restraints

Head restraints
Front head restraints

Fig. 70 Rear seat: head restra ints

Fig. 69 Front seats head rest raints: adjust ing the

height

The head restraints on the front seats can be

adjusted to prov ide safe support to head and
neck at the optimum he ight . When optimally
adjusted , the top of the restra int should be Fig. 71 Rear seat: outer head rest raint
leve l with the top of the head. If that is not
possible, t ry to adjust the head res tr aint so If there is a passenger on the rear center seat-
that it is as close to this posit ion as poss ible ing pos it ion, slide the center head restraint
¢ page 142, Proper adjustment of head re- upward at least to the next notch.
straints .
 Seats and storage 69

Adjusting the head restraints

A WARNING
• To move the head restrai nt up, hold it at the
- Only remove the rear seat head restraints
s ides with both hands and slide it upward
when necessary in order to install a child
until you feel it click into place.
seat. Install the head restraint again im-
• To move the head restraint down, press the
mediat ely once the ch ild seat is removed.
button @ and slide the head restraint
Driving without head rest raints or wit h
downward.
head restra ints t hat ar e not properly ad-
Removing the outer head restraints justed increases the risk of ser ious or fa-
tal neck injury dramatica lly.
• Fold the backrest forward c::;,page 70.
- Read and heed all WARNINGS
• Move the head restraint upward as far as it
c::;,
page 142.
can go.
• Press the release @ c::> fig. 71 with the me-
chanical key c::;,page 39 and the button @
@ Tips

¢ fig . 70. Pull the head restraint out of the Correctly adjusted head restraints and
back rest at the same time c::;,,&.. safety be lts are an extreme ly effect ive
combination of safety features.
In stalling the outer head restraints
• Slide the posts on the head restraint down Center armrest
into the guides until you feel the posts click
The armrest is adjustable in several stages
into place .
and can be moved forward and back.
• Press the button @ c::;,fig . 70 and slide the
head restraint all the way down . You should
not be able to pull the head restra int out of
the backrest.

Removing the center head restraint

• Move the head restraint upward as far as it
can go .
• Press the button @ c::;,fig. 70 and pull the
,&..
head restraint out of the backrest c::>
Fig. 72 Armrest betwee n driver's and passenger's seat
Installing the center head restraint
Adjusting the armrest
• Slide the posts on the head restraint down
into the guides until you feel the posts click • To adjust the armrest angle, pivot the arm-
into place . rest fully down.
• Press the button @ c::;,fig . 70 and slide the • Lift the armrest detent by detent until the
head restraint all the way down. You should desired position is reached .
not be able to pull the head restra int out of
Moving the armrest
the backrest .
• You can move the armrest forward or back
So that the driver can have a bette r view to ¢fig. 72 .
the rear, the head restraints should be pushed
down complete ly when the rear seats are not There is a storage compartment under the
occup ied. armrest .
70 Seats and s t o ra ge

Luggage compartment The center backrest can be folded down sepa -

rately. This makes is possible to transport
Expanding the passenger compartment long objects (for example, skis) ins ide the ve-
The rear seat backrests can be folded forward hicle.
separately or together .
A WARNING
- The backrest must always be secure ly
latched so that the safety belt of the cen-
ter seating position can work properly to
he lp protect the occupant.
- The backrest must be securely latched in
position so that no items contained in
the luggage compa rtment can slide fo r-
ward upon sudden braking.
Fig. 73 Release lever for t he outer backrest - Always check whether the latch is fully
,-. engaged by pulling the seatback for-
~
0 ward.
~----ffi - Never a llow safety belts to become dam-
'°
aged by be ing caugh t in door or seat
hardware.
- Torn or frayed safety be lts can tear and
dam aged be lt hardware can break in a
crash. Inspect t he belts per iodically .
Belts showing damage to webbi ng, bind -
Fig. 74 Release button for the center backrest ings, buck les, or retractors must be re-
placed.
Folding the backrest forward
.,.Pull the lever up ¢ fig. 73 . The backrest will A
- WARNING
swing forward. Always read and heed WARNINGS¢ .& in
.,. Let the backrest latch into the lowest pos i- Loading the luggage compartment on
tion. page 145.
Raising th e backrest
(D Note
.,.Pull the lever up ¢ fig. 73 and fold the back-
- If you move the front seat back when the
rest back up again until it latches secure
rear seat backrest is folded forward, you
¢ .&_.
cou ld damage the head restraints on the
Folding the cent er backrest forw ard rear seat.
- Slide the be lt guide on the outside safety
,. Press the release button¢ fig. 74. The red
belt all the way up before fold ing the
marking on the release button will be visi-
backrest back forward. Make sure the
ble.
seat belt is not pinched or damaged
.,.Fold the backrest forward .
when the rea r seat backrest if folded
Folding the center backrest up back.

.,.Fold the backrest back up again until it se-

curely latches and the red marking is no lon-
ger visible¢ .&_.
 Seats and storage 71

Expanding the luggage compartment (D Note

The rear seat backrests can be folded forward - If you move the front seat back when the
separately or together. rear seat backrest is folded forward, you
cou ld damage the head restraints on the
rear seat.
- Slide the be lt guide on the outside safety
belt all the way up before folding the
backrest back forward. Make sure the
seat belt is not pinched or damaged
when the rear seat backrest if fo lded
back . Other objects should be removed
from the rear seat bench to prot ect the
Fig. 75 Luggage compartmen t: release lever seatback from damage.

Folding the backrest forward

Tie-down rings
.. Pull the release lever Q fig . 75 in direction of
There are four tie-down rings in the luggage
the arrow. The backres t will swing forward.
compartment for securing luggage items .
.. Let the backrest latch into the lowest pos i-
tion.

Folding the backrest up

.. Pull the lever up ¢ page 70, fig . 73 and fold
the backrest back up again unti l it securely
latches Q ,& .

_& WARNING -
- The backrest must always be securely Fig. 76 Location o f th e tie-down rings in th e luggage
latched so that the safety belt of the cen- compartmen t
ter seat ing position can work properly to
help protect the occupant. .. Secure the cargo to the t ie-down rings
- The backrest must be securely latched in Q fig. 76 .
position so that no items contained in .. Observe the safety notes Q page 146.
the luggage compartment can slide for-
In a collision, the laws of physics mean that
ward upon sudden braking.
even smaller items that are loose in the vehi-
-Always check whether the latch is fu lly
cle will turn into heavy m iss iles that can cause
engaged by pulling the seatback for-
serious injury. Items in the vehi cle pick up ki-
ward.
netic energy which varies with the vehicle and
- Never allow safety belts to become dam-
the weight of the item. Vehicle speed is the
aged by being caught in door or seat
most significant factor.
hardware .
- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear and For example , in a fronta l collision at a speed
damaged belt hardware can break in a of 30 mph (48 km/h), the forces acting on a
crash . Inspect the belts periodically . 10 -lb (4.5 kg) object are about 20 times the
Belts showing damage to webbing, bind- normal weight of the item. This means that
ings, buckles, or retractors must be re- the weight of the item would suddenly be the
placed. equivalent of about 200 lbs (90 kg). One can
easily imagine t he injuries that an item of t hat .,..
72 Seats and s t o ra ge

weight flying freely through the passenger .,. Pull the cover ® out of the retainers @ in
compa rtment can cause in a collision at a the direction of the arrow.
speed considered relat ively low.
Installing
.&_WARNING .,.Slide the cover into the retainers @ .
Weak, damaged or improper straps used .,.Attach t he straps @ ~ ,& .
to secure items to t ie-downs can fail dur-
Storing
ing ha rd brak ing or in a collision and cause
ser ious personal inj ury. .,.Slide the rear seat forward c>page 67 .
- Always use suitable retaining straps and .,. Fold t he cover together and sto re it beh ind
properly secure items to the tie-downs in th e rear seat ~ fig. 78 .
the luggage compartment to help pre-
vent items from shifting or flying for- .&_WARNING -
wa rd. - To prevent accidents, neve r insta ll t he
- When the rear seat back rest is folded lugg age compartmen t cover unsecured .
down, always use su itab le retain ing - Whenever d riving, neve r place a ny hard
st raps and proper ly secure items to the or he avy objec t s on t he luggage com-
t ie-downs in the luggage compartment pa rtment or allow pet s t o sit on t he lug -
to help prevent items from flying for- ga g e compartment cover. They cou ld be-
ward into the passenger compartment . come a hazard to vehicle occupants in
- Never at tac h a child sa fety seat tether the event of sudden braking or in an acci-
strap to a tie -down . dent.

luggage compartment cover (D Note

You cou ld damaged a stored luggage com-
partment cover when you move the rear
seat or rear seat backrest.

(D Tips
- You can use the luggage compartment
cover to store light we ight cloth ing or a r-
ticles but do not leave any heavy or sharp
objects in the pockets of the clothing.
Fig. 77 Luggage compart ment: cover attac hed - Remember that plac ing clothing or arti-
cles on the luggage compartment cover
can block the driver's vision in the rear
view mirror . This also applies especially
when you have to t ransport large ob-
ject s.
- So that stale air can escape from the ve-
hicle be su re not to cover the ventilation
slot between the rear lid a nd the lug-
gage comp art ment cover.
Fig. 7 8 Luggage compart ment : storing th e cover

Removing
.,.Unhook the straps (!) <=>
fig. 77.
 Seats and storage 73

Double cargo floor

You can store dirty or wet objects under the

•
cargo floor .

Fig. 81 Luggage compa rtment: Sto rage hooks

Storage net
The storage net on th e right side trim can be
moved lower on the side gu ides, if needed
Fig. 79 Luggage compartmen t: cargo floor folded t o-
gether with protective tray Q fig. 80.

Folding the cargo floor together Storage hooks

.. Lift the cargo floor by the hand le The storage hooks can be used to secure shop-
ping bags from fa lling over Q fig. 81.
Q fig . 79 (D and fold it up .
.. Place your item in the protective tray.
8_ WARNING
-
Removing the cargo floor, installing Do not use the storage hooks to secure
.. To remove, lift the cargo floor folded to- heavy objects. Heavier objects are not ade-
gether and pu ll it toward the rear lid. quately secured. There is risk of personal
.. To install, place the folded cargo floor into injury .
both retainers and unfold it.

Grab the protective tray on the hand les and

Roof rack
pu ll it out. You can also install a divider to di- Description
vide @ the storage area. Depending on the
Additional cargo can be carried with a roof
vehicle equ ipment level, the protective tray
luggage rack.
can have different sizes and shapes.
If luggage or cargo is to be carried on the
Cargo net and storage hooks roof, you must observe the following:
- Only a specially designed roof rack may be

• used on your vehicle roof. This is provided

with your vehicle.
- These roof racks are the basis for a complete
roof rack system. Additional attachments
are necessary if you want to transport lug-
gage, bicycles, surf boards and skis . All
these components are available at your au-
thorized Audi dealer .
Fig. 80 Luggage compartmen t :

(D Note
If you use other roof luggage rack systems
or do not install the racks as intended, any
damage to the vehicle is not covered by .,.
74 Seats and s t o ra ge

the warranty. Always read the manufactur - Installing a roof rack

er installation instructions that came with
your roof rack system when you install the
attachments.

@ Tips
When insta lling a factory-supplied roof
rack system on the roof ra iling, the ESP
will adapt itself to a d ifferent center of
grav ity.
Fig. 83 Roof railing: posit ioning t he roof rack

Attachment points
The roof rack can only be attached at the
marked locations.

Fig. 84 Roof railing: install ing a roof rack

The roof rack set consists of a front and rear

roof rack, the cover prof ile and a socket
Fig. 82 Roof rack attac hment points wrench.
.,.Open the cap © c:>fig. 84 .
Attach the roof rack only at the attachment
.,. Before mounting the roof rack, use the sock-
points on the roof railing. On the inside of the
et wrench @ and loosen the left and right
roof railing there are two ho les for attaching
screw in the direction of @ .
the rear end of t he roof rack. To prevent con-
.,.Clean the attachment po ints on the roof
fus ing the front and rear roof rack attach-
railing as well as the roof rack rubber wash-
ments, there are three holes on the left and
ers @ .
two holes on the right for mounting the front
.,.Carefully p lace the roof rack ove r t he holes
part of the roof rack c:>fig. 82 .
in t he roof railing c:>fig. 83.
The roof racks have a sticker on the left side .,. Place t he pins @ int o the holes. The claw ®
under neat h to identify front and rear . m ust engage into t he edge of the roof rail-
ing .
A WARNING
. .,. Make sure the rubber washer @ lays flat on
When installing the roof rack, make sure the roof railing .
the sticker is on the left s ide of the vehicle .,.Tighten the left and right screws using the
and faces the stamped arrow in the dr ive socket wrench @ in direct ion @ .
direction . .,.To reach the 4 ft lb (6 Nm) t ightening speci-
fication needed, both arrows on the socket
wrench must a lign .
.,. Repeat th is p rocedure on the second roof
rack.
 S ea t s a n d s t o rage 75

.,.If you not want to use the attachment, sea l

_& WARNING the whole T-groove (J) with the cover profile
Check all the roof rack connections each
time before each trip and re-tighten or re-
®·
.,.Cut the cover profile to the length needed, if
adjust if necessary. If you are going to be necessary.
driving or rough terrain, you will have to
check the attachments more often. If you
Roof load
do not do th is, the risk of your luggage
coming loose and fa lling off is greater. The cargo on the roof must be securely at-
tached. Handling characteristics change
(D Note when cargo is transported.
The pins and the roof rack claws must en- The permissible roof load for your vehicle is
gage secure ly into the holes and into the 220 lbs (100 kg) . The roof load is the total of
edge of the roof ra iling when you tighten the weight of the roof rack, the attachments
the screws! and the cargo you are carrying .

(j) Tips _& WARNING

You can adjust the width of the roo f rack - The cargo must be securely attached on
by using a hexagon wrench and turning the the roof rack, otherwise you risk an acci-
screws on the top . Let your authorized Au- dent.
di dea ler help you with this .
- Distribute the load as evenly as possib le
and do not make the roof rack wide r than
Installing the attachments the maximum permitted.
- You must under no circumstances exceed
the permissible roof load, the perm iss i-
ble axle loads and the perm issible overa ll
weight of your veh icle - risk of an acc i-
dent.
- Mount the attachments to the roof rac k
only after you have placed the roof rack
on the vehicle .
- Consider that when transpo rting heavy
Fig. 85 Roof ra iling: install ing cover profile into the objects or one with a large surface, the
roof rack handling characteristics change due to
shift in the center of gravity or the great-
Install ing the attachments
er surface exposed to the wind. So adapt
.,.Remove the cap @ ~ fig. 85 . your driving and your speed to prevailing
.,.Slide the attachment into the T-groove (J). conditions. We recommend that you do
.,.Tighten the attachment according to the not drive faster than 80 mph (130 km/
roof rack installation instructions. h).
.,.Close the cap . - Mounting a roof rack changes the height
of your vehicle . Keep this in mind when
Installing the cover profile
parking your vehicle in your garage, or
.,.Seal the openings in the T-groove (J) with when dr iving th ro ugh a tunne l or under
the cover profile @ after having installing a n overpass. .,..
the attachments.
76 Seats and s torage

Holding beverages at the rear

(D Note
.,.To adjust the arm @ , swing it in the direc-
- Make sure the rear lid does not hit the
tion of t he arrow.
cargo on the roof rack when you open it.
.,. Place the beverage in the ho lder and release
On vehicles with automatic rear lid/trunk
the arm . The arm swings back by itself and
lid operat ion* you may have to adjust the
automatically secures the beverage.
page 45 .
open position of the rear lid c::>
- Remove the roof rack and attachment Closing the rear cupholders
before tak ing your vehicle through an au-
.,. Press on the center sec tion between the two
tomat ic car wash to avoid damage .
arms and push the cupholder in the slot as
@ For the sake of the environment
far as it will go.

Frequently peop le will leave the roof rack The holding arm mus t be adjusted such that it
mounted on the vehicle even if it is not be- lies closely aga inst the cupholder.
ing used . Your veh icle will use more fuel
A maximum of two beverages can be placed in
due to the increased wind resistance. So
the center armrest.
remove the roof rack after using it.
_&.WARNING -
Beverage holders Spilled hot liqu id can cause an accident
and personal injury.
- Never carry an y beverage containers with
hot liqui ds, su ch as hot coffee or hot tea ,
in the vehicle while it is moving . In case
of an acc ident, sudden braking or othe r
vehicle movement, hot liquid could spill,
causing scalding burns. Spilled hot liquid
can also cause an accident and personal
injury.
Fig. 86 Cen ter conso le : Front cupho lders
- Use on ly soft cups in the cupholder . Hard
cups and glasses can cause injury in an
accident.
- Never use the cupholder or adapter as an
ashtray - risk of fire.

(D Note
Only drink containers with lids should be
carried in the cupholder. Liquid could spill
Fig. 87 Beve rage storag e in the rear armre st out and damage your vehicle's electronic
equipment or stain the upho lstery, etc.
Front cupholders
.,.You can accommodate two beverages in this
storage c::>fig . 86.

Opening rear beverage holders

.,.Press on the symbol 'i @ c::>fig . 87 .
 Seats and storage 77

Climatized cupholders @ Tips

Applies to vehicles: with climat ized beverage holde rs
Do not cover the ventilation grille -arrow-
The driver side beverage holder can keep your because that could prevent the beverage
beverage warm or cold. holder from functioning correctly.

Cupholders in the door

pockets
There is a cupholder in all four doors.

Fig. 88 Center console: climat ized cupholder

~ Press button @ ~ fig. 88 to keep your bev-

erage cold. The button will light up blue.
~ Press button © ~ fig. 88 to keep your bev-
erage warm. The button will light up red. Fig. 89 Section of door panel: (upholder
~ To switch between the two functions, press
the appropriate button. The cupholders in th e door pockets are suita-
~ Press ® or © to switch off these feature . ble for 1 to 1.5-liter bottles.
The light in the button will go out.

When cooling, the temperature of the bever-

_&.WARNING -
age holder base will go down to approximate- Spilled hot liquid can cause an accident
ly 41 °F (5 °C). When warming, the tempera- and personal injury.
ture will be approximately 136 °F (58 °C). At - Never carry any beverage containers with
104 °F (40 °C) the warming display will come hot liquids, such as hot coffee or hot tea,
on @ . This is reminder not to touch the base in the vehicle while it is moving. In case
because it is hot . The display goes out if the of an accident, sudden braking or other
temperature falls below this value. veh icle movement, hot liquid could spill,
causing scalding burns. Spilled hot liquid
_& WARNING can also cause an accident and personal
- injury.
- Never touch the beverage holder base
- Use only soft cups in the cupholder . Hard
when the warm ing display is on. You can
cups and glasses can cause injury in an
burn yourself!
accident.
- Do not use breakable beverage contain-
ers (for example made out of glass or
porcelain). You could be injured by them
CDNote
in case of an accident . Only drink containers with lids should be
carried in the cupholder . liquid cou ld spill
CDNote out and damage your vehicle's electron ic
equipment or stain the upho lstery, etc.
Make sure your beverage holder has a lid.
If not, your beverage could spill out and
cause damage to the vehicle electronic or
stain the seat covers .
78 Seats and s torage

Ashtray Using the cigarette lighter

,,.Open the lid of the front ash tray.
,,. Push the knob on t he cigarette lighter in.
,,.Wait until the knob pops out s light ly.
,,. Remove the cigarette lighter immediately .
,,. Light your cigarette from the red-hot heat-
ing coil of the cigarette lighter.
,,. Return the cigarette lighter to its socket.

Using th e socket

Fig. 9 0 Center console: front asht ray ,,. Remove the cigarette lighter .
,,.Ins ert the plug of the electrical dev ice into
Opening the ashtray the cigarette lighter socket.
,,.Slide the cover open .
The socket of the cigarette lighter may be
Closing th e asht ray used for 12-volt appliances with max imum
consumption of up to 100 watts, such as a
,,.Tap the lid to close the ashtray automat ical-
flash light, small vacuum cleaner, etc.
ly.
Before you purchase any accessories , a lways
Removing ashtray insert read and follow the info rmation in
,,. Release the ashtray insert by s lid ing the page 293, Additional accessories and ports
<=>
swit ch @ ¢ fig. 90 to the right . replacement .
,,.Remove the ashtray insert @ c:>fig. 90 .
.&_WARNING
Reinstalling ashtray insert
- Use care when using the cigarette light-
,,.Press the ashtray insert into its holder . er. Inattent ive or unsuperv ised use of the
cigarette lighter can cause bu rns - risk of
.&_WARNING inju ry!
Never put waste paper in the ash t ray. Hot - The power outlets and therefore the
ashes or othe r hot objec ts in t he ashtray electrica l accessor ies connect ed to them
could set waste paper on fire . operate only with the ignit ion on. Im-
p roper use of t he outlets or of ele ctri cal
accessories can lead to serious inj uries or
Cigarette lighter/outlet cause a fire. For th is reason, children
Cigarette lighter should never be left unattended in the
veh icle - they could be injured!

(D Note
- To avoid damagi ng the socket, only use
plugs that fit proper ly.
- Only use the ciga rette light er soc ket as a
powe r source for e lectrica l accessories
for short durations . Use the sockets in
the vehicle when a power source is need-
Fig. 91 Open fron t ash tr ay ed for longer durat ions . .,,.
 S ea t s a n d s t o rage 79

@ Tips A WARNING
.
When the engine is off and accessories are The power outlets and therefore the elec-
still plugged in and are on, the vehicle bat- tr ical accessories connected to them oper-
tery can still be drained. ate only with the ign ition on . Improper use
of the outlets or of electrical accessories
12-volt sockets can lead to ser ious injuries or cause a fire.
For this reason, children should never be
Electrical accessories con be connected to ev- left unattended in the vehicle - they could
ery 12-volt socket. be injured!

(D Note
To avoid damaging t he socket, only use
plugs that fit properly.

@ Tips
When the engine is off and accessories are
still plugged in and are on, the vehicle bat-
tery can still be drained.
Fig. 92 Section of the trim panel of the luggage com-
partment: 12-volt socket
Storage
General overview
There ore numerous places to store items in
your vehicle.

Glove compartment ¢page BO

Cooling box in glove compart- ¢page BO
ment
Fig. 93 Center console: 12-volt socket
Storage compartment in the ¢page BO
roof
.,.Open the socket cover ~ fig. 92 or ~ fig. 93.
.. Insert the plug of the e lectrical device into Multi-use attachment ¢page Bl
the socket. Coat hooks ¢page Bl
Storage in the door panels
The socket of the cigarette lighter may be
used for 12-volt appliances with maximum Storage net in footwell
consumption of up to 100 watts, such as a Storage net in the front seat-
f lash light, small vacuum cleaner, etc backs

There is an additional 12V socket in the center Storage net in luggage com-
console . partment

-A
Before you purchase any accessories, always WARNING
read and fo llow the informa t ion in ,

- Always remove objects from the instru-

¢ page 293, Additional accessories and parts
ment panel. Any items not put away
replacement .
could slide around inside the veh icle
while driving or when accelerating or
80 Seats and s t o ra ge

when applying th e brakes or when driv-

ing around a corner.
A
- WARNING
To reduce the risk of personal injury in an
- When you are driving make sure that
accident or sudde n stop , always keep the
anything you may have placed in the cen-
glove compartment closed while driving.
t er console or other storage locat ions
cannot fall out int o the footwells. In case
of sudden braking you would not be able Cooling box in glove compartment
to brake or acce lerate . The cooling box works only when the air-con-
- Any pieces of cloth ing that you have ditioning is in cooling mode .
hung up must not interfere with the driv-
er's view. The coat hooks are designed
only fo r lightweight clothing. Never hang
any clothing wit h hard, pointed or heavy --..:
objects in t he pockets on the coat hooks. c----- -

During sudden braking or in an accident -

especially if the airbag is deployed -
these objects could injure any passen-
gers inside the vehicle .
Fig. 95 Glove box wit h coolin g box ope n and switched
Glove compartment on

The glove compartmen t is illuminated and • Open the glove compartment q page 80,
can be locked. fig . 94 .
• Turn the rotary swit ch @ counter-clockwise
to switch the cooling on . The symbo ls on the
rotary switch m ust be displayed Q fig . 95 ac-
cording ly.
• Turn t he rotary switch @ clockwise to
switch the cooling off.

The cooling box works only in the cooling

mode . If the climate control is in the heating
Fig. 9 4 Glove compa rtm ent mode, we recommend switching t he cooling
box off.
To open glove compa rtment
• Pull the handle in the direct ion of the arrow Storage compartment in the roof
Q fig . 94 and swing t he cover down t o open .

To close glove compartm ent Ufl,:lc_=-- -=-=-

II.Ill

• Push the glove compartment lid upward un-

t il th e lock engage s. --
~-~
G) G)
There are holders for a pen and a pad of paper O. w
O
in the glove compartment lid.
On the right side in the glove compa rtment is \ - l
a holder wit h the key body into which t he Fig. 96 Sto rage pocket in t he roof

emergency key must be clippe d to be ab le to

start the vehicle.
 Seats and storage 81

.. To open the lid you have to touch the bar Coat hooks
r=>fig. 96 (Arrow). The lid opens automati-
,._
cally.
.. To close the lid, push it up unt il it engages.
N

~
-
.!,

A WARNING
Always keep the lid closed while driving to
reduce the risk of injury during a sudden
braking maneuver or in the event of an ac-
cident .
Fig. 98 Coat hooks at rear doors

Multi-use attachment
Light objects can be secured on the multi -use
A WARNING

attachment. - Hang clothes in such a way that they do

not impair the driver's vision .
- The coat hooks must only be used for
lightweight clothing. Do not leave any
heavy or sharp edged objects in the pock-
ets which may interfere with the side cur-
tain airbag deployment and can cause
personal injury in a crash.
- Do not use coat hangers for hanging
clothing on the coat hooks as this can in-
terfere with proper deployment of the
Fig. 97 Passenger footwell: mult i-use at tachment
side curtain airbags in an accident.
Unfold the hook in the direction of the arrow - Do not hang heavy objects on the coat
r=>fig. 97. hooks, as they could cause personal in-
jury in a sudden stop.
A
1=
WARNING
-
Maximum load on the multi-use attach-
ment: 22 lbs (10 kg). Heavier objects are
not adequately secured. There is risk of
personal injury.

@ Tips
Other accessories or objects such as an
umbrella from the Audi accessories pro-
grams can be secured on the multi-use at-
tachment.
82 Warm and cold

Warm and cold The air conditioner temporari ly switches off

when you drive off from a standstill using full
Three-zone automatic throttle to save engine power.
climate control The compressor also switches off if the cool-
Descript ion ant temperature is too high, so that the en-
gine can be adequately cooled under extreme
The air conditioner is fully automatic and is loads.
designed to maintain a comfortable and uni-
form climate inside the vehicle. Dust and pollen filter

We recommend the following sett ings: The dust and pollen filter (a combined particle
filter and activated charcoa l filter) reduces or
"'Set the temperature to 7S °F (+23 °(). prevents outside air pollution (dust, or pollen)
.,.Press the !AUTO ! button . from entering the vehicle.
With this setting, you attain maximum com- The dust and pollen filter must be changed at
fort in the least amount of time . Change this the intervals specified in your Maintenance
setting, as desired, to meet your personal booklet, so that the air conditioner can prop-
needs. erly work.
The climate controls are a combination of If you drive your vehicle in an area with a high
heating, ventilation and cooling systems, degree of air pollut ion, the filter may need to
which automatically reduce humidity and cool be changed more frequently than specified in
the air inside your vehicle. your Audi Warranty & Maintenance booklet. If
in doubt, ask your authorized Audi Service Ad-
The climate control automatically maintains a
visor for advice.
temperature once it has been set. The tem-
perature of the air from the vents, fan speed Key recognition
(air volume) and air distribution are also auto-
The current climate contro l settings are auto-
mat ically adjusted . The system also takes into
matically stored and assigned to the remote
account strong sunshine so that manual ad-
key
justment is not necessary . So in almost all
cases, automatic mode offers the best condi- Energy management
tions for the comfort of the occupants at all
To prevent the battery from being discharged
times of the year ¢ page 84.
and to restore the ba lance of energy, compo -
Please note the following: nents which require large amounts of energy
are temporarily cut back or switched off
Turn on the air cond itioner to reduce humidity
¢ page 203 . Heating systems in particular re-
in the vehicle. This also prevents the windows
quire a great deal of energy. If you notice, for
from fogging up.
example, that the rear window heater is not
When the outside temperature is high and the heating, then it has been temporarily cut back
air is very humid, condensation from the or switched off by energy management.
evaporator may drip under the vehicle. This is These systems are available again as soon as
normal and does not indicate a leak. the energy balance has been restored.
If the outside temperature is low, the fan nor-
mally only switches to a higher speed once
.8. WARNING -
the engine coolant has warmed up sufficient- Reduced visibility is dangerous and can
ly. cause accidents.
 Warm and cold 83

- For safe driving it is very important that special tools. Contact an authorized Audi
all windows be free of ice, snow and con- dealer for assistance.
densation .
- Completely familiari ze yourself with the a) Tips
proper use and function of the heating - To avoid adversely affecting heating and
and ventilation system and especially cooling performance and to prevent con-
how to defog and defrost the windows . densation on the windows, the air intake
- Never use the windshield wiper/washer in front of the windshield must be free of
system in freezing weather until you ice, snow and leaves .
have warmed the windshield first, using - The air flowing out of the vents and
the heating and ventilation system . The throughout the vehicle's entire interior is
washer solution may freeze on the wind- discharged at the rear of the vehicle.
shield and reduce visibility. Make sure that the outle t slots are not
covered by clothing, etc.
(D Note - Climate control works most effectively if
- If you suspect that the climate control the windows and the Panoramic sliding
system has been damaged, switch the sunroof* are closed . However, if the inte-
system off to avoid further damages, rior of a parked vehicle is extremely hot
and have it inspected by a qualified deal- from the sun , briefly opening the win-
ership . dows can speed up the cooling process .
- Repairs to the Audi air conditioner re-
quire special technical knowledge and

Controls

This overview will help you to familiarize yourself with the climate controls .

__________________________________
,, ~
!/!
ii:

Fig. 99 Clim ate cont rols

The display shows the selected temperature tons . The LEDin the buttons illuminates when
for the driver's side on the left and the select- the function is active. II>
ed temperature for the front passenger's side
on the right.

Functions are set by rotating the control or

are switched on and off by tapping the but-
84 W a rm and co ld

Button(s) Meaning Automatic mode ~

Turns on and off The standard operating mode for all times of
!OFF!
<=>
page 84

!AUTO!
--· Autom atic operation
the year .

Turning on autom atic mod e

<=>page84
Temperature Temperature selection • Set the temperature between 60 °F (+16 °()
and 84 °F (+28 °C).
regulatora>
---~ c:>pag e 84
Fan
• Press !AUTOI.
<=>page85 Automat ic mode ensures constant tempera-
Recircu lat ion mode tures in the interior and dehumidifies the air
<=>
page 85 inside the vehicle. Air temperature, volume
Air distribution and distribution are controlled automatically
<=>page85 to reach or maintain the desired interio r tem -
perature as q uickly as possib le . Fluctuat ions
Defrost
~ page 86
in exter ior temperature and the effects of
tempe rature from the position of t he s un a re
Rear window defogger
compensa t ed for automatically.
~page86
Turns cooling system on and This operating mode works only in an adjusta-
ble temperature range of 60°F (+16°() to
off
84° F (+28°() . If you se lect a tempera t ure Low-
<=>
page 86
er than 60° F (+16°(), low will appear in the
Seat heating
radio or MMI* display . At temperatures above
<=>page88
84° F (+28?), high is d isp layed . At both ex-
a) The regulator is a lso used to set t he fa n speed, air dis- treme settings, climate control runs continu-
tribut ion and seat heating. ously at maximum cooling or heating power .
There is no temperature regu lation .
(D Tips
The grille on the controls c:>fig . 99 must
Setting the temperature
remain unobstructed and must not be tap-
ed over. Measuring sensors are locat ed be- The temperature can be set separately for the
hind it . driver 's side and front passenger's side.

Turning the climate control on and off

Turning the climate control on

• Press !OFFI, or
• press IAUTOI.

Turning the clim ate control off

• Press the lOFF I button to turn the climate
control off and to block the air supp ly from Fig. 10 0 Temperat ure sett ing regulator

the outside.
• Rotate the regulato r to t he Left to reduce
The air conditioner turns back on when you the temperatu re, or to the right to increase
press the t emperature regulator or one of the t he temperatu re c:>fig. 100 . ..,.
buttons.
 W a rm a nd cold 85

The selected temperature appears on the cli- In recircu lation mode, air is drawn from the
mate control display. The temperature setting vehicle interior, filtered and recirculated. We
will also appear for a few seconds in the radio recommend se lecting recircu lation mode un-
or MMI* display. der the fo llowing conditions:

When driving through a tunne l or in a traff ic

Fan ~ jam so that exhaust fumes and odors cannot
The automatically preset fan speed con be re- enter the vehicle interior.
duced or increased.
_& WARNING
You shou ld not use the recirculation mode
for an extended period s ince no fresh air is
drawn in. With the air-conditioni ng switch-
ed off, the windows can fog up, which in-
creases t he risk of an accident!

Air distribution ~

The automatically preset air distribution con

Fig. 101 Fan butto n a nd regu lator
be changed.
• Press the ~ button .
• Rotate the regu lator to set the des ired fan
speed (air volume) .

The climate control system automatically reg-

ulates fan speed based on the interior tem-
pe rature. You can adjust the volume of air pro-
duced by the fan to your own requ irements.

The fan speed setting will appear for a few

seconds in the radio or MMI* display . Fig. 102 Air distribution button and regulator

@ Tips • Press t he~ button.

• Rotate the regula t or to the des ired setting .
It is possib le that the fan speed may
change automatically . This occurs to en- You can adjust the air distribut ion so that air
sure that the desired temperature setting flows from specific vents. In position :0 air
is reached as quick ly as possib le. flows on ly to t he windows, in pos it io n :,0, it
flows to the d river or passenger, and in pos i-
Recirculation mode G;l tion !,ll it flows to the footwell. There are ad -
ditional combinations availab le to adjust air
The recirculation mode prevents polluted out- distribution as needed.
side air from entering the vehicle interior.
To reg ulate air d istr ibution a utomatically,
Turning on recirculation mode switch to IAU TO I.
• Press the l"""Ibutton ,& .
<=:>
The air d istr ibut ion setting will appea r for a
Turning off recirculat ion mod e few seconds in the rad io or MMI*d isp lay.

• Press the G;l button agai n, or

• press the IAUTOI button, or
• press the ~ button.
86 Warm and cold

Defrost ~ mains stored for 15 minutes after the ignition

is switched off .
The windshield and side windows ore defrost-
ed or cleared of condensation as quickly as If the engine is restarted within these 15 mi-
possible . nutes, the rear w indow defogger is activated
for 10 to 20 minutes, depending on outside
• Press~ to turn on the defroster. temperature . When a vehicle is parked for a
• Press the ~ button again, or press the short time, the rear window defogger does
IAUTO !button to turn it off. not need to be manually activated again.

Temperature is controlled automatically. The

maximum amount of air flows mainly from
(® For the sake of the environment

the vents below the windshield. As soon as the rear window is clear, you
shou ld switch the rear w indow defogger
Pressing the ~ button switches off recircula- off. The reduced power consumption has a
tion mode. beneficial effect on fuel consumpt ion.

Rear window defogger ~ A/Cmode ~

The rear window defogger clears the rear win-
Turning A/C off
dow of condensation.
• Press the IAC!button.
• Press the QUJ
button to turn the rear window
defogger on and off. Turning A/Con
• Press the IAC!button again .
The rear window defogger works only when
the engine is running . The indicator light in The cooling system is turned on in A/C mode.
the button illuminates when the rear window The heating and vent ilat ion system is control-
defogger is on. led automatically.
The rear window defogger is switched off au-
tomatically after 10 to 20 minutes, depend -
(D Tips
ing on the outside temperature. If the light in th e button stays on after you
have switched off the air conditioning,
The rear w indow defogger can be turned on
then one of the components in the air con-
permanently by pressing the QUJ button for
ditioning system is faulty. Please consult a
more than two seconds. This remains stored
aut horized dealership if there is an operat-
unti l the ignition is switched off . A rear win-
ing problem.
dow defogger that was switched on also re-
 W a rm a nd cold 87

Air vents

Air distribution determines the air flow from the individual vents .

Fig. 103 Inst rument pa ne l: Locat ion of a ir vents

Vent s @ and @ • To raise or lower the a ir temperature , turn

the right thumbwhee l toward the red or
• Rotate the thumbwheel located next to the
outlet to open or close it. blue marking .
• To adjust the direct ion of the airflow from The air ve nts are actuated either automat ica l-
the outlet, move the tab in the center of the ly or manually depending on the ope rat ing
outlet in the desi red d irect ion. The direction mode selected. Heated or unheated fresh air,
of the air delivered from the vents can be o r cooled air flows from t he vents .
adjusted horizontally and vertically.
The air vents to heat the rear footwell are lo-
The air out lets are actuated either automati- cated under the front seats.
cally or manually depend ing on the operating
mode se lected. Heated or unheated fresh air @ Tips
or coo led air flows from vents (!) through @). If the climate control is operating in cool -
ing mode, air flows primar ily from the
@ Tips
vents in the cente r console . To ach ieve ad-
If the climate cont rol is running in cooli ng equate cooling, you should never close
mode, air flows mainly from vents @ and these ve nts completely.
@ . To achieve adequate cooling, you
should never close these vents complete ly.
Economical use of the climate control
system
Rear air vents
Economical use of the climate control system
The rear air vents ore located in the center helps save fuel.
console .
When t he climate cont rol sys t em is working in
• Turn the left t humbwhee l to open or close cooling mode, eng ine perfo rmance is reduced
the vent. and fuel consumption is affected . To keep the
• To adjust the direction of the air move the time the climate contro l system is on as short
handle in th e center of each vent. You can as possib le, you should do the following: IJJl>

adjust the air f low hori zontally and vertical -

ly.
88 W a rm and co ld

• To save fuel, turn off coo ling mode by press- In the event that the windows fog up dur ing
ing the IAC !button (indicator light goes automatic recircu lation, press the® button
out). immediately.
• In addit ion, if you open the window or the
Under cert ain ope rat ing cond itions, a utomat ic
Panoramic sliding sunroof* while driving,
recirculation is switched off automatically.
tu rn off cooling mode by pressing the IAC ! When outs ide temperatures are below about
button (ind icator light goes out) .
50 °F (+10 °C), automatic recirculat ion is lim-
• If the vehicle is ext reme ly hot due to the
ited to 30 seconds.
heat of t he sun, briefly open doors and win-
dows.
Synchronization
@ For the sake of the environment Setting for the driver seat and passenger
When you save fuel, you reduce em iss io ns seat.
from the vehicle.
After Synchronization is set to On, all of the
subsequent climate control settings (except
Basic settings for seat heat ing *) for the driver are transfer-
red to the front passenger.
General information
Synchronization is canceled when settings are
The basic climate control settings can be ad-
adjusted o n the front passenger's side.
justed in the radio or MM!*.

• Select : Funct ion but t on ICARI

> Contro l but - Seat heating
ton AC.
Front seat heating Gt]
The fol lowing funct ions can be selected: Applies to vehicles: wit h front seat heat ing

- Auto recircu lat. ¢ page 88 The seat cushion and the seatback of the
- Synchronization ¢ page 88 front seats can be heated electrically.

Automatic recirculation

An air quality sensor detects increased con-

centrations of pollutants in the outside air
and automatically switches to recirculation
mode.

If the air quality sensor located in the climate

control system detects polluted outside air,
the sensor decides whether the air pollution Fig. 10 4 Seat heat ing button and regulato r

can be reduced by the factory-installed po llu-

• Press the QJbutton.
tant filte r or whether it is necessa ry to switch
• Rotate the regula t o r to the des ired setting.
to recirculat io n. Wit h heavy concentrations of
pollutan t s, the climate control system is In posi t ion 0, seat heat ing is t urned off. The
switched automatically to recircula t ion mode control range is from 1 t o 6.
a nd the supply of outside air is blocked. As
soon as the concentration of po llutants in the The seat heat ing only wo rks when the seat
outside air drops, fresh air is supplied to the recognizes body weight on it . If no one is sit-
vehicle interior again. t ing on the front seats, then do not sw itch on
t he seat heating.
 Warm and c o ld 89

(D Note
To avoid damage to the heating elements
in the seats, do not kneel on the seats or
place heavy loads on a small area of the
seat.

Make sure that your packages do not exert

weight on the seats. This weight could
possible be enough and could switch on
the seat heating .
90 On th e road

On the road tance, the airbag system cannot protect

you proper ly.
Steering - If physical limitations prevent you from
Manually adjustable steering wheel sitting 10 inches (25 cm) or more from
the steering wheel, check with your au-
The height and reach of the steering wheel thorized Audi dealer to see if adaptive
can be adjusted . equipment is available .
- If the steer ing wheel is aligned with your
face, the supplemental driver's airbag
cannot provide as much protection in an
accident . Always make sure that the
steer ing wheel is aligned with your
chest.
- Always hold the steering wheel w ith your
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-
tions to reduce the risk of persona l injury
Fig. 105 Lever under t he st eering column if t he driver's airbag deploys.
- Never hold the stee ring wheel at the 12
First, adjust the driver's seat correctly .
o'clock position or with your hands inside
• Pull the lever c>fig . 105 -Arrow- c.>.&_. the steeri ng wheel rim or on the steering
• Move the steer ing wheel to the desired posi- wheel hub. Holding the steering wheel
t ion. the wrong way can cause serious injuries
• Push the lever against the steering column to the hands, arms and head if the driv-
until it locks. er's airbag deploys.

There must be at least 10 inches (25 cm) be-

tween your chest and the center of the steer-
Ignition lock and
ing wheel. If you cannot sit more than 10 in- ignition switch
ches (25 cm) from the steering whee l, see if
Starting engine with the key
adaptive equipment is available to help you
reach the pedals and increase the distance The ignition is switched on and the engine
from the steering whee l. started with the ignition key.

For detai led information on how to adjust the

driver's seat, see c.>
page 65 .

A WARNING
Improper use of steering wheel adjust-
ment and improper seating position can
cause serious personal injury.
- Adjust the steer ing whee l column on ly
when the vehicle is not moving to pre-
Fig. 106 Ig nition key
vent loss of vehicle control.
- Adjust the driver's seat or steering wheel • Insert the key into the ignition lock .
so that there is a minimum of 10 inches .,.Step on the brake pedal and move the selec-
(25 cm) between your chest and the tor lever to the P or N position .
steering wheel c;, page 140, fig . 164. If .,. Press the key ¢ fig . 106 - the engine w il l
you cannot maintain this min imum dis- start .
 On th e r o a d 9 1

By pressing the key with out stepping on the

brake, the ignition is switched on and off.
A WARNING

With the ignition on, the steering wheel is un- - Always take the key with you whenever
locked. you leave your veh icle . Otherw ise, the
engine could be started or electrical
You can only remove the key with the ignition equ ipment such as the power windows
switched off. To do this, you have to press on could be ope rated. This can lead to seri -
the key aga in. With an automat ic transm is- ous injury.
sion, the se lector lever must be in the P posi - - Never leave children or persons req uiring
tion . assistance una ttended in the ve hicle. The
When starting the engine, major e lectrica l doors can be locked using the remote
loads are switched off temporarily . transmitter, preventing people from es -
caping from the vehicle on their own in
Afte r start ing a cold engine, t here may be a
the event of an emergency . Depending
brief period of increased noise because the oil
on the time of year, peop le inside the ve-
pressure must first bui ld up in the hydraulic
hicle can be exposed to very high or very
va lve adjusters. This is normal and not a cause
low temperatures.
for concern.
- Never remove the ignit ion key from the
If the engine should not start immediately, ignit ion look while the vehicle is mov ing .
the starting process is automatically stopped Otherwise, the steer ing lock could sud-
after a short time. Repeat starting procedure . denly engage and you would not be able
to steer the vehicle .
Driver message in the instrument cluster
display
(D Note
Press brake pedal to st art engin e - In the event of a malfunction in the elec-
This message appears if you do not step on tronic ignit ion lock a symbol in the in-
the brake pedal to start the engine on a vehi- st rument cluste r flashes with the mes-
cle with an automatic transmission. sage Ignition lock defect ive .
-Avo id high engine speeds, fas t accelera-
Engage Nor P to start engin e
tion or heavy engine loads while the en-
This message appears when attempting to gine is sti ll cold. This could damage the
start the engine if the selector lever for the eng ine.
automatic transmission is not in the P or N
position. The engine can on ly be started with @ For the sake of the environment
the selector in these posit ions . To avoid unnecessary engine wear and to
reduce exhaust emissions, do not let you r
Shift to P, otherwi se vehicle can roll away.
Doors do not lock if lever is not in P. vehicle stand and warm up. Be ready to
drive off immed iat ely after sta rting your
This message appears for safety reasons vehicle . Mainta in moderate speed until the
a long with a warning signa l. It appears if the engine is completely warm . Remember,
selector lever for the automat ic transm iss ion the engine perfo rms best at operating
is not in the P position after the ign ition is temperature.
switched off . Move the selector lever to the P
position, otherwise the veh icle is not secured (D Tips
against rolling away. You also cannot lock the
- If the key cannot be removed from the
ve hicle using the locking butto n* on the door
ignition lock, you have to pull the me-
handle or using the remote key.
chanical key out of the maste r key in or-
der to be able to lock the vehicle . The
92 On t h e road

vehicle can be locked with the mechani - Starting and stopping

cal key r=;,page 39 .
the engine with
- If you open the driver's door with the ig-
nition switched on, a buzzer sounds and
Convenience key
the message Ignition is on appears in St t· th . ith the
the instrument cluster disp lay. Switch button
the ignit ion off. Applies to vehicles : with Convenience key

This button switches on the ignition and

Stopping the engine starts the engine.

,. Bring the vehicle to a full stop .

,. Move the selecto r lever to the P or N posi-
t ion .
,. Press on the ignition key. The engine is
turned off.

Emergency off
If it is necessary in unusua l circumstances, the
engine can be switched off wh ile the vehicle is
moving. The engine wi ll be switched off if you Fig. 107 Convenience key: STARTENGINESTOPbutton

press on the key for an extended period .

,. Step on t he brake pedal and move the selec-
& WARNING
t or lever to P or N r=;,,&..
.. Press on the ~ ,S_T_A_R_T_E_N_ G
- IN_ E_S_T_O_P-1 button
- Never t urn off the engine unti l the vehi-
~ fig . 107 - the engine will start.
cle has come to a complete stop.
- The brake booste r and servotronic only By pressing the !S TART ENGINE STOPI button
wor k when the engine is running. With without depressing the brake peal, the ign i-
the ignition turned off, yo u have to apply tion is switched on and switched off by press-
more force when steering or braking . ing it again.
Since you cannot steer and stop norma l-
If the engine does not st art immediately, stop
ly, this can lead to accidents and serious
t rying after 10 seconds and t hen try to rest art
injuries.
the engine about 30 seconds later.
- The radiator fan can continue to run for
up to 10 minutes even after you have After a cold eng ine is started, there may be a
turned off the engine and removed the brief period of increased noise because oil
ignition key. The radiator fan can also pressure must first build up in t he hydrau lic
turn on again if the engine coolant heats valve adjuste rs. This is norma l and not a cause
up because of intense sunlight or heat for concern.
build-up in the engine compartment.
Driver message in th e inst rument cluste r
display
(D Note
No key identified
Do not stop the engine immed iately after
hard or extended driving . Keep the engine This message appears w hen the
running for approximately two minutes to ISTAR T ENGINE STOP Ibutton is pressed if
prevent excessive heat build-up. there is no master key inside the vehicle or if
the system does not recognize it. For exam-
ple, the master key cannot be recognized if it
is covered by an object (e.g. aluminum brief ...,
 On th e r o a d 93

case) which screens the radio signa l. Electron- and not with the I STAR T ENGINE ST OP Ibut -
ic devices such as cell phones can also inter- ton.
fere with the radio signa l.

Press brake pedal to start engin e

A WARNING
- Never allow the engine to run in confined
This message appears if you press the spaces - danger of asphyxiat ion.
I START ENGINE ST OP I button to start the en-
- Never turn off the engine until the vehi-
gine and do not depress the brake pedal. The cle has come to a complete stop.
engine can on ly be started if the brake pedal - The brake booster and servotronic only
is depressed. work when the engine is runn ing . With
Engage Nor P to start engine the ignition turned off, you have to apply
more force when steering or braking .
This message appears when attempting to Since you cannot steer and stop normal -
start the engine if the selector lever for the ly, th is can lead to accidents and serious
automatic transmission is not in the P or N injuries .
position. The engine can on ly be started with
the selector in these positions . (D Note
e Key not in vehicle - Avoid high engine rpm, full throttle and
heavy engine loads until the engine has
This message appears along with the Ii!sym-
reached operating temperature - other-
bol if the master key is removed from the ve-
w ise you risk engine damage .
hicle with the engine running . It is intended
to remind you (e.g. when changing drivers) - The engine cannot be started by pushing
not to continue the journey without the mas- or towing the vehicle.
ter key.
(D Tips
If the master key is no longer in the vehicle,
If you open the dr iver's door wit h the igni-
you cannot switch on the ignition after stop-
tion switched on, a buzzer sounds and the
ping the engine and you also cannot start the
message Ign it ion is on appears in the in-
engine again. Moreover, you cannot lock the
strument cluster disp lay. Switch the igni-
vehicle from the outside with the key.
tion off.
Shift to P, oth erw ise vehicle can roll away.
Doors do not lock if lever is not in P. Switching engine off with the
This message appears for safety reasons button
App li es to veh icles: w it h Conveni ence key
along w ith a warning signal. It appears if the
selecto r lever for the automat ic transm ission ...Bring your vehicle to a complete stop.
is not in the P position when switch ing off the ...Move the selector lever to the P or N posi-
ign it ion with the ! START E NGINE STOPI but- tion .
ton . Move the selector lever to the P posit ion , ...Press the I START ENGINE STOP I butto n
ot herw ise t he vehicle is not secured against ~ page 92, fig . 107 .
rolling away. You also cannot lock the vehicle
using the locking button on the door handle Emergency OFF functi on
or using the remote key. If necessary, the engine can be switched off
with the selector lever in the R, Dor S* posi-
Convenience key defective ! Use ignition
lock tions. To do so, step on the brake pedal and
press and hold the ! START E NG I N E STOP I but -
This message appears when the engine must ton (vehicle speed must be less tha n 6 mph/
be started or shut off using the ignition key 10 km/h. ..,..
94 On the road

_&. WARNING Electromechanical

- Never turn off the eng ine unti l the vehi- parking brake
cle has come to a complete stop. Operation
- The brake booste r and servotronic on ly
work when the engine is running . With The electromechani cal parking brake replaces
the ignition turned off, you have to apply the hand brake.
more force when steering or braking .
Since you cannot steer and stop norma l-
ly, this can lead to accidents and serious
injur ies .
- For safety reasons, you should always
park your vehicle with the se lector lever
in P. Otherwise, the veh icle could inad-
vertently roll away.
- After the engi ne has been switched off,
the radiator fan can continue to run for Fig. 108 Center console: Parking brake

up to 10 min utes - even with the ign it io n

swit ched off. It can a lso swi t ch on aga in .,. Pull on the switch ¢ fig . 108 to app ly the
after some time if the coo lant tempe ra- parking brake . The indicator light in the
t ure rises as the result of a heat buildup sw itch illuminates.
or if t he engine is hot and t he engine .,.Step on the brake pedal or the accelerator
compartment is additionally heated by pedal and p ress the switch at the same t ime
the sun's rays. to release the park ing brake. The ind icator
light in t he sw itch goes out.
(D Note Your vehicle is equipped with an electrome -
If the e ng ine has been under heavy load chanical parking b rake . The parking brake is
for an extended period, heat builds up in designed to prevent the veh icle from rolling
the engine compartment after the engine uninten t ionally and repla ces the ha nd bra ke .
is switched off- there is a risk of damaging
In add ition to the normal functions of a tradi -
the engine. Allow the engine to run at idle
t iona l hand brake, the electromechanical
for about 2 m inutes befo re switch ing it
parking brake provides vario us conven ience
off .
and safe ty funct io ns .

When starting from rest

- The integral starting ass ist helps you when
d riving by automat ically releas ing the pa rk-
ing brake ¢ page 95, Starting from rest .
- When start ing o n inclines, the start ing as -
sist prevents the vehicle from uni nte ntional-
ly rolling back . The braking force of the
pa rking brake is no t released unt il suff icient
d riving force has been bui lt up at the
wheel s. ..,.
 On th e r o a d 95

Emergency brake fun ction - When the vehicle is parked, the park ing
An emergency brake ensures that the vehicle brake goes through a self-test cycle at
regu lar inte rvals. Any associated noises
can be slowed down even if the normal brakes
page 96, Emergency broking.
fail c::> are normal.

Ind icator light s Parking

- If the par king brake is closed w ith the igni-
Various rules apply to prevent the parked ve-
t ion switched on the indicator lights come
hicle from rolling away occidentally.
on . (USA mode ls)/ . (Canada models) in
the instrument cluster and the switch. Parking
- If the par king brake is closed w ith the igni - .,.Stop the vehicle wi t h the foo t brake.
tion switched off the indicator lights come .,.Pull the switch to apply the parking brake.
on . (USA mode ls)/ . (Canada models) in .,.Move the selector lever to P.
the instrument cluster and the switch for .,.Turn the engine off c::>.&_.
about 20 seconds.
In addit ion on inclines and grades
A WARNING
.,.Turn the steering wheel so th at your vehicle
If a drive range is engaged with the veh icle w ill roll against t he curb in case it shou ld
stat ionary and the engine running, you start to move.
must in no instance accelerate carelessly.
Otherw ise the vehicle will start to move
immediately - risk of an accident.
A WARNING
- When you leave you r vehicle - even if on-
ly briefly - always remove the ignition
(D Note
key. This applies particularly when chil-
If the symbol . in the display or the indi- dren remain in the vehicle . Otherwise the
cator light - (USA models)/ . (Cana- children could start the eng ine, release
da models) in the instrument cluster flash- the park ing brake or operate elect rical
es, the re is a malfunction in the bra ke sys- equ ipment (e.g. power w indows). There
tem. By pressing t he ISETI button, you can is the risk of an accident .
bring up a driver message wh ich explains - When the veh icle is locked, no one - par-
t he malfunction in more detail. If the driv - ti cularly not children should rema in in
er message Parking brake ! Please contact t he vehicle. Locked doors ma ke it mo re
workshop appears, there is an operating difficult for emergency wo rkers to get in-
malfunction in the parking brake which to the vehicle - putting lives at risk.
you shou ld have repaired immediately by
an authorized Audi dealer or other quali-
Starting from rest
fied workshop c::> page 30 .
The starting assist function ensures that the
(D Tips parking broke is released automatically upon
- You can apply the parking brake at any starting .
time - even w ith the ignition turned off.
Stopping and applying parking brake
The ignition must be turned on in order
to release the parking brake . .,.Pull the switch to apply the parking brake. ...,
- Occasional noises when the park ing
brake is applied and released are norma l
and are not a cause for concern .
96 On the road

Startin g and automatically releasing the Emergency braking

parking brake
In the event that the conventional brake sys-
.. When you start to drive as usual, the park-
tem fails or locks.
ing brake is automatically released and your
vehicle begins to move. .. In an emergency, pull the switc h and contin-
ue to pull it to slow your vehicle down with
When stopping at a traffic signa l or stopping
the parking brake.
in city traffic on vehicles with an automatic
.. As soon as you release the switch or acceler-
transmission, the park ing brake can be ap-
ate, the braking process stops.
plied. The vehicle does not have to be held
with the footbrake. The park ing brake elimi- If you pull the switch and hold it above a
nates the tendency to creep with a drive range speed of about 5 mph (8 km/h), the emergen-
engaged. As soon as you dr ive off as usual, cy brak ing f unct ion is init iated. The vehicle is
the park ing brake is released automatically braked at all fou r whee ls by activating the hy-
and the vehicle starts to move. draulic brake syst em. The brake performance
is similar to making an emergency stop~ &. .
Starting on slopes
In order not to act ivate the emergency brak-
When starting on inclines, the start ing assist
ing by mistake, an audib le warni ng tone (buz-
prevents the vehicle from unintentionally roll-
zer) sounds whe n the swit ch is pulled. As soon
ing back. The braking force of the parking
as the switch is released, or the accelerato r
brake is not released until sufficient dr iving
pedal is depressed, emergency braking stops.
fo rce has been built up at the whee ls.

(D Tips
A WARNING
Emergencybraking should only be used in
For safety reasons, the park ing brake is re-
an emergency, when the norma l foot brake
leased automatically only when the dr iv-
has fa iled or the brake pedal is obstructed.
er's saf ety belt is engaged in the buckle.
Using the park ing brake to perform emer-
gency braking will slow your vehicle down
Starting off with a trailer as if you had made a full brake application.
To prevent rolling back unintentionally on an The laws of physics cannot be suspended
incline, do the following: even with ESP and it s associated com po-
nents (ABS, ASR, EDS). In corners and
.. Keep the switch pulled and depress the ac- when road or weather cond itions are bad,
celerator. The parking brake stays applied a full brake application can cause the vehi-
and prevents the vehicle from rolling back- cle to skid or the rear end to break away -
ward. risking an accident .
.. You can release the switch once yo u are sure
t hat you are developing enough driving
Driver messages in the instrument
force at the wheels by depressing the accel-
cluster
erator.
Caution: Vehicle parked too steep
Depending on the weight of the rig (vehicle
and trai ler) and the severity of the incline, you This message appears when the parking brake
may roll backwards as you start . You can pre- is appli ed on an incline that exceeds about
vent roll ing backwards by holding the parking 30% .
brake switch pulled out and accelerat ing - just In this case the braking power of the park ing
as you would when starting on a hill with a brake may not be adequate to prevent the ve-
conventional hand brake. hicle from rolling un intent ionally. ...
 On the road 97

Press brake pedal to release parking brake in the disp lay c:>fig. 110. The disp lay may vary,
depending on the type of disp lay in your vehi-
This driver message appears when the switch
to release the parking brake was pressed. The cle . The indicator light lij;(l
)~i~(US model)/ .
parking brake can only be released if yo u step (Canadian model) will also light up in the in-
on the brake pedal and at the same time press strument cluster.
the switch or you automatically release the The speed is kept constant by modifying en-
parking brake with the starting assist gine power or through an active brake inter-
<=>page95. vention.

ijj Parking brake malfunction! A WARNING

This driver message appears together with - Always pay attention to the traffic
the yellow rmsymbo l when there is a parking around you when the cruise control is in
brake malfunction. operation. You are always responsible for
your speed and the distance between
Cruise control your vehicle and other veh icles.
- For reasons of safety, cru ise control
Switching on
should not be used in the city, in stop-
The cruise control system makes it possible to and-go traff ic, on twisting roads and
drive at a constant speed starting at 20 mph when road conditions are poor (such as
(30 km/h). ice, fog , gravel, heavy rain and hydro-
planing) -you could have an accident.
- Switch the cruise control off temporar ily
when driving in turning lanes, highway
exits or in constr uction zones.
- Please note that unconsciously "resting''
your foot on the accelerator pedal causes
cruise control not to brake. This is due to
the control system being overridden by
the dr iver's acceleration.
Fig. 109 Control lever with push -button - Never use the cruise control when driving
off-road or on unpaved roads. The cruise
contro l is intended for use only when the
vehicle is being operated on paved roads,
and is not suitable for use off-road or on
unpaved roads.
- If a brake system malfunction such as
overheating occurs when the cruise con-
trol system is switched on, the braking
function in the system may be switched
Fig. 110 Display: Selected spee d off. The other cruise control function s re-
main active as long as the indicator light
fig. 109 to
.. Pull the lever to position @ <=> cijj(l)~i~
(US model)/11 (Canad ian model)
switch the system on. is on .
.. Drive at the speed to be controlled .
.. Press button @ to set that speed. (0 Tips
The stored speed and the green symbol cij;(l)~i~ The brake lights illuminate as soon as the
(US model);fll (Canadian model) are shown brakes ap ply automatically.
98 On the road

Changing speed Switching off completely

• Press lever into position @ (clicked into
• Press the lever in the direction of the 0
place), or
~ page 97, fig. 109 or in the direction of the
• Switch the ignition off.
0 to increase or decrease your speed.
• Let go of the lever to save that speed. The speed you saved will be retained if the
cruise control has been switched off tempora-
Change speed in increments of 1 mph (1 km/
rily. To resume the saved speed, let up on the
h) by lightly pressing the lever. If you keep the
brake and pull the lever to position (I) .
lever pressed down, you will alter your speed
in 5 mph (10 km/h) increments. The saved speed will be erased after turning
the ignition off.
You can also press the accelerator pedal down
to increase your speed, e.g. if you want to
pass someone. The speed you saved earlier ~
& WARNING
will resume as soon as you let off of the accel- You should only resume the saved speed if
erator pedal. it is not too high for existing traffic condi-
tions. Otherwise you risk an accident.
If, however, you exceed your saved speed by
S mph (10 km/h) for longer than S minutes,
the cruise control will be turned off tempora-
rily. The green symbol in the display turns
white, the saved speed is retained.

Pre-selecting speed

You con pre-select your desired speed while

the vehicle is not moving .

• Turn on the ignition.

• Pull lever into position (D ¢ page 97,
fig. 109.
• Press the lever in the 0 or 0 direction to
increase or decrease your speed.
• Let go of the lever to save that speed .

This function makes it possible, for example,

to save the speed you want before driving on
the highway. Once on the highway, activate
the cruise control by pulling the lever toward
(D.

Switching off

Temporary deactivation
• Step on the brake pedal, or
• Press the lever into position @ (not clicked
into place) ~ page 97, fig. 109, or
• Drive for longer than S minutes at more
than S mph (10 km/h) above the stored
speed.
 Adaptive cruise control 99

Adaptive cruise control vehicle ahead in some instances r:!)

page 108,
Driver intervention prompt and c:>page 108,
Speed and distance System limitations.
control system
_& WARNING -
Description
Improper use of the adaptive cruise con-
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise cont rol
trol can cause collisions, other accidents
The adaptive cruise control driver assistance and serious personal injury.
program is a combined speed and distance - Never drive at speeds that are too high
control system . for traffic, road and weather conditions.
- Never follow the vehicle in front so close-
ly that you cannot stop your vehicle safe-
ly. The adaptive cruise control cannot
brake the vehicle safely when you follow
another vehicle too closely. Always re-
member that the adaptive cruise control
has a braking power that is only about
25% of the vehicle's maximum braking
ability, the automatic braking function
Fig. 111 Front bumper: Positio n of radar sensor cannot bring the vehicle to a stop.
- Never use adaptive cruise control on
Any speed between about 20 mph (30 km/h) roads where you cannot drive safely at a
and about 95 mph (150 km/h) can be set and steady speed, including city, stop-and-go
held with t he adaptive cruise cont rol. The sys- or heavy traffic, on winding roads or
tem also regulates a pre-set distance from the when road conditions are poor (for exam-
vehicle ahead within the limits of the system ple, on ice, gravel, in fog, heavy rain or
described . on wet roads that increase the risk of hy-
Driving can be more relaxed, particularly on droplaning) .
long trips on interstates or on other highways - The radar sensor's vision can be reduced
that are generally straight. by rain, snow and heavy spray. This can
result in vehicles driving ahead being in-
How does it work? adequately detected or, in some circum-
You can operate the adaptive cruise control stances, not detected at all. If necessary,
using the lever on the steering wheel column take action yourself!
c:>page 101, How is the speed stored? and - Always turn off adaptive cruise control
c:>page 103, How is the distance (time inter - when entering turn lanes, highway exit
val) set? . lanes and construction zones or similar
situations because the vehicle will auto-
Driver information matically accelerate to the stored speed.
Important information is brought up in the - Never rest your foot on the accelerator
speedometer and in the instrument cluster pedal, especially when the adaptive
display as the vehicle is being driven cruise control is being used because do-
c:>page 104, Driverinformation . ing so will override the braking function
and prevent the brakes from being ap-
What is important for you to know
plied by the system when it detects a sit-
The adaptive cruise control is set with system- uation when the brakes must be applied.
specified limits, that is, as a driver, you will - Always remember that the adaptive
have to adjust the speed and distance to the cruise control has limits - it does not
100 Adapti ve crui se co ntrol

react when you drive towards an obstacle How does adaptive cruise control work?
or something else on or near the road Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise contro l

that is not moving, such as vehicles stop- Vehicles traveling ahead are detected with
ped in a traffic jam, a stalled or disabled the aid of a radar sensor .
vehicle .
- Always remember that the adaptive
cruise control cannot detect a veh icle
that is dr iving towards you in your traffic
lane and that it cannot detect na rrow ve-
hicles such as motorcycles and bicycles.

@ Tips
- For safety reasons, the stored speed is
deleted when the ignition is turned off . Fig . 1 12 Radar sensor measureme nt range
- The Electronic Stab ilizat ion Program
(ESP) and the Ant i-Slip Regulation (ASR) A radar sensor is built into the front of the ve-
cannot be deactivated when the adaptive hicle Q fig. 112, which is subject to certain
cruise control is sw itched on. If the ESP system limits Q page 108. Stationary objects
and the Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) has are not taken into consideration . The system
been deac t ivated and yo u then sw itch on is intended to measure the distance to reflec-
the adaptive cruise control, the ESP func- tive surfaces. The system responds after the
tion will also be activated a utomatically. distance measurement has taken place. If a
- Damage caused by accidents (e.g. if the measurement is not possible, the system does
vehicle is damagedwhen parking) can af- not respond.
fect the radar sensor settings. This can
Open road
cause the system to malfunction or
switch off completely. When the road is clear, the adaptive cruise
- The radar sensor cover is heated. In win- control works like cruise control. It maintains
ter cond itions, you should still check be- a constant target speed specified by the driv-
fore driving to make sure it is free of ice er.
and snow. If necessary, clean the area
Driving in tr affic
near the radar sensor carefully
~ fig. 111. If a vehicle driving ahead is detected, the
- To ensure that the radar sensor is not adaptive cruise control decelerates (within the
blocked, foreign objects (e.g . stickers, limits of the system) Q page 108, Driver in-
add-on parts) must not cover the area tervention prompt and Q page 108, System
near the radar sensor Q fig. 111. The limitations to its speed and after adjusting,
area near the rada r senso r must not be tries to ma intain the set d istance from the ve-
painted, either. hicle a head . The vehicle may tempo ra rily dr ive
- For Decla rat ion of Compliance to Unit ed slower than the set speed wh ile adjusting
States FCCand Indus t ry Canada regula- Q .& in Description on page 99.
tions Q page 294. If the vehicle in front accelerates, adapt ive
cruise control also acce le rates up to the speed
that you have set.

Situation requiring driver intervention

In some situat ions you will have to use the
footbrake to slow the ve hicle down in orde r to ..,_
 Adaptive c rui se control 101

keep a safe distance from vehicle in front of Switching the system on and off
you or to avoid a rear-end collision. In this sit- Applies to veh icles: wit h adaptive cruise cont rol
uation, a symbol appears and a warning tone
sounds ¢ page 108 .

Passing another vehicle

If you move into the passing lane and no vehi -
cle is detected ahead, the adapt ive cruise con-
trol accelerates to the speed you have set and
maintains it.

Override
Fig. 11 3 Control lever: Switching on and off
You can increase your speed at any time by
stepping on the accelerator pedal. After you Switching the system on
release the accelerator pedal, the system ad-
.,. Pull the lever to position (!) ¢ fig. 113.
justs back down to the speed you previously
set . Switching the system off
.,.Press the lever to position @ (latched).
@ Tips
Please note that the amount of accelera-
How is the speed stored?
tion the adaptive cruise control uses de- Applies to veh icles : with adap t ive cruise control
pends on the Distance setting selected.
DISTANCE1 gives you acceleration that is
dynamic and sporty. DISTANCE4, on the ..
..
other hand, gives more moderate accelera- -\J\S\N--.'U. ..

tion. For more information about the time ' S ,0. + CAA=t.U
'· 1E Sl'EED OFF
ON ' 1'. ,
intervals ¢ page 103, How is the distance , T ,0 - RESUME~
(time interval) set?.
- Please note that if the adaptive cruise
control has begun braking the vehicle
and the driver chooses to brake the vehi- Fig. 114 Cont rol lever: Storing speed
cle additionally, the brakes may feel
"hard". This is simply due to the pressure With the system switched on the speed is
build-up of the initial braking. stored as follows:
- Adaptive cruise control is switched off af-
.,. Drive at the speed you want. The speed
ter pressing the footbrake. The speed
must be between 20 and 95 mph (30 and
saved up this point can be resumed. To
150 km/h).
resume the saved speed, release the
.,. Press the ~I
S-ET
~Ibutton ~ fig . 114 to store
brake pedal and pull the control lever
the desired speed .
¢ page 102, Turning adaptive cruise
control off temporarily . After the ISETI button is released, the current
speed is stored and mainta ined .
The saved speed is now shown in the LED dis-
play in the speedometer by one or two illumi-
nated red light diodes r=;,page 105 . At the
same time, the saved speed is also shown for
a short time in the Information line
c=;,page 106. IJi,,,
102 Ad a pti v e crui se control

@ Tips (D Tips
For safety reasons, the stored speed is de- You can increase your speed at any time by
leted when the ign ition is turned off. stepping on the accelerator pedal. After
you release the acce lerator pedal, the sys-
Changing stored speed tem adjusts back down to the speed you
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control previously set . A new desired speed can be
stored at any time by press ing the ISETI
The speed con be changed without touching
button ~ page 101, fig. 114 .
the accelerator or broke pedal.

Turning adaptive cruise control off

temporarily
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise contro l

In some situations it makes sense to turn

adaptive cruise control off temporarily.

Fig. 115 Contro l lever: Changing speed

In creasing speed
• Press the lever briefly upwards 0
r::::>
fig . 115. USA models: the speed increases
by about 2 .5 mph . Canada models: speed
Fig. 1 16 Control lever: Turnin g adapt ive cruise contro l
will increase by one mark on the speedome-
off tempora rily
ter sca le.
• Press the lever upwards 0 and hold it. As Turning control off temporarily
long as you hold the control swit ch down,
the light diode display in the speedometer • To shut off the control with the save func -
LEDdisplay in the speedometer moves for- tion, e ither depress the brake pedal, or
ward and the speed is increased. • Press the leve r in the d irection of the arrow
@ r::::>
fig. 116.
Reducing speed
Reactivating control
• Press the lever downwards briefly Q . USA
models : the speed dec reases by 2.5 mph . .,.To resume the saved speed, release the
Canada models: speed will decrease by one brake pedal and press the leve r in the direc-
mark on the speedometer scale. tion of the arrow (D.
• Press the lever downwards 0 and hold it .
As long as you hold the control sw itch down, _&.WARNING -
the light diode display in the speedometer Improper use of the adaptive cruise con-
LEDdisplay moves backward and the speed trol can cause collisions, other accidents
is reduced. and serious personal injuries. Never re-
sume the sto red speed if the speed is too
After releasing the control switch, the system
high for prevailing road, traffic or weather
regulates the speed to the value just set.
conditions. .,.
After each adjustment, the newly-set speed is
shown for a short time in the Information line
r::::>poge
106.
 Adapti v e crui se control 103

@ Tips
- a distance of 72 feet (22 mete rs) at a speed
of 50 mp h (80 km/h)
When the system is turned off temporari- - a dis tance of 108 feet (33 meters) at a
ly, the speed stored at the time is reta ined. speed of 7 5 mph (120 km/h)

How is the distance (time interval) set? Distance 2 ~ -- ~ --

Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise cont rol This setting is idea l for "keep ing pace" com-
Distance can be set in four stages. fo rtab ly in bum per-to-bumpe r t raff ic. The dis-
tance is 1. 3 se conds. This is t he equiv alent of,
for instance,

- a distance of 46 feet (14 mete rs) at a speed

of 2 5 mph (40 km/h)
- a distance of 95 feet (29 mete rs) at a speed
of SO m ph (80 km/h)
- a distance of 144 feet (44 meters) at a
speed of 75 mph (120 km/h)

Fig. 1 17 Control leve r: Sett ing distance Distance 3 ~ --- ~ -

This setting is idea l for "keep ing pace" in
...Push the slider switch once to the right 0 bumper-to-bumper traff ic and is the equ iva-
or to the left O r:>fig . 117. The distance cur- lent of the generally recommended distance
rently set is shown for 3 seconds in the in- that is "ha lf of the speedometer speed" . The
strument cluster d isplay . distance is 1. 8 seconds. This is the equiva lent
..,Push the slider switch again to the right 0 of, for instance,
or to the left O to increase or to decrease
the d ista nce by one step . - a distance of 66 feet (20 meters) at a speed
of 25 mp h (40 km/h)
Select distance - a distance of 131 feet (40 meters) at a
The distance at wh ich the adaptive cruise con- speed of SO mph (80 km/ h)
trol follows a vehicle in front is dete rm ined by - a distance of 197 feet (60 meters) at a
time inte rvals. A time interva l to a vehicle in speed of 75 mph (120 km/h)
fro nt is estab lished and ma intai ned. This pro-
Distance 4 ~ ----~
d uces a speed-dependent interva l. The higher
the speed, the greater the safety interva l in This setting is idea l for secondary road traffic .
yards (meters) r:>& . The distance is 2 .3 seconds. This is the eq uiva-
lent of, for instance,
The dist ances provided are spec ified values.
These distan ces may exceed or fa ll shor t of - a distance of 82 feet (25 mete rs) at a speed
these target distances, depe nding on the driv- of 25 mp h (40 km/h)
ing situation and the d riving style of the vehi- - a distance of 167 feet (5 1 meters) at a
cle ahead. speed of 5 0 mp h (80 km/ h)
- a distance of 24 9 feet (7 6 mete rs) at a
Distance 1 ~-~--- speed of 7 5 mph (120 km/h)
This set t ing is ideal for brisk dr iving in bump- You can set t he way you r vehicle performs in
e r-t o-b umper traffic. The d istance is one sec -
ACC mode when accelerat ing and braking in
ond . This is the equiva lent of, for instance, the radio or MMI* r::>page 108 . Depending on
- a d istance of 36 feet (11 meters) at a speed the d riving prog ram and distance you select, ll-
of 25 mph (4 0 km/h)
104 Ad a pti v e crui se control

your vehicle's acceleration and braking can Driver information

range from dynamic (1) to comfortable (5).
Displays in the instrument cluster
IDriving dynamic standard comfort Applies to vehicles: wit h adaptive cruise contro l
program
Depending on the driving situation, driver in-
Distance 1 1 2 3 formation is displayed in the instrument clus-
Distance 2 2 3 4 ter.
Distance 3 2 3 4
Distance 4 3 4 5

.&_WARNING
When setting the distance, the driver is re-
sponsible f or adhering to the respective
national and country-specific regulations .
- Follow ing other vehicles too closely in-
creases the risk of collisions and serious
Fig. 1 18 Overview instr ument cluster
persona l injury .
- Setting short distances to the traffic
@ Speedometer and indicat or light display
ahead reduces the time and distance
available to br ing your vehicle to a safe @ Display in the instrument cluster
stop and makes it even more necessary © Message in the instrument cluster display
to pay close attention to traffic.
-Always use good judgment and select a @ Speedometer and indicato r light
safe following distance for the traffic, display
road and weather cond it ions. Important information concerning vehicle op-
eration with adaptive cruise control is shown
(D Tips in display area @ . The desired speed you set is
The distance setting is reset to the factory indicated in the speedometer (LED lights
default DISTANCE 3 the next time the ig- around the edge).
nition is turned on. The indicator lights show whether the system
has detected a vehicle trave li ng ahead.

@ Display in the instrument cluster

In disp lay area @ informat ion from the navi-
gation system* and t he tr ip comp uter is dis-
played in addition to information about adap-
tive cruise control.

You can select among the different informa -

tion by repeated brief taps on the IRESET Ibut-
ton on the windshie ld wiper lever c:>page 24,
Operation.

© Status indicator
The information in area © is not disp layed
permanent ly. Information is displayed on ly if
you set or change the speed setting, change .,..
 Adaptive c rui se control 105

the t ime interval, when messages are dis - cruise cont rol is not able to slow the veh icle
played or if the adaptive cruise control is down enough to keep a enough distance to
turned off for safety reasons . the vehicle in front of you . An wa rning tone
will also sound when the symbo l appears.
Speedometer and indicator light display For more information about the driver inter-
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise cont rol vention prompt ~ page 108 .

i
0
(D Tips
~ ><
00
a, - If you use the accelerator to go faster

--
-- - - - than t he speed of the object ahead of

a
you, the driver intervention prompt will
not be accompa nied by a warn ing s ignal.
- If the speed you previ ously set is exceed-
ed, the indicato r light in the s peedome-
® ® © ter will switch off.
Fig. 1 19 Instrument cluster: Ind icator light

Display in the instrument cluster

Desired speed Applies to vehicles: wit h adaptive cruise control
The desired speed set by the dr iver is dis-
played by a red LED in the LED d isplay in t he
speedometer.

If the des ired spe ed was set between two

lines on the speedometer using the I SETI but-
ton, the t wo closes t light diodes will come on
~page 104, fig . 118.
The system a llows only speeds from 20 to 95
mph (30 to 150 km/ h) to be set. Th is speed Fig. 1 20 Display in th e instrume nt cluste r
range is fa int ly illumi nated in the speedome-
t er (LED lights) . Scroll through the available information dis-
plays by br iefly tapping the IRESE T ! button at
Indicator lights (symbols )
the e nd of the windshield wiper lever. You can
- @ Open road: The indicator light shows select information from t he tr ip comp ute r,
t hat adapt ive cru ise control is active and navigation system* or adaptive cruise cont ro l.
t hat no obje ct is ahead of the veh icle. Astor-
@ Vehicle symbol
ed speed requested is mai ntained.
- @ Driving in traffi c: The ind icator light indi- @ Distance
cates t hat a n object has been dete cted trav -
© Status
eling in fron t . Your speed is adj usted acco rd-
ing to the speed of the vehicle in fron t. The @ Vehicle symbol
adaptive cruise contro l acce lerates and The veh icle symbol indicates whether the sys-
brakes automatically within the system's op- tem has detected an object traveling in front .
eration paramete rs.
- © Driver intervention prompt: The red - Vehicle outline : Open road, no vehicle
flashing warning light means Request for ahead.
driver to assume control. You as the driver - White vehicle: A vehicle is detected ahead.
must slow the vehicle with the foot brake. - Red vehicle: Request for driver to ass ume
The symbo l te lls you that the adapt ive contro l.
106 Adaptive cruise control

@ Distance System status indicator

Appli es to vehicles : wi th adapt ive cruise contro l
Using t he arrow s and sca le, you can de t ect
how fa r it is to the vehicle in front of you. The text messages and symbols shown in this
- Open road: No a rrow appea rs whe n t he ve-
area of the display are not display ed perma-
hicle is on a n open roa d a nd the re is no vehi- nently .
cle a head.

- Driving in traffic : If a veh icle is detected

ahead, the a rrow moves on t he scal e . The
gree n area represen t s the distance set.
When app roa ching slow ly, t he arrow move s
fr om t he gray zone t o the green zo ne on t he
sca le .

- Request for driver to assume control: When

appro achi ng ra pidly, the a rrow serve s as an Fig. 12 1 System sta t us indicat or
ear ly wa rning signa l. If t he distance select -
ed is excee d ed o r possib ly not reached, the Time intervals (such as ._::::::,
____ ._::::::,
)

arrow moves into the red zone on the scale. The diffe rent sym bols for t he time int e rvals
In certa in d riving situations, you as the dr iv- appe ar if you change t he settin g s¢ fig. 121.
er w ill have to take act ion ¢ page 108, Driv-
er intervention prompt.
The t ext message .. . (three whi t e dots) ap-
@ Status
pears if a setting can not be imp lemented with
- The text ACCOFFappears in wh ite lette rs t he ope rat ing leve r. The following a re possib le
when adaptive cruise control is t urne d off. reasons:
- The text ACC AVAILABLE appears in w hite
- If you pull the contr ol lever towards you to
letters when the system is t urne d on but no
resume speed but no request ed speed was
desired speed has been set.
set .
- The text OVERRIDE appears in white letters
- If you push the leve r up to increas e (or dow n
when you exceed the desired speed by acce l-
t o red uce) speed when no speed has been
erating.
se t previou sly.
- The text DISTANCE! appea rs in red letters
- If you push t he leve r up to increas e (or dow n
when the interval to a veh icle traveling
t o reduc e) s peed and th is speed is out s ide
ahead is too short and you have to slow your
t he ran ge fr o m 20 to 95 m ph (Canad a mod -
vehicle additionally with the foot brake.
els: 30 to 150 km/ h).
- The text messages DISTANCE 1 to DIS·
TANCE 4 appear in green letters to ind icate ACC functionality limited
the time inte rval you have set and adaptive
The t ext message ACC functionality limited
cruis e control is in management mode .
appea rs wh e n th e ACCsystem does not d ete ct
- If the dr iving program "standard" is re-
any o bjects over an exten d ed t ime per iod . For
placed by "comfort" or "dynamic" usi ng the
th e t ime being, th e d ist an ce to veh icles up
radio or MM!*, t he above text message is
ahead is not being con t rolled. The ACC system
suppl emented by a n ap propr iate prom pt,
is not switched off, so increased a lertness is
e.g. DISTANCE 1 - dyn ..
require d. The following may be reasons for
the text message ACCFunctionally lim ited: ..,
 Adapti v e crui se control 107

- The ACCsensor is dirty. The ACC system is Parking brake!

not reacting, or is not reacting correct ly, to The t ext message Parking brake! appears if
vehicles traveling ahead.
emergency braking was man ually initiated
- It is possible that you are driving on a road with the Electromechan ical Parking Brake
with very light traffic without anyt hing at (EPB). The adaptive cruise control is turned
the side of the road (e.g. guard rails, traffic off . This is accompan ied by a warning tone .
signs, trees). As soon as a vehicle is detected
by the system again, it returns to its control Stabilisat ion program
range and the text message disappears . The t ext message Stabili sation program ap-
The ACCsensor is located in the right front pears if the Elect ronic St abilization Program
tr im grille ¢ page 99, fig. 111. If there is a (ESP) has intervened. I n this case the adaptive
loss of operation due to heavy contamination, cruise control is automatically turned off. This
this area should cleaned to restore proper op - is accompanied by a warn ing tone.
erat ion.
Speed
ACC not available The set speed in mph (Canada km/h) always
The text message ACC not available appears, appears when saving or changi ng the speed in
for example, if the temperature of the brakes adaptive cruise contro l ¢ page 101, How is
is excessive. Adaptive cruise control is tempo- the speed stored? and c::>page 102, Changing
rarily not available . A warn ing tone sounds as stored speed.
a reminder.
Speed too low
ACC not available! The t ext message Speed t oo low appears if
The text message ACC not available! appears the current speed is too low to set or to hold
in the event of a ma lfunction. Adaptive cruise the requested speed.
control is tu rned off . A warning tone sounds When sett ing a desired speed, it m ust be at
as a rem inder. Have the system inspected by a least 20 mph (30 km/h) . At speeds below 12
qualified dealership. mph (20 km/h), the cruise contro l is turned
ACC sensor blocked! off.

The text message ACC sensor blocked! ap- In speeds over 95 mph (15 0 km/h), the sys-
pears when the ACCsystem can no longer tem remains act ive and resumes t he speed of
guarantee safe detect ion of objects. Adaptive 95 mp h (150 km/h) if the driver removes the
cruise control is turned off. A warning tone foot from the accelerator .
sounds as a reminde r.
Selector lever position!
To decide whether it is necessary to switch off The t ext message Selector lever position! ap-
the ACC(ACCsensor blocked!) or if it is on ly a pears when t he select or lever is moved to po-
tempo rary condition (ACCFunctionally limit- sition N. In t his position, adaptive cruise con-
ed), the system will also takes into considera- trol is not available.
tion t he outs ide tempe ratu re and/or the wind-
shield wiper operation.

The ACCsensor is dirty or blocked (e.g. leaves,

snow) .

The sensor shou ld be cleaned to restore prop-

er sensor funct ion ¢ page 99, fig . 111 .
108 Ad a pti v e crui se control

Driver intervention prompt you, the driver intervent ion prompt will
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise cont rol not be accompanied by a warning signal.
- If the speed you previously set is exceed-
The driver intervention prompt calls on the
ed, the indicator light in the speedome-
driver to toke over the situation.
ter w ill switch off.

· Settings
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise contro l

Individual settings for adoptive cruise control

can be selected in the radio or MMJ*.

Settings for t he driving program can be ad-

justed individua lly to the particular user and
saved in the radio or MMI* .
Fig. 12 2 Instrument cluster: Driver interventio n
p rompt
"' Select: Function button !CAR!> adaptive
cruise control > Driving program .
In certain situations, the braking power of the
adapt ive cruise control is not sufficient to Setting the driving program
maintain an adequate distance from the ob-
In the Driving program menu you can adjust
ject ahead. In this situation, the adaptive
the characterist ics of adaptive cruise control
cruise control calls on you as the dr iver to take
to what you want using Dynamic, St andard or
action .
Comf ort .
The driver intervention prompt alerts you vis-
Savi ng settings
ually and audibly .
Your individual settings are automatically
- A red vehicle is shown in the instrument
saved and assigned to the remote control key
cluster display ¢ fig. 122.
being used (remote key storage) . If the key is
- The text DISTANCE!appears in the status
given to another person, the saved settings
line.
remain as they are.
- The indicator light in the Instrument cluster
blinks red.
- A warning tone sounds.
System limitations
General information
@ Tips Applies to vehicles : with adaptive cruise contro l
- If the adaptive cruise control initiates Some driving situations which affect the func-
braking, the hydraulic brake system is tion of the radar sensor are described below.
under pressure. Therefore, the brake
pedal distance is shorter and the pedal When driving, the adaptive cruise control is
"feels" harder. governed by physical and system -specified
- Adaptive cruise control is switched off af- limits . Also, under certain circumstances, the
ter pressing the footbrake . The speed ACCsystem may react unexpectedly or late
saved up this point can be resumed. from the driver's point of view. Therefore, al-
- To resume the saved speed, release the ways be attentive and intervene, if necessary:
brake pedal and press the control lever - when driving around curves r::;,page 109
¢ page 102, Turning adoptive cruise - when vehicles in front are not in line with
control off temporarily . your vehicle ,:;,page 109
- If you use the accelerator to go faster
than the speed of the object ahead of
 Adaptive c rui se control 109

- when other vehicles are changing lanes control to react to another vehicle in the next
¢ page 109 lane and apply the brakes in your vehicle
- when ot her vehicles are difficult to detec t ~ fig. 124 . The braking action can be overrid-

¢ page 110. den by depressing the accelerator pedal.

- when vehicles up ahead are not moving or
obstacles are in your travel lane ¢ page 110 Vehicles offset to one side
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control
_& WARNING
The radar sensor's vision can be reduced by
rain, snow and heavy spray. This can result
in vehicles driving ahead being inade-
quately detected or, in some circumstan-
ces, not detected at all. If necessary, take
act ion yourself!

When driving around curves

Fig. 125 Ve hicle trav elin g ah ead outs ide the dete ctio n
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control
ra nge of t he radar senso r

Vehicles traveling ahead and to one side can-

not be detected by the adaptive cru ise control
unt il they are within the detect ion range of
the sensor.

Lane changes by other vehicles

Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control

Fig. 123 Vehicle ent ering a curve

Fig. 126 A veh icle changes lanes

Fig. 124 Vehicle leaving a curve

Vehicles which move into your lane a short
distance ahead cannot be identified by the
Entering a curve
adaptive cruise control unti l they are in t he ra-
W hen ent eri ng a curve, the adaptive cruise dar sensor's detection range .
control may react to a vehicle in the next lane
and apply the brakes in your vehicle
¢ fig. 123. The braking act ion can be overrid-
den by depressing the accelerator pedal.

Leaving a curve

At the exit from very long curves the predic-

tive lane reading can cause the adaptive cruise
110 Ad a pti v e crui se control

Vehicles that are difficult to detect Audi braking guard

Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control
Description
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise contro l

Audi braking guard warns you of a threa t en-

ing collision with a vehicle ahead.

Fig. 127 Two-w heeled vehicle driving ahead

Vehicles that are diff icult to detect, e.g. two -

wheeled vehicles ahead, vehicles with high
ground clearance, protruding load , are fre- Fig. 130 Disp lay in t he instrum e nt cluste r
quently detected late or not at all, under
some circumstances. The Aud i braking g uard is act ive from a speed
of approx. 20 mph (30 km/h) and wo rks with-
Stationary vehicles in the system limits ¢ page 108 even when
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control the adaptive cruise control is deactivat ed.

A radar sensor is built into the front of the ve-

hicle ¢ page 99 , fig. 111. The system is in-
tended to measu re the distance to ref lective
surfaces. If a measurement is not possib le,
the system does not respond.

When t he me asurement has taken pla ce, the

system can assess a hazardous situation,
when a vehicle ahead suddenly brakes or when
Fig. 128 Turn ing and st a tionar y vehicle your own vehicle is driving at high speed to-
wards a much slower vehicle ahead. As soon
as the system assumes that a poss ible coll i-
sion with the vehicle ahead can only be avoid-
ed by immediate a ll-out braking or by an
avoiding maneuver, a warning appea rs.

The system has a pre-set response t ime to be

able to warn in good time . This system re-
sponse time is automatically reduced if you
acce le rate actively, for example to jo in a high-
Fig. 129 Shee ring out an d sta tiona ry vehicle
way. Braking, transverse accele rat ion and the
stee ring a ng le can lead to a reduced system
If a vehicle that has been detected by the ACC
response time. The war ning is deactivated if
system turns off or sheers out , and there is a
you begin to overtake with f ull acceleration .
st ationary vehicle ahead of t ha t vehicle, the
ACCsystem does not respond to the station - The system draws your attent io n to two differ-
ary vehicle ~ fig. 128 and ¢ fig . 129 . en t hazardous s ituations : Iii>
 Adapti v e crui se control 111

Di stanc e - Please observe that the Audi braking

The dist ance warn ing is issued in the event of guard is subject to restrict ions in narrow
inadequate distance to the vehicle ahead a pe- bends due to the field of vision of the ra-
riod of more than S seconds. If the distance is dar sensor. This may possibly lead to ob-
less than 30 feet (9 meters) at SO mph stacles not being detected .
(80 km/h), for example, an optical display is - The radar sensor's vision can be reduced
faded in on the instrument cluster ¢ fig. 130. by rain, snow and heavy spray. This can
result in vehicles driving ahead be ing in-
If the vehicle ahead brakes sharply, a collision
adequately detected or, in some circum-
cannot be avoided, even in the case of an im-
stances, not detected at all. Always
mediate response . In this case, increase the
watch where you are driving.
distance to the vehicle ahead.
- Reflecting objects such as e.g. crash bar-
Speed riers or t he ent ran ce to a tunne l may im-
pair the function of t he radar sensor .
If there is a much slower vehicle ahead in your
lane, or if the vehicle ahead brakes sharply,
the Audi braking guard calculates the point Settings
from which a collision can only be avoided by Applies to vehicles: with adap t ive cruise control

all-out braking or by an avoiding maneuver. If The settings of the Audi braking guard are
a warni ng does sound, a possible collision performed in the radio or MMI*.
with the vehicle in front can be avoided
through an evasive maneuver or by braking . Settings rega rding the system and the early
warning can be adjusted to the respective user
The warning is given in two stages : and saved in the rad io or MM!*.
- Pre-warning: An optical disp lay appears in
Switching the system on and off
the instr ument cluster and a warning tone
sounds. .. Select: Function button !CAR!> Audi brak-
- Acute warni ng: If you do not respond to the ing guard .
pre-warning, the second stage, the acute .. Select System On to switch the system on
warning, is issued. A brake jolt reminds you or Off to switch the system off.
to concentrate on the road again.
Switching the ea rly warning on and off
Under heavy breaking, brake ass ist .. Select: Function button ICAR!> Audi brak-
¢ page 202 also he lps you obtain maximum ing guard .
braking efficiency. .. Select Early warning On to switch the

A WARNING
acoust ic and optical warn ing on or Off to
switch the system off.
Always pay attention to traffic, even when
the Audi braking guard is switched on. You (D Tips
are always responsible for your speed and
When hand ing over the keys to another
the distance between your vehicle and oth-
person, the previous settings are adopted
er vehicles.
if the Audi bra king guard is activated
- Always keep the legally stipulated safety
¢page 41.
distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle ahead - danger of accident!
- The Audi braking guard does not respond
outside the system limits, for example if
you approach a st at ionary obst acle (end
of a t raffic jam or breakdown vehicle).
112 Adaptive cruise control

Driver's information in the instrument

cluster display
Applies to vehicles: with adaptive cruise control

braking guard activated

This driver's information appears when a
brake jolt has been carried out due to an acute
warning.

braking guard off

This driver's information appea rs when the
system has been deactivated via the radio or
MMI*. Furthermore t he informa t ion appears
each t ime short ly afte r the beginning of the
journey when the system is switched off .

This driver's information also appears when

the system is not available because of a mal-
function or if ESP is switched to the Offroad
mode ~ page 196. In this state the system no
longer warns of a pending collision .
 Aud i side assist 113

Audi side assist signal is designed so that you not ice it on ly

when you are looking in the outside mirror.
Lane change assistant
When you activate the turn signal and side as-
Description s ist detects a vehicle in a notable location, the
Applies to vehicles: with side assist corresponding signal on the outside mi rror
flashes briefly and brightly several times. This
The side assist helps you when changing
is the alert stage signal ¢ page 115 .
lanes .

Activating and deactivating

Applies to vehicles: wit h side assist

Fig. 131 Rear bumper: Position of radar sensors (not

visib le on outs ide)

Fig. 1 33 Driver's doo r : Side assist button

Activating
.,. Press the ¢ fig. 133 button. The indicator on
t he button lights up .

Deact ivating
.,.Press the button again . The indicator light
Fig. 132 Signal light on the outside mirror - driver's on the button goes out .
side
The system works at speeds faster than
Side assist uses radar sensors (not visib le on 19 mph (30 km/h) .
outside) ¢ fig. 131 to help the driver check
blind spots, and see what is happening in traf - A WARNING
fic beh ind the veh icle ¢ page 114, fig. 134.
- Improper reliance on the side assist sys-
Signa l lights are bu ilt into both outside m ir- tem can cause coll isions and serio us per-
rors (!) ¢ fig . 132. The signal light on the left sonal injury:
outside mirror assists when moving over into - Never rely on ly on side assist when
the left lane and the signal light on the right changing lanes.
outside mirror assists when moving over into - Always check rear view mirrors to make
the right lane . sure that it is safe to change lanes.
- Side assist cannot detect all veh icles un-
The s ignal light comes on to tell you that s ide
der all conditions- danger of accident!
assis t has detected a vehicle on t hat side and
that the position of this other vehicle should - Side assist cannot detect vehicles in time
be taken into account if you were to change to a lert you when they app roach from
lanes . This is called the informat ional stage behind at very high speed, or if they drop
sig nal ¢ page 115. The informational stage back very qu ickly. ~
114 Audi side assist

- The radar sensor's vision can be reduced tivated as soon as the electrical connec-
or entirely blocked by rain, snow, and tion to the trailer electrical socket is
heavy spray . This can result in side assist made ¢ page 119.
not adequately detecting vehicles or, in - For vehicles with a trailer hitch that was
some cases, not detecting them at all. not installed according to factory specifi-
Always keep an eye on the direction you cations, switch off the side assist when
are traveling and the relevant area towing a trailer .
around the vehicle. - Additional tinting on the front side win-
- Please note that side assist indicates dows can make it harder to see and cor-
there are approaching vehicles, or vehi- rectly understand the signal light on the
cles in your blind spot, only after your ve- outside mirror.
hicle has reached a driving speed of at - For Declaration of Compliance to United
least 19 mph (30 km/h). States FCCand Industry Canada regula-
- Side assist signal does not work around tions ¢ page 294.
tight corners (turning radius less than
328 feet or 100 m). Sensor detection area
- Side assist is no replacement for the driv- Applies to vehicles: with side assist
er's full attention. The driver alone is re-
sponsible for lane changes and similar -----··· ....·--·-- -
driving maneuvers. Always keep an eye
@ ,/
on the direction you are traveling and the
relevant area around the vehicle.
-ill--
b''T
-
- To ensure that you do not adversely af-
fect side assist, do not block the area on
the rear bumper where the radar sensors Fig. 134 Schematic illustrat ion: Sensor detectio n area

are located with foreign objects (such as

The detection ¢ fig. 134 of the radar sensor
stickers or bicycle racks).
detection area is made up of:
- Make sure that the signal light on the
outside mirror is not blocked by stickers - the approach area (light green area) (D,
or other items. about 164 feet (SO m) behind the vehicle,
and
(Di Tips - the "blind spot" (dark green area) @ .
- Side assist automatically deactivates if it The radar sensors cover the adjacent left and
detects that the radar sensors are right lanes. Other lanes are not covered by the
blocked ¢ page 119 . The indicator light radar sensors.
on the button goes out .
- The area on the bumper where the radar (D Tips
sensors are located must consistently re-
Side assist does not measure actual lane
main free of snow, ice, and heavy soiling
width . The system assumes a fixed lane
so that side assist can function properly.
width. Detection in the left and right lanes
Follow the additional notes on
is based on this assumed lane width.
¢ page 120.
When driving on narrow roads or when
- For vehicles with a factory installed tow-
driving to the left or right of the center of
ing hitch* or a trailer hitch* that was in-
a travel lane, it is possible that vehicles
stalled later according to factory specifi-
will be detected that are not in the lane
cations, side assist is automatically deac-
 Aud i side assist 115

next to the lane yo u are using mirror, you can clearly see the informational
¢page 119. stage signal.

Alert stage signal

Operation
Applies to vehicles: with side assist When you activate the turn signal, and s ide
ass ist has detected a vehicle in a notable loca-
Side assist compares the distance and differ- t ion on that part icular s ide, the signa l light on
ence in speed of detected vehicles with the this side mirror flashes brightly. The repeated
speed of your vehicle . Whenever the differ- brief and bright flashing of the alert stage
ence in speed and d istance is registered as no- signal reminds you to carefully check traffic to
table if you were to change lanes, a signal the rear in the outside mirror and over your
light appea rs on the respective mirror. shoulder, so that you can safely complete the
The signal can light up if you are passed by a lane change ¢ A in Safety tips on page 120 .
vehicle or if you are pass ing another vehicle.
@ Tips
If you pass another vehicle s lowly (difference
The brightness of the signal light on the
in speed less than 9 mph, or 15 km/h), the
outside mirrors can be adjusted with the
signal light will come on as soon as the other
radio or the MMI* ¢ page 118.
vehicle is in your blind spot and is detected by
side assist . When the difference in speed is
g reater, the signal light will not come on. Driving situation: Fast approaching
vehicles
Applies to vehicles: with side assist
Informational and alert stage signals
Applies to vehicles: with side assist

Side assist has two s ignal stages:

- the informational stage s ignal, and

- the alert stage signal.
Side assist he lps you by using the appropriate
signal stage, depending on whether or not
you have activated the turn signal, and thus
have indicated that you are or are not chang-
ing lanes .

Informational stage signal

As long as you have not activated the turn sig-
nal, side assist informs you of detected vehi-
cles that are registered as being in a notable
locat ion if you were to change lanes. Whenev-
er the detected vehicle's difference in speed
and distance is registered by side ass ist as no- Fig. 13 5 Side assist : Fast approaching vehicles
table, the signal light on the respective m irror
produces muted illuminat ion. @ Signal on outside mirror does not light
up
The br ightness of the informat ional stage sig -
nal is designed not to be as intense, so that it No vehicle was detected by the sensors. The
does not interfere with your view of the road signal on the outside mirror does not light up
when you are d riving and have no intention of ¢ A in Safety tips on page 120. IJJ,,

changing lanes. When you look in the outside

116 Aud i side assist

@ Informational stage signal lights up Driving situation: Slowly approaching

A fas t approaching veh icle - in the left-hand vehicles
Applies to vehicles: with side assist
lane for examp le - was detected by the sen-
sors . Although this vehicle is sti ll far away, it
should be taken into account if you were to
change lanes, due to the considerable differ -
ence in speed. The informational stage signal
on the outside m irror lights up c::>page 115.

@ Alert stage signal flashes

If you activate your turn signal in driving sit-
uation @ , the signal briefly f lashes repeated-
ly. Side ass ist is alerting you to a veh icle that
you may not have noticed.

@ Tips @
- The faster a vehicle approaches from the
rear, the sooner the signal on the outside
mirror lights up. Side assist will signa l,
at the latest, when a detected vehicle en-
ters your "blind spot" .
Fig. 136 Side assist: Slow ly approac hin g vehicles and
- When vehicles approach very quickly,
vehicles in your blind spot
changing lanes can be dangerous even if
the signal on the outside mirror does not @ Signal on outside mirror does not light
light up. up
A vehicle approaching slowly - in the left-hand
lane for example - was detec t ed by the sen-
sors. Because of the small d ifference in speed
and the considerable distance from your vehi -
cle, the signal on the outside mirror will not
light up c::>&. in Safety tips on page 120.

@ Informational stage signal lights up

The distance between your veh icle and that of
the slow ly approaching vehicle has narrowed .
The informationa l stage signal on the outside
mirror lights up.

As soon as the differe nce in speed and dis-

tance is registered as notable if you were to
change lanes, a signa l on the mirror lights up.
Side assist will signal at the latest when a de-
tected vehicle enters your "b lind spot". .,,.
 Audi side assist 11 7

@ Alert stage signal flashes @ Informational stage signal lights up

If you activate your turn signal in driving sit- A vehicle dropping back slowly on the right
uation @ , the signa l light briefly flashes re- (difference in speed of less than 9 mph, or lS
peatedly. Side assist is alerting you of a vehi- km/h) has been detected by side assist. The
cle that you may not have noticed . informational stage signa l on the outside mir-
ror lights up.
@ Tips
@ Alert stage signal flashes
- The faster a vehicle approaches from the
rear, the sooner the signa l on the outside If you activate your turn signal in driving sit-
mirror lights up. Side assist will signa l, uation @ , the signal briefly flashes repeated-
at the latest, when a detected vehicle en- ly. Side assist is alerting you of a vehicle that
ters your "blind spot". you may not have noticed.
- When vehicles approach very quickly,
changing lanes can be dangerous even if Driving situation: Vehicles dropping
the signal on the outside mirror does not back quickly
light up. Applies to vehicles: with side assist

Driving situation: Vehicles dropping

back slowly
Applies to vehicles: with side assist

®
Fig. 138 Side assist: Vehicles dropp ing back quickly

CDSignal on outside mirror does not light

up

Fig. 137 Side assist: Vehicles dropping back slowly The vehicle just passed has not yet been de-
tected by side ass ist. The s ign al on the out -
CDSignal on outs ide mirror does not light side mirror does not light up q .& in Safety
up tips on page 120 .
The vehicle that you passed has not yet been
@ Signal on outside mirror does not light
detected by side ass ist . The signal on the out- up
side mirror does not tight up q .& in Safety
The vehicle dropping back quickly on the right
tips on page 120.
(difference in speed of more than 9 mph, or
lS km/h) has been detected by side assist, 1J1>
118 Aud i side assist

but is not considered notable in the event of a

lane change, because it is dropping back so
(D Tips

qu ickly. The signal on the outside mirror does - Side assist is not active when the basic
not light up ¢ &. in Safe ty tips on page 120. br ightness is adjusted. The signal light
comes on briefly to help you make the
@ Signal on outs ide mirror does not light adjustment.
up - Your settings are automatically stored
If you activate your turn signal in driving sit- and assigned to the remote control key
uation @ , the signa l st ill does not light up on being used.
the outside mirror ¢ &. in Safe ty tips on
page 120 . General information
Applies to vehicles: with side assist
Setting the signal brightness on the
Side assist has limits and cannot detect vehi-
outside mirror
cles under all road and weather condit ions.
Applies to vehicles: with side assist
Please remember system limitations and nev-
The signal brightness can be set in the radio er rely on the system, especially when :
or in the MMI*.
- driving through curves ¢ page 118,
,. Select: Function but ton ICARI
> Audi side as- - lanes are of differen t wid t hs ¢ page 119.
sist.
When driving through curves
The brightness of the signal light for both the
Applies to vehicles: with side assist
informational and alert stages is automatical-
ly adjusted to amb ient light conditions . In ad- Side assist cannot detect vehicles in curves
dition, you can adjust the basic brightness with a turning radius of less than 328 feet
separately, via the br ightness function . (100 m).

While making the adjustmen t , the new When driving through a curve, it is possible
brightness setting is displayed briefly . The that side assist may register a vehicle two
brightness displayed is that of the informa- lanes over, and the signa l on the outs ide mir-
tional stage signal. The alert stage signal ror will light up.
brightness is linked to the informational stage
signal brightness.

The informational stage signal br ightness

should be adjusted so that you not ice the sig-
nal illumination when you look in the outside
mirror, but not when you look forward
through the windshield.

In very dark or light surroundings , the auto-

matic br ightness setting adjusts signal light
brightness to maximum or minimum intensi-
ty, as needed. In circumstances such as these,
you may not notice any change in the bright-
ness on the outside mirror when adjusting the
basic brightness .
You may not notice the change until lighting
conditions are normal again.
 Audi side assist 119

Lane width will see a message in the instrument cluster

Applies to vehicles: with side assist display:

Audi side assist not available: sensors

blocked
The side assist sensors are built into the rear
bumper on the left and right (not visible on
the outside) c:!>poge 113, fig. 131 . To ensure
that you do not adversely affect the way side

-·
ass ist functions, foreign objects (such as stick-
ers or bicycle racks) should not be attached to
Fig. 139 Lan es of a norma l width a re in detect ion area the area on the rear bumper where the sen-
sors are located . If side ass ist functions are
adverse ly affec ted, you will see this message
in the instrument cluster disp lay. Remove any-
th ing that may be blocking the sensors.

If no vehicle is detected for a longer per iod of

time wh ile dr iving, side ass ist will also switch
off automatically.

Audi side assist currently not available

Fig. 140 Narrow lanes: Side ass ist may detect vehicles If there is a temporary problem (such as the
two lanes away
vehicle's battery charge being low), side assist
cannot be activated temporar ily.
Side assist's detection area is designed to cov-
er lanes of standard width to the left and Audi side assist: system fault
right of your travel lane, depending on wheth-
Have the system checked by an author ized Au-
er you dr ive in the center of your lane or closer
di dealer or qualified workshop.
to the edge.

If you drive in narrow lanes, side ass ist's de- Audi side assist not available when
towing
tection area may a lso include other lan es - es-
pec ia lly if you tend to drive on the edge of The radar sen sor's view is limited when tow-
your lane c:::>fig. 140 . Under these cond itions, ing a t railer. For vehicles with a factory instal-
veh icles can also be detected that are two led towing hitch or a trailer hitch that was in-
lanes away, and side assist then could switch stalled later according to factory specifica-
between the informational and warn ing stage tions, s ide ass ist is automatically deactivated
signals. as soon as the ele ct rical connection to the
trailer's e lectrical socket is made, and this sta-
When driving in very wide lanes, vehicles in
tus message appears in the instrument clus-
the adjacent lane may not be detected be -
ter display. Deactivation cannot be guaran-
cause they are not inside the detection area.
teed when using a retrofitted towing hitch
that was not installed according to factory
Notes specifications .
Messages in instrument cluster display
Applies to vehicles: with side assist

If side assist turns off automatically, the ind i-

cator ligh t on the button will go out and you
120 Aud i s ide as si st

Safety tips - Side assist signa l does not work around

App lies to vehicles: wit h side assist tight corners (turning radius less than
328 feet, or 100 m).
The side ass ist detect ion may be lim ited when
- Side assist is no replacement for the driv-
d riving around narrow street corners , on hilly
er 's full attention. The driver alone is re-
streets, and under poor weathe r cond it ions.
sponsib le for lane changes and sim ilar
It is poss ible that the radar sensors may also driving maneuvers. Always keep an eye
detect other objects , such as high o r stag- on the d irect ion you are traveling and the
gered guardra ils . re levant area around the vehicle.
Side assist does not measure actual lane
width . The system assumes a fixed lane width . (D Note
Detection in the left and right lanes is based To ensure that side assist is not adverse ly
on this assumed lane width . When driving on affected, you should not block the area on
na rrow roads or when driving to the left or the rear bumper where the rada r sensors
right of the center of a travel lane , it is possi - are located with foreign objects (such as
ble that vehicles will be detected that are not with stickers or bicycle racks).
in the lane next to the lane you are using.
(D Tips
A WARNING If the pos itions of the radar sensors have
- Improper reliance on the s ide ass ist sys- been changed as a result of a rear end-col-
tem can cause collisions and serious per- lision, for instance, have s ide assist
sonal injury : chec ked by an aut ho rized Audi deale r for
- Never rely only on side assist when safety reasons.
changing lanes .
- Always check rear view mirrors to make
sure that it is safe to change lanes.
- Side ass ist cannot detect a ll vehicles un-
der all cond itions- danger of accident!
- Side ass ist cannot detect vehicles in time
to alert you when they approach from
beh ind at very high speed, or fall d rop
back very quickly.
- The radar sensor's vision can be reduced
or entirely blocked by rain, snow, and
heavy spray. This can result in side assist
not adequately detecting vehicles or, in
some cases, not detecting them at a ll.
Always keep an eye on the direction you
are traveling and the relevant area
around the vehicle .
- Please note that side assist indicates
there are approaching vehicles, or vehi-
cles in your blind spot, only after your ve-
hicle has reached a driving speed of at
least 19 mph (30 km/h).
 Audi drive select 121

Audi drive select COMFORT,AUTO and DYNAMIC modes, the

driver can switch from a sporty to a comforta-
Driving settings ble driving mode with the press of a button.

Introduction Additionally, in vehicles w ith MMI*, the vehi-

App lies to vehicles: with drive select cle setup for INDIV I DUAL* mode can be cus-
tomized by you . This makes it possible to
Audi drive select provides the possibility to ex-
combine settings such as a sporty eng ine tun-
perience different types of vehicle sett ings in
ing with light steering .
one vehicle. For instance, using the three

Description
Applies to vehicles: with drive select

Depending on the mode, the engine and auto- speeds, dynamic steering additionally pro-
mat ic transmission respond more quick ly or vides more responsive steering performance.
in a more balanced manner to accelerator The driver can set the basic steering ratio
pedal movements. characteristics in the Audi drive select.

The Servotronic (steering servo assistance) The adaptive damper s use sensors to record
~ page 202 can also be adapted to driving information regarding steering movements,
situations. braking and acceleration operations by the
driver, road surface, driving speed, and load.
Dynami c steering changes the steer ing ratio
This makes it possible to adapt damping to
as a function of the driving speed in order to
the driving situation virtually in real time. Au-
optimize the driver's required steering effort.
di drive select also makes it possible to satisfy
Thissets the steering to be less sensitiveat
the desire for spo rt y suspension (DYNAMIC)
higher speeds in order to provide improved ve-
and comfortable suspension (COMFORT) with-
hicle control. At reduced speeds, steering is
out giving up balanced tuning (AUTO).
more direct in order to keep the steering ef-
fort as minimal as possible when the driver is The following chart provides an overview of
maneuvering the vehicle. At low and average the characterist ics of each driving mode.

Systems COMFORT AUTO DYNAMIC

Engine/gearbox balanced balanced sporty
Servotronic comfortable balanced sporty
Dynamic steering comfortable/ indirect balanced/direct sporty/direct
Suspension comfortable balanced sporty

The Servotronic settings are adjusted under

the Dyn. steering menu item.

(D Tips
- Select DYNAMIC to set the sporty shift-
ing characteristics for vehicles with an
automatic transmission. The S selector
lever position is not available.
- The dynamic steering may make noise
when starting or stopping the engine .
This does not indicate a prob lem .
122 Aud i dr iv e s el ect

Selecting a driving mode ting is idea l for driving on long stretches, such
Applies to vehicles: with dr ive select as on freeways .

You con choose between COMFORT,AUTO, AUTO

DYNAMIC and INDIVIDUAL* modes .
Full use of AUTOprov ides a comfortable, yet
dynamic feel. The se tt ing is pe rfect for daily
use.

DYNAMIC
DYNAMICg ives the ve hicle a spo rty feeling.
The eng ine responds quick ly to accelerator
peda l movemen t s, and steering is sporty and
more direct . The adap ti ve dampe rs are stiffer,
and the a utomatic transmission shift points
Fig. 14 1 Shift gate: Control for Audi dr ive se lect
are set at higher engine speed ranges. The
setting is idea l for sporty driving .

INDIVIDUAL*
You can adapt th is mode to your personal
needs in the MMI.

A WARNING
Pay attention to traffic when operating Au-
di drive select to prevent potential risk of
Fig. 14 2 Center console: Control for Audi dr ive select
an accident.
The control is lo cated on the shift gate
~ fig. 141 in vehicles wit h a rad io, and in vehi- (D Tips
cles with MMI* , it is located in the center con- If yo u remove the ignit ion key, AUTOmode
sole ~ fig. 142 . is set the next time you star t the ign ition.

"' Turn on the ignition.

"' Press the left or right arrow but ton until the Setting the INDIVIDUALmode
desired mode appears in red. Applies to vehicles: with MMIand drive select

You can personally specify the vehicle setup in

You can change the driving mode when the ve-
the MMI.
hicle is stationary o r while dr iving . If traffic
perm its, after changing modes, briefly t ake "' Select: Function button !CAR
l> Audi drive
your foot off the accelerator peda l so that the select individua l.
recent ly selected mode is also activated for
the engine. You need to select this control to drive in the
recently set INDIVIDUALmode ~ page 122 .
COMFORT
The COMFORTmode provides a comfortab le (i} Tips
vehicle sett ing . The engine and au t omatic Your INDIVIDUALmode settings are auto -
transmission react in a balanced manner to matically stored and ass igned to the re-
movements of the acceleration pedal. Steer- mote control key be ing used .
ing is light and indi rect and the adaptive
dampers provide a soft suspension . The set-
 Autom at ic transm iss ion 123

Automatic Stopping
transmission .. Press and hold the brake peda l until the ve-
hicle has come to a complete stop.
tiptronic ® .. Keep the brake peda l depressed so that the
vehicle cannot roll forward or backward
General information
while it is idling ¢ .&,..
Your vehicle is equipped with an electronically .. Once stopped, do not depress the accelera-
controlled automatic transmiss ion. Upshifting tor pedal to rev up the engine i::>.&,.
and downshifting takes place automatically.
Parking
The transmission is also equipped with tip-
.. Press and hold the brake peda l until the ve-
tronic ®. It allows the driver to shift gears
hicle has come to a comp lete stop.
manually if desired ¢ page 12 7.
.. Set the parking brake firm ly ¢ page 95 ,
Parking .
Driving the automatic transmission .. Press and hold the release button in these-
lector lever handle, move the selector lever
into P and then let go of the release button
¢ .&,.
The selector lever must be in N or P. If one of
the driving positions is engaged a safety
switch will prevent the eng ine from being
started . See also i::>page 90.
Before you move the selector lever from the P
Fig. 143 Shift gate on t he center console : selector lev- pos ition, you must always apply the brake
er with release button
pedal before and while depressing the button
Starting the engine in the handle of the selector lever.

.. The selector lever must be in N or P. A WARNING

Starting off - Unintended vehicle movement can cause
serious injury .
.. Press and ho ld the brake pedal.
- When the se lector lever is in a driving
.. Press and hold t he release button in these -
pos ition, the vehicle may creep, even at
lector lever handle and move the selector
idle speed . Therefore do not release
lever from P or N to D and release the but-
the parking brake o r foot brake until
ton ¢ .&,..
you are ready to move, because power
.. Wait briefly until the transmission has shift -
is transmitted to the wheels as soon as
ed (you will feet a slight movement).
a driving position is engaged .
.. Remove your foot from the brake pedal and
accelerate. - Do no t accelerate wh ile selecting a
driving position. At this time the en-
Rocking back and forth to become gine must be at idle speed so that un-
unstuck due stress is not placed on the clutches
.. Shift only between D and R when the vehicle in the transmission .
is at a full stop and the engine is running at - Remember: - even when stopped brief-
idle speed. ly with the automatic transmission in
"D", "S" or "R", engine power is being
transmitted to the wheels. Your vehicle ~
124 Au t om a ti c tran s mis s ion

could "creep" forward or backward. P - Park

When st opped, keep the brake pedal In this se lector lever position the t ransm is-
fully depressed and use the parking sion is mechanica lly locked. Engage P only
brake if necessary to keep the vehicle when the vehicle is completely stopped ¢ .&
from rolling. in Driving the automatic transmission on
- If the selector lever is unintentionally page 123.
moved into N wh ile you are driving, take
To shift in or out of positio n P, you must first
your foot off the accelerator pedal and
press and ho ld the brake pedal and then press
wait for the engine to return to idle
the release button in the selector leve r handle
speed before selecting a driving position.
whi le moving the selector lever to or from P.
- Never shift into "R" or "P" when the vehi-
You can shift out of th is position only with the
cle is in mot ion.
ignition o n.
- Never get out of the driver's seat when
the engine is runn ing. R - Reverse
- If you must get out of the vehicle, move
The transm issio n will automatically select the
the selector lever securely into the P po-
lowest gear ratio when you shift into reverse.
sit ion a nd apply the park ing brake fi rm ly.
- If the eng ine must remain running, never Select R o nly when t he vehi cle is at a full stop
have any driv ing pos ition engaged when and the engine is running at idle speed ¢ A in
che cking under the hood. Make sure the Driving the automatic transmission on
sele ctor lever has securely engaged and page 123.
is locke d in "P" with the par king brake Before you move t he selector lever t o R, press
firmly set ¢ page 226, Engine compart - both the button in the hand le of the selector
ment . Otherw ise, any increase in eng ine lever and the brake pedal at the same t ime.
speed may set the vehicle in motion,
even with the parking brake applied. When t he ignition is on, t he backup lights illu-
minate w hen the selec t or lever is moved into
R.
Selector lever positions
N - Neutral
This section describes the selector lever posi-
tions and driving ranges. The transm iss ion is in neut ral in this pos ition .
Shift to t his position fo r standing with t he
brakes appl ied ¢ page 125.

When t he vehicle is stat ionary or at speeds

below 3 mph (5 km/h) , you must always app ly
the foo t brake before and wh ile mov ing t he
lever out of N.

D - Normal position for driving forward

Pos ition D is fo r normal city and highway d riv-
Fig. 144 Display in the inst rume nt cluster: selector ing . It ranges from zero to top speed and all
lever in posit ion P
gears shift automatically , depend ing on en-
gine load , d riving speed and a utomat ically se-
The instrument cluste r display shows the cur -
lected shift p rograms.
rent selector lever pos ition .
When the vehicle is stat iona ry or at speeds
below 3 mph (5 km/h), you must always app ly II>-
 Automatic transmission 125

the foot brake before and while moving the Automatic Shift Lock (ASL)
lever to D out of N.
The Automatic Shift Lock safeguards you
In certain circumstances it may be advanta- against accidentally shifting into a forward or
geous to temporarily switch to the manual the reverse gear and causing the vehicle to
shift program to manually select gear ratios move unintentionally.
to match specific driving conditions
Qpage 127.

S - Sport position*
Select this position for sportier performance.
In this position , the transmission will not up-
shift as soon, allowing the vehicle to use the
increased power available at higher engine
speeds to achieve livelier acceleration.

When the vehicle is stationary or at speeds Fig. 145 Shift gate : selector lever lock positions and
below 3 mph (5 km/h), you must always apply inte rlock button highlighted

the foot brake before and while moving the

The selector lever lock is released as follows:
lever to S out of N.
...Turn the ignition on.
A WARNING
-
...Step on the brake pedal. At the same time
& in
Read and follow all WARNINGS <=> press and hold the interlock button on the
Driving the automatic transmission on side of the gear selector knob c:>fig. 145
page 123. with your thumb until you have moved the
selector lever to the desired position.
(D Note
Automatic selector lever lock
Coasting downhill with the transmission in
The selector lever is locked in the P and N po-
N and the engine not running will result in
sitions when the ignition is turned on . To
damage to the automatic transmission
move the lever from these positions the driver
and possibly the catalytic converter .
must depress the brake pedal. As a reminder
to the driver, the following warning appears in
{!) Tips the instrument cluster display when the selec -
On vehicles with Audi drive select* you can tor is in P and N:
adjust the sporty shift characteristics in
the DYNAMICdrive mode.Swill appear in When stationary apply foot brake while se-
the instrument cluster display instead of lecting gear
D. The S selector lever position is not avail- A time delay element prevents the selector
able. lever from locking when it is moved through
the N position (going from R to D) . The lock-
ing element will lock the selector lever if the
lever is left in N (Neutral) for more than ap-
proximately 1 second, without the brake ped-
al being pressed.

At speeds above about 3 mph (5 km/h) the

Automatic Shift Lock is automatically deacti-
vated in the N position. .,..
126 Automatic transmission

Interlock button The transmission will automatically select the

The lock button on the selector lever prevents
sporty shift programs when you drive at high-
er speeds, or with heavy acceleration and fre-
the lever from being accidentally shifted into
certain positions. Pressing this button deacti- quently changing speeds. Upshifts are delayed
to make full use of engine power. Downshift-
vates the selector lever lock. Depending on
the direction of the shift, the selector lever ing takes place at higher engine speeds than
locks at different positions. The positions are in the economy prog rams.
highlighted in the ill ustration c>fig. 145 . The selection of the most suitable shift pro-
gram is a continuous, automatic process. The
Ignition key safety interlock
driver can also make the transm ission switch
The key cannot be removed from the ignition to a sporty program by quickly pressing down
un less the selector lever is in the P park posi- the gas pedal.
tion . When the ign ition key is removed, the
This causes the transm ission to shift down to
selector lever will be locked in the P position.
a lower gear to achieve rapid accelerat ion, e.g .
for quickly passing anothe r vehicle. You do not
Kick-down need to press the gas pedal into the kick-down
The kick-down feature allows the vehicle to range. After the transmission has upshifted ,
generate maximum acceleration. the or igina l program is selected according to
your driving style .
When you press the accelerator pedal beyond
the resistance point that is reached at full An additional shift program allows the auto-
thrott le, the transmission will select a lower matic transmission to select the proper gear
gear ratio based on vehicle speed and engine for uphill and downhill grad ients.
RPM. The engine RPM will be controlled to This keeps the transmission from shift ing up
produce maximum vehicle accelerat ion as and down unnecessarily on hills . The trans-
long as you cont inue to press the accelerator mission will shift down to a lower gear when
pedal beyond th is resistance point. the driver presses the brake pedal on a dow n-
hill gradient. Thi s makes use of t he braking ef-
_& WARNING -
f ect of the engine without the need to shift
Be careful when using t he kick-down fea- down manually .
ture on slippery roads. Rapid acceleration
may cause the vehicle to skid.

Dynamic shift program (DSP)

The automatic transmission is electronically
controlled.

The transmission is self adapting and will au-

tomatically select the best shift prog ram suit-
ed to the driving condit ion s and driving style.

The transmission will select one of the econo-

my programs when you drive at a steady
speed or a gradually chang ing speed without
heavy acceleration . This achieves optimum
fuel efficiency, w ith early upsh ift ing and de-
layed downshifting .
 Autom at ic transm iss ion 12 7

Manual shift program If you take your foot off the acce lerator pedal
when driving down a steep incline, tiptronic®
Using the manual shift program you can will downshift from the selected gear into the
manually select gears. next lower gear unt il it reaches 1st gear,
based on road speed and engine RPM. Auto-
matic downshifting is interrupted as soon as
you apply the t hrottle again.

(!) Tips
- When you s hift into the next lower gear,
the transmission will downshift only
when there is no possibility of over-rev-
ving the engine.
Fig. 146 Center console : shift ing the tiptronic ® man -
ually
- When the kick-down comes on, the
transmission will shift down to a lower
gear, depending on vehicle and engi ne
speeds.
- tiptronic ® is inoperat ive when the trans-
mission is in the fai l-safe mode.

Steering wheel with tiptronic ®

Applies to veh icles : with tipt ronic-steer ing wheel

The shift buttons on the steering wheel allow

Fig. 147 Disp lay: man ual shift program, selected gea r
the driver to shift gears manually.
Switching t o manual shift program
.. Push the selector lever to the right from D.
As soon as the transmission has switched
over, the selected gear appears in the dis-
play¢ fig. 147.

To upshift
.. Push the selector lever forward to the plus
position 0 ¢ fig. 146. Fig. 148 Steer ing wheel: Shift buttons

To downshift
.. To downshift, touch the button on the left
.. Push the lever to the m inus position 0- 0-
When accelerating, the transm iss ion will au-
.. To up shift, touch the button on the right 0-
tomatically shift into the next gear before the The shift buttons are activated when these-
engine reaches its maximum RPM. lector lever is in D, Sor in the manual shift
If you apply a light throttle when accelerat- program (tiptronic).
ing, tiptronic ® will automatically shift from Of course , you can continue to use the manual
1st to 2nd gear to save fuel. If you apply a shift program with the selector lever on the
heavy throttle, the transmission will stay in center console.
1st gear until near maximum RPM is reached,
or until the driver shifts into 2nd gear.
128 Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission malfunction Emergency release of the selector lever

[O] Transmission: please press the brake ped- If the vehicle 's power supply fails, the selec-
al and select the position again tor lever can be released in an emergency.

Press the brake pedal and select the desired

selector lever posit ion again . You can then
continue dr iving .

[O]Transmission hot: please modify driving

style

The transmission temperature has increased

significantly due to the sporty driving manner.
Drive in a less sporty man ner until the tem-
Fig. 149 Removing as htray insert
perature returns to the normal range and the
indicator light switches of.

[O]Transmission malfunction: You can con-

tinue driving

There is a system ma lf unction in the transmis-

sion. You may continue driving. Drive to your
authorized Audi dealer or qualified repair fa-
cility soon to have the malfunction corrected .

[O]Transmission malfunction: Limited driv- Fig. 150 Emerge ncy relea se for selecto r lever
ing functionality
The emergency release is located under the in-
There is a system ma lf unction in the transmis-
sert for the ashtray.
sion. The transmission is switching to emer-
gency mode. This mode only shifts into cer- "' Slide open the cover for the ashtray.
tain gears or will no longer shift at all. The en- "' Release the ashtray by pushing the switch
gine may stall. Drive to your authorized Audi @ ¢ fig. 149 t o the right.
dealer or qualified repair facility immediately "' Remove the ashtray insert @ .
to have the malfunction corrected. "' Now you can see a small cover in the asht ray
holder on the front of the ashtray recess
[O]Transmission malfunction: Stop and shift
¢fig . 150.
to P
"' Release and remove this cover.
Do not continue driving . Select the P selector "' You now have access to a bolt. Using a
lever position and see your authorized Audi screwdriver or similar, press the bolt down
dealer or qualified repair facility for assis- and hold it down .
tance. "' Now press the interlock and move the selec-
tor lever to the N posit ion.
(D Note
The selector lever can only be moved from the
If the transmiss ion switches to emergency
P position if the ign iti on key is in the lock and
mode, you should take the vehicle to an
the ignit ion is turned on . If the vehicle has to
author ized Audi dealersh ip as soon as pos-
be pushed or towed if the power supply fails
sible to have the cond ition corrected.
(e.g. battery is discharged), the selector lever
must f irst be moved to the N posit ion using
the emergency locking device.
 Par k ing system 129

Parking system General Information

Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi parking system plus with
Audi parking system rearview camera

plus with rearview

camera @
Introduction
App lies to vehicles: with Audi parking system pl us with
rearview camera

Fig . 1 53 Area covered (!) and area not covered @ by

the rearview camera.

Fig. 1 5 1 Parking mode 1: Backing into a parkin g space

Fig. 1 54 Rear lid : Location of the rearview camera

Sen sors in the bumper

Sensors are located in the front and rear
bumpers. If these detect an obstacle , audible
Fig. 15 2 Parking mode 2: parallel parking and visual signals warn you. The range at
wh ich the sensors begin to measu re is approx-
Vehicles w it h the Audi park ing system plus
imately :
with rearview camera are equipped w ith a
rearview camera in addit ion to the acoust ic side 3 ft (0 .90 m)
front
and visual park ing system. center 4 ft (1.20 m)
You can choose between parking modes t o side 2 ft (0 .6 0 m)
rear
help you whe n parking your vehicle. Use center 5.2 ft (1.60 m)
"parking mode 1" when parking in a parking
space or garage r::!;>fig. 151. If you are going to The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorter
be paralle l parking, use "par king mode 2" the interval between the aud ible signals . A
fig . 152.
c::!>
continuous tone sounds when the obstacle is
less than approximately 1 foot (0.30 meters)
away. Do not cont inue dr iving fart her.

If the distance to an obstacle remains con-

stant, the volume of the distance warn ing
gradua lly drops after about fo ur seconds (this
does not apply in the cont inuo us tone range). ~
130 Parking system

Rearview camera coverage area - Sensors have blind spots in which objects
The MMI display shows the area covered by cannot be detected. Pay special attention
the rearview camera r=> fig. 153 (J). Objects to small children and animals because
that are not in the area covered @ are not the sensors cannot always detect them .
shown on the MMI display. - Always keep your eyes on the vehicle's
surroundings, using the rearview mirror
We recommend that you practice parking with
as well.
the rearview camera in a traffic-free location
- Do not allow yourself to be distracted
or parking lot to become familiar with the sys-
from traffic by the rearview camera pic-
tem, the orientation lines, and their function.
tures.
When doing this, there should be good light
- If the position and the installation angle
and weathe r condi t ions.
of the camera has changed, for example,
In the MMI display, objects or vehicles appear after a rear end collision, do not continue
closer or further away if: to use the system for safety reasons .
Have it checked by a qualified dealership.
- you are driving in reverse gear from a level
surface onto an incline, or a downward
slope,
Q) Note

- you are driving in reverse gear toward pro- - Low obstacles already signaled by a
truding objects, warning can disappear from the system's
- the vehicle is carrying too much load in the detection range as they are approached
rear. and will not continue to be signaled. Ob-
jects such as barrier chains, trailer draw
The accuracy of the orientation lines and blue bars, thin painted vertical poles or fen-
surfaces diminishes if:
ces may not be detected bythe system,
- the rearview camera does not provide a reli- posing risk of damage.
able image, for example, in poor visibility - Never use warm or hot water to remove
conditions or if the lens is dirty, snow or ice from the rearview camera
- the image on the screen is not visible due to lens - this could cause the lens to crack!
sun glare and reflection . - When cleaning the lens, never use prod-
ucts that are abrasive.
Caring for the rearview camera lens
The rearview camera is located above the rear
license plate bracket . For the parking system
to operate, the lens r=>fig . 154 must be kept
clean:

- Dampen the lens with a household alcohol-

based glass cleaner, and then wipe the lens
clean with a dry cloth r=>
0.
- Remove snow with a hand brush and ice
preferably with a de-icing spray r=>
0.

A WARNING
-
- The parking system cannot replace the
driver's attention . The driver alone is re-
sponsible for parking and similar driving
maneuvers .
 Par k ing system 131

Switching on and off Segm ents in the visual display

Applies to vehicles: with Audi parking system plus with The red segmen t s in fro nt of a nd behind t he
rea rview camera
vehicle q fig. 156 help you to d eterm ine the
The reorview camera switches on automati- distance between you and an obstacle. As
cally together with the acoustic and visual you r vehicle comes close r to t he obstacle, the
pork assist when you put the vehicle in re- segments move closer to the vehicle. The col-
verse. lision area has been reached when the next to
M
last segment is displayed. Do not continue
dr iving farther Q .&.in General Information

\\ r=========J.
Ji
A
on page 130!

WARNING
- The MMI d isplay cannot s how, o r ca nnot
adequa t ely show, certain o bje cts (such as
sma ll posts or grating), recesses in the
ground and protr uding par t s on another
Fig . 15 5 Center console; Parking syste m switch car .
- Only use t he rearv iew came ra to assist
you if it shows a goo d, clear pict ure. For
examp le, the image may be affected by
the sun sh ining into the lens, d irt on the
lens or if there is a defect.
- Use the rearv iew camera only with the
rear lid comp lete ly closed. Make s ure any
objects you may have mounted on the
rea r lid do not b lock the rearview cam-
Fig. 15 6 MMI display: visua l distance display era.

Switching on (D Tips
.,.Swit ch the MMI on a nd se lect reverse gear. - The sensors m ust be kept clean and free
.,.To use t he fron t pa rking system, press t he of snow and ice for the park assist to op-
swit ch P"'Ain the ce nter console q fig. 155 . A erate .
short conf irmat ion tone sounds and the in- - The visua l display is shown in the illus-
dicator light in the switch lights up . tration of the rearview camera. This dis-
play s hows where the sensors have de-
Switching between the rearview camera
tected an obstacle.
and visual display
- You can change the volume and pitch of
.,. Press the Graphic control button t he s ignals as we ll as the disp lay
Q page 132, fig. 157 ® to see t he visua l ~page 133.
display. - Please follow the instructions for tow ing
.,.Press the Rear view control button to see a tra iler ¢page 134.
t he rearv iew camera image q fig. 156. - What appears in the display is time-de-
Switching off layed .

.,.Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or

.,.press the switch P·1A or
.,.switch off the ignition.
132 Parking system

Reverse Park ing rearview camera cannot always detect

Applies to vehicles: with Audi parking system plus with them, posing risk of an accident!
rea rview camera
- Please note that objects not touching the
Parking mode 1 con be used when parking in ground can appear to be further away
a garage or into a parking space. than they really are (for example, the
bumper of a parked vehicle, a trailer
hitch, or the rear of a truck). In this case,
you should not use the help lines to help
with parking, which poses danger of an
accident!

(D Note
In the MMI dis play, the direction of travel
of the vehicle rear is represented depend-
Fig. 157 MMI display: aiming at a parking spot
ing on the steering wheel angle . The vehi-
cle front swings out more than the vehicle
rear. Maintain plenty of distance so that
your outside mirror or a corner of your ve-
hicle does not collide with any obstacles.
This can damage to your vehicle.

Parallel Parking
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi parking syste m plus with
rearv iew camera

Use parking mode 2 to help you parallel park

Fig. 158 MMI display: al igning the vehicle
along the side of a street .
...Switch the MMI on and select reverse gear .
...Turn the steering wheel until the orange ori-
entation lines (!) appear in the parking spot
¢ fig. 157. Use the markings @ to help you

estimate the distance from an obstacle.

Each marking represents 3 ft (1 meter). The
blue area represents an extension of the ve-
hicle's outline by approximately 16 ft (S me-
ters) to the rear.
"'While driving in reverse gear, adjust the Fig. 159 MMI d isp lay: blue surface in t he parking spot
steering wheel angle to fit the parking space
with the aid of the orange orientation lines
¢ (D. @ marks the rear bumper. Stop the
vehicle when the red orientation line © bor-
ders an object¢ _&..

A WARNING
- The rearview camera does not show the
entire area behind the vehicle
¢ page 129, fig. 153. Watch out espe-
Fig. 160 MM! display: Slue curve on the curb
cially for small children and animals. The
 Par k ing sys tem 133

The following steps app ly only when there is

no obstacle such as a wall near the parking
A WARNING

spot. Otherwise, please read the information - The rearview camera does not show the
prov ided in the "Parking Next to Obstacles" entire area behind the vehicle
section. ~ page 129, fig. 153 . Watch out espe-
cially fo r small children and anima ls. The
~ Activate the turn signal. rea rview camera cannot always detect
~ Position your vehicle parallel to the edge of
them, posing ris k of an accident!
the street, approximately 3 ft (1 meter) - Please note that objects not touching the
from a parked vehicle . g rou nd can appear to be further away
~ Switch the MMI on and se lect reverse gear .
than t hey really a re (for example, t he
The parking aid tu rns on and parking mode bumper of a parked vehicle, a trai ler
1 appears on the disp lay. hitch, or the rea r of a truck) . In this case,
~ Press the contro l button @ ¢ fig. 159 on you shou ld not use the help lines to help
the MMI contro l conso le. Parking mode 2 with parking, wh ich poses danger of an
appea rs.
accident!
~ Backup and align your vehicle so the blue
area @ borders on the rear end of the vehi- (D Note
cle or on the parking spot line. The blue area
In the MMI d isplay, the direction of travel
represents an extension of the veh icle's out-
of the vehicle rear is represented depend-
line by approximate ly 16 ft (5 meters) t o the
ing on the steering wheel angle . The vehi-
rear . The long side of the blue area should
cle front swings out more than the vehicle
be o n the curb . The entire blue area must fit
rear. Maintain plenty of d istance so that
into the parking spot .
your outside mirror or a corner of you r ve-
~ With the veh icle st opped, tu rn the st eer ing
hicle does not col lide with any obstacles .
whee l t o the right as far as it w ill go.
~ Back into the parking spot until the blue
This can damage to your vehicle.
curve to uches the curb ¢ fig. 160. Stop the
vehicle.
(0 Tips

~ With the veh icle stopped, turn the steer ing The left or right orientation lines and su r-
wheel to the left as far as it will go . faces will be disp layed, depending on the
~ Continue to back into the parking spot un t il turn s ignal being used .
the vehicle is parked parallel to the curb . @
marks the rear bumper. Stop the vehicle Adjusting the display
when the red orientation line @ borde rs an and warning tones
object ¢ .&, . Keep an eye on t he fron t of Appli es t o vehicles: wi th Audi parking syst em plus wi t h
your vehicle while do ing this ~CD . rearview camera

Parking next to obstacles The display and warning tones can be adjust -
ed in the MMI.
When there is an obstacle (such as a wall)
next to the pa rking spot, choose a spot w ith ~ Select: Function button !CAR!> Parking sys-
mo re space on t he sides. Position the long tem .
side of the blue a rea so that there is sufficient
Display
space from the curb. The a rea must no t be on
the curb. You will also need to start turn ing - Off - when the parking system is switched
the steering wheel much earlie r. The re should off, only audible s ignals a re g iven .
be a suffic ient amo unt of space between the - On - when the parking sys t em is swi t ched
curb and the blue curve, and the blue curve on, either the visual d isp lay or the picture
¢ fig. 160 must not touch the curb. from the rea rview camera is displayed .
134 Parking sy s tem

Warning tone s ing system is already activated . Have your au-

thorized Audi dealer correct the error.
- Front volum e - front sensor volume
- Front fr equency - front sensor frequency
- Rear volum e - rear sensor volume
(D Tips

- Rear frequency - rear sensor frequency If the error is not corrected before you
- In -car entertainment fader - when the park- switch off the ignit ion, when you switch on
ing system is switched on, the volume of the the parking system again, the LED in the
Pw.t. switch will blink .
active audio source is lowered .

The newly adjusted value is briefly heard from

the signal generator.

(D Tips
- The warning tones can also be adjusted
directly by the visual disp lay or the pic-
ture from the rearview camera. Simp ly
press the Settings control button.
- Changed settings are activated when
parking system is switched on again.
- The settings are automatically stored
and assigned to the remote control key.

Trailer hitch
Appliesto vehicles:with Audi parking system plus with
rearview camera and tra iler hitch

For vehicles w ith a factory inst alled tra iler

hitch, or a trai ler hitch installed according to
factory specificat ions, the parking system rear
sensors do not come on whenever you shift in-
to reverse gear or when you press the P,1.t.
switch. Remember, there is no warning for
dista nces to the rear. The front sensors re-
main activated . The visual display switches to
the trailer towing mode. The picture from the
rearview camera will not show the orientation
lines nor the blue surfaces.

If you install a hitch yourself, this function

may not work .

Error messages
Applies to vehicles: with Audi parking system pl us w ith
rearview camera

There is an error in the system if the LED on

the P'1.t.switch is blinking and you hear a con-
tinuous alarm for a few seconds after switch-
ing on the parking system or when the park-
 Homelink ® 13 5

Homelink ® - A garage door or an estate gate may

sometimes be set in mot ion when the
Universal remote Homelink ® remote control is being pro·
control grammed . If the device is repeatedly ac·
tivated, th is can overstrain motor and
General information
damage its e lectrical components - an
Applies to vehicles: with Horne Link® unive rsal remote
control overheated moto r is a fire hazard!
- To avoid possib le injuries or property
The Homelink ®feature can learn up to three
damage, please always make abso lutely
radio frequency codes for most current trans -
certain that no persons o r objects are lo·
mitters used for operating garage doors, es-
cat ed in the range of motion of any
tate gates, home or outdoor lighting sys·
equ ipment being ope rated .
tems, and other devices.

You must first program the Homelink ®trans· (D Tips

mitter before you can use the system - If you would like more information on
¢ page 136, Programming the HomeLink® Homel ink®, where to purchase the
transmi t ter. Homel ink®compatib le products, or
In order to program the Home link ®transmit· would like t o purchase the Homelink ®
ter for devices utilizing rolling code , a second Home Lighting Package, please call toll-
pe rson on a ladder who can safe ly reach the free: 1-800-355-3515 .
garage doo r opener motor is recommended. - For Declaration of Compliance to United
It is also necessary to locate the "learn" but- States FCCand Ind ustry Canada reg ula-
ton on your garage door opener motor . Refer tions ¢ page 294 .
to the operat ing instr uct ions for the opener,
as the location and color of this button may
vary by manufacturer.

You can still use the origina l remote control

for the device at any time .

A WARNING
-
- Never use the Homelink ®transmitter
with any garage door opener that does
have not the safety stop and reverse fea-
tu re as requ ired by federal safety stand -
ards . This includes any garage door open·
er mode l manufact ured before April 1,
1982.
- A garage door opener which cannot de·
tect an object, signaling the door to stop
and reverse does no t mee t current feder-
al safety standards. Us ing a garage door
opener witho ut these features increases
risk of serious injury or death.
- For safety reasons never release the
parking brake or start the engine while
anyone is stand ing in front of the vehicle .
136 Homelin k®

Programming the Homelink ® 5. Press and hold the Homelink ®button (D,
transmitter @ or @) until the indicator light @
Applies to vehicles: with Homelink® universal remote starts flash ing slowly . Release the button.
control
• The system will remain in programming
The transmitter is programmed in two phas- mode for 5 minutes. Go to the front of the
es. For rolling code transmitters, a third vehicle and proceed with phase 2 .
phase is also necessary.
Phase 2: at the radiator grill e
6. Point the original remote control to the
middle of the radiator grille of your vehi-
cle c:>fig. 162 .
11111 7. Hold the original remote control at a dis-
tance between 0-6 in. (0-15 cm) (use the
sho rtest distance possible) .
8. Press and hold the act ivation button on
- the remote control.
• May be differe nt in Canada. If so, press and
Fig. 161 Overhead console ; Homelin k® keypad
N
re-press (cycle) the activation button on your
§ remote contro l every two seconds.
ci:
"'
0) 9 . The emergency flashers will flash three
times (after about 15-60 seconds) when
the programming is successful. Release
the button on the remote control.
• To program more devices, repeat steps 4 to
9.
10. Press and hold the t rained Homel ink®
Fig . 16 2 Radiator grille: locat ion of tra ns mitter unit button and observe the indicator light @
c:>fig. 161.
Phase 1: • If the ind icator light is solid/contin uous,
programming th e overhead keypad programming is comp lete and your device
1. Make sure your vehicle is with in operat ing should activate when you press and release
range of the remote contro lled garage the trained Homelink ®button.
door opener. • If the indicator light blinks rapidly for 2 sec-
2. Set the parking brake c:>A in General in- onds and is then a solid/continuous light,
formation on page 135. proceed with phase 3 to program a rolling
3 . Turn the ignition on. Do not start the en- code device.
gine ! Phase 3 : rolling code programming
4 . Press and hold the two outs ide Home-
Link®buttons (D and @ for approx i- • A second person on a ladder who can safely
mately 20 seconds until indicator light @ reach the garage door opener motor is rec-
c:>fig. 161 begins to flash. Then re lease ommended .
both buttons . Do not hold the buttons for 11. Locate the "learn" button on the garage
longer than 30 seconds. doo r opener motor (refer to the operating
• This procedure only needs to be performed inst ruct ions for the opener, as the loca-
once. It erases the factory-set defau lt codes t ion of t his button may vary by manu fac-
and does not have to be repeated to pro- t urer) .
gram addit ional remote contro ls. 12. Press and release the learn button on the
garage door opener motor .
 Homelink ® 13 7

.. Note: once the button is pressed, there are cont rol function <=>
.&. in General informa-
30 second s in which to initiate the next tion on page 135.
step.
13. On the Homelink ®keypad inside the vehi- Reprogramming a single button
cle, firmly press and hold the Homelink ® Applies to vehicles: with Homelink® universa l remote
button previously programmed in phases control
1 and 2 for two seconds and release. Re- A Homelink ®button can be reprogrammed
peat this sequence twice . individually without affecting the other but-
.,.Some vehicles may req uire the press/hold/ ton allocations.
rele ase sequence up to t hree times to com-
plete the t raini ng process . Programming the overhead keypad
.. Homelink ®should now activate your rolling .. Press the appropriate Homelink ® button un -
code equipped device. til the ind icator light begins flashing slowly .
If t he S minute ti me limit is exceeded, the At the radiator grille
emergency flashers will flash one time t o in-
1. Point the original remot e control to the
d icate that the process has been terminated .
middle of the radiator grille of your vehi-
In this case, repeat steps 4 through 9.
cle c::;,page136, fig. 162 .
If t he emergency flashe rs do not f las h three 2 . Hold the original remote control at a dis-
times (after about 15 - 60 seconds), program- tance between 0- 6 in. (0- 15 cm) (use the
ming was not successful. In this case, repeat shortest d istance possible).
steps 4 through 9 . 3. Press and ho ld the act ivation button on
Remote co ntrol units for ga rage door openers the remote control.
in Canada are set to stop transmitting radio 4. The emergency flashers will flash three
frequency signals after two seconds. This time time s (after about 15 - 60 seconds) when
may not be sufficient for the Homelink ®sys- the programming is successful. Now re-
tem to learn the radio frequency s ignal. Per- lease the button on the remote control.
form all other steps as described above . .. If the dev ice utilizes a rolling code, please
follow phase 3 of c::;,page 136, Program-
ming the Homelink ®transmitter for rolling
Operating the Homelink ®transmitter
code programming .
Applies to vehicles: with Home Link®universal remote
control
This procedu re will cause the existing pro-
The Homelink ®transmitter works in the gramming on the Homelink ® button to be
same manner as the original handheld re- erased!
mote control that came with the system.
Erasing the programming of the
Homelink ® transmitter
1::~
···=·=·::,
:::j'
~::::
.:; .... Applies to vehicles: with Homelink® universa l remote
control

When you erase the programming , the pro-

gramming on all three of the transmitter
channels with be lost!

.. Perform steps 1 to 4 as described on

Fig. 163 Overh ead console : Home l ink® keypad
c::;,
page 136, Phase 1: program-
ming the overhead keypad .
.. Press the appropriate programmed but t on
© , @ or @ to activate the des ired remote
138 Homelin k®

When completed, the Homelink ® system wi ll

be in the programming mode and is then
ready to learn the codes for remote contro ll ed
devices.

- Programmed buttons cannot be erased

individua lly.
- For security reasons you are advised to
erase the programming of the Home-
Link® system before you sell your vehicle.
 Dr iv ing S a fel y 139

Driving Safely accident . The following is a list of just a few of

the safety features in your Audi : •
General notes •
- sophis t icated safety be lts fo r drive r a nd a ll
Safe driving habits passenger sea t ing posit ions,
- be lt fo rce limit ers for the fron t seats,
Please remember - safety first!
- be lt pretensioners for the seats,
This chapter contains important information, - be lt he ight adjustment fo r the front seats,
tips, instructions and warnings that you need - head restra ints for each seating posit ion,
to read and observe for your own safety, the - front airbags,
safety of your passengers and others . We have - side airbags in the front seats and outer rear
summarized here what you need to know seats *,
about safety belts, airbags, child restra ints as - side curtain airbags,
well as child safety. Your safety is for us priori- - specia l LATCHanchorages for child re-
ty number 1. Always observe t he information st raints,
a nd warn ings in th is sect ion - for your own - adj ustab le steer ing col um n.
safety as well as that of your passengers .
These ind ividual safety features, can work to-
The information in this se ction applies to all gether as a system to he lp protect you and
model versions of your veh icle . Some of the you r passenge rs in a wide range of accide nts .
feat ures descr ibed in this sec t ions may be These features canno t work as a system if
standa rd equipment on some models, or may they ar e not a lways correct ly adjus t ed and cor-
be optional equipment on others . If you are rect ly used.
not sure, ask your authorized Audi dea ler.
Safety is everybody's responsibility!
A WARNING
- Always make sure that you follow the in- Important things to do before driving
st ruct ions and heed the WARNINGS in Safety is everybody 's job! Vehicle and occu-
this Manual. It is in your interest and in pant safety always depends on the informed
the inte rest of you r passengers. and careful driver.
- Always keep the complete Owner's Liter-
at ure in your Audi when you lend or sell For you r safety and the safety of your passen -
yo ur vehicle so that this important info r- gers, before driving always:
mation will always be ava ilable to the .,. Make s ure that all lights and signals are op-
dr iver and passenge rs. erati ng correctly .
- Always keep the Owner's lite rature handy .,. Make sure that the tire pressu re is correct .
so t hat you can find it eas ily if you have .,. Make s ure that all w indows are clean and af-
ques t ion s. ford good visibility to the outs ide .
.,.Secure all luggage and other items caref ully
Safety equipment q page 79.
.,. Make sure t hat nothing can interfere wit h
The safety features are part of the occupant
the peda ls .
restraint system and work together to help
.,.Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors
reduce the risk of injury in a wide variety of
correctly for your height .
accident situations .
.,.Instruct passengers to adjust the head re-
Your safety and the safety of your passenge rs st raints according to the ir height .
should not be left t o chance. Advances in .,. Make sure to use the right child restraint
t echnology have made a var iety of fea tu res correctly to protect children ¢ page 178,
avai lable t o he lp red uce the risk of inj ury in an and~~~- ~
140 Dr iv ing S a fel y

• Sit properly in your seat and make sure that Proper occupant
your passengers do the same ¢ page 64,
seating positions
General recommendations.
• Fasten your safety belt and wear it properly. Proper seating position for the driver
Also instruct your passengers to fasten their
The proper driver seating position is impor-
safety belts properly ¢ page 148 .
tant for safe, relaxed driving.

What impairs driving safety?

Safe driving is directly related to the condi-

tion of the vehicle, the driver as well as the
driver's ability to concentrate on the road
without being distracted .

The driver is responsible for the safety of the

vehicle and all of its occupants . If your ability
to drive is impa ired, safety risks for everybody Fig. 164 Corr ect seating posit ion
in the vehicle increase and you also become a
hazard to everyone else on the road 9 .&,. For your own safety and to reduce the risk of
Therefore: injury in the event of an accident, we recom-
• Do not let yourself be distracted by passen- mend that you adjust the driver's seat to the
gers or by us ing a cellular telephone . follow ing pos ition:
• NEVER dr ive when your dr iving ability is im- • Adjust the driver's seat so that you can easi-
paired (by medicat ions, alcohol, dr ugs, etc.). ly push the pedals all the way to the floor
• Observe all traffic laws, rules of the road while keeping your knee(s) slightly bent
and speed limits and plain common sense . ¢ ,&..
• ALWAYSadj ust your speed to road, traffic • Adj ust t he angle of the seatback so that it is
and weather condit ions . in an upr ight position so that your back
• Take frequent breaks on long trips. Do not comes in full contact with it when you drive.
dr ive for more than two hours at a stretc h. • Adjust the steering wheel so that there is a
> Do NOTdrive when you are t ired, under d ista nce of at least 10 inches (25 cm) be-
pressure or when you are stressed . tween the steering wheel and your breast
bone ¢ fig. 164. If not possible, see your au-
A WARNING thorized Audi dealer about adaptive equip-
Impai red driving safety increases the risk ment.
of serious personal injury and death when- • Adjust the steering wheel so that the steer-
ever a veh icle is being used. ing wheel and airbag cover points at your
chest and not at your face .
• Grasp the top of the steer ing whee l with
your elbow(s) slightly bent.
• Adjust the head rest ra int so the upper edge
is as even as possible with the top of your
head. If that is not possible, try to adjust
the head restraint so that it is as close to
this position as possib le.
• Fasten and wear safety belts correctly
¢page 151.
 Driving Safely 141

~ Always keep both feet in the footwell so jury due to incorrect positioning of the
that you are in control of the vehicle at all •
safety belt and improper seating posi-
times. tion . •
- Children must always ride in child safety
For detailed information on how to adjust the
seats c:;,page 178. Special precautions
driver's seat, see c:;,page 65.
apply when installing a child safety seat
A WARNING on the front passenger seat c:;,page 156 .

Drivers who are unbelted, out of position

or too close to the airbag can be seriously Proper seating position for the front
passenger
injured by an airbag as it unfolds. To help
reduce the risk of serious personal injury: The proper front passenger seating position
- Always adjust the driver's seat and the is important for safe, relaxed driving .
steering wheel so that there are at least
10 inches (25 cm) between your breast- For your own safety and to reduce the risk of
bone and the steering wheel. injury in the event of an accident, we recom -
- Always hold the steering wheel on the mend that you adjust the seat for the front
outside of the steering wheel rim with passenger to the following position :
your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock ~ Adjust the angle of the seatb ack so that it is
positions to help reduce the risk of per- in an upright position and your back comes
sonal injury if the driver's airbag inflates. in full contact with it whenever the vehicle is
- Never hold the steering wheel at the moving .
12 o'clock position or with your hands at ~ Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge
other positions inside the steering wheel is as even as possible with the top of your
rim or on the steering wheel hub. Hold- head. If that is not possible , try to adjust
ing the steering wheel the wrong way the head restraint so that it is as close to
can cause serious injuries to the hands, this position as possible c;, page 142.
arms and head if the driver's airbag de- ~ Keep both feet flat on the floo r in front of
ploys. the front passenger seat .
- Pointing the steering wheel toward your ~ Fasten and wear safety belts correctly
face decreases the ability of the supple- <=:>
page 151 .
mental driver's airbag to protect you in a
collision . For detailed information on how to adjust the
front passenger 's seat, see c:;,page 64.
- Always sit in an upright position and nev-
er lean against or place any part of your
body too close to the area where the air-
A
,_ WARNING
bags are located. Front seat passengers who are unbelted,
- Before driving, always adjust the front out of position or too close to the airbag
seats and head restraints properly and can be seriously injured or killed by the air-
make sure that all passengers are prop- bag as it unfolds. To help reduce the risk of
erly restrained. serious personal injury:
- Never adjust the seats while the vehicle - Passengers must always sit in an upright
is moving . Your seat may move unexpect- position and never lean against or place
edly and you could lose control of the ve- any part of their body too close to the
hicle. area where the airbags are located.
- Never drive with the backrest reclined or - Passengers who are unbelted, out of po-
tilted far back! The farther the backrests sition or too close to the airbag can be
are tilted back, the greater the risk of in- seriously injured by an airbag as it
142 Dr iv ing Safel y

unfolds with great force in the blink of .. Make sure that the seatback is secure ly
an eye. latched in the upright position¢ page 70.
- Always make sure that t here are at least .. Keep both feet flat in the footwell in front of
10 inches (25 cm) between the front the rear seat.
passenger's breastbone and the instru- .. Fasten and wear safety belts properly
ment panel. ¢page 151 .
- Each passenger m ust always s it on a seat .. Make sure that childre n are always properly
of the ir own and properly fasten and restrained in a child restraint that is appro-
wear the safety belt be long ing to that p riat e fo r the ir size and age ¢ page 178.
seat.
- Before driving, a lways adjust the front _&.WARNING
passenge r seat and head restra int prop- Passengers who are imp roperly seated on
erly. the rea r seat can be seriously injured in a
- Always keep your feet on the f loor in crash .
front of the seat . Never rest them on the - Each passenger must always sit on a seat
seat, instr ument panel, out of the win- of their own and properly fasten and
dow, etc. The airbag system and safety wear the safety belt belonging to that
belt will not be ab le t o protect you prop- seat.
er ly and can even increase the risk of in- - Safety belts only offer maximum protec-
jury in a crash. tion when the seatback is sec urely latch-
- Never drive wit h the backrest recl ined or ed in the upright position and the safety
t ilted far back! The farther the ba ckrests be lts are properly posit ioned on the
are ti lted back, the greater the risk of in- body. By not sitting upright, a rear seat
jury d ue to incorrect positioning of the passenger increases th e risk of pe rsonal
safety belt and improper seating posi- injury from improperly position ed safety
t ion. be lts!
- Children must always ride in child safety - Always adjust t he head rest raint properly
seats¢ page 178. Spec ial precautions so that it can give maximum protection.
apply when installing a child safety seat
on the front passenger seat ¢page 156 .
Proper adjustment of head restraints

Correctly adjusted head restraints are an im-

Proper seating positions for passengers
in rear seats portant part of your vehicle 's occupant re-
straint system and can help to reduce the risk
Rear seat passengers must sit upright with of injuries in accident situations.
both feet on the floor consistent with their
physical size and be properly restrain ed
whenever the vehicle is in use.

To reduce the risk of injury caused by an incor-

rect seat ing pos ition in the event of a sudden
braking mane uver or an acc ident, your pas-
sengers on t he rea r ben ch seat m ust alway s
observe t he fo llow ing:
.. If there is a passenger on t he rea r center Fig. 1 65 Head restraint : viewed from the front
seat ing pos it ion, slide the center head re-
st ra int upward at least to the next notch The hea d restra ints must be correct ly adjust -
¢page 68. ed to achieve the best protection . liJ>
 Dr iv ing S a fel y 143

~ Adjust the head restraints so the upper edge effectiveness of safety belts and wi ll even in-
is as even as possib le with the top of your crease the risk of injury and death by moving •
head. If that is not possib le, try to adj ust the safety belt to crit ical areas of the body. •
the head restraint so that it is as close to Improper seating positions also increase the
th is position as possible ¢ fig . 165. risk of serio us inj ury and death when an air-
~ If there is a passenger on the rear center bag deploys and str ikes an occupant who is
seating position, slide the center head re- not in the proper seating posit ion . A dr iver is
stra int upward at least to the next notch . responsible for the safety of all vehicle occu-
pant s and especially for children. Theref ore :
Adjust ing head rest raints ¢ page 68.
~ Never allow anyone to assume an incorrect
A WARNING
-
seating positi on when t he vehicle is being
used ¢ .&, .
Driving without head restrain t s or w ith
head restraints that are not proper ly ad- The following bulletins list only some samp le
justed increases the ris k of serious or fatal positions that w ill increase the risk of serious
neck injury dramatically. To help reduce injury and death . Our hope is that these exam-
t he risk of injur y: ples will ma ke you mo re aware of seat ing po-
- Always drive wit h the head restraints in sitions that are dangerous.
pla ce and properly adjust ed.
- Every person in the veh icle must have a Therefore , whenever the vehicle is
properly adju sted head restra int . moving:
- Always make sure each person in the ve- - never stand up in the vehicle
hicle properly adjusts the ir head re- - never stand on t he seats
st raint . Adju st t he head rest rain t s so the - never kneel on the seats
upper edge is as even as possible w ith - never ride w ith the seatback reclined
the top of your head. If that is not possi- - never lie down on the rear seat
ble, try to adjust the head restraint so - never lean up against the inst rumen t panel
that it is as close to this position as pos- - never sit on the edge of t he seat
sible. - never sit sideways
- Never attempt to adjust head rest raint - never lean out the window
wh ile driving. If you have driven off and
- never put your feet out the window
must adjust the dr iver headrest for any
- never put your feet on the instr ument panel
reason, first stop the vehicle safely be-
- never rest your feet on the seat cushion or
fore attempting to adjust the head re-
back of the seat
st raint.
- never ride in the footwell
- Children must always be properly re-
- never ride in t he cargo area
st rained in a chil d restraint that is appro-
pr iate for their age and size ¢ pag e 178.
A
-=
WARNING
-
I m proper seat ing posit ions increase the
Examples of improper seating posit ions
risk of serious persona l injury and death
The occupant restraint system can only re- whenever a vehicle is being used.
duce the risk of injury if vehicle occupants are - Always ma ke sure that all vehicle occu-
properly seated . pants stay in a proper seating position
and are properly restrained whenever the
Improper seating posit ions can cause serio us veh icle is being used.
injury or death . Safety belts can on ly work
when they are properly posit ioned on the
body. I mprope r seat ing posit ions reduce the
144 Driving Safely

Pedal area Floor mats used in your vehicle must be at-

tached to these fasteners. Properly securing
Pedals the floor mats will prevent them from sliding
The pedals must always be free to move and into positions that could interfere with the
must never be interfered with by a floor mat pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle
or any other object. in other ways.

Make sure that all pedals move freely without A

,-
WARNING
interference and that nothing prevents them Pedals that cannot move freely can result
from returning to their original positions . in a loss of vehicle control and increase the
Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area risk of serious personal injury.
free and can be secured with floor mat fasten- - Always make sure that floor mats are
ers. properly secured.
- Never place or install floor mats or other
If a brake circuit fails, increased brake pedal
floor coverings in the vehicle that cannot
travel is required to bring the vehicle to a full
be properly secured in place to prevent
stop.
them from slipping and interfering with

A WARNING
the pedals or the ability to control the
vehicle.
Pedals that cannot move freely can cause - Never place or install floor mats or other
loss of vehicle control and increase the risk floor coverings on top of already instal-
of serious injury. led floor mats. Additional floor mats and
- Never place any objects in the driver's other coverings will reduce the size of
footwell. An object could get into the the pedal area and interfere with the
pedal area and interfere with pedal func- pedals.
tion. In case of sudden braking or an ac- - Always properly reinstall and secure floor
cident, you would not be able to brake or mats that have been taken out for clean-
accelerate! ing.
- Always make sure that nothing can fall - Always make sure that objects cannot
or move into the driver's footwell. fall into the driver footwell while the ve-
hicle is moving . Objects can become
Floor mats on the driver side trapped under the brake pedal and accel-
erator pedal causing a loss of vehicle
Always use floor mats that can be securely
control.
attached to the floor mat fasteners and do
not interfere with the free movement of the
pedals .

.,.Make sure that the floor mats are properly

secured and cannot move and interfere with
the pedals~ .&_.

Use only floor mats that leave the pedal area

unobstructed and that are firmly secured so
that they cannot slip out of position. You can
obtain suitable floor mats from your author-
ized Audi dealer.

Floor mat fasteners are installed in your Audi .

 Dr iv i n g Sa fe ly 145

Stowing luggage A WARNING

Loading the luggage compartment Heavy loads will influence the way your ve-
hicle handles. To help reduce the risk of a
All luggage and other objects must be prop-
loss of control leading to serious pe rsonal
erly stowed and secured in the luggage com-
injury:
partment.
-Always keep in mind when transporting
heavy objects, that a change in the cen-
ter of gravity can also cause changes in
veh icle handling:
- Always distribute the load as evenly as
possible.
- Place heavy objects as far forward in
the luggage compartment as possible.
- Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rat-
ing or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Fig. 166 Safe load position ing: place heavy objects as
low and as far forward as possible. specified on the safety compliance stick-
er on the left door jamb. Exceeding per-
Loose items in the luggage compartment can miss ible weight standards can cause the
shift suddenly, changing vehicle handling veh icle to slide and handle differently.
characteristics . Loose items can also increase - Please observe information on safe driv-
the risk of serious personal injury in a sudden ing q page 139 .
veh icle maneuver or in a collision .

.. Distribute the load evenly in the luggage

A WARNING
-
compartment. To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas
.. Always place and properly secure heavy from being drawn into the vehicle, a lways
items in the luggage compartment as low keep the rear lid closed while driving.
and as far forward as poss ible q fig. 166. - Never transpo rt objects larger than
.. Secure luggage using the tie-downs provid- those fitting comp letely into the luggage
ed ¢ page 71. area because the rear lid cannot be fu lly
.. Make sure that the rear seatback is securely closed .
latched in place . - If you absolutely must dr ive with the rea r
lid open, observe the following notes to
A WARNING red uce the risk of poisoning:

Improperly stored luggage or other items - Close all windows,

can fly through the vehicle causing serious - Close the Panoramic s liding sunroof *,
personal injury in the event of hard brak- - Open all air outlets in the inst rument
ing or an acc ident. To help reduce the risk panel,
of serious personal injury: - Switch off the air rec irculat ion,
- Always put objects, for example, luggage - Set the fresh a ir fan to the highest
or other heavy items in the luggage com- speed.
partment.
- Always secure objects in the luggage A WARNING
compartment us ing the tie-down eye lets Always make sure that the doo rs, all win-
and suitable straps . dows, the Pano ramic s liding sunroof* and
the rear lid are securely closed and locked
146 Dr iv ing Safel y

to reduce the risk of inj ury when the vehi- serious injury. Items in t he vehicle possess en-
cle is not being used. ergy which vary with vehicle speed and the
- After closing the rear lid, always make weight of t he item . Vehicle speed is the most
sure that it is properly closed and locked. significant factor.
- Never leave your vehicle unattended es- For example, in a frontal collision at a speed
pecially with the rear lid left open . A of 30 mph (48 km/h), the forces acting on a
child could crawl into the vehicle through 10-lb (4.5 kg) object are about 20 t imes the
the luggage compartment and close the normal weight of the item. This means that
rear lid becoming trapped and unable to the weight of the item would sudden ly be
get out . Being trapped in a vehicle can about 200 lbs . (90 kg). You can imag ine the
lead to serious persona l injury. injur ies that a 200 lbs . (90 kg) item fly ing
- Never let children play in or around the fr eely t hrough the passenger compa rtme nt
vehicle . cou ld cause in a col lision like t his.
- Never let passengers ride in the luggage
compartment . Vehicle occupant s must _& WARNING
always be proper ly restrained in one of Weak, dam aged or imprope r st raps used
the vehicle's seating positions. to secure items t o tie-downs can f ail dur-
ing hard braking or in a collision and cause
(D Tips serious personal injury.
- Air circulation helps to reduce window -Always use suita ble mo unt ing straps and
fogging . Stale air escapes to the outside properly secure items to the tie-downs in
th rough vents in the trim panel. Be sure the luggage compa rtment to help pre-
to keep these slots free and open. vent items from shift ing or fly ing fo r-
- The t ire pressuremust correspondto the ward as dangerousmissiles.
load. The t ire pressure is shown on the - When the rear seat backrest is folded
tire pressure label. The t ire pressure la- down, always use suitable mounting
bel is locate d on the dr iver's side B-pi llar. straps and properly secure items to the
The t ire pressure label lists the recom- tie-downs in t he luggage compartment
mended cold t ire inflat ion pressures for to hel p prevent items from fly ing for-
the vehicle at its maximum capacity ward as dangerous missiles into the pas-
weight and the tires that were on your senger compartment.
vehicle at the time it was manufact ured. - Never attach a chi ld safety seat t ether
For recommended t ire pressures for nor- st rap to a t ie-down .
mal load conditions, please see chapter
¢ page 251.
Reporting Safety
Defects
Tie-downs

The luggage compartment is equipped with Applicable to U.S.A.

four tie-downs to secure luggage and other
items .
If you believe that your vehi cle
has a def ect whi ch could cause
Use the tie-downs to secure your cargo prop-
erly ¢ page 145, Loading the luggage com- a crash or could cause injury or
partment . death, you should immediately
In a coll ision, the laws of physics mean that inform the National Highway
even smaller items that are loose in the vehi-
cle will become heavy missiles that can cause Traffic Safet y Administration ""
 Driving Safely 147

(NHTSA)in addition to notify- feet Investigations and Recalls, •

ing Audi of America, Inc. may telephone the toll free hot- •
'

If NHTSAreceives similar com- line:

plaints, it may open an investi- Tel.: 1-800-333-0371 or
gation, and if it finds that a Tel.: 1-613-998-8616 if you are
safety defects exists in a group in the Ottawa area
of vehicles, it may order a recall TTYfor hearing impaired:
and remedy campaign. Howev- 1-888-67 5-6863
er, NHTSAcannot become in- email comments/questions to:
volved in individual problems roadsafetywebmail@tc.gc.ca
between you, your dealer, or
Audi of America, Inc. or contact Transport Canada by
mail at:
To contact NHTSA,you may call
Road Safety and Motor Vehicle
the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-
free at: Regulation Directorate
Transport Canada
Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: Tower C, Place de Ville,
1-800-424-915 3) 330 Sparks Street
or write to: Ottawa, Ontario KlA ONS
Administrator For additional road safety infor-
NHTSA mation, please visit the Road
1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE Safety website at:
Washington, D.C.20590 http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsaf-
You can also obtain other infor- ety/index. htm
mation about motor vehicle
safety from:
http://www. safe rca r.gov
Applicable to Canada
Canadian customers who wish
to report a safety-related de-
fect to Transport Canada, De-
148 Safet y belts

Safety belts - Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is

properly restrained with a separate safe -
General notes ty belt or child restra int.
Always wear safety belts!
Safety belt warning light
Wearing safe ty belts correctly saves lives!
Your vehicle hos o warning system for the
This chapter explains why safety belts are nec-
driver and (on USA models only) front seat
essary, how they work and how to adjust and
passenger to remind you abou t the impor-
wear them correctly.
tance of buckling-up .
.. Read all the information that follows and
heed all of the instruct ions and WARNINGS.

A WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them
improperly increases the risk of ser ious
personal inj ury and death .
- Safety belts are the sing le most effective
means availab le to reduce the risk of se-
Fig. 1 67 Safety bel t warni ng light in th e inst rum ent
rious injury and deat h in automob ile acci-
cluster - en large d
dents . For your protection and that of
your passenge rs, always correct ly wear Before driving off, always :
safety belts when the vehicle is moving.
.. Fasten your safety belt and make sure you
- Pregnant women, injured, or physically
impaired perso ns must also use safety are wearing it proper ly.
belt s. Like all vehicle occupants, they are .. Make sure that your passengers also buckle
more likely t o be ser iously injured if t hey up and properly wear their safety be lts.
do not wea r safety be lts . The best way to .. Protect your children wit h a child restraint
protect a fetus is to protect the mother - system approp riate for the size and age of
throughout the entire pregnancy. t he children.

The warning light . in the inst rumen t cluster

Number of seats lights up when the ignition is switched on as a
rem inder to faste n the safety belts . In addi-
Your Audi has a total of five seating positions: tio n, you will hear a warn ing tone for a certa in
two in the front and t hree in the rear. Each per iod of t ime.
seating position has a safety belt.
Fasten your safety belt now and make sure
A WARNING that your passengers also properly put on
their safety belts.
Not wea ring safety belts or weari ng them
improp erly increases th e risk of ser ious
pe rsonal injury and death .
A WARNING
- Never st rap more than one person, in- - Safety belts are t he single most effective
cluding small children, into any belt. It is means available to reduce t he risk of se-
especially dange rous to place a safety rious injury and death in aut omobile acci-
belt over a child sitting on your lap. dents. For your protection and that of
- Never let more people ride in t he vehicle your passengers, always correctly wear
than there are safety belts available. safety belts when the vehicle is moving.
 Safety belts 1 49

- Failure to pay attention to the warning The same principles apply to people sitting in
light that come on, could lead to person- a vehicle that is involved in a frontal collision.
al injury. Even at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph (30 to 50
km/h), the forces acting on the body can
reach one ton (2,000 lbs. or 1,000 kg) or
Why safety belts? more . At greater speeds, these forces are even
Frontal collisions and the law of physics higher.

Frontal crashes create very strong forces for People who do not use safety belts are also
people riding in vehicles . not attached to their vehicle . In a frontal colli-
sion they will also keep moving forward at the
speed their vehicle was travelling just before
the crash . Of course, the laws of physics don't
just app ly to frontal collisions, they determine
what happens in all kinds of accidents and col-
lisions .

What happens to occupants not wearing

safety belts?
Fig. 168 Unbelted occupants in a vehicle heading for a In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop
wall
themselves from flying forward and being in-
jured or killed. Always wear your safety belts!

Fig. 169 The vehicle cras hes into the wall

The physical principles are simple. Both the Fig. 170 A driver not wea ring a safety be lt is violently
vehicle and the passengers possess energy th rown forward

which varies with veh icle speed and body

weight . Engineers call this energy "kinetic en-
ergy."
The higher the speed of the vehicle and the
greater the vehicle's weight, the more energy
that has to be "absorbed" in the crash .
Vehicle speed is the most significant factor . If
the speed doubles from 15 to 30 mph (25 to
Fig. 171 A rea r passenger not wearing a sa fety belt
50 km/h), the energy increases 4 t imes!
will fly forward and str ike the driver
Because the passengers of this vehicle are not
using safety belts¢ fig. 168, they will keep Unbelted occupants are not able to resist the
moving at the same speed the vehicle was tremendous forces of impact by holding tight
moving just before the crash, until something or bracing themselves. Without the benefit of
stops them - here, the wall ¢ fig. 169. safety restraint systems , the unrestrained .,..
150 S a fet y belt s

occupant will slam violently into the steering Safety be lts used properly can make a big dif-
wheel, instrument panel, windshield, or what- ference . Safety belts help to keep passengers
ever else is in the way c::>fig . 170. This imp act in the ir seats, gradua lly reduce energy levels
with the vehicle inter ior has all the energy applied to the body in an accident, and help
t hey had just before the crash. prevent the uncontrolled movement tha t can
cause serious injuries . In addition, safety be lts
Never rely on airbags a lone for protection.
reduce t he danger of being thrown out of the
Even when they deploy, airbags provide only
vehicle .
addit ional protection. Airbags are not sup-
posed to deploy in all kinds of accidents. Al- Safety belts attach passengers to t he car and
though your Audi is equipped with a irbags, a ll give them the benefit of being slowed down
ve hicle occupants, including the dr iver, must more gently or "softly" through the "g ive" in
wear safety belts correctly in order to min i- the safety be lts, crush zon es and other safety
mize the risk of severe inju ry or death in a fea t ures engineered int o today 's vehicles. By
crash. "absorbing " the kinetic energy over a longer
period of t ime, the safety belts make t he
Remembe r too, that a irbags will deploy o nly
forces on the body more "tolerable" and less
once and that your safety belts are always
likely to cause injury.
there to offer protec t ion in t hose a ccidents in
which airbags a re not supposed to deploy or Althoug h t hese examples are based on a fron-
when they have a lready deployed . Unbelted ta l collision, sa fety belts can a lso substantia l-
occupants can also be thrown out of the vehi - ly red uce the risk of injury in other kinds of
cle where even more severe or fatal injuries crashes . So, whether you're on a long trip or
can occur. j ust going to the corner store , a lways buckle
up and make sure others do, too. Accident sta-
It is also impo rtan t for the rear passengers to
t istics show t hat vehicle occupants properly
wear safety belts correctly. Unbelted passen -
wearing safety belts have a lower risk of be ing
gers in the rea r seats endanger not on ly them-
injured and a much better chance of surviving
selves but a lso the driver and othe r passen -
an accident. Properly using safety be lts a lso
gers ~ fig. 171. In a frontal collision they will
grea t ly increases the ability of the supplemen-
be t hrown forward violent ly, where they can
ta l airbags to do the ir job in a collision . For
hit and injure the driver and/or front seat pas-
t his reason, wearing a safe ty belt is legally re-
se nger .
quired in most countr ies including much of
t he United States and Canada.
Safety belts protect
Althoug h your Audi is equippe d wit h a irbags,
People think it's possible to use the hands to yo u still have t o wear the safety be lts prov id-
brace the body in a minor collision. It's simply ed. Front airbags , for example, are activated
not true! only in some frontal collisions . The front air-
bags are not activated in a ll frontal coll is ions,
in side and rear collisions, in roll overs or in
cases where there is not enough decelera t ion
t hrough impact to the fro nt of the veh icle .
The same goes for the othe r a irbag systems in
you r Audi. So, always wea r your safety belt
and make sure everybody in your veh icle is
properly restr a ined!

Fig. 172 Driver is corr ectly rest rain ed in a sudden brak-

i ng man euver
 Safety belts 151

Important safety instructions about - Several layers of heavy clothing may in-
safety belts terfere with correct positioning of belts
Safety belts must always be correctly posi- and reduce the overall effectiveness of
tioned across the strongest bones of your the system .
body. - Always keep belt buckles free of anything
t hat may prevent the buckle from latch-
~ Always wear safety belts as illustrated and ing securely .
described in this chapter. - Never use comfort clips or devices that
~ Make sure that your safety belts are always create slack in the shoulder belt . Howev-
ready for use and are not damaged. er, special clips may be requ ired for the
proper use of some child restraint sys-
A WARNING tems .
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them - Torn or frayed safety belts can tear, and
improperly increases the risk of serious damaged belt hardware can break in an
personal injury and death. Safety belts can accident. Inspect belts regularly. If web-
work only when used correctly. bing , bindings, buckles, or retractors are
- Always fasten your safety be lts correctly damaged, have belts replaced by an au-
before driving off and make sure all pas- thorized Audi dealer or qualified work-
sengers are correctly restrained. shop.
- For maximum protection, safety belts - Safety belts that have been worn and
must always be positioned properly on loaded in an accident must be replaced
the body. with the correct replacement safety belt
- Never strap more than one person, in- by an authorized Audi dealer . Replace-
cluding small children, into any belt. ment may be necessary even if damage
- Never place a safety belt over a child sit- cannot be clearly seen . Anchorages that
ting on your lap. were loaded must also be inspected.
- Always keep feet in the footwell in front - Never remove, modify, disassemble, or
of the seat while the vehicle is being d riv- try to repair the safety belts yourself.
en . - Always keep the belts clean. Dirty belts
may not work properly and can impair
- Never let any person ride with their feet
on the instrument panel or sticking out the function of the inertia reel
the window or on the seat. page 226, Safety belts .
c::>

- Never remove a safety belt while the ve-

hicle is moving. Doing so will increase Safety belts
your risk of be ing injured or killed.
Fastening safety belts
- Never wear belts twisted.
- Never wear belts over rigid or breakable Seat first - everybody buckle up!
objects in or on your clothing, such as
eye glasses, pens, keys, etc., as these
may cause injury.
- Never allow safety belts to become dam-
aged by being caught in door or seat
hardware .
- Do not wear the shoulder part of the belt
under your arm or otherwise out of posi-
tion .
Fig. 17 3 Belt buckle and to ngue on t he driver's seat
152 S a fet y belts

To provide maximum protection, safety belts be lts are properly posit ioned on the
must always be positioned correctly on the body.
wearer 's body . - Always make sure that the rear seat
.,.Adjust the front seat and head restr aint backrest to wh ich the center rear safety
properly ¢ page 64, General recommenda- be lt is attached is securely latched when-
tions . ever the rea r center safety belt is being
.,.Make sure the seatback of the rear seat used. If the backrest is not secure ly
bench is in an upright pos ition and securely latched, t he passenger will move for-
latched in place before using the belt¢ .&, . ward with the backrest dur ing sudd en
.,.Hold the be lt by the tongue and pull it even - bra king, in a sudden maneuver and es pe-
ly across the chest and pelvis ¢ .&, . cially in a crash.
.,.Inse rt the tongue into the correct buckle of - Never attach t he safety belt to t he buck-
your sea t until you hea r it latc h securely le for ano t her se at . Attac hing the belt to
¢fig. 173. the wrong buckle will redu ce safety be lt
.,.Pull on the be lt to make sure that it is se- effec t iveness and can cause serio us per -
curely latched in t he buckle. sonal injury.
- A passenger who is not properly restrain-
Automatic safety belt retractors ed can be seriously injured by the safety
Every safety belt is equipped with an automat- be lt itself when it moves from the stro n-
ic belt retracto r on the shoulder be lt. This fea- ger parts of the body into critical areas
ture locks the be lt whe n the belt is pulled out like the abdomen .
fast, dur ing hard braking and in an accident. - Always lock the convertible locking re-
The belt may also lock when yo u drive up or tractor when you are secu ring a child
down a steep hill or throug h a sharp curve. safety seat in the vehicle¢ page 189 .
During normal driving the belt lets you move
freely. Safety belt position
Safety belt pretensioners Correct belt position is the key to getting
The safety belts are equippe d with a be lt pre - maximum protection from safety belts.
tensioner that helps to tighten the safety be lt
and remove s lack when the pretensione r is ac-
tivated. The funct ion of the pretensioner is
monitored by a warning light Qpage 16 .

Switchable locking feature

Every safety belt excep t the one on the dr iver
seat is eq uipped with a switchable locking fea-
ture that must be used when the safety belt is
used to attach a child safety seat. Be sure to Fig. 17 4 Head rest raint and safety belt posit ion as
read the important information about this seen from t he side

featu re ¢ page 187.

Standard features on your vehicle he lp you ad -
A WARNING just the pos ition of the safety be lt to match
yo ur body s ize.
Imprope rly positioned safety belts can
cause se rious injury in an accident - be lt heigh t adjus t ment for t he front sea t s,
¢ page 152, Safety belt posit ion. - he igh t -adjustable fron t seats. ..,.
- Safety belts offe r optim um pro tection
only when th e seatba ck is upright and
 Safety belts 153

.. Adjust the front seat and head restraint cor-

_& WARNING rectly r:::;,
page 64, General recommenda-
Improperly positioned safety belts can tions.
cause se rious personal injury in an acci- .. Make sure the seatback of the rear seat
dent. bench is in an upright position and securely
- The shoulder belt po rtion of the safety latched in place before us ing the belt .
belt must be pos it ioned over the m iddle .,.Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it eve n-
of the occupant 's shoulder and neve r ly across the chest and pelvis ~ fig . 175,
across the neck or throat. .&_.
r:::;,
- The safety belt must lie flat and snug on .,.Insert t he tongue into the correct buck le of
the occupant's upper body r:::;, fig. 174 . your sea t unti l you hear it latch securely
Pull on t he belt to t ighten if necessary. r:::;,poge151, fig . 173 .
- The lap belt port ion of the safety be lt .. Pull on the belt to make sure that it is se-
must be positioned as low as possible curely latched in the buck le.
across pe lvis and never ove r the abdo-
men. Make s ure the be lt lies fla t and _& WARNING
snug r=;,fig. 174 . Pull on the belt to tight -
Improperly positioned safety belts can
en if necessary .
cause ser ious personal injury in an acci-
- A loose-fitt ing safety be lt can cause ser i-
dent.
ous injuries by shifting its position on
- Expectant mothers must always wear the
your body from the strong bones to more
lap portion of the safety belt as low as
vulnerab le, soft tissue and cause serious
possible across the pelvis and below the
injury.
round ing of the abdomen.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
-Always read and heed all WARNINGSand
other important information
A in Fas-
other impo rtant information r:::;,
r::;,page151.
tening safety belts on page 152.

Pregnant women must also be correctly

restrained Unfastening safety belts
Unbuckle the safety belt with the red release
The best way to protect the fetus is to make
button only after the vehicle has stopped.
sure that expectant mothers always wear
safety belts correctly - throughout the preg-
nancy .

Fig. 1 76 Releas ing the tongue from the buckle

.,. Push the red release button on the buckle

Fig. 175 Safety belt positio n during pregnancy
fig. 176. The be lt tongue will spr ing out
r:::;,

To provide maximum protection, safety belts

.&_.
of the buckle r:::;,
.. Let the belt wind up on the retractor as you
must always be posit ioned correct ly on the
guide the belt tongue to its stowed position . .,.
poge 152 .
wearer's body r:::;,
154 S a fet y belt s

A WARNING
-
Improperly worn safety belts

Never unfaste n safety belt while the veh i- Incorrectly positioned safety belts can cause
cle is moving . Doing so will increase your severe injuries .
risk of being injured or killed.
Wearing safety belts improperly can cause se-
rious injury or deat h. Safety belts can o nly
Adjusting safety belt height work when they are correctly positioned on
With the aid of the safety belt height adjust- the body. Improper seat ing pos itions reduce
ment, the three point safety belt strap rout- the effectiveness of safety be lts and will even
ing can be fitted to the shoulder area, accord- increa se t he risk of inju ry and death by mov-
ing to body size . ing the safety be lt to crit ical areas of the
body. Improper seating positions also in-
crease the risk of serious injury and death
when an a irbag dep loys and strikes an occu-
pant who is not in the correct seating posi -
tion. A driver is respons ible for the safety of
all veh icle occupants and especially for chil-
dren . Therefore:
.. Never perm it anyone to assume an incorrect
sitting pos ition in the vehicle while traveling
Fig. 177 Safety belt height adjustment for the front ¢ A-
sea ts - loop -around fittin gs

.. Push the loop-around fittings up i=>fig. 177

A WARNING
@, or Improperly worn safety be lt s increase the
.. squeeze together the (!) button, and push risk of ser ious persona l injury and death
the loop-around fitt ings dow n @ . whenever a vehicle is being used.
.. Pull the belt to make sure that the upper at- - Always ma ke sur e that all vehicle occu-
tachment is properly engaged . pants are co rrectly restra ined and stay in
a correct seating position whe never t he
A WARNING veh icle is being used .
- Always read a nd heed all WARNINGS a nd
Always read and heed a ll WARNINGSand
ot her impo rtant inform at ion
other impo rtant informat io n i=>
page 151.
i=>
page 151.

(D Tips
Safety belt preten-
- The shoulder belt part sho uld route ap-
proximately over the midd le of your sioners
s hou lder - under no circumstances How safety belt pretensioners work
should it route over your neck and
throat area i=> & in Safety bel t position In front, side and rear-end collisions above a
on page 153. particular severity and in a rollover, safety
- With the front seats, the he ight adj ust- belts are tensioned automatically.
ment of the sea t can also be used t o ad- The safety belts are equipped with safety belt
ju st the position of the safety belts.
pretensioners . The system is act ivated by sen-
sors in front, side and rear-end collisions of
grea t severity and in a rollover. This tightens
& in Service .,._
t he belt and t akes up belt slack i=>
 Safety belts 15 5

and disposal of safety belt pretensioner on carded components do not cause injury or pol-
page 155. Taking up the slack helps to reduce lute the environment . •
forward occupant movement during a colli- •
sion. A WARNING
Improper care, servicing and repair proce-
(D Note dures can increase the risk of personal in-
Never let the belt remain over a rear seat- jury and death by preventing a safety belt
back that has been folded forward. pretensioner from activating when needed
or activating it unexpectedly :
@ Tips - The belt pretensioner system can be acti-
The safety belt pretensioner can only be vated only once . If belt pretensioners
activated once . have been activated, the system must be
- In minor frontal and side collisions, in replaced.
rear-end collisions and in accidents in- - Never repair, adjust, or change any parts
volving very little impact force, the safe- of the safety be lt system.
ty belt pretensioner are not activated. - Safety belt systems including safety belt
- When the safety belt pretensioners are pretensioners cannot be repaired . Spe-
activated, a fine dust is released. This is cial procedures are required for removal,
norma l and is not caused by a fire in the installation and disposal of th is system.
vehicle. - For any work on the safety belt system,
- The relevant safety requirements must we strongly recommend that you see
be observed when the vehicle or compo- your authorized Audi dealer or qualified
nents of the system are scrapped. An au- technician who has an Audi approved re-
thorized Audi dealer or qualified work- pair manual, training and special equip-
shop is familiar with these regulations ment necessary.
and will be pleased to pass on the infor-
mation to you. @ For the sake of the environment
- Be sure to observe all safety, environ- Undeployed airbag modules and preten-
mental and other regulations if the vehi- sioners might be classified as Perchlorate
cle or individual parts of the system, par- Material -special handling may apply, see
ticularly the safety belt or airbag, are to www.dtsc.ca .gov/hazard o u swa ste/ per-
be disposed. We recommend you have chlorate. When the vehicle or parts of the
your authorized Audi dealer perform this restraint system including airbag modules
service for you. safety belts with pretensioners are scrap-
ped, all applicable laws and regulations
Service and disposal of safety belt must be observed . Your authorized Audi
pretension er dealer is familiar with these requirements
and we recommend that you have your
The safety belt pretensioners are parts of the
dealer perform th is service for you.
safety belts on your Audi. Installing, remov-
ing, servicing or repairing of belt pretens ion-
ers can damage the safety belt system and
prevent it from working correctly in a colli-
sion.

There are some important things you have to

know to make sure that the effectiveness of
the system will not be impaired and that dis-
156 Airbag system

Airbag system dition that prevents you from sitting properly

on the driver seat with the safety belt properly
Important things to fastened and reaching the pedals , spec ial
know modifications to your vehicle may be necessa-
ry.
Importance of wearing safety belts and
sitting properly Contact your authorized Audi dea ler, or call
Audi Customer Relations at 1-800-822-2834 .
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. For
airbags to do their job, occupants must al- When the airbag sys t em dep loys , a gas gener-
ways properly wear their safety belts and be ator will fill the airbags, break open the pad-
in a proper seating position. ded covers, and inflate between the steering
whee l and the dr iver and between the instru-
For your safety and the safety of your passen- ment panel and the front passenger. The air-
gers, before driving off, always: bags will deflate immediately after dep loy-
• Adjust the driver's seat and steering wheel ment so that the front occupants can see
properly ¢ page 140, th rough the windshield aga in without inter-
• Adjust the front passenger's seat properly ruption .
¢ page 65, All of th is takes place in the blink of an eye , so
• Wear safety be lts properly ¢ page 151, fast that many people don't even realize that
• Always properly use the proper child re- the a irbags have deployed . The airbags also
straint t o protect children ¢ page 178. inflate with a great deal of force and nothing
should be in their way when they deploy.
In a collision airbags must inflate within the
Front airbags in combination with prope rly
blink of an eye and with considerable force .
worn safety belts slow down and lim it the oc-
The supplemental airbags can cause injuries if
cupant's forward movement. Together they
the dr iver or the front seat passenger is not
help to prevent the driver and front seat pas-
seated properly . Therefore in order to he lp the
senger from hitting parts of the inside the ve-
a irbag to do its job, it is important, both as a
hicle while reducing the forces acting on the
d river and as a passenger to sit prope rly at all
occupant dur ing the crash. In this way they
times.
help to reduce the risk of injury to the head
By keeping room between your body and the and upper body in the crash . Airbags do not
steering wheel and the front of the passenger protect the arms or the lower parts of the
compartment, the airbag can inflate fully and body.
comp letely and provide supplemental protec-
Both front a irbags w ill not inflate in all fronta l
tion in ce rt ain frontal collisions ¢ page 140,
collisions . The triggering of the a irbag system
Proper occupant seating positions. For details
depends on the vehicle dece lerat ion rate
on the operat ion of the seat adjustment con-
caused by the collision and registered by the
t rols ¢ page 65.
electron ic control unit. If this rate is below
It's especially important that children are the reference value programmed into the con-
properly restrained ¢ page 178. trol unit, the airbags will not be trigge red ,
even though the car may be bad ly damaged as
There is a lot that the driver and the passen-
a resu lt of the collision . Vehicle damage, re-
ge rs can and must do to help the individua l
safety features installed in your Audi work to- pair costs or even the lack of veh icle damage
is not necessarily an indication of whether an
gether as a system.
airbag should inflate or not .
Proper seat ing pos ition is important so that
the front airbag on the driver side can do its
It is not possib le to define a range of vehicle
job. If you have a physical impairment or con- speeds that w ill cover every possib le kind and .,.
 A irbag sys tem 157

angle of impact that will always trigger the - Always make certain that ch ild ren age 12
airbags, since the circumstances will vary con- •
or younger a lways ride in the rear seat. If
siderably between one collision and another. children are not properly restrained, they •
Important factors include, for example, the may be severe ly inju red or killed when an
nature (hard or soft) of the object which the airbag inf lates .
car hits, the angle of impact, vehicle speed, - Never let ch ildren ride unrestra ined or
etc. The front airbags will also not inflate in improperly restrained in the vehicle . Ad-
side or rear collisions, or in roll-overs . just the front seats prope rly.
Always remember: Airbags will deploy only - Never ride with the backrest reclined.
once, and only in certa in kinds of collisions . - Always sit as far as possible from the
Your safety belts are always there to offer pro- steer ing whee l or the instrument pane l
tection in those s ituations in which airbags page 140 .
c::>
are not supposed to deploy , or when they have - Always sit upright with your back against
a lready deployed ; fo r example , when your ve- the backrest of your seat.
hicle strikes or is struck by another after the - Never place your feet on the instrument
first collision . panel or on the seat. Always keep both
feet on the f loor in front of the seat to
This is just one of the reasons why an a irbag is
he lp prevent serio us injur ies to the legs
a supplementary restra int and is not a subst i-
a nd hips if the airbag inflates.
tute for a safety be lt . The airbag system
- Never recline the front passenger 's seat
works most effectively when used with the
to tra nsport objects. Items can a lso
safety belts. Therefore, always properly wear
move into the area of the side a irbag or
your safety belts c::>page 148 .
the front a irbag du ring bra king or in a
A WARNING sud de n maneuve r. Obje cts ne a r the a ir-
bags can become projec t iles and cause
Sitting too close to the steer ing wheel or injury when an airbag inflates.
instrument panel will decrease the effec-
tiveness of the airbags and will increase
_&.WARNING
the risk of pe rsonal injury in a collision . ~

Airbags that have deployed in a crash must

- Never sit closer than 10 inches (25 cm)
be replaced.
to the stee ring wheel or instrument pan-
- Use on ly orig inal equipment airbags ap-
el.
proved by Audi and installed by a trai ned
- If you cannot sit more than 10 inches
technician who has the necessary too ls
(25 cm) from the steer ing wheel, investi-
and d iagnost ic equipment to properly re-
gate whether adaptive equipment may
place any airbag in your vehicle and as-
be available to help yo u reach the pedals
sure system effectiveness in a crash .
and increase your sea t ing dist ance from
the steering wheel. - Never perm it salvaged or recycled air-
bags to be installed in your vehicle .
- If you are unrestrained, lean ing fo rward,
sitting sideways or out of position in a ny
way, your risk of injury is much highe r. Child restraints on the front seat - some
- You will also receive serio us inju ries and important things to know
cou ld even be killed if you are up against
.,. Be su re to read the importa nt information
the airbag or too close to it when it in-
and head the WARNINGS fo r important de-
flates - even with an Advanced Airbag.
t ails a bout children and Advanced Airbags
- To reduce the risk of injury when an air-
page 178 .
c::> ..,.
bag inflates, a lways wear safety belts
page 151, Safety belts .
proper ly c::>
158 Airbag system

Even though your vehicle is equipped with an If the total weight on the front passenge r
Advanced Airbag System, make certain that seat is more than that of a typica l 1 year -old
all children, especially those 12 years and child but less than the weight of a small
younger, a lways ride in the back seat properly adult, the front airbag on the passenger side
restrained for their age and size. The airbag can deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
on the passenger side makes the front seat a light does not come on). If the PASSENGER
potentially dangerous place for a ch ild to ride . AIR BAG OFF light does not come on, the
The front seat is not the safest place for a front airbag on the passenger side has not
child in a forward-facing ch ild safety seat. It been turned off by the electronic con trol unit
can be a very dangerous place for an infant or and can deploy if the control un it senses an
a child in a rearward-facing seat. impact that meets the cond itions stored in its
memory .
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle
has been certified to comply with the Requ ire- For example, the airbag may deploy if:
ments of United States Federal Motor Vehicle
- a small child that is heav ier than a typical 1
Safety Standard 208 as applicable at the time
year-old ch ild is on the front passenger seat
your vehicle was manufactured.
(regard less of whether the child is in one of
The Standard requires th e front a irbag on the the child safety seats listed 9 page 180), or
passenger side to be turned off ("sup- - a child who has outgrown ch ild restraints is
pressed") if a child up to about one year of on the front passenger seat.
age restrained in one of the rear-facing or for-
If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the
ward -facing infant restraints listed in Federal
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on in
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which
the instrument cluster and stays on.
the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle
was certified has been installed on the front The front airbag on the passenger s ide may
passenger seat . For a listing of the child re- not deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
strai nts that we re used to certify compliance light does not illum inate and stay lit) even if a
with the US Safety Standard r=vpage 180. small adult or teenager, or a passenger who is
not sitt ing upright w ith their back against a
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the in-
non-reclined back rest with their feet on the
strument panel tells you when the front Ad-
vehicle floor in front of the seat is on the front
vanced Airbag on the passenger side has been
passenger seat r=vpage 140, Proper seating
turned off by the e lectronic control unit.
position for the driver.
Each t ime you turn on the ignition, the PAS-
If the front passenger airbag deploys, the
SENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on for a
Federal Standard req uires the airbag to meet
few seconds and:
the "low risk" dep loyment criteria to reduce
- will stay on if the front passenger seat is not the risk of injury t hrough interaction with the
occupied , airbag. "Low risk" dep loyment occ urs in those
- will stay on if there is a small child or child crashes that take place at lower dece lerat ions
restraint on the front passenger seat, as defined in the electronic control unit
- will go off if the front passenger seat is oc- r=vpage 167, PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light .
cupied by an adult as registered by the
Always remember, a ch ild safety seat or infant
weight-sensing mat r=vpage 167, Monitor-
carr ier installed on the front seat may be
ing the Advanced Airbag System .
struck and knocked out of posit ion by the rap-
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on idly inflat ing passenger's airbag in a frontal
when the control un it detects a total weight collision . The a irbag could greatly reduce the
on the front passenger seat that requires the effectiveness of the ch ild restraint and even
front airbag to be turned off. seriously injure the chi ld dur ing inflation .
 A irbag sys tem 159

For this reason, and because the back seat is aft adju stment range, as far away from
the safest place for children - when properly •
the airbag as possible before installing
restrained according to their age and size - we the forward-fac ing ch ild restraint. The •
strongly recommend that children always sit backrest must be adj usted to an upright
in the back seat Q page 178, Child Safety. position .

A WARNING
-
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
OFF light comes on and stays on all the
A child in a rearward-facing child safety time wheneve r the ignit ion is switched
seat installed on the front passenger seat on.
will be seriously injured and can be killed if
the front a irbag inflates - even with an Ad- A WARNING
vanced Airbag System. To reduce the risk of ser ious injury, make
- The inflating a irbag w ill hit the child su re that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
safety seat or infant carrier with great light will be displayed whenever a child re-
force and w ill smash the ch ild safety sea t straint is installed on the front passenger
and child against the backrest, cente r seat and the ignition is switched on.
armrest, door or roof .
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light
- Always install rear -facing child safety does not st ay on, per form the checks de -
seats on the rear seat. scribed Q page 167, Monitoring the Ad-
- If you mus t inst a ll a rearward facing vanced Airbag System.
child safety seat on the front passenger - Take the chi ld restraint off the front pas-
seat beca use of exceptional circumstan- senger seat and install it properly at one
ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN-
light does not come on and stay on , im- GERAIRBAGOff light does not stay on.
med iately install the rear-facing child - Have the airbag system inspected by
safety seat in a rear seating posit ion and your author ized Audi dealer immed iate-
have the a irbag system inspected by your ly.
authorized Audi dealer .
-Always carefu lly follow instructions from
- Forward-fac ing ch ild safety seats instal- child restraint manufacturers when in-
led on the front passenger's seat may in- stall ing child restraints .
terfe re with the deployment of the air-
bag and cause se rious personal injury t o
the ch ild.
A WARNING
If, in except iona l circumstances, you must
A WARNING
install a forward or rearward-facing child
restra int on the front passenger's seat :
If, in exception al circumstances, you mus t
- Improper instal lation of ch ild restraints
install a forwa rd-facing child restra int on
can reduce their effectiveness or even
the front passenger's seat:
prevent them from providing any protec-
- Always make sure the forw a rd-fac ing tion.
sea t has been des igned and certified by
- An improper ly installed child restra int
its manufacturer for use on a front seat
can interfere with the airbag as it de-
with a passenger front and side airbag.
ploys and seriously injure o r even kill the
- Never put the forward -facing child re-
child - even with an Advanced Airbag
st raint up aga inst or very near the instru-
System.
ment pane l.
- Always carefully follow the manuf actu r-
- Always move the passenger seat into its er 's ins t ruc t ions provided with the ch ild
rearmost position in the seat's fore and safety seat or carrier .
160 Airbag system

- Never place additional items on the seat The front safety belts also have load limiters
that can increase the total weight regis- to help reduce the forces applied to the body
tered by the weight-sensing mat and can in a crash.
cause injury in a crash . The airbag for the driver is in the steering
wheel hub ¢ fig. 178 and the airbag for the
Front airbags front passenger is in the instrument panel
~ fig. 179 . The general location of the airbags
Description of front airbags is marked "AIRBAG".
The airbag system can provide supplemental There is a lot you need to know about the air-
protection to properly restrained front seat bags in your vehicle . We urge you to read the
occupants. detailed information about airbags, safety
belts and child safety in this and the other
cha pters that make up the owner 's literature.
Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they
are extremely important for your safety and
the safety of your passengers, especially in-
fants and small children.

_&.WARNING -
Never rely on airbags alone for protection.
Fig. 178 Location of driver airbag: in steerin g wh eel
- Even when they deploy, airbags provide
only supplemental protection.
- Airbag work most effectively when used
with properly worn safety belts.

r - Therefore, always wear your safety belts

and make sure that everybody in your ve-
hicle is properly restrained.

_&.WARNING .
Fig. 179 Locati on of fr ont passenger's airb ag: in the i n- A person on the front passenger seat, es-
strument panel pecially infants and small children, will re-
ceive serious injuries and can even be kil-
Your veh icle is equipped with an "Advanced led by being too close to the airbag when
Airbag System" in compliance with United it inflates .
States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard - Although the Advanced Airbag System in
(FMVSS) 208 as applicable at the time your your vehicle is designed to turn off the
vehicle was manufactured . The system senses front passenger airbag if an infant or a
the position of the front seats and controls small child is on the front passenger
front airbag inflation with a valve, depend ing seat, nobody can absolutely guarantee
on the distance between the respective seat that deployment under these special
and the steering wheel or instrument panel. conditions is impossible in all conceiva-
The safety belts for the seats have "preten- b le situations that may happen during
sioners" that help to take slack out of the belt the useful life of your vehicle .
system. The pretensioners are also activated - The Advanced Airbag System can deploy
by the electronic control unit for the airbag in accordance with the "low risk" option
system. under the U.S. Federal Standard if a child
that is heavier than the typical one-year
 A irbag sys tem 16 1

old chi ld is on the front passenger seat of the Safety Standa rd, to turn off the front
airbag for infants 12 months old and younger •
and the other cond itions for airbag de-
ployment are met. who are rest rained on the front passenger •
- Accident statistics have shown that chil- seat in child restraints that are listed in the
dren are generally safer in the rear seat Standa rd ¢ page 180, Child restraints and
area than in the front seating posit ion. Advanced Airbags .
- For their own safety, all children, espe- "Suppress ion" requires the front a irbag on the
cially 12 years and younger, should al- passenger side to be turned off if:
ways ride in the back properly restrained
- a child up to abo ut one year of age is re-
for their age and size .
strained on the front passenger seat in one
of the rear-fac ing or forward -facing infant
Advanced front airbag system restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle
Your veh icle is equipped w ith a front Advanced Safety Standard 208 with which the Ad-
Airbag System in compliance with United vanced Airbag System in your ve hicle was
States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety St andard cert ified . For a listing of the child restraints
208 as applicable at the t ime your vehicle was that were used to certify your vehicle's com-
manufactured . plia nce w ith t he US Safety Standa rd
¢ page 180,
The front Advanced Airbag System supple- - weight less than a thres ho ld level stored in
ments the safety belts to provide add it io na l t he control unit is de t ected on t he fron t pas-
protection fo r t he d river's and fron t passeng- senge r seat.
e r's heads and upper bodies in fronta l crashes.
The airbags inflate only in frontal impacts When a person is detected on the front pas-
when the vehicle deceleration is high enough. senger seat, weighing more than the total
weight of a ch ild tha t is abou t 1 year old re-
The fron t Advanced Airbag Syst em for t he st rained in one of t he rear- facing or forward -
front seat occupants is not a substit ute for facing infa nt res t raints (listed in Fede ral Mo-
your safety belts. Rather, it is part of the over - tor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 wit h which
all occupant restraint system in your veh icle. the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle
Always remember that the airbag system can was certified), the front airbag on the passen-
only help to protect you, if you are s itting up- ger side may or may not deploy.
right, wearing you r safety belt and wearing it
properly . This is why you and you r passengers The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on
must always be properly restrained, not just when the elect ronic contro l unit detects a to-
because the law requires you to be. ta l we ight on the front passenger seat that re-
quires the front airbag to be tu rned off. If the
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not
has been cert ified to meet the "low risk" re- come on, the front airbag on the passenger
q uirements for 3 and 6 year-o ld children on s ide has not been t ur ned off by the cont ro l
the passenge r side and very small adu lts on unit and ca n dep loy if t he control un it senses
the dr iver side . The low risk dep loymen t crite- an impact that meets the cond itions stored in
ria are intended t o he lp redu ce t he risk of in- its memory.
jury through interaction with the front airbag
that can occ ur, for example , by being too If the total weight on the front passenge r
close to the steer ing whee l and instrument seat is more than that of a typical 1 yea r-old ,
panel when the airbag inflates. but less than the we igh t of a small ad ult, t he
fron t a irbag on the passenger side may dep loy
In addition, the system has been certif ied to (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not
comp ly with the "suppression" requirements come on). ll>
162 Airb a g sys t e m

For exa mpl e, the airbag ma y depl oy if : f lates - even with an Advanced Airbag
- a small child that is heavier than a typical 1 ¢page 156.
year-o ld child is on the front passenger seat
(regardless of whe t her the child is in one of A
- WARNING
the chi ld safety seats listed ¢ page 180), A child in a rearward-fac ing ch ild safety
- a ch ild who has outgrown child rest raints is seat installed on the front passenger seat
on the front passenger seat. will be serious ly injured and can be killed if
the front airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the
vanced Airbag System.
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the cente r
- Although the Advanced Airbag System in
of the instrument panel w ill come on and stay
your veh icle is designed to turn off the
on.
front airbag when a rearward-facing
The front a irbag on the passenger side may child restraint has been instal led on the
not deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF front passenger seat, nobody can abso-
light does not illuminate and stay lit) if: lutely g uarantee that dep loyment is im-
possible in all conceivable situations that
- a small adult or teenager is on the front pas-
may happen during the usefu l life of your
senger seat
veh icle.
- a passenger who is not sitt ing upright wit h
- The inflating airbag will hit the child
their back against a non-reclined backrest
safety seat or infant carrier with great
with their feet on the veh icle floo r in front
force and will smash the child safety seat
of the seat is on the front passenge r seat.
and child aga inst the backrest, center
If the front passenger airbag deploys, the armrest, door, or roof.
Federal Standard requires the airbag to meet -Always install rearward-facing child re-
the "low risk" deployment criteria to help re- straints in the back seat.
duce the risk of injury through interaction - If you must install a rearward fac ing
with the airbag. "Low risk" deployment occurs child safety seat on the front passenger
in those crashes that take place at lower de- seat because of exceptiona l circumstan-
celerations as defined in the electronic control ces and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
un it. ¢ page 167 light does not come on and stay on, im-
Alw ays rememb er: Even tho ugh your vehicle mediately insta ll t he rear-fac ing ch ild
is equipped with Advanced Airbags, the safest safety seat in a rear seating position and
place for children is properly restrained on the have t he airbag system inspected by your
back seat . Please be sure to read the impor- authorized Audi dealer .
tant information in the sect ions that follow
and be sure to heed all of the WARNINGS. A WARNING
If, in exceptiona l circumstances, you m ust
A WARNING insta ll a forward -facing child restraint on
To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag the front passenger's seat:
inf lates, always wear safety belts properly. - Always make sure the forward-facing
- If you are unrestrained, lean ing forward, seat has been designed and certified by
sitting sideways or out of position in any its manufacturer for use on a front seat
way, your risk of injury is much higher. with a passenger front and s ide a irbag.
- You will also receive serious injuries and - Never put the forward-facing child re-
cou ld even be killed if you are up against straint up against or very near the instru-
the a irbag or too close to it when it in- ment panel. ~
 A irbag sys tem 163

- Always move the passenger seat into its -An Advanced Airbag with gas gene rator and
contro l valve fo r the d river ins ide the steer - •
rearmost position in the seat's fore and
aft adjustment range, as far away from ing wheel hub. •
the a irbag as poss ible, before installing - An Advanced Airbag w ith gas gene rator and
the forward-facing child restraint. The contro l valve inside the instrument pane l for
backrest must be adjusted to an upr ight the front passenger.
posit ion. - A weight-sensing mat under the upholstery
- Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG padding of the front passenger seat cushion
OFF light comes on and stays on all the that measures the total weight on the seat.
t ime w henever the ignition is sw itched The informat ion reg istered is sent continu-
on. ously to the electronic control unit to regu-
late deployment of the front Advanced Air-
bag on the passenger side .
Advanced Airbag System components
- An airbag monitoring system and ind icator
The fron t passenger seat in your vehicle has a light in the instrument cluster q page 167 .
lot of very important parts of the Advanced - A sensor in each front seat registers the dis-
Airbag System in it. These parts include the tance between the respective seat and the
weight -sensing mat, sensors, wiring, brack - steer ing whee l or inst rument panel. The in-
ets, and more. The function of the system in forma t ion registered is sent cont inuo usly to
the front passenger seat is checked by the t he elect ron ic cont rol uni t to regula t e d e-
e lectronic control unit when the ignit ion is on . ployment of the front Advance d Airbags .
The control unit mon itors the Advanced Air- - The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ligh t comes
bag System and turns the airbag indicator on and st ays on in the cen t er of t he instr u-
light on when a ma lfunction in t he sys t em ment panel <:!;> page 167, fig . 181 and tells
components is de t ected. The function of the you whe n the front Advanced Airbag on the
airbag indicator light is described in greater passenger side has been tu rned off .
detai l below . Because the front passenger - A sensor below the safety be lt latch for the
seat contains important parts of the Ad- front seat passenger to measure the tension
vanced Airbag System, you must take care to on the safety be lt . The tension on the safety
prevent it from being damaged. Damage to belt and the weight registered by the
the seat may prevent the Advanced Airbag for weight-sensing mat he lp the control unit
the front passenger seat from doing its job in "decide" whether the front airbag for the
a crash . front passenge r seat should be turned off or
not r:!;>pag e 15 7, Child restraints on the
The front Advanced Airbag System
front seat - some important things to
consists of the following:
know.
- Crash sensors in the front of the veh icle that - A sensor in the safety belt latch fo r the d riv-
measure veh icle acceleration/decele ration er a nd fo r the front sea t passenger t hat
to provide information to the Advanced Air- senses whethe r that safety belt is latche d or
bag System about the seve rity of the crash. not and transmi t s this informa t ion to the
- An electronic control unit, with integrated electronic control unit.
crash se nsors for front and side impacts .
The cont rol uni t "decides " whethe r to fire _&.WARNING -
the front airbags based on the inform ation
Damage to the front passenger seat can
received from the crash senso rs. The contro l
prevent the front airbag from work ing
unit a lso "decides" whether the safety belt
properly.
pretensioners should be activated .
164 Airb a g sys t e m

- Improper repair or disassembly of the straint manufacture r's instructions re-

front passenger and driver seat will pre- qu ire the use of a towel, foam cushion or
vent the Advanced Airbag System from something e lse to properly pos ition the
functioning properly. child restraint, make certain that the
- Repairs to the front passenger seat must PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight comes
be performed by qualified and properly on and stays on whenever the ch ild re·
trained workshop personnel. straint is installed on the front passen -
- Never remove the front passenger or ge r seat.
dr iver seat from the veh icle . - If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight
- Never remove the upholstery from the does not come on a nd stay on, immed i-
front passenger seat. ately inst all child restrain t in a rear se at-
- Never disassemble or remove parts from ing position and have the airbag system
the seat or disconnect wires from it. inspected by your authorized Audi dealer.
- Never carry sharp objects in your pockets
or place them on the seat. If the weight- How the Advanced Airbag System
sensing mat in the passenger seat is components work together
punctured it cannot work properly.
The front Advanced Airbag System and the
- Never carry things on your lap or carry
s ide airbags supp lement the protection of-
objects on the passenger seat. Such
fered by t he front three-poi nt safety belts
items can increase the weight registered
with pretensioners and load limiters a nd the
by the weight-sens ing ma t and send the
adjustable head rest raints to help redu ce the
wrong info rmation to the airbag control
risk of injury in a wide range of accident and
uni t .
crash situations. Be sure to read the impor -
- Never sto re items under the front pas·
tant information about safety and heed the
senger seat. Parts of the Advanced Air-
WARNINGS in this chapter.
bag System under t he passenge r seat
cou ld be damaged, prevent ing them and Deployment of the Adva need Airbag System
the airbag system from wo rking proper - and the activation of the safety belt preten-
ly. sioners depend on the deceleration measured
- Never place seat covers or replacement by the crash sensors and registered by the
upholste ry that have not been specifical- electron ic control unit. The amount of infla-
ly approved by Audi on the front seats. tion of the front airbags can a lso be adapted
- Seat covers can prevent the Advanced to the front sea t pos ition, depending on the
Airbag System from recognizing child re- distance between the respect ive front seat
straints or occupants on the front pas- and the steer ing w heel or instrument panel as
senger seat and prevent the side airbag registered by sensors in the seats. Crash se·
in the seat backrest from deploy ing prop- verity depends on speed and deceleration as
erly. well as the mass and st iffness of the vehicle
- Never use cush ions, pillows, blankets or or object involved in the crash .
similar items on the front passenger
On the passenger side, regardless of safety
seat. The add it iona l padd ing will prevent
belt use, the ai rbag will be tu rned off if the
the weight-sensing mat in the seat from
we ight on the passenger seat is less than the
accu rately reg iste ring the child restra int amount programmed in the e lectronic control
or person on the seat and prevent t he unit. The front airbag on the passenger side
Advanced Airbag Syste m from func t ion- will a lso be turned off if one of the child safe -
ing properly .
ty seats that has been certified under Federal
- If you mus t use a child restra int on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 has been
front passenger seat and the ch ild re- recogni zed on the seat . The PASSENGERAIR .,..
 Airbag system 165

BAGOFF light comes on and stays on to tell or have placed on the seat could become dan-
you when the front Advanced Airbag on the gerous projectiles, and be pushed into you if
passenger side has been turned off the airbag inflates.
c:>page 157, Child restraints on the front seat
When an airbag deploys, fine dust is re leased.
- some important things to know.
This is normal and is not caused by a fire in

A WARNING
the vehicle. This dust is made up mostly of a
powder used to lubricate the airbags as they
To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag deploy. It could irritate skin .
inflates, always wear safety belts properly .
- If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, It is important to remember that while the
sitting sideways or out of position in any supplemental airbag system is designed to re-
way, your risk of injury is much higher. duce the likelihood of serious injuries, other
injuries, for example swelling, bruising and
- You will also receive serious injuries and
minor abrasions, can also happen when air-
could even be killed if you are up against
bags inflate . Airbags do not protect the arms
the airbag or too close to it when it in-
or the lower parts of the body. Front a irbags
flates - even with an Advanced Airbag
only supplement the three point safety belts
c:>page156.
in some fronta l collisions in which the vehicle
deceleration is high enough to deploy the air-
More important things to know about bags.
front airbags
Front airbags will not deploy:
- if the ignition is switched off when a crash
occurs,
- in side collisions,
- in rear-end collisions,
- in rollovers,
- when the crash deceleration measured by
the airbag system is less than the minimum
threshold needed for airbag deployment as
Fig. 180 Inflated front airbags
registered by the electronic control unit .

Safety belts are important to help keep front The front passenger airbag will also not
seat occupants in the proper seated position deploy:
so that airbags can unfold properly and pro-
- when the front passenger seat is not occu-
vide supplemental protection in a frontal col-
pied,
lision.
- when the weight on the front passenger
The front airbags are designed to provide ad- seat as sensed by the Advanced Airbag Sys-
ditional protection for the chest and face of tem indicates that the front airbag on the
the driver and the front seat passenger when: passenger side has to be turned off by the
electronic control unit (the PASSENGER AIR
- safety belts are worn properly,
BAGOFF light comes on and stays on) .
- the seats have been posit ioned so that the
occupant is properly seated as far as possi-
ble from the airbag,
A WARNING
- and the head restraints have been properly Sitting in the wrong position can increase
adjusted. the risk of serious injury in crashes.
- To reduce the risk of injury when the air-
Because airbags inflate in the blink of an eye bags inflate, the driver and passengers
with great force, things you have on your lap
166 Airbag system

must always sit in an upright position, tiles that can cause serious personal in-
must not lean against or place any part jury if the airbags inflate.
of their body too close to the area where - Never place or attach accessories or oth-
the airbags are located . er objects (such as cupholders, tele-
- Occupants who are unbelted, out of posi- phone brackets, large, heavy or bulky ob-
tion or too close to the airbag can be se- jects) on the doors, over or near the area
riously injured by an airbag as it unfolds marked "AIRBAG"on the steering wheel,
with great force in the blink of an eye instrument panel, seat backrests or be-
~ page 157. tween those areas and yourself . These
objects could cause injury in a crash, es-
A WARNING pecially when the airbags inflate.
A child in a rearward-facing child safety - Never recline the front passenger's seat
seat installed on the front passenger seat to transport objects. Items can also
will be seriously injured and can be killed if move into the area of the side airbag or
the front airbag inflates - even with an Ad- the front airbag during braking or in a
vanced Airbag System. sudden maneuver. Objects near the air-
- The inflating airbag will hit the child bags can become projectiles and cause
safety seat or infant carrier with great injury, particularly when the seat is re-
force and will smash the child safety seat clined.
and child against the backrest, center
armrest, door or roof. '-
A WARNING
- Always install rear-facing child safety The fine dust created when airbags deploy
seats on the rear seat. can cause breathing problems for people
- If you must install a rearward facing with a history of asthma or other breath-
child safety seat on the front passenger ing conditions .
seat because of exceptional circumstan- - To reduce the risk of breathing problems,
ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF those with asthma or other respiratory
light does not come on and stay on, im- conditions should get fresh air right
mediately install the rear-facing child away by getting out of the vehicle or
safety seat in a rear seating position and opening windows or doors.
have the airbag system inspected by your - If you are in a collision in which airbags
authorized Audi dealer. deploy, wash your hands and face with
mild soap and water before eating.
A WARNING - Be careful not to get the dust into your
Objects between you and the airbag will eyes, or into any cuts or scratches.
increase the risk of injury in a crash by in- - If the residue should get into your eyes,
terfering with the way the airbag unfolds flush them with water.
or by being pushed into you as the airbag
inflates.
- Never hold things in your hands or on
your lap when the vehicle is in use.
- Never transport items on or in the area
of the front passenger seat. Objects
could move into the area of the front air-
bags during braking or other sudden ma-
neuver and become dangerous projec-
 A irbag system 167

Monitoring the - Have the airbag system inspected imme-

Advanced Airbag diate ly by you r authorized Audi dealer.

System
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
Airbag monitoring indicator light

Two separate indicators monitor the function

of the Advanced Airbag System : the airbag
moni toring indicator light and the PASSEN-
GER AIR BAG OFF light.

The Advanced Airbag System (includ ing the

electronic control unit, sensor circuits and sys-
tem wiring) is monitored continuous ly to
make sure that it is functioning properly Fig. 18 1 Sect ion fro m t he in st ru m ent panel: PASSEN-
whenever the ignit ion is on . Each t ime you GERAIR BAG OFF light
turn on the ignition, the airbag monitor ing in-
dicator light I will come on for a few seconds The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light is located
(self diagnostics) . in the center of the instrument panel
¢ fig . 181.
The system mu s i be inspected when the
indicator light : The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come
on and stay on to tell you when the front Ad-
- does not come on when the ignit ion is
vanced Airbag on the passenger side has been
switched on,
tu rned off by the electron ic contro l unit . Each
- does not go out a few seconds afte r yo u
t ime you turn on the ignit ion, the PASSEN-
have swit ched on the ignition, or
GER AIR BAG OFF light will f lash for a few
- comes on wh ile driving .
seconds and:
If an airbag system malfunction is detected,
- w ill stay on if the front passenger seat is not
t he indicator light will first start flashing to
occupied,
catch the driver's attention and then stay on
- w ill stay on if there is a small chi ld or child
continuously to serve as a constant reminder
restraint on the front passenger seat,
to have the system inspected immediately.
- w ill go out if the front passenger seat is oc-
If a malfunction occurs that turns the front cupied by an adult as registered by the
airbag on the passenger side off, the PASSEN- we ight-sensing mat.
GER AIR BAG OFF light w ill come on and stay
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light must
on whenever the ignition is on.
come on and stay on if t he ignition is on and

_& WARNING - a car bed has been installed on the front

- seat, or
An airbag system th at is not f uncti oning
properly cannot provide supp lemen tal pro- - a rearward-facing child restraint has been
tection in a fron t al crash. installed on the front passenger seat, or
- If the airbag indicator light comes on, it - a forward -fac ing child restra int has been in-
means that there may be somet hing stalled on the front passenger seat, or
wrong with the Advanced Airbag System. - the weight registered on the front passen-
It is possible that the airbag will inflate ger seat is equal to or less than the com-
when it is not supposed to, or w ill not in- bined weight of a typical 1 year-old restra in-
flate when it should. ed in one of the rear-facing or forward -fac-
ing infant restra ints listed in Federal Motor ..,.
168 Airb a g sys t e m

Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the - If a strap or tether is be ing used to tie the
Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was child safety seat to the front passenger
certified. seat, make sure that it is not so tight that it
causes the weight-sensing mat to measure
If the front passenger seat is not occupied,
more weight than is actually on the seat.
the front airbag will not deploy, and the PAS-
SENGER AIR BAG OFF light will stay on. Nev- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light still
er insta ll a rearward-fac ing ch ild restra int on does not come on and does not stay on con-
the front passenger seat, the safest place for t inuous ly (when the ignition is switched on),
a child in any kind of child restraint is at one
- t ake the child restraint off the front passen -
of the seat ing positions on the rear seat
ger seat and install it proper ly at one of the
page
c::> 157, Child restraints on the front seat
rear seat positions. Have the airbag system
- some important things to know and
inspected by your authori zed Audi dealer
page 178, Child Safety .
c::>
immed iate ly.
If the PASSENG ER AIR BAG OFF light comes - move the child to a rear seat position and
on when one of the conditions listed above is make sure t hat the child is properly restra in-
met, be sure to check the light regularly to ed in a child restra int that is appropriate for
make certa in that the PASSENGER AIR BAG its s ize and age .
OFF light stays on cont inuo usly whenever the
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light should
ignition is on . If the PASSENGER AIR BAG
NOTcome on when the ignit ion is on and an
OFF light does not appear and not stay on all
adult is s itting in a proper seating position on
the time, stop as soon as it is safe to do so
the front passenger seat. If the PASSENGER
and
AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on o r
- react ivate the system by turning the ignition flashes for about 5 seconds while d riving, un-
off and then t urning it on again; der t hese circumstances, make sure t ha t :
- remove and re install the child res t raint .
- the adult on the front passenge r seat is
Make sure that the child restraint is properly
prope rly seated on the cente r of the sea t
insta lled and that the safety be lt for the
cushion with his or her back up aga inst the
front passenger seat has been correct ly
backrest and the backrest is not reclined
routed around the child restraint as descri-
page
c::> 140, Proper occupant seating posi-
bed in the child restraint manufacturer 's in-
tions,
structions;
- t he adult is not t aking we ight off the sea t by
- make sure that the convertible locking fea-
holding on to the passenger assist handle
ture on the safety be lt for the front passen-
above the front passenger door or support-
ger seat has been activated and that the
ing their weight on the armrest,
safety belt has been pulled t ight. The belt
- t he safety belt is being properly wo rn and
must not be loose or have loops of slack so
that there is not a lot of s lack in the safety
t hat the senso r below the safety be lt latch
be lt webbing,
on the seat can do its job c::>page 187.
- accesso ry sea t covers or cushions or other
- make su re that th ings that may increase the
things that may cause an incorrect reading
weight of the ch ild and child safety seat are
or impression on the weight -sensing mat
not being transpo rted on the front passen-
under the upho lstery of the seat have been
ger seat;
removed from the front passenger seat ,
- ma ke su re th at the safety be lt tension sen-
- a safety belt extender has not been left in
sor is not blocked . Shake the safety belt
the safety belt latch for the front passenger
latch on the front passenger seatback and
seat . .,..
forth;
 A irbag sys tem 169

In addition to the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF the airbag system inspected by your au-
light in the center of the instrument panel , •
thorized Audi dealer.
the message PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF or - A tight tether or other strap on a rear- •
PASSENGERAIR BAG ON will briefly appear ward-facing child restraint attached to
in the instrument cluster display. This is t o in- the front passenger seat can put too
form the driver of the current front passenger much pressure on the weight-sensing
airbag status . mat in the seat and reg ister more weight
than is actually on the seat . The heavier
Important safety instructions on weight registered can make the system
monitoring the Advanced Airbag System work as though an adult we re on the seat
and deploy the Advanced Airbag when it
A WARNING
-
must be suppressed causing ser ious or
An airbag system that is not funct ioning even fata l injury to the chi ld .
properly cannot provide supplemental pro- - If, in exceptiona l circumstances, you
tection in a frontal crash. must install a forward -facing child re-
- If the airbag indicator light comes on, it straint on the front passenger seat, al-
means that there may be someth ing ways move the seat into its rearmost po-
wrong with the Advanced Airbag System . sition in the seat's fore and aft adjust-
It is possible that the airbag will inflate ment range, as far away from the a irbag
when it is not supposed to, or will not in- as poss ible. The backrest must be adjust -
flate when it should. ed to a n upright pos it ion. Make sure that
- Have the airbag system inspected imme- the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight
diately by your author ized Audi dealer. comes on and stays on all the time when-
ever the ignit ion is switched on.
A WARNING
A WARNING
If the front airbag inflates, a ch ild witho ut
a child restra int, in a rearwa rd-fa cing child - If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight
safety seat or in a forward -facing chi ld re- does not go out when an adu lt is sit t ing
st raint that has not been properly insta lled on the front passenger seat after taking
will be seriously injured and can be killed . the steps described above, make sure the
- Even though your veh icle is equipped adu lt is properly seated and restra ined at
with an Advanced Airbag System, make one of the rear seat ing pos itions.
certain that a ll children, especially 12 - Have the airbag system inspected by
years and younger, a lways ride on the your author ized Audi dealer before trans-
back seat properly restrained fo r their port ing anyone on the front passenger
age and size . seat .
- Always install forward or rear-facing
child safety seats on the rear seat - even (D Tips
with an Advanced Airbag System . If the weight-sensing mat in the front pas-
- If you must install a rearward-facing senger seat detects an empty seat, the
child safety seat o n the front passenger front airbag on the passenger side will be
seat because of exceptional circumstan- turned off, and PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF
ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF will stay on.
ligh t does not appear and st ay on, imme-
diately insta ll t he rear-fac ing child safety Repair, care and disposal of the airbags
seat in a rear seating position and have
Parts of the airbag system are installed at
many diffe rent p laces o n your Audi. Insta lling, .,.
1 70 Airbag system

removing, servicing or repairing a part in an - Never install seat covers or replace-

area of the vehicle can damage a part of an ment upholstery over the front seat-
airbag system and prevent that system from backs that have not been specifically
working p roperly in a collision. approved by Audi.
There are some important things you have to - Never use additional seat cushions that
know to make sure that the effectiveness of cover the areas where the side airbags
the system will not be impaired and that dis- inflate .
carded components do not cause injury or pol - - Damage to the original seat covers or
lute the environment. to the seam in the area of the side air-
bag module must always be repaired
A WARNING immediately by an authorized Audi
dealer.
Improper care, servicing and repair proce-
dures can increase the risk of personal in- - The airbag system can be activated only
jury and death by preventing an airbag once . After an airbag has inflated, it
from deploying when needed or deploying must be replaced by an authorized Audi
an airbag unexpectedly: dealer or qualified technician who has
the technical information, training and
- Never cover, obstruct, or change the
special equipment necessary.
steering wheel horn pad or airbag cover
or the instrument panel or modify them - The airbag system can be deployed only
in any way. once. After an airbag has been deployed,
it must be replaced with new replace-
- Never attach any objects such as cu-
ment parts designed and approved espe-
pholders or telephone mountings to the
cially for your Audi model version. Re-
surfaces covering the airbag units.
placement of complete airbag systems
- For deaning the horn pad or instrument
or airbag components must be per-
panel, use only a soft, dry cloth or one
formed by qualified workshops only.
moistened with plain water. Solvents or
Make sure that any airbag service action
cleaners could damage the airbag cover
is entered in your Audi Warranty & Main-
or change the stiffness or strength of the
tenance booklet under AIRBAG REPLACE-
material so that the airbag cannot de-
MENT RECORD.
ploy and protect properly.
- In accidents when an airbag is deployed,
- Never repair, adjust, or change any parts
the vehicle battery separates the alterna-
of the airbag system .
tor and the starter from the vehicle elec-
- All work on the steering wheel, instru-
trical system for safety reasons with a
ment panel, front seats or electrical sys-
pyrotechnic circuit interrupter.
tem (including the installation of audio
equipment, cellular telephones and CB - Work on the pyrotechnic circuit inter-
radios, etc .) must be performed by a rupter must only be performed by a
qualified technician who has the training qualified dealer - risk of an accident!
and special equipment necessary. - If the vehicle or the circuit interrupter
- For any work on the airbag system, we is scrapped, all applicable safety pre-
strongly recommend that you see your cautions must be followed.
authorized Audi dealer or qualified work-
shop. @ For the sake of the environment
- Never modify the front bumper or parts Undeployed airbag modules and preten -
of the vehicle body. sioners might be classified as Perchlorate
- Always make sure that the side airbag Material -special handling may apply, see
can inflate without interference: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/per-
chlorate. When the vehicle or parts of the
 A irbag sys tem 17 1

restraint system including airbag modules formance and increase the risk of serious
safety belts with pretensioners are scrap- •
personal injury in a crash.
ped, all applicable laws and regulat ions - Never install suspension components •
must be observed. Your authorized Audi that do not have the same performance
dea ler is familiar with these requirements characteristics as the components origi-
and we recommend that you have your nally installed on your vehicle.
dealer perform this serv ice for you . - Never use tire-rim combinations that
have not been approved by Audi.
Other things that can affect Advanced
Airbag performance A WARNING
-

Changing the vehicle's suspension system can Items stored between the safety be lt
change the way that the Advanced Airbag Sys- buckle and the center console can cause
tem performs in a crash. For example, using the sensors in the buckle to send the
tire-rim combinations not approved by Audi, wrong information to the e lectronic con-
lowering the vehicle, changing the stiffness of trol module and prevent t he Advanced Air-
the suspension, including the springs, suspen- bag System from working properly.
sion struts, shock absorbers etc. can change - Always ma ke sure that nothing can inter-
the forces that are measured by the a irbag fe re with the safety belt buckles and that
sensors and sent to the electronic control they are not obs t ruc t ed.
un it. Some suspension changes can, for exam-
ple, increase the force levels measured by the @ For the sake of the env ironment
sensors and make the airbag system deploy in Undeployed airbag modules and preten-
crashes in which it would not dep loy if the sione rs might be classified as Perc hlorate
changeshad not been made. Other kinds of Materia l -special handling may apply, see
changes may reduce the force levels meas- www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/per-
ured by the sensors and prevent the airbag ch lorate. When the vehicle or parts of the
from deploying when it should. restraint system including airbag modu les
The sensors in the safety belt buckle for the safety be lts with pretensioners are scrap-
driver and front passenger seat tell the elec- ped, a ll applicable laws and regulations
tronic control module if the safety belt is must be observed. Your authorized Audi
latched or not. If the safety belt is being used, dealer is familiar with these requirements
the front airbag will deploy at a slightly high- and we recommend that you have your
er rate of vehicle deceleration than if the safe- dealer perform th is service for you.
ty belt is not being used. Therefo re, in a par-
ticular collision, it is poss ible that an airbag
will no t deploy at a seating position whe re the
safety be lt is being used but will inflate at the
position where the safety belt is not being
used . It is important that nothing interfere
with the safety belt buckles so that the sen-
sors can send the correct information about
safety belt use to the electron ic control unit.

A WARNING
Changing the vehicle's suspension includ-
ing use of unapproved tire-rim combina-
tions can change Advanced Airbag per-
172 Airbag system

Side airbags every possible angle of impact, since the cir-

cumstances will vary considerably between
Description of side airbags one collision and another. Important factors
The airbag system can provide supplemental include, for example, the nature (hard or soft)
protection to properly restrained occupants . of the impacting object, the angle of impact,
page 173, Important
vehicle speed, etc. c::>
safety instructions on the side airbag system .

Aside from their normal safety function, safe-

ty belts work to help keep the driver or front
passenger in position in the event of a side
collision so that the side airbags can provide
protection .

The airbag system is not a substitute for your

safety belt . Rather, it is part of the overall oc-
Fig. 182 Side airbag locat ion in the driver's seat
cupant restraint system in your vehicle. Al-
ways remember that the side airbag system
The side airbags are located in the sides of the
can only help to protect you if you are wearing
front seat backrests c::>fig. 182 and the rear
your safety belt and wearing it properly. This
backrest* facing the doors. They are identified
is another reason why you should always wear
by the word "AIRBAG".
your safety belts, not just because the law re-
The side airbag system basically consists of: quires you to do so c::>page 148, General
- the electronic control module and external notes.
side impact sensors It is important to remember that while the
- the two airbags located in the sides of the supplemental side airbag system is designed
front backrests and the two airbags* located to reduce the likelihood of serious injuries,
in the rear backrest other injuries, for example, swelling, bruising,
- the airbag warning light in the instrument and minor abrasions can also be associated
cluster. with deployed side airbags. Remember too,
side airbags will deploy only once and only in
The airbag system is monitored electronically
certain kinds of accidents - your safety belts
to make certain that it is functioning properly
are always there to offer protection .
at all times. Each time you turn on the igni-
tion, the airbag system indicator light will Vehicle damage, repair costs or even the lack
come on for a few seconds (self diagnostics) . of vehicle damage are not necessarily an indi-
cation of over-sensitive or failed airbag activa-
The side airbag system supplements the safe-
tion. In some collisions, both front and side
ty belts and can help to reduce the risk of in-
airbags may inflate. Remember too, that air-
jury to the driver's and front passenger's up-
bags will deploy only once and only in certain
per torso on the side of the vehicle that is
kinds of collisions -your safety belts are al-
struck in a side collision. The airbag deploys
ways there to offer protection in those acci-
only in side impacts and only when the vehicle
dents in which airbags are not supposed to
acceleration registered by the control unit is
deploy or when they have already deployed .
high enough. If this rate is below the refer-
ence value programmed into the control unit, The side airbag system will not deploy:
the side airbags will not be triggered, even
-when the ignition is turned off
though the car may be badly damaged as a re-
- in side collisions when the acceleration
sult of the collision. It is not possible to de-
measured by the sensor is too low
fine an airbag triggering range that will cover
- in front-end collisions
 Airbag system 173

- in rear-end collisions ty . Supplemental side airbags inflate between

- in rollovers. the occupant and the door panel on the side
of the vehicle that is struck in certain side col-
In some types of accidents the front airbags,
lision q fig. 183 .
side curtain airbags and side airbags may be
tr iggered together. Although they are not a soft pillow, they can
"cushion" the impact and in th is way they can
A WARNING
-
help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper
- Safety belts and the airbag system will part of the body.
only provide protection when occupants A fine dust may develop when the airbag de-
are in the proper seating position ploys . This is normal and does not mean there
¢ page 173. is a fire in the vehicle.
- If the airbag indicator light comes on
when the vehicle is being used, have the
Important safety instructions on the
system inspected immediately by your side airbag system
authorized Audi dealer . The airbag may
not work properly when the vehicle ac- Airbags are only supplemental restrain ts. Al-
celeration in a side collision is high ways properly wear safety belts and ride in a
enough to activate the airbag . proper seating position .

There is a lot that you and your passengers

How supplemental side airbags work must know and act accordingly to help the
safety belts and airbags do their job to pro-
Side airbags deploy ins tan tly and can help re-
vide supplemental protection .
duce t he risk of upper t orso injuries for occu-
pants who are properly restrained.
A
- WARNING
;g An inflat ing side airbag can cause serious
ci:
CD or fatal injury. Improperly wearing safety
al

belts and improper seating positions in-

crease the risk of serious personal injury
and death whenever a vehicle is being
used.
- In order to reduce the risk of injury when
the supplemental side airbag inflates:
Fig. 183 Infla ted side airbags on left side of vehicle - Always sit in an upright position and
never lean against the area where the
When the system is triggered , the airbag is supplemental side airbag is located.
f ill ed w ith propellant gas and breaks through - Never let a child or anyone else rest
a seam in the seat surface area marked "AIR- their head against the side trim panel
BAG". It expands between the side trim panel in the area where the supplementa l
and the passenger. I n order to help provide side airbag inflates.
this additional protection, the side airbag - Always make sure that safety belts are
must inflate within a fraction of a second at worn correctly,
very high speed and with great force. The sup- - Do not let anyone sitting in the front
plemental side airbag could injure you if your seat put the ir hand or any other parts
seating position is not proper or upright or if of their body out of the window .
items are located in the area where the sup- - Always make sure that the side airbag
plemental side airbag expands . This applies can inflate without interference.
especially to children q page 178, Child Safe-
174 Airbag system

- Never install seat covers or replace- always be repaired immediately by an au-

ment upholstery over the front seat- thorized Audi dealer.
backs that have not been specifically - If children are seated improperly, their
approved by Audi. risk of injury increases in the case of an
- Never use additional seat cushions that accident c:>page 178, Child Safety.
cover the areas where the side airbags - Never attempt to modify any compo-
deploy . nents of the airbag system in any way.
- Damage to the original seat covers or - In a side collision, side airbags will not
to the seam in the area of the side air- function properly if sensors cannot cor-
bag module must always be repaired rectly measure increasing air pressure in-
immediately by an authorized Audi side the doors when air escapes through
dealer. larger , unclosed openings in the door
- Objects between you and the airbag can panel.
increase the risk of injury in an accident - Never drive with interior door trim pan-
by interfering with the way the airbag els removed.
unfolds or by being pushed into you as - Never dr ive when parts have been re-
the airbag inflates . moved from the inside door panel and
- Never place or attach accessories or the openings they leave have not been
other objects (such as cupholders, tele- properly closed.
phone brackets, or even large, bulky - Never drive when loudspeakers in the
objects) on the doors, over or near the doors have been removed unless the
area marked "AIRBAG" on the seat speaker holes have been properly
backrests. closed .
- Such objects and accessories can be- - Always make certain that openings are
come dangerous projectiles and cause covered or filled if additional speakers
injury when the supplemental side air- or other equipment is installed in the
bag deploys. inside door panels.
- Never carry any objects or pets in the - Always have work on the doors done by
deployment space between them and an authorized Audi dealer or qualified
the airbags or allow children or other workshop .
passengers to travel in this position .
- Always use the built-in coat hooks only
Side curtain airbags
for lightweight clothing. Never leave any
heavy or sharp-edged objects in the Description of side curtain airbags
pockets that may interfere with side air-
The side curtain airbag system can provide
bag deployment and can cause personal
supplemental protection to properly restrain-
injury in an accident.
ed occupants.
- Always prevent the side airbags from be-
ing damaged by heavy objects knocking
against or hitting the sides of the seat-
backs.
- The airbag system can only be triggered
once. If the airbag has been triggered,
the system must be replaced by an au-
thorized Audi dealership.
- Damage (cracks, deep scratches etc.) to
the original seat covers or to the seam in
Fig. 184 Side curta in system, dri ver's side: side curtain
the area of the side airbag module must airbag locati on II>--
 A irbag sys tem 1 75

The side curtain airbags a re located on both of accidents - your safety belts are always
sides of the interior above the front and rear there to offer protection. •
side windows ¢ fig. 184. They are ident ified •
The side curtain airbag system basically
by the word "AIRBAG"on the windshie ld
consists of:
frame and the center roof pillar.
- The e lectronic control module and external
The side curtain airbag system supp lements
side impact sensors
the safety belts and can help to reduce the
- The side curtain airbags above t he front and
risk of injury for occupants' heads and upper
rear side windows
torso on the side of the vehicle that is struck
- The a irbag indicator light in the instr ument
in a side collision . The side curta in airbag in-
panel
flates in side impacts and only when the veh i-
cle acce lerat ion reg istered by the contro l unit The airbag system is mon itored electronically
is high enoug h. If th is rate is below the refer- to make ce rtain it is functioning prope rly at all
ence value programmed into the con t rol un it, times. Each t ime you t urn on the ignit ion, the
the side airbags will not be triggered, even airbag system ind icator light will come on for
though the car may be badly damaged as a re - a few seconds (self diagnostics).
sult of the collision . It is not possible to de-
The side curtain airbag is not activated :
fine an a irbag triggering range that will cover
every possible angle of impact, since the cir- - if the ignition is turned off,
cumstances will vary considerably between - in side collisions when the acceleration
one collision and another. Important factors measured by the sensor is too low,
include, for example, the nature (hard or soft) - in rear-end collisions .
of the impacting object, the ang le of impact,
ve hicle speed, etc. ¢ page 176, How side cur- _& WARNING
tain airbags work. - Safety belts and the airbag system will
Aside from the ir normal safety function, safe- only provide prote ction when occupants
ty belts work to he lp keep the driver or front are in t he proper seating posi t ion
passenger in posit ion in the event of a colli- ¢ page 64, General recommendations.
sion so that the side curtain ai rbags can pro- - If the ai rbag ind icator light comes on
vide protection. when the vehicle is being used, have the
system inspected immediately by your
The airbag system is not a subst itute for your author ized Audi dealer . The side curtain
safety belt. Rathe r, it is pa rt of the overall oc- airbag may not work proper ly even when
cupa nt restraint system in your veh icle. Al- the vehicle acce lerat ion in a s ide collision
ways remember that the airbag system can is high enough to activate the airbag.
only help to protect you if you are wea ring
your safety belt and wearing it properly. This
is another reason why you shou ld a lways wear
your safety belts, not just because the law re-
qu ires you to do so ¢ page 148, General
notes .
It is important to remember that while the
side curta in a irbag system is designed to he lp
reduce the likelihood of serious injuries, other
injuries, for example, swelling, bruising, and
minor abrasions can also be associated w ith
these airbags. Remember too, these a irbags
will dep loy only once and only in certain kinds
176 Airbag system

How side curtain airbags work Important safety instructions on the

side curtain airbag system
Side curtain airbags can work together with
side airbags to help reduce the risk of head Airbags are only supplemental restraints . Al-
and upper torso injuries for occupants who ways properly wear safety belts and ride in a
are properly restrained. proper seating position.

There is a lot that you and your passengers

must know and do to help the safety belts and
airbags do their job to provide supplemental
protection.

A WARNING
-
Improperly wearing safety belts and im-
proper seating positions increase the risk
of serious personal injury and death when-
Fig. 185 Illustration of principle: Inflated side curtain
airbags on the left side ever a vehicle is being used.
- Never let occupants place any parts of
The side curtain airbags inflate between the their bodies in the area from which the
occupant and the windows on the side of the side curtain airbags inflate.
vehicle that is struck in a side collision - Always make sure that the side curtain
fig.
c::> 185 . airbags can inflate without interference.
Unsuitable accessories fitted inside the
When the system is triggered , the side curtain
expansion range of a head airbag can
airbag is filled with propellant gas and breaks
dangerously interfere with its function. A
through a seam above the front and rear side
deploying head airbag develops enough
windows identified by the AIRBAGlabel. In or-
force to catapult any piece of add-on
der to help provide this additional protection ,
component out of its path of inflation
the side curtain airbag must inflate within the
and into the passenger compartment. An
blink of an eye at very high speed and with
occupant hit by such a projectile can suf-
great force. The side curtain airbag could in-
page 294,
fer serious injury or death c::>
jure you if your seating position is not proper
Technical Modifications.
or upright or if items are located in the area
- Do not swivel the sun visors to the side if
where the supplemental side curtain airbag
you have any objects clipped onto them
inflates . This applies especially to children
(for example pens). If the airbag should
c::>
page 178 .
deploy, you could be injured by these ob-
Although they are not a soft pillow, side cur- jects.
tain airbags can "cushion" the impact and in - Use the built-in coat hooks only for light-
this way they can help to reduce the risk of in- weight clothing. Never leave any heavy or
jury to the head and the upper part of the sharp-edged objects in the pockets that
body. may interfere with airbag deployment
A fine dust may develop when the airbag de- and can cause personal injury in an acci-
ploys . This is quite normal and does not mean dent.
there is a fire in the veh icle. - Never use hangers to hang clothing from
the hooks .
- Only use factory-installed sun shades or,
in the case of shades installed after the
vehicle leaves the factory, only Audi roll-
up sunscreens may be used c::> page 293,
 Airbag system 177

Additional accessories and parts re-

•
placement.
- Always sit in proper seating position and •
wear safety belts while traveling so that
the side curtain airbags can help provide
protection.
- The airbag system can only be triggered
once. If the airbag has been triggered,
the system must be replaced by an au-
thorized Audi dealer or qualified work-
shop.
- Always have work involving the side cur-
tain airbag system, removal and installa-
tion of the airbag components, or other
repairs performed by an authorized Audi
dealer or qualified workshop. Otherwise
the airbag system may not work correct-
ly.
- Never attempt to modify any compo-
nents of the airbag system in any way.
178 Child Safety

Child Safety straints are on the front passenger seat. Be-

cause of the large amount of impo rtant infor-
Important things to mation, we cannot repeat it all here. We urge
know you to read the detailed information in th is
owner's manual about airbags and the Ad-
Introduction vanced Airbag System in your vehicle and the
The rear seat is generally the safest place in a very important information about transport-
collision. ing children on the fro nt passenger seat.
Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they
The physical principles of what happens when are extremely im porta nt for your safety and
your vehicle is in a crash apply also to chi ldren the safety of your passengers, especially in-
~ page 149, What happens to occupants not fants and small children .
wearing safety belts? . But unlike adults and
teenagers, their muscles and bones are not A WARNING
fu lly developed . In many respects children are - Accident statistics have shown that chil-
at greater risk of serious injury in crashes than
dren are generally safer in the rear seat
adults.
area than in the front seating position.
Because children's bodies are not fully devel- Always restrain any child age 12 and un-
oped, they require restraint systems especial- der in the rear.
ly designed for their size, weight, and body - All vehicle occupants and especially chil-
structure. Many countries and all states of the dren must be restrained properly when-
United States and provinces of Canada have ever riding in a vehicle . An unrestrained
laws requ iring the use of approved child re- or improperly restrained chi ld could be
straint systems for infants and small children. injur ed by str ikin g the interior or by be-
ing ejected from the vehicle dur ing a
In a fronta l crash at a speed of 20 -35 mph
sudden maneuver or impact. An un re-
(30-56 km/h) the forces acting on a 13-pound
st rained or improperly restrained child is
(6 kg) infant w ill be more than 20 t imes the
also at greater risk of injury or death
weight of the child . This means the weight of
through contact with an inflating airbag.
the child would suddenly be more than
- A suitable chi ld restraint properly instal -
260 pounds (120 kg). Under these conditions,
led and used at one of the rear seating
only an appropria t e child restraint properly
positions provides the highest degree of
used can reduce the risk of serious inju ry.
protection for infants and small children
Child restraints, lik e adult safety belts, must
in most accident situations.
be used properly to be effective . Used improp-
erly, they can increase the risk of serious in-
jury in an accident.
A
,_
WARNING
Children on the front seat of any car even
Consult the child safety seat manufacture r's
with Advanced Airbags can be seriously in-
instr uctions in order to be sure the seat is
jur ed or even killed when an airbag in-
right for your child's size ~ page 181, Impor-
flates. A child in a rearward-fac ing child
tant safety instructions for using child safety
safety seat insta ll ed on the front passen-
seats. Please be sure to read and heed all of
ger seat will be seriously injured and can
the important informat ion and WARNINGS
be killed if the front airbag inflates .
about child safety, Advanced Air bags, and the
- The inflating airbag will hit t he child
installation of child restraints in this chapter .
safety seat or infant carrie r wi t h great
There is a lot you need to know about the Ad- force and will smash the child safety seat
vanced Airbags in your vehicle and how they and child against the backrest, center
work when infants and children in child re- armrest, or door. II>-
 Child Safety 1 79

- Always install rear-facing child safety are intended to reduce the risk of injury
through interaction with the airbag that can •
seats on the rear seat.
- If you must install a rearward facing occur, for example, by being too close to the •
child safety seat on the front passenger steering wheel and instrument panel when
seat in exceptional circumstances and the airbag inflates. In addition, the system
the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does has been certified to comply with the "sup -
not come on and stay on, immediately pression" requirements of the Safety Stand-
install the rear-facing child safety seat in ard, to turn off the front airbag for infants up
a rear seating position and have the air- to 12 months who are restrained on the front
bag system inspected immediately by passenger seat in child restraints that are list-
your Audi dealer. ed in the Standard.

Even though your vehicle is equipped with an

_& WARNING Advanced Airbag system, all children, espe-
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must cially those 12 years and younger, should al-
install a forward-facing child restraint on ways ride in the back seat properly restrained
the front passenger's seat: for their age and size. The airbag on the pas-
- Always make sure the forward-facing senger side makes the front seat a potentially
seat has been designed and certified by dangerous place for a child to ride . The front
its manufacturer for use on a front seat seat is not the safest place for a child in a for-
with a passenger front and side airbag. ward-facing child safety seat. It can be a very
- Always follow the manufacturer's in- dangerous place for an infant or a larger child
structions provided with the child safety in a rearward-facing seat .
seat or carrier.
- Always move the passenger seat into its Advanced Airbags and the weight-
rearmost position in the seat's fore and sensing mat in the front seat
aft adjustment range, as far away from
The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle
the airbag as possible before installing
detects the presence of an infant or child in a
the child restraint. The backrest must be
child restraint on the front passenger seat us-
adjusted to an upright position .
ing the weight-sensing mat in the seat cush-
- Always make sure that the PASSENGER
ion and the sensor below the safety belt latch
AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays
on the front passenger seat that measures the
on all the time whenever the ignition is
tension on the safety belt.
switched on.
The weight-sensing mat measures total
weight of the child and the child safety seat
Advanced front airbag system and
children and a child blanket on the front passenger
seat. The weight on the front passenger seat
Your vehicle is equipped with a front "Ad- is related to the design of the child restraint
vanced Airbag System" in compliance with and its "footprint", the size and shape of the
United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety bottom of the child restraint as it sits on the
Standard (FMVSS) 208 as applicable at the seat. The weight of a child restraint and its
time your vehicle was manufactured. "footprint" vary for different kinds of child re-
straints and for the different models of the
The Advanced Airbag system in your vehicle
same kind of child restraint offered by child
has been certified to meet the "low-risk" re-
restraint manufacturers.
quirements for 3- and 6-year old children on
the passenger side and small adults on the The weight ranges for the individual types,
driver side. The low risk deployment criteria makes and models of child restraints that the ..,.
180 Child Safety

NHTSA has specified in the Safety Standard and imp roved designs and older mode ls are
together with the weight ranges of typical in- taken out of product ion. Child restraints are
fants and typical 1 year-old child have been not standard ized. Child rest raints of the same
stored in the control un it of the Advanced Air- type typically have different weights and sizes
bag System. When a child restraint is being and different 'footpr ints,' the size and shape
used on the front passenger seat with a typi- of the bottom of the child restrai nt that sits
cal 1 year-old child, the Advanced Airbag Sys- on the seat, when they are insta ll ed on a vehi-
tem compa res the we ight measured by the cle seat . These diffe rences make it virtually
weight sensing mat with the inf orma ti on st or- impos sible to certify complian ce wi t h t he re-
ed in t he elect ron ic cont rol uni t . quiremen t s for advanced airbags wit h each
and every chil d restra int t hat has ever been
The electron ic control unit also registers the
sold in the past or wi ll be sold over the course
tension on the front passenger safety belt .
of the useful life of your vehicle.
The t ension on t he safety belt fo r the front
passenger seat will be diffe rent fo r an adul t For t his reason, t he Unite d St at es Nat ion al
who is prope rly using the safety belt as com- Highway Traffic Safety Adm inist rat ion has
pared to the tension on the belt whe n it is published a list of specific type, makes and
used to attach a chi ld restraint to the seat. models of child restraints that must be used
The sensor below the latch fo r the safety belt to certify comp liance of the Advanced Airbag
for the front seat passenger measures the System in your vehicle with the suppression
tension on the belt. The input from this sen- requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
sor is then used with the weight to "decide", Standard 208 . These chi ld restraints are:
whet her there is a child restraint w ith a typ ical
Subpart A - Car bed child restra ints
1 year-old child on the front passenger seat
and whet her or not the airb ag must be tu rned Model Manufactured on or
off. after
Angel Guard Angel September 2S, 2007
Child restraints and Advanced Airbags Ride AA2403FOF

Regardl ess of the chi ld restraint t hat you use, Subpart B - Rear-facing child restraints
make sure t hat it has been certified to meet
United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Model Manufactured on or
Standards and has been certified by its manu- after
facturer for use with an airbag. Always be sure Century SmartFit December 1, 1999
that the child restraint is properly insta ll ed at 45 4 3
one of the rear seating positions . If in excep- Cosco Arriva September 25, 2007 I
tional circumstanc es you must use it on the 22-013PAW and base
fro nt passenger seat , caref ull y read all of th e 22 -999WHO I
inf ormat ion on child safety and Advanced Air- Evenfl o Discovery Ad- December 1, 1999
bags and heed all of t he appli cable WARN- just Right 21 2
I NGS. Make certai n that the child restraint is
Evenflo First Choice December 1, 1999
correctly recognized by the weig ht-sensing
204
mat inside the front passenger seat, that the
fro nt passenger airbag is turned off and that Grace Infant 8457 December 1, 1999
the airbag status is always correctly signaled Grace Snug ride September 25, 2007
by the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light . Peg Perego Primo Vi- September 25, 2007 ...
Many types and models of child restra ints aggio SIP IMUNOOUS
have been available over the years, new mod-
els are introduced regularly incorporating new
 Child Sa f et y 18 1

Subpart C - Forward-f acing and Important safety instructions for using

convert ible child restra ints child safety seats •
•
Model Manufactured on or Correct use of child safety seats substantially
after reduces the risk of injury in an accident!
Britax Roundabout September 25, 2007
As the dr iver, you are respons ible for the safe-
E9L02xx
ty of everybody in the veh icle, especially ch il-
Cosco Touriva 02519 December 1, 1999
dren:
Cosco Summit Deluxe September 25, 2007
.. Always use the right ch ild safety seat for
High Back Booster
each child and always use it properly
2 2-262
~ page 183 .
Cosco High Back September 2S, 2007
.. Always carefully fo llow the child safe t y seat
Booster 22-209
manufact urer's inst ruct ions on how to route
Evenflo Tribut e V September 25, 200 7 the safety belt properly t hrough the child
379xxxx safety seat .
Evenflo Medallion December 1, 1999 .. When using the vehicle safety belt to install
l2s4 a child safety seat, you must first activate
Evenflo Generations September 25, 2007 the convertible locking retractor on the
3S2xxxx safety belt to prevent the child safety seat
from mov ing ¢ page 187.
Graco ComfortSport September 25, 2007
.. Push the ch ild safety seat down with your
Graco Toddler Safety September 25, 2007
full weight to get the safety be lt really tight
Seat Step 2
so that the seat cannot move fo rward o r
Graco Platinum Cargo September 25, 2007 sideways more th a n one inch (2.5 cm) .
.. If a st rap or tet her is be ing used to tie the
A WARNING child safety seat to the front passenger
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make seat, make sure that it is not so tight that it
sure that the PASSENGER A IR BAG OFF causes the weight-sensing mat to measure
light comes on and stays on whenever a more weight than is actually on the seat.
child restraint is installed o n the front pas-
Always remember : Even tho ugh your vehicle is
senger seat and the ignition is switched
equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all
on .
children, especially those 12 years and young-
- Take the child restraint off the front pas-
er, shou ld always ride in the back seat proper-
senger seat and install it properly at one
ly restrained for the ir age and size.
of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN-
GER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on.
- Have the airbag system inspected by
A WARNING
-
Not using a child safety seat, using the
yo ur autho rized Audi dealer immediate-
wrong child safety seat o r imprope rly in-
ly.
stalling a ch ild restrain t increases the risk
of ser ious personal injury and de ath.
- All vehicle occupants and especially chil-
The ch ild seats listed in categories A to C
dren must always be res t rained pro perly
have been tested by Audi only for the Ad-
wheneve r rid ing in a veh icle .
vanced Airbag function.
182 Child Safety

- An unrestrained or improperly restrain- - The child and the passenger can also
ed child can be injured or killed by be- injure each other in an accident.
ing thrown against the inside of the ve- - Never install rear-facing child safety
hicle or by being ejected from it during seats or infant carriers on the front pas-
a sudden maneuver or impact. senger seat. A child will be seriously in-
- An unrestrained or improperly restrain- jured and can be killed when the passen-
ed child is at much greater risk of injury ger airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
or death by being struck by an inflating vanced Airbag System.
airbag. - The inflating airbag will hit the child
- Commercially available child safety seats safety seat or infant carrier with great
are required to comply with U.S. Federal force and will smash the child safety seat
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) and child against the backrest, center
213 (in Canada CMVSS213). armrest, door or roof.
- When buying a child restraint, select -Always install rear-facing child safety
one that fits your child and the vehicle. seats or infant carriers on the rear seat.
- Only use child restraint systems that - Forward-facing child safety seats instal-
fully contact the flat portion of the led on the front passenger's seat can in-
seat cushion. The child restraint must terfere with the airbag when it inflates
not tip or lean to either side. Audi does and cause serious injury to the child. Al-
not recommend using child safety ways install forward-facing child safety
seats that rest on legs or tube-like seats on the rear seat.
frames. They do not provide adequate - If exceptional circumstances require the
contact with the seat. use of a forward-facing child restraint on
-Always heed all legal requirements per- the front passenger's seat, the child's
taining to the installation and use of safety and well-being require that the
child safety seats and carefully follow following special precautions be taken:
the instructions provided by the manu- - Make sure the forward-facing seat has
facturer of the seat you are using. been designed and certified by its man-
- Never allow children under 57 inches ufacturer for use on a front seat with a
(1.45 meters) to wear a normal safety passenger front and side airbag.
belt. They must always be restrained by a - Always carefully follow the manufac-
proper child restraint system. Otherwise, turer's instructions provided with the
they could sustain injuries to the abdo- child safety seat or carrier.
men and neck areas during sudden brak- - Always move the front passenger seat
ing maneuvers or accidents. into the rearmost position of the pas-
- Never let more than one child occupy a senger seat's fore and aft adjustment
child safety seat. range, and as far away from the airbag
- Never let babies or older children ride in as possible before installing the child
a vehicle while sitting on the lap of an- restraint.
other passenger. - Always make sure that nothing pre-
- Holding a child in your arms is never a vents the front passenger's seat from
substitute for a child restraint system. being moved to the rearmost position
- The strongest person could not hold in its fore and aft adjustment range.
the child with the forces that exist in - Always make sure that the backrest is
an accident. The child will strike the in- in the upright position.
terior of the vehicle and can also be -Always buckle the child safety seat firmly
struck by the passenger. in place even if a child is not sitting in it . ~
 Child S a f ety 18 3

A loose ch ild safety seat can fly around Child safety seats
dur ing a sudden stop or in a collision.
Infant seats
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS
whenever using a child restrained in ave- Babies and infants up to about one year old
hicle is being used ,=;,page148, Safety and 20 lbs. or 9 kg need special rearward-fac-
belts, c;, page 156, Airbag system and ing child restraints that support the back,
c;, page 178, Child Safety. neck and head in a crash.

A WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury, make
sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
light comes on and stays on whenever a
child restraint is installed on the front pas-
senger seat and the ignition is switche d
on.
- Take the child restraint off the front pas-
senger seat and ins t all it properly at one Fig. 186 Schematic overview: rearward-fac ing infant
of the rea r seat positions if the PASSEN- seat, properly installed on t he rear seat

GERAIR BAG OFF light does not stay on .

.. When using the vehicle safety belt to install
- Have the airbag system inspected by
a child safety seat, you must first activate
yo ur authorized Audi dealer immediate-
the convertib le locking retractor on the
ly.
safety belt to prevent the child safety seat

A WARNING
from mov ing ,=;,page187 or install the seat
using the LATCHattachments .
A child in a child restraint installed with .. Push the chi ld safety seat down with your
the LATCHlower anchorages or with the full weight to get the safety be lt really tight
standard safety belt on the rear seat may so that the seat cannot move forward or
play with unused rear seat safety belts and sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm).
become entangled resu lting in ser ious per-
sonal injury and even death. Infants up to about one year (20 lbs. or 9 kg)
-Always buck le unused rear seat safety are best protected in specia l infant carriers
belts out of reach of chi ld ren in ch ild and child safety seats designed for their age
seats and properly act ivate the conve rti- group. Many experts believe that infants and
ble locking retractor so that the child small chi ldren should ride on ly in special re-
cannot un reel t he safety belt from the stra ints in wh ich the child faces the back of
retractor . the vehicle. These infant seats support the ba-
by's back, neck and head in a crash ¢ fig. 186.

The airbag on the passenger side makes the

front seat a potentially dangerous place for a
child to ride. The front seat is not the safest
place for a child in a fo rward-facing child seat.
It is a very dangerous place fo r an infant or a
larger child in a rearward-facing seat. .._
184 Child S af et y

& WARNING Convertible child safety seats

Not using a child safety seat, using the Properly used convertible child safety seats
wrong ch ild safety seat or improperly in- can help protect toddlers and children over
stall ing a child restraint increases the risk age one who weigh between 20 and 40 lbs. (9
of serious personal injury and death in a and 18 kg) in a crash.
crash .
- Never install rear-facing ch ild safety
seats or infant carriers on the front pas-
senger seat - even with an Advanced Air-
bag System. A child will be seriously in-
jured and can be killed when the inflat-
ing airbag hits the child safety seat or in-
fant carrier with great force and smashes
the ch ild safety seat and chi ld against
the backrest, center armrest, door or Fig. 187 Schemat ic overview: installat ion of the at -
roof c:>page 157, Child restraints on the tac hments appl icable to a LATCHseat
front seat - some important things to
know.
- Always install rear-facing child safety
seats or infant carriers on the rear seat.
- Never install a rear-facing child restraint
in the forward-facing direction. Such re-
st raints are des igned for the special
needs of infants and very small children
and cannot protect them proper ly if the
Fig. 188 Schema tic overview: installat ion of th e seat
seat is forward-fac ing.
using the vehicle's safety belt system
- If you must install a rea rward facing
child safety seat on the front passenge r .,.When us ing the vehicle safety belt to ins t all
seat because of exceptional circumstan- a child safety seat, you must first activate
ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF the convertib le locking feature on the safety
light does not come on and stay on, im- be lt to prevent the chi ld safety seat from
mediately install the rear-facing child moving c:>page 187 or install the seat using
safety seat in a rear seating position and the LATCHattachments.
have t he a irbag system inspected by your .,. Push the ch ild safety seat down with your
Audi dealer. full weight to get the safety belt really tight
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS so that the seat cannot move forward or
whenever using a child restrained in ave- sideways mo re than one inch (2.5 cm)
hicle is being used c:>page 148, Safety c:>page 187 .
belts, c:>page 156, Airbag system and .,.If the child safety seat is equipped wit h a
c:>page 178, Important things to know. tether strap, attach it to the tethe r anchors
c:>page193.

A toddler or chi ld is usua lly too large for an in-

fant restraint if it is more than one year old
and weighs more than 20 lbs. (9 kg) .

Toddlers and childre n who a re older than one

year up to abou t 4 years old and weigh more ..,.
 Child Safety 185

than 20 lbs. (9 kg) up to 40 lbs. (18 kg) must

always be properly restrained in a child safety
_A WARNING - •
seat certified for their size and weight If exceptional circumstances require the •
¢fig.187and ¢ fig.188. use of a forward-facing child restraint on
the front passenger's seat, the child's safe-
The airbag on the passenger side makes the ty and well-being require that the follow-
front seat a potentially dangerous place for a ing special precautions be taken:
child to ride. The front seat is not the safest - Make sure the forward-facing seat has
place for a child in a forward-facing child safe- been designed and certified by its manu-
ty seat. It is a very dangerous place for an in- facturer for use on a front seat with a
fant or a larger child in a rearward-facing seat. passenger front and side airbag.
- Always follow the manufacturer's in-
_A WARNING structions provided with the child safety
Not using a child safety seat, using the seat or infant carrier.
wrong child safety seat or improperly in- - Always move the front passenger seat in-
stalling a child restraint increases the risk to the rearmost position of the passen-
of serious personal injury and death in a ger seat's fore and aft adjustment range,
collision or other emergency situation. and as far away from the airbag as possi-
- Children on the front seat of any car, ble before installing the child restraint.
even with Advanced Airbags, can be seri- - Always make sure that nothing prevents
ously injured or even killed when an air- the front passenger's seat from being
bag inflates. A child in a rearward-facing moved to the rearmost position in its
child safety seat installed on the front fore and aft adjustment range.
passenger seat will be seriously injured - Always make sure the backrest is in an
and can be killed if the front airbag in- upright position.
flates - even with an Advanced Airbag - Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
System. OFFlight comes on and stays on all the
- The inflating airbag will hit the child time whenever the ignition is switched
safety seat or infant carrier with great on.
force and will smash the child safety seat - If the light does not stay on, perform the
and child against the backrest, center checks¢ page 167, Monitoring the Ad-
armrest, door or roof. vanced Airbag System.
- Always install rear-facing child safety - Take the child restraint off the front pas-
seats on the rear seat. senger seat and install it properly at one
- If you must install a rearward facing of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN-
child safety seat on the front passenger GERAIR BAGOFFlight does not stay on
seat because of exceptional circumstan- whenever the ignition is switched on.
ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF
light does not come on and stay on, im-
mediately install the rear-facing child
safety seat in a rear seating position and
have the airbag system inspected by your
Audi dealer.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS
whenever using a child restrained in ave-
hicle is being used¢ page 148, Safety
belts,¢ page 156, Airbag system and
¢ page 178, Important things to know.
186 Child Safety

Booster seats and safety belts developed, and they must not use the vehicle
safety belts without a suitable chi ld restraint.
Properly used booster seats can help protect
children weighing between about 40 lbs. and It is usually best to put these chi ldren in ap-
80 lbs. (18 kg and 36 kg) who are less than 4 propr iate booste r seats. Be sure the booster
ft. 9 in. (57 inches/1.45 meters) tall. seat meets all applicable safety standa rds.

Booster seats raise the seating posit ion of the

child and repos ition both the lap and shoulder
parts of the safety belt so that they pass
across the child's body in the right places. The
routing of the belt over the child's body is very
important for the child's protect ion, whether
or not a booster seat is used. Children age 12
and under must always ride in the rear seat.

Children who are at least 4 ft . 9 in. (57 in-

Fig. 189 Rear seat: child properly restrained i n a boos-
ter seat ches/1.45 meters) tall can genera lly use the
vehicle's three point lap and shoulder belts.
The vehicle's safety belts alone will not fit Never use the lap belt portion of the vehicle's
most children until they are at least 4 ft. 9 in. safety belt alone to restrain any ch ild, regard -
(57 inch es/1.45 meters) tall and weigh about less of how big the child is. Always remember
80 lbs . (36 kg). Booster seats raise these chil- that children do not have the pronounced pel-
dren up so that the safety belt will pass prop - vic structure required for the prope r funct ion
erly over the stronger pa rts of their bodies of lap belt portion of the vehicle 's three point
and the safety belt can help protect them in a lap and shou lder belts. The chi ld's safety ab-
crash. so lutely requires that a lap belt portion of the
safety belt be fastened snugly and as low as
.. Do not use the convertible locki ng retractor
possible around the pelvis. Never let the lap
when using the vehicle's safety belt to re-
belt portion of the safety belt pass over the
strain a chi ld on a booster seat .
child's stomach or abdomen .
.. Always position the sho uld er portion of the
safety belt midway over the child's shoulder. In a crash, airbags must inflate within a blink
If you must transport an older child in a of an eye and with considerable force. In order
booster seat on the front passenger seat, to do its job, the a irbag needs room to inflate
you can use the safety belt he ight adjust- so that it will be there to protect the occupant
ment to help adjust the shoulder portion as the occupant moves forward into the a ir-
properly. bag .
.. Always make sure that the shoulder portion
A vehicle occ upant who is out of posit ion and
of the safety belt never rests against or
too close to the airbag gets in the way of an
across the child's neck .
inflating airbag . When an occupant is too
.. Always make sure that the child can properly
close, he or she w ill be struck violently and
wear the lap portion of the be lt low across
will receive se rious or possibly even fatal in-
the thighs or pe lvis and never over the
Jury.
stomach or abdomen.
In order for the airbag to offer protection, it is
Children up to at least 8 years old (over 40 important that all vehicle occupants, especial-
lbs. or 18 kg) are best protected in ch ild safe- ly any children, who must be in the front s eat
ty seats designed for their age and weight. Ex- because of exceptiona l circumstances, be
perts say that the skeletal structure, particu- properly restrai ned and as far away from the
larly the pelvis, of these ch ildren is not fully airbag as possible. By keeping room between ..,_
 Child Sa f et y 187

th e child's body and the front of the passen- - Never let a chi ld ride in the cargo area of
ger compartment, the airbag can inflate com - •
your veh icle.
pletely and provide supplemental protection - Always remembe r t hat a child leaning •
in certa in frontal col lisions . forward, sitting sideways or out of posi-
tion in any way d uring an accident can be
_&.WARNING struck by a dep loying a irbag. This will re-
Not using a booster seat, us ing the boos- sult in ser ious personal injury or death .
ter seat improperly, incorrect ly installing a - If you must install a booster seat on the
booster seat or using the vehicle safety front passenger seat because of excep-
belt improperly increases the risk of seri- tional circumstances the PASSENGER
ous personal injury and death in a collision AIR BAGOFF light must come o n and
or ot her eme rgency s ituation. To help re- st ay on, whenever the ignition is switch-
duce the risk of ser ious persona l injury ed on .
and/or death: - If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light
- Always make sure to position t he should- does not come on and stay on, pe rform
er port ion of the three -po int bel t over the checks descr ibed ¢ page 167, Moni-
the middle of chi ld's sho ulder. toring the Advanced Airbag System .
- Never let the shoulder port ion of the be lt - Take t he chi ld restraint off t he fron t pas-
rest against or across the neck , face, senger sea t a nd insta ll it prope rly at one
chin, or throat of the child . of the rear sea t positions if the PASSEN-
- Always make sure the lap belt portion of GERAIR BAG OFF light does not stay on
the three-po int be lt is worn sn ug and whenever the ignit ion is switched on .
passes as low as possib le across the -A lways read an d heed a ll WARNINGS
child's pelvis. Never let the belt pass over wheneve r us ing a chi ld restrained in ave -
the soft abdomen. hicle is being used ¢ page 148, Safety
- Failure to properly route sa fety belts belts, ¢ page 156, Airbag system and
over a ch ild's body will cause severe inju- ¢ page 178, Important things to know.
ries in an acc ident or other emergency
situation ¢ page 148 .
Installing a child safety
- The rear s ide of the booster seat should
be pos it ioned as close as poss ible to the
seat
backrest on the vehicle seat . Adjust or re- Securing a child safety seat using a
move the rear seat head rest raint if it is safety belt
difficult to install the child seat wit h the
Safety belts for the rear seats and the front
head restraint in pla ce¢ page 68. Inst all
passenger con be locked with the convertible
the head res tr ain t again immedia t ely
locking retract or to properly secure child
once the child seat is removed . Driving
safety seats.
without head rest raints or wit h head re-
straints that a re not properly adju sted The safety belts emergency locking ret ractors
increases the risk of ser ious or fatal nec k for the rear seats safety bel t s and for the
injury dramat ica lly. front passenger's seat safety belt have a con-
- Children on the front seat of any car, vertib le locking retractor for child rest raints.
even with Advanced Airbags, can be seri- The safety belt must be locked so that be lt
ous ly injured or even killed when an a ir- webb ing cannot unreel. The retractor can be
bag inf lates. activated t o lock t he safety belt and prevent
- Never let a child stand or knee l on any t he safety be lt webbing from looseni ng up
seat, for examp le the front seat . during norma l dr iving . A ch ild safety seat can
o nly be properly installed when the safety belt ...,
188 Child Safety

is locked so that the child and child safety senger's seat may interfere with the de-
seat will stay in place . ployment of the a irbag and cause serious
Always remember: Even t houg h your vehicle is injury to the child.
eq uipped w ith an Adva nced Airbag sys t em, all - It is safer to install a forward-facing
children, especia lly those 12 years and young- child safety seat on the rear seat.
e r, should always ride in the back seat proper- - Always read and heed all WARNINGS
ly restrained fo r their age and s ize. whenever us ing a child restrained in ave-
page 178. Special
hicle is being used <=>
.&_WARNING precautions apply when insta lling a child
safety seat on the front passenger seat
Improperly insta lled child safety seats in-
crease the risk of ser ious personal injury
page
<=> 157, Child restraints on the front
and death in a collision.
seat- some important things to know .
- Always make sure that the safety belt re-
tractor is locked when installing a child
.&_WARNING
safety seat . An unlocked safety belt re- Always take specia l precautions if you
t ractor cannot hold the child safety seat must install a forw a rd or rearward-fa cing
in place du ring normal driv ing or in a chi ld restraint on the front passenge r's
crash . seat in exceptional situations:
- Always buck le the child safety seat firmly - W henever a forw ar d or rearward-facing
in place even if a child is not s itting in it. child restraint is installed on the front
A loose child safety sea t can fly around passenger seat , the PASSENGERAIR
dur ing a sudden stop or in a col lision . BAGOFF light must come on and stay on
- Always make su re that the rear seat whenever the ignit ion is switched on.
backrest to whichthe center rear safety - If the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFFlight
belt is attached is sec urely latched when- does not come on and stay on, perform
ever the rear center safety be lt is being the checks described <=> page 167, Moni-
used to sec ure a child restraint. toring the Advanced Airbag System.
- If the backres t is not securely latched, - Take the chi ld restraint off the front pas-
the chi ld and the child restraint will be senger seat and install it properly at one
thrown forward together with the back- of the rear seat positions if the PASSEN-
rest and will strike parts of the veh icle GER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on
inter ior. The child can be serio us ly in- wheneve r the ignit ion is switched on .
jured or killed. - Improper installation of ch ild restra ints
- Never install rear-facing chi ld safety can reduce their effectiveness or even
seats or infant carriers on the front pas- prevent them from providing any protec-
senger seat . A ch ild will be ser iously in- tion .
jured and can be killed when the passen- - An improper ly installed ch ild restra int
ger ai rbag inflates. can interfere with the airbag as it de-
- The inflating a irbag will hit the child p loys and seriously injure o r even kill the
safety seat or infant carri er w ith great child.
force and w ill smash the ch ild safety sea t - Always carefu lly follow the manufact ur-
and child against the backrest, center er's instr uctions provided with t he chi ld
armrest, door or roo f. safety sea t or carrier.
- Always install rear-facing child safety - Never place add itiona l it ems on the seat
sea ts or infant carriers on the rear sea t . that can increase the t otal weight reg is-
- Forward-fa cing ch ild safety seats or in- tered by t he weight-sensing mat and can
fant carriers installed on the front pas- cause injury in a crash. ~
 Child Sa f et y 189

A WARNING be suppressed causing serio us or even

fatal injury to the ch ild.
•
Forward-facing child restraints: •
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
- Always make sure the forward-fac ing
OFFlight comes on and stays on all the
seat has been des igned and certified by
time whenever the ignit ion is switched
its manufacturer for use on a front seat
on .
with a passenger front and side airbag.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight
- Never put the forwa rd-facing child re-
does not come on and stay on, immed i-
straint up, against or very near the in-
ately insta ll the rear-fac ing child safety
strument panel.
seat in a rea r seat ing pos ition and have
-Always move the passenger seat into its
the airbag system inspected by your Audi
rearmost position in the seat's fore and
dea le r.
aft adjustment range, as far away from
the a irbag as poss ible before installing
the forward-facing child restraint. The Activating the convertible locking
backrest must be adjusted to an upr ight retractor
posit ion . Use the convertible locking retractor to se-
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG cure a child restraint.
OFFlight comes on and stays on all the
t ime whenever the ignition is switched Always heed the ch ild safety seat manufactur-
on. er's instr uctions when installing a child re-
stra int in your veh icle. To activate t he conve r-
A WARNING ti ble Lacking retr actor:

Rearward-fac ing chi ld restra ints: "' Place the chi ld restraint on a sea t , prefera-
- A ch ild in a rearwa rd-facing child safety b ly on the rea r seat.
seat installed on the front passenge r "' Slowly pull the belt all the way out .
sea t will be ser iously injured an d can be "' Route it a ro und or throug h the child re-
killed if the front airbag inflates - even st rain t belt path ¢ .&_.
with an Advanced Airbag System. "' Push the chi ld safety seat down with your
- The inflating air bag will hit the child fu ll weight to get t he safety be lt really tight.
safety sea t or infant carrier w ith g reat "' Insert the belt tongue into the buckle for
force and w ill smash the ch ild safety seat that seating position.
and child against the backrest, cente r "' Guide the safety belt back into the retractor
armrest, door or roo f. until the be lt lies flat and snug on the child
- Always be especially caref ul if you must safety sea t .
install a rearward facing child safety seat "' You shou ld hear a "clicking" noise as the
on the front passenger seat in exception - be lt winds back into the inertia ree l. Test t he
al circumstances. convert ible locking ret ractor by pulling on
- A tight tether st rap on a rearward-facing t he belt . You sho uld no longer be able to
child restraint attached to the front pas- pull t he be lt out of the retractor . The con-
senger seat can put too much pressure vertible locking retractor is now activated.
on the weight-mat in the seat and reg is- "' Make sure that the red release button is fac-
ter a heavier weight in the Advanced Air- ing away from the child restraint so t hat it
bag System . The heav ier weight regis- can be unbuckled qu ickly.
tered can make the system work as "' Pull on the belt to ma ke sure the safety belt
th ough a n adult were on the seat and de- is properly tight and fasten ed so tha t the
ploy the Advanced Airbag when it must seat ca nnot move forwa rd or sideways more
t han one inch (2 .S cm). .,.
190 Child Safety

If the convertib le locking retractor should be

_& WARNING - activated inadvertently, the safety be lt must
Using the wrong child restraint or an im- be unfastened and guided comp lete ly back in-
properly installed child restraint can cause to its stowed posit ion to deactivate this fea-
ser ious persona l injury or death in a crash . ture. If the convert ible locking retractor is not
- Always make sure that the safety belt re- deact ivated, the safety belt will gradually be-
tractor is locked when installing a child come tighte r and uncomfortable to wear .
safety seat. An unlocked safety belt re-
tractor cannot hold the child safety seat _& WARNING
in place during normal driving or in a =
Improperly installed child safety seats in-
crash .
crease the risk of serious pe rsonal injury
- Always buck le the child safety seat firmly
an d death in a collision.
in place even if a child is not s itting in it.
- Never unfasten the safety belt to deacti-
A loose ch ild safety seat can fly around
vate the conve rt ible locking retractor for
dur ing a sudden stop or in a crash .
child res t raints while the vehicle is mov-
-Always make sure the seat backrest to
ing. You would not be restrained and
wh ich the child restraint is installed is in could be seriously injured in an accident .
an upr ight position and securely latched
- Always read and heed a ll WARNINGS
into place and cannot fo ld forwa rd. Oth-
whenever using a child restrained in ave-
erwise, the seatbac k with th e child safety
hicle is being used <:!)page 178 . Special
seat attached to it could fly forward in
preca utions apply when insta lling a child
the event of an accident or other emer-
safety seat on the front passenger seat
gency situation .
¢ page 157, Child restraints on the front
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS
seat - some important things to know .
whenever using a child restrained in ave-
hicle is being used r::!)page 178. Spec ial
precautions apply when installing a ch ild LATCH Lower
safety seat on the front passenger seat anchorages and tethers
r::!)page 15 7, Child restraints on the front for children
seat - some important things to know .
Child Restraint System anchors and how
are they related to child safety
Deactivating the convertible locking
retractor To provide a simpler and more practicable way
to attach the child restraint on the vehicle
The convertible locking retractor for child re-
seat, Federal regulations require special lower
straints will be deactivated automatically
anchorages in vehicles and devices on new
when the belt is wound all the way back into
child restra ints to attach to the veh icle ancho -
the retractor.
rages .
.. Press the red button on the safety belt buck- The combination of the tether anchorages and
le. The be lt tongue will pop out of the buck- the lower anchorages is now generally called
le . the LATCHsystem for "Lower Anchorages and
.. Guide the safety be lt all the way back into Tethers for Children ."
its stowed position .
Forward-facing child restraints manufactured
Always let the safety belt retract complete ly after September 1, 1999, are required by U.S.
into its stowed posit ion. The safety belt can federa l regu lations to comply with new child
now be used as an o rdinary safety belt with- head movement performance requirements . .,._
out the convert ible locking retractor for child
restraints.
 Child S a f ety 191

These new performance requirements make a universal anchorage bars") a re used to

tether necessary on most new chi ld seats. describe the system.
- In ot her coun t ries, the term "ISOFIX" is
Inst al ling a child restraint that req uires a top
used to describe the lower ancho rages .
tether witho ut one can serio us ly impair the
performance of the child restraint and its abil-
ity to protect the child in a collision . Installing Location
a child restraint that requires a top tether
without the top tether may be a violation of
state law.

Child restraint manufacturers offer LATCH

lower anchorages on the ir child seats with
hook-on or push-on connectors attached to
adjustab le straps.

In addition to the LATCHlower anchorages,

these child restraint systems usually require Fig. 19 0 Schemat ic overview: LATCHanchorage po int
the use of tether straps to help keep the child locat ions
restraint firmly in place.
The illustration shows the seating locations in
A WARNING
-
your vehicle which are equipped with the low-
er anchorages system.
Improper installation of child restraints
will increase the risk of injury and death in
a crash . Description
- Always follow the instructions prov ided The lower anchorage positions are marked
by the manufacturer of the ch ild re- for quick locating.
st raint you intend to install in your veh i-
cle.
- Never install a child restraint witho ut a
properly attached top tether st rap if the
child restrain t manufacturer 's instruc-
tio ns requ ire the top tether strap to be
used.
- Improper use of child restra int LATCH
lower anchorage points can lead to injury
in a collision . The LATCH lower anchorage Fig. 19 1 Lower a nchorages, covers marked
points are des igned to withstand only
those loads imposed by correct ly fitted
child restraints.
- Never mount two chi ld restraint systems
on one LATCHlower anc horage point.
- Never secure or attach any luggage or
other item to the LATCHlower anchorag-
es.

(D Tips Fig. 192 Rear seats: lower anc horage bracket locations ..,_

- In Canada, the terms "top tether" with

"lower universa l anchorages" (or "lower
192 Child S af et y

Lower anchorages Installing a child restraint with LATCH

The lower anchorage at t achment points are lower anchorages
located between the rear seatback and rear Whenever you install a child restraint always
seat cushion. follow the child restraint manufacturer's in-
Remove the covers ~ fig. 191 to access the structions.
lower an chorage attachment po ints .
The lower anchorage attachment points a re
visible ~fig. 192 .
Lower anchorages secure the child restraint in
the seat without using the vehicle 's safety
belts. Anchorages prov ide a secure and easy-
to- use attachment and m inimize the possibili-
ty of imprope r ch ild restraint instal lat ion.
Fig. 193 Lower anchorages: proper mount ing
All ch ild restra ints manufactured after Sep -
tember 1, 2002, must have lower anchorage Mounting
attachments for the LATCH system.
.,. Make sure the seatback of the rear seat
Remember that the lower anchorage points benc h is in the upright position and securely
are only intended for installation and attach- latched in place.
ment of child restraints specifically certified .,.Attach both hook-on connectors with the
for use with LATCH lower anchorages . Child spring catch release on the child safety seat
restra ints that a re not equipped with the low- onto the LATCHlower anchorage so that the
e r ancho rage attachmen t s ca n still be instal- connectors lock into place ~ fig. 193.
led in compliance with the child restra int .,. Pull on t he connector attachments to ma ke
manufacturer's instructions on using vehicle sure they are properly attac hed to the LATCH
safety be lts. lower ancho rage .
.,. Pull straps tight fo llowing the child res t raint
A WARNING manufacturer's instruct ions.
Improper use of LATCHlower anchorages
can cause serio us personal injury in an ac- Releasing
cident . .,. Loose n the tension on the straps fo llowing
- Always carefully fo llow the ch ild re- t he child restra int manufac t urer's inst ruc-
st raints manufacturer's instruct ions for tions .
proper installation of the child restraint .,. Depress the spring catches to release the
and proper use of the lowe r anchorages anchorage hooks from t he lower anchorag-
or safety belts in your vehicle. es.
- Never secure o r attach any luggage or
Remember: Use tether straps to help keep the
other items to the LATCH lower a ncho-
child restraint firmly in place .
rages .

-A
- Always read and heed the important in-
WARNING
format ion about child restra ints in this
chapter and WARNINGS ~ page 178, Improper use of the LATCHsystem can in-
Child Safe ty. crease the risk of serious personal injury
and death in an accident.
 Child S a f ety 19 3

- These anchors were developed only for The purpose of the tether is to reduce the for-
child safety seats us ing the "LATCH"sys- ward movement of the child restraint in a
tem. crash, in order to help reduce the risk of head
- Never attach other child safety seats, injury that cou ld be caused by striking the ve-
belts or other objects to these anchors . hicle interior .
- Always make sure that you hear a click Forward facing child restra ints manufactured
when latching the seat in place. If you do after September 1, 1999, are requ ired by U.S.
not hear a click the seat is not secure and federal regu lations to comply with new child
could fly forward and h it the interior of head movement performance requirements .
the vehicle, or be ejected from the vehi- These new performance requirements make a
cle . tether necessary on most new child safety
seats .
A WARNING
Imprope r insta llation of chi ld restraints
-
A WARNING
will increase the risk of inju ry in an acc i- Imp roper installat ion of child restra ints
de nt . will increase the risk of injury and death in
- Always follow the child restraint system a crash.
man ufacturer's instructions for proper - Always follow the instr uctions provided
installation of the child restraint system by t he manufacturer of the child re-
and proper use of tether straps as we ll as straint you intend to install in your Audi.
the lower anchorages or safety belts in - Improper use of child restraint anchors
your vehicle. (includi ng tether anchors) can lead to in-
- Always read and heed the important in- jury in a collision . The anchors are de -
format ion and WARNINGSabout child signed to withstand only those loads im-
safety and the installation of child re- posed by correctly fitted child restraints .
straint systems ¢ page 178, Child Safe- - Never mount two child restraint systems
ty. on one LATCHlower anchor point.
- Never attach two child restraint systems
Tether anchors and tether straps to one tether strap or tether anchorage.
- Never attach a tether strap t o a tie-down
hook in the luggage compartment .
- Never use child restraint tether ancho-
rages to secure safety belts or other
kinds of occupant restraints .
- Never secure or attach any luggage or
other items to the LATCHlower ancho-
rages or to the tether anchors.
- If a tether or other strap is used to at -
Fig. 194 Tether ancho rs: atta chment hook locatio ns tach a chi ld restraint to the front passen-
beh ind t he rear seatbacks ger seat, make s ure that it is not so
tight, that it causes the weight -sens ing
The tether anchors for the rear seating pos i- mat to measure more we ight than is ac-
tions are located on the backside of the rear tually on the seat .
seatbacks ¢ fig . 194 . - The heavier weight registered can make
A tether is a straight or V-shaped strap that the Advanced Airbag System work as
attaches the top part of a child restraint to though an adult were on the seat and de -
special anchorage points in the veh icle. ploy the Advanced Airbag when it must ..,
194 Child Safety

be suppressed causing ser ious or even " Tighten the tether strap firmly following the
fatal injury to the child. child restraint manufacturer's instructions .
- If you must install a rearward facing
Attaching to the center seating position
child safety seat on the front passenger
seat because of exceptional circumstan- " Slide the rear seat forward 9 page 67.
ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF " Pull the anchor b racket forward and connect
light does not come on and stay on, im- the tether strap hook .
med iately install the rear-facing child " Tighten the tether strap and move the seat
safety seat in a rear seating position and backward.
have the a irbag system inspected by your Releasing the tether strap
Audi dealer.
" Loosen the tension follow ing the child re-
straint manufacturer 's instructions.
Installing the upper tether strap on the
" Depress the spring catch on the hook and re-
anchorage
lease it from the anchorage.

(D Note
If you leave the child restraint with the
tether strap firm ly installed for several
days, this could leave a mark on the up-
holstery on the seat cushion and backrest
in the area where the tether strap was in-
stalled. The upholstery would also be per-
Fig. 195 Tether strap: prope r routi ng and mounting manently stretched around the tether
strap. This applies especially to leather
seats.

· Using tether straps on rearward-facing

child restraints

Currently, few rear-fac ing child restraint sys-

tems come with a tether. Please read and
heed the child restra int system manufactur-
er's instructions carefully to determine how to
Fig. 196 Tether strap: prope r routing and mo unti ng
properly install the tether .
Installing the tether strap
" Release or deploy the tether strap on the
A
=
WARNING
-
A child in a rearward -fac ing ch ild safety
child restra int according to the child re-
seat installed on the front passenger seat
stra int manufacturer's instruct ions .
will be seriously injured and can be killed if
"Guide the upper tether strap under the rea r
the front airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
head restraint and into the rear cargo area
vanced Airbag System .
9 fig. 196 (raise the head restraint if neces-
- The inflating airbag will hit the child
sary).
safety seat or infan t carrie r with great
" Slide the tether strap hook over the anchor
force and will smash the child safety seat
bracket.
and child against the backrest, center
" Pull on the tether strap hook so that the
armrest, or door . ~
spring catch of the hook engages.
 Child Sa f et y 195

- A tight tether or other strap on a rear- Transport Canada Information Centre

Tel.: 1 (800) 333-0371 or call •
ward-fac ing child restra int attached to
the front passenger seat can put too 1 (6 13) 998 -8616 if you are in the Ottawa •
much pressure on the weight-mat in the area
seat and register a heavier weight in the www.tc .gc.ca/roadsafety
Advanced Airbag System . The heavier Audi Customer CARE
we ight registe red can make the system Tel.: (800) 822 -2834
wor k as though an adult were on the seat
and deploy t he Advanced Airbag when it
must be suppressed causing serious or
even fatal injury to the child.
- If you must install a rearward facin g
child safety seat on the front passenger
seat because of exceptional circumstan-
ces and the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF
light does not come on and stay on, im-
med iately install the rear-facing child
safety seat in a rear seating position and
have t he airbag system inspected by you r
Audi dealer.

Additional Information
Sources of information about child
restraints and their use

There are a numbe r of sources of additional

information about child restra int select ion, in-
stallat ion and use:

NHTSAadvises that the best child safety seat

is the one that fits your child and fits in your
vehicle, and tha t you wi ll use correctly and
consistently.

Try before you buy!

U.S National Highway Traffic Safety Admin-

istrat ion
Tel. : 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153)
www.nhtsa.gov

National SAFE KIDS Campaign

Tel.: (202) 662 -0600
www .safekids.org

Safety BeltSafe U.S.A

Tel. : (800) 745 -SAFE (English)
Tel.: (800) 747 -SANO (Spanish)
www.carseat.org
196 Intelligent te c hnolog y

Intelligent technology Electronic Stabilization

Notice about data Program (ESP)
recorded by vehicle General information
control modules The ESP improves t he vehicle stability.
Your veh icle is not equipped with an Event Da-
ta Recorder (EDR), installed by some manu-
facture rs fo r the express purpose of capturing
data for retrieval after an accident or cras h
event. EDR's a re sometimes called "crash re-
corders".

Some state laws res t rict the retr ieval or down-

loadi ng of data stored by EDR's that were in-
stalled in a vehicle for the express purpose of Fig. 1 97 Version A: at the bottom of the center con-
retrieving data after an accident or crash sole,!;. OFF button
event without the owner's consent.

Although your vehicle is no t equ ipped wit h an

EDR, it is equipped with a number of elect ron-
ic control modules for various vehicle systems
such as, for examp le, eng ine function, emis-
sion control, as well as for the airbags and
safety belts.

These electron ic cont rol modules also record

vehicle-re lated data dur ing norma l veh icle op- Fig. 198 Version B: at the top of th e center console,!;.
eration for diagnostic and repa ir purposes. OFFbutton
The recording capacity of the electronic con-
trol modules is limited to data (no so und is re- ESP is des igned to he lp you maintain ve hicle
corded) and only a small amount of data is ac- control in situations where the car approaches
tually recorded ove r a ve ry limited pe riod of the limits of "grip", espec ia lly when accelerat-
time and stored when a syst em fault or other ing and cornering. ESP reduces the risk of
condition is se nsed by a cont ro l unit . Some of sk idding and improves stability under all road
the data t hen stored may re late to vehicle conditions.
speed, direction, braking as we ll as restraint The system operates across the ent ire speed
system use and performance in the event of a range in combination with the ABS system. If
crash or other condit ion. Stored data can only the Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ma lfunc-
be read and downloaded w ith special equip- t ions, the ESP will also shut down.
ment.
How the system works
The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS), Electronic
Differential Lock (EDL)a nd the Anti-Slip Regu-
lation System (ASR) are integrated in the elec-
tronic stabilization program. In addition to
the data provided by these functions, the ESP
control unit req uires additional measurement
data provided by high performance sensors.
The rot ati o nal speed of t he vehicle a bout its .,.
 Int e llig e nt technolog y 197

vertical axis, vehicle acceleration in the fore - - rocking the vehicle when it is stuck
and-aft and lateral directions, the brake pres- - driving in deep snow or on loose gro und •
sure, and the steering angle are all measured . - driving on uneven roads with the wheel •
heavily loaded (axle lim itation)
The direction in which the driver wishes to
travel is determined with the aid of the steer- - driving w ith snow chains
ing angle and vehicle speed and is continually - driving dow nhill while braking on loose
compared with the actual behavior of the ve- ground
hicle. If the two do not match, for examp le, For your safety, switch off the ESPoffroad
when the vehicle starts hydroplaning on a wet mode in advance.
road, ESPwill automatically brake the appro-
priate wheel to correct the problem. Switching on t he ESP Offroad mode

The vehicle is then stabilized by the forces act- Press the I~ OFFI button q fig. 197 or
ing on the whee l dur ing braking. If the vehicle q fig. 198 . The indicator light 11
ill um inates
is oversteering (the vehicle turns too sharply and Offroad control Warning! Restricted sta-
and the rear wheels sl ide toward the outs ide bility appears in the driver information sys-
of a curve), the brakes are main ly applied on tem display.
the wheel that is on the outside of the curve. Switching off th e ESP Offr oad mode
I n the case of a vehicle tha t is understeering
(the vehicle does not turn sharply enough and Press I~ OFF ! button again to switch the ESP
pushes out of a curve), the brakes are applied back on. The indicator light fl
goes out and
as needed on the whee l that is on the inside of Stabilisation program on appears in the driv-
the curve or additiona lly on the other wheels. er information system display.
An acoust ic signal indicates when ESPbrake Dynamic steering*
application cuts in q .&.
Vehicles with dynam ic steering* ESPhelps
The system operates across the entire speed stabilize the steer ing in critica l sit uatio ns.
range in combination with the ABS system
q page 201. If the Anti-Lock Brake System A WARNING
-
(ABS) malfunctions, the ESPwill be out of ac-
- The Electronic Stabilization Program is
tion as well.
nevertheless subject to the laws of phys-
Activat ing ics. It is particularly important to pay at-
tention to this fact on wet and slippe ry
When you turn on the engine, ESPwi ll auto-
roads. It is therefore important that you
mat ically be activated and will perform a self-
always adapt your dr iving to the cond i-
test. As soon as the test is completed, the sys-
tion of the road and t raffic conditions. Do
tem is in normal operating mode.
not all ow t he increased safety provided
ESP Offro ad mode by t he Electronic Stabilization Program
system to lull you into accepting addi-
The ESPOffroad mode was developed espe-
tional safety risks.
cially for offroad driving . In order to maintain
- You should switch on the ESPOffroad
maximum tract ion and optima l braking when
mode on ly when you are driving offroad
driving offroad, the conditions for the ESPto
or when driv ing with snow chains.
work are reduced to such a degree, that the
- Please note that the driving wheels can
vehicle wheels could start to spin. The stabi-
spin and the vehicle can swerve when
liz ing effects start to wo rk late r which results
ESPOffroad mode is switched on.
in lim ited vehicle stability.
- Driving stability is reduced in the ESP
The ESPOffroad mode should then be used Offroad mode .
under the fo ll ow ing situations:
198 Intelligent t e c hn o log y

approximately 2 and 19 mph (4 and 30 km/

@ Tips
h). The driver can increase or decrease the ve-
When insta lling a factory-supplied roof hicle speed within these limits by depressing
rack system on the roof railing, the ESP the accelerator or brake pedal In addition, ve-
w ill adapt itself to a different center of hicle st eerability is increased due to the brak-
gravity. ing distribution when driving in reverse.

There must be however suff icient ground ad-

Hill descent assist
hesion. The hill descent assist can not do its
The hill descent assist makes it possible to job if t he incline is icy or if the incline ground
drive down an incline at a const ant speed. is loose c:>.&..

The system does not work at speeds between

19 and 37 mph (30 and 60 km/h). The system
in t hen in t he ready-mode . The diode in the
button will come on . The system automat ical-
ly switched off whe n you drive faster than 37
mph (60 km/h) . The diode w ill go out in this
case.

Active contro l at a specific speed up to approx-

Fig. 19 9 Top of the cente r console: hill descen t assist imately 19 mph (30 km/h) will appear in the
but ton instrument cluster display ¢ fig. 200 . Two
dashes" ··" wil l appear in the ready mode .

Hill descent assist is automatically activated

under the following conditions :

- the diode in t he but ton illuminates,

- vehicle speed is below approximately 19
mph (30 km/h)
- the incline is 10%.

Fig. 2 0 0 Top of the center console: hill descent ass ist

butto n -_8 WARNING
- Always adapt your speed to the weather,
road and traffic conditions. Do not let
.,.Press the ~ button in the cente r console
the increased safety provided tempt you
¢ fig. 199 or on the shift gate . The button
into taking risks.
will illuminate .
- The hill descent assist system cannot
.,.Press the button again to switch it off . The
overcome the laws of physics. Your dr iv-
diode in the button will go out.
ing style must always be adapted to the
Hill descent assist brakes all four wheels auto- current road and traffic cond it ions.
mat ically in order to lim it speed when dr iving - The hill descent assist may not be able to
either forward or reverse on hills with a grade hold your vehicle at a constant speed un-
up t o approximately 50%. der all conditions while driv ing on an in-
cline (for example if ground under the
When the hill descent assist is on, the current
vehicle is loose).
driving speed, when your vehicle entered the
incline is maint ained. It is only possible t o
switch on the assist when driving slower t han
37 mph (60 km/h) . The assist works between
 Int e llig e nt technolog y 199

Electronic differential lock (EDL) - The increased safety afforded by EDL

•
does not mean that you can take safety
The electronic differential lock monitors the •
risks. Always adapt your driving style to
rotational speed of the drive wheels.
the road condit ions and traffic situation .
General notes
The electronic differentia l lock (EDL) helps the
(!) Tips
car to start moving, accelerate and climb a If a fault occurs in the ABS, the EDL is also
gradient on surfaces providing poor or almost not functioning. This is ind icated by the
no gr ip. W ithout EDL, this would be difficult, ABS warning light q page 17.
if not impossible .
'
Anti-Slip Regulation System (ASR)
How the system work s
The Anti-Slip Regulation System prevents the
The EDL operates automatically . It monitors
driven wheels from spinning when the car is
the rotat ional speed of wheels w ith the help
accelerating.
of the ABS sensors q page 201. If a noticea-
ble slip is detected at the wheels (e.g. on slip- General not es
pery ground on one side), the spinning wheels
The Anti -Slip Regulation System (ASR) is inte-
are braked and power is transferred to the
grated in the electronic stabilization program
other wheels. This is done up to a speed of
(ESP). When the vehicle starts up and acceler-
about 78 mph (125 km/h). Noises from the
ates, the wheels are prevented from spinning
brake system signal that wheel spin is being
by adjust ing the engine power to match the
contro ll ed .
amount of grip available from the road sur-
Driving off face .

When driv ing off , always be sure to keep road How the system works
conditions in mind as you accelerate . If one
ASR performs automat ically, i.e. w ithout the
drive whee l spins because it is on a surface
driver 's intervention. With the aid of the ABS
with less grip, apply plenty of throttle until
sensors q page 201, ASR monitors the speed
the car starts to move.
of the dr iven wheels. If the wheels start to
Overheating of brakes spin, engine torque is reduced automatically
unt il the t ires find enough grip to lock onto
To prevent the disc brake of the braked wheel
the road surface. The system is active across
from overheating if subjected to excessive
the enti re speed range.
loads on this whee l, the EDL cuts out tempo -
rarily . The vehicle remains operational and be- The ASR works in conjunction with the ABS. If
haves in the same way as a vehicle without a malfunction should occur in the ABS, the
EDL. ASR wi ll also be out of act ion.
As soon as the brake has cooled down, EDL
switches on again automatically .
A WARNING
The increased safety affo rded by ASR does
A WARNING not mean that you can take saf ety risks.
Always adapt your driving sty le to the road
- When accelerating on slippery surfaces,
conditions and traffic situation. ...,
such as on ice or snow, always be careful
when depressing the accelerator pedal.
Even with the EDL working, the drive
wheels can spin and reduce your ability
to control your car. Risk of crash!
200 Intelligent technology

freezing conditions ice) on the brake pads. A

few carefu l brake applications should dry off
To ensure that the ASR works properly, all the brake pads or remove any ice coatings.
four wheels must be fitted with identical
tires. Any differences in rolling radius of The effect iveness of the brakes can be reduced
the t ires can cause the system to reduce when the vehicle is driven on a salt-c overed
engine power when this is not desired . See road and the brakes are not used. Here too,
also¢ page 258, New tires and replacing you should clean off accumulated salt coating
tires and wheels. from brake discs and pads w ith a few careful
applications of the brake¢ ,& .

Braking Corrosion

General information There may be a tendency for dirt to build up

on the brake pads and corrosion to form on
What affects braking efficiency?
the discs if the car is not driven regu larly or
Operating conditions and driving habits only for short trips with little use of the
brakes.
The brakes on today's automob iles are st ill
subject to wear, depending largely on operat- If the brakes are not used frequently, or if cor-
ing cond itions and dr iving habits Q ,& . On ve- rosion has formed on the discs, it is advisable
hicles that are eithe r driven mostly in stop- to clean off the pads and discs by braking
and-go city traffic or are driven hard, the firmly a few times from a moderately high
brake pads should be checked by your author- speed c>,& .
ized Audi deal er more often than specified in
Faults in the brake system
the Warranty & Maintenance booklet. Failure
to have your brake pads inspected can result If you shou ld notice a sudden increase in
in reduced brake performance. brake pedal trave l, then one of the two brake
circuits may have fa iled c>,& .
On steep slopes, you shou ld use the braking
effect of the engine. This way, you prevent un- Low brake fluid level
necessary wear on the brake system. If you
Malfunctions can occur in the brake system if
must use your brakes, do not hold the brakes
the brake fluid level is too low. The brake fluid
down continuously. Pump the brakes at inter-
level is monitored electronically .
vals.
Brake lining wear status
Noises may occur when braking depending on
the speed, braking force and outside condi- Brake lining wear may be checked by visual in-
tions such as temperature and humidity . spect ion of the condition of the brake pads
through the openings in the wheel. If neces-
Moi sture or road salt sary, the wheel may be removed for this in-
If you are driving faster than 50 mph (80 km/ spect ion c>page 2 71, Changing a wheel.
h) and the windshie ld wipers are on, the brake
pads will briefly touch the brake discs in regu- A
=
WARNING
lar intervals so as to improve reaction time - You shou ld perform braking maneuvers
when braking on wet surfaces. You, the driver, for the purpose of cleaning the brake
will not notice anything. system only if road conditions permit .
Under certain conditions, for example, when Othe r road users must not be put at risk -
driving through water or very heavy rain, or you may cause an accident! ..,.
even after washing your vehicle, the braking
effect can be reduced due to moisture (or in
 Int e llig e nt technolog y 20 1

- Before descending a steep grade, reduce

speed and shift transmiss ion into a lower
A WARNING •
- Never let the veh icle roll to a stop with •
gear or lower driving range. Do not ride
the engine shut off.
the brakes or hold the pedal down too
- If the brake booster is not working, for
long or too often . This could cause the
example when towing your vehicle, or
brakes to get hot and dimin ish braking
because the brake booster has somehow
efficiency .
been damaged , the brake pedal must be
- Do not "ride the brakes " by resting your
pressed considerably harder to make up
foot on the pedal when you do not intend
for the lack of booster assistance .
to brake . This may cause the brakes to
overheat, premature wear and increased
stopping distance . Functioning of Anti-Lock Brake System
- Under certain climat ic and operating (ABS)
condit ions such as passing through wa- ABS prevents the wheels from locking up un-
ter, driving in heavy rain or after washing der braking.
the vehicle, the effectiveness of the
brakes can be reduced . In winter, ice can The ABS contributes effect ively to vehicle con-
accumulate on the brake pads, linings, trol since it preve nts the whee ls from locking
discs and drums . Carefully apply brakes when the brakes are applied . This means that
for a test . Brakes will dry and ice coat - the vehicle remains steerable and is less likely
ings will be cleaned off after a few care- to skid .
ful brake applications . With ABS you do not need to pump the
- Driving for an extended period of time on brake. Just hold t he brake pedal down .
salt-covered roads without us ing your
brakes can also affect braking efficiency . However, do not expect the ABS to shorten
Clean off accumulated salt coating from braking distance under all circumstances .
brake discs and pads with a few caref ul When dr iving on g ravel or on new ly fallen
brake applicat ions. snow o n top of icy surfaces, braking dis t ance
- If you damage the front spoiler, or if you may be even longer, therefore, under these
install a different spoiler , be sure the air circumstances, it is especia lly important that
flow to the front brakes is not obstruct - you drive s low ly and with great care.
ed . Otherwise the brake system could How the ABS system works
overheat reducing the effectiveness of
the entire brake system. An a utomat ic check is made when a speed of
about 12 mph (20 km/h) is reached . When
- Failure of one brake circuit will impair
th is happens, a pumping noise can be heard.
the braking capability resulting in an in-
creased stopp ing distance. Avoid driv ing If an ind ividual whee l begi ns to rotate too
the vehicle and have it towed to the near- s low ly in relation to vehicle speed and tends
est author ized Audi dealer or qualified to lock, the ABS automatically reduces brake
workshop . pressure to prevent that wheel from locking .

This automatic adjustment process will cause

Brake booster a slight vibrati on of the brake pedal and some
The brake boos ter adds extra braking power. noises to a le rt you that ve hicle speed must be
adapted to existing road and traffic condi -
The brake boost er works with vacuum pres- tions.
su re wh ich is created only when the eng ine is
running¢ &, .
202 Int e llig e nt t echnol ogy

8_ WARNING Servotronic ®-
Although the ABS is very effective, always advanced power
remember that bra king capability is limit- steering system
ed by t ire traction . Always adjust your dr iv- The power steering systems uses the power of
ing spee d according t o th e road and t raffic the running engine to allow precise steering
conditions. Do not let the extra safety af- with little effort.
forded by the ABS tempt you into ta king
extra risks. The ABS cannot overcome the The advanced Servotronic ®power steer ing
laws of physics. system senses the road speed and electroni-
cally adjusts power assistance to provide com -
@ Tips fortab le and safe steering response exact ly
matched to the vehicle speed .
- If ABS is not functioning prope rly, a
warning light will come on. See Power steering will not work if the engine is
¢page 17 . off. As a result, the steering wheel will be hard
- If a fault occurs in the ABS, the EDL is al- to turn.
so not functioning. This is indicated by
The power steering fluid level is checked d ur-
the ABSwarning light .
ing the sched uled maintenance services .

Brake assist (D Note

Broke assist is designed to achieve the opti- If there is an e lectronic malfunction, ser-
mum broking effect . votronic will st ill function like a conven-
tiona l powe r steering system, providing a
Brake ass ist helps to increase the effective constant steering support force that is no
brak ing power and thus to achieve a shorter longer proportionate to the vehicle speed.
stopping d istance. If t he dr iver presses the This is most not iceable when turning the
brake peda l very quickly, brake assist auto -
steering wheel at low speeds (for example
matica lly boosts the braking force to the max-
when parking), - more effort w ill be re-
imum level, up to the point where the anti-
quired than usual.
lock brake function (ABS) intervenes to stop
- Be aware of the different than usual
the wheels from locking . You should then
steering response and adjust your steer-
keep the brake pedal pressed unti l the vehicle
ing force accordingly.
has braked to the required speed. Brake ass ist
- Have the problem checked and set right
switches itself off as soon as you release the
by an Audi dealer as soon as poss ible .
brake pedal.

8_ WARNING
(D Tips
- When the eng ine is running, never ho ld
Please remembe r that t he accident ris k al-
the steering wheel turned all the way to
ways increases if you drive too fas t, espe-
the right or to the left for longer than 15
cially in corne rs or on a slippery road, or if
seconds. The powe r steering pump will
you fo llow the vehicle ahead of you too
overheat the hydrau lic fluid if you keep
close ly. Increased risk of an accident can-
holding the stee ring wheel turned all the
not be compensated for even by brake as-
way. This is likely to dam age t he power
sist, so a lways maintain a safe speed .
steering system .
- If the powe r stee ring system sho uld fa il
en t irely, or if t he engine is not run ning
(for example, wh ile be ing towed), you
 Int e llig e nt technolog y 203

will sti ll be ab le t o st eer the vehicle. ¢ page 2 58, New tires and replacing tires
However, considerably more effort will and wheels . •
be required to do so. •
- If the power steering system should A WARNING
have a leak, or is not fu nctioning proper- Always adj ust your dr iving to road and traf-
ly, contact your authorized Audi dealer fic conditions. Do not let the extra safety
immediately. afforded by all whee l dr ive tempt you into
- The power steering system requires a taking extra risks.
spec ially formulated hydraulic fluid. The - Although the all whee l drive is very effec-
power steer ing reservo ir is the one locat- tive, always remember that braking ca-
ed farthest to the rear on the left side of pacity is limited by tire tr act ion . You
the engine compartment ¢ page 234 . should therefore not d rive at excessive
The correct flu id leve l in the reservoi r is speeds on icy or slippe ry road surfaces.
important for proper functioning of the - On wet road surfaces, be careful not to
power st eer ing. drive too fast because the front wheels
could begin to slide o n top of the wa t er
Driving with your (aquaplaning). If th is should occur, you
quattro ® will have no warning from a sudden in-
crease in engine speed as with a front -
With all wheel drive, all four wheels are driv- wheel drive veh icle. Always drive at
en. speeds which are su ited to the road con-
General information ditions - risk of crash.

With all wheel drive, powe r is d istr ibuted to

a ll fo ur whee ls. This happens automatica lly Energy management
depending on your driving sty le and the road Starting ability is optimized
conditions at the t ime. See also ¢ page 199,
Electronic differential lock (EDL). Energy management controls the distribution
of electrical energy and thus optimizes the
Winter t ires availability of electri cal energy for starting
When driving in the winter, your vehicle w ith the engine.
all whee l drive has an advantage, even with
If a vehicle with a conventional energy system
regular tires. In winter road conditions it may
is not drive n for a long per iod of t ime, the bat-
be adv isable to mount winter tires (or all-sea-
t e ry is dis charged by idling current consume rs
son t ires) for improved driveability and brak-
(e.g. immobilize r). In cert ain circumstan ces it
ing: these tires must be mounted on all fo ur
can res ult in the re being insufficient energy
wheels. See also ¢ page 262, Winter tires .
available to start the eng ine.
Tire chains Inte lligent energy management in you r vehi-
Where tire cha ins are mandatory on certain cle han d les t he dis t ribution of e lectr ical ene r-
roads, th is normally a lso applies to vehicles gy. Start ing ability is marke d ly improved and
with all wheel drive ¢ page 263, Snow the life of the battery is extended .
chains. Basically, energy ma nagement consis t s of
Replacing wheels / t ires battery diagnosis, idling current manage-
ment and dynamic energy management .
Vehicles wit h all whee l drive must always have
tires of the same size. Also avoid tires with
d ifferent tread depths. For details see page
204 Intelligent technology

Battery diagnosis cal components are turned on. In this in-

stance energy is being consumed but none is
Battery d iagnosis continuously determ ines
the state of the battery. Sensors determine being generated.
battery voltage, battery current and battery It is in prec ise ly these s ituations that you will
temperature. This determines the current notice energy management active ly regu lat -
state of charge and the power of the battery. ing the distribution of energy.

Idling current management Vehicle stands for an extended period

Idling current management reduces energy If you do not drive your vehicle over a period
consumption while the vehicle is standing. of seve ral days or weeks , e lectr ical compo-
With the ignition switched off, it contro ls the nents are gradually cut back or switched off.
energy supply to the various e lectrica l compo- This reduces energy consumption and main-
nents. Data from battery diagnosis is consid- tains starting capability over a longer period.
ered.
Take into consideration that whe n you unlock
Depending on the battery's state of charge, your vehicle, some conven ience functions ,
individua l consumers are gradually t urned off such as the remote key or power seat adjust -
to prevent excess ive discharge of the battery ment, may not be available. The convenience
and thus maintain start ing capability. functions will be available again when you
turn on the ignition and start the engine.
Dynamic energy management
While the vehicle is being driven, dynamic en - With the engine turned off
ergy management distributes the energy gen- If you listen to the radio, for examp le, with
erated according to the needs of the individu- the engine turned off or use other MMI* func-
a l components. It regu lates consumption, so tions, the battery is being discharged .
that more electrical energy is not being used
If starting capab ility is jeopardized due to en-
than is being generated and ensures an opti -
ergy consumption, the following warning ap-
mal state of charge for the battery .
pears in the radio or MMI* display:
(D Tips Please start engine, otherwise system will
- But even energy management cannot switch off in 3 minutes.
negate the lim its of physics. Consider The warn ing indicates that the system will be
that the power and life of a battery are tu rned off automatically after 3 minutes. If
limited . you w ish to continue using the func tion s, you
- If starting ab ility is threatened, you are have to sta rt the eng ine .
informed by a warn ing ~ page 205,
Driver notification in the instrument With the engine running
cluster display. Although electrical energy is generated when
the vehicle is being driven, the battery can be-
What you should know come discharged. This happens mostly when
little energy is being gene rated and a grea t
The highest priority is given to maintaining
deal consumed and the battery's st ate of
starting capability .
charge is not optimal.
The battery is severely taxed in short -distance To bring the energy bala nce back into equili-
driving, in city traffic and during the cold time brium, consumers which req uire espec ially
of year. Abundant e lectr ica l energy is re- large amounts of ene rgy are temporarily cut
q uired, but only a little is gene rated. It is also back or switched off. Heating systems in par-
cr itica l if the engine is not running and elect ri- ticular require a great deal of energy. If you ..,
 Intelligent technology 205

notice, fo r example, that the heated seats* or

the heated rear window are not heating, they •
have been temporar ily cut back or switched •
off. These systems will be available again as
soon as the energy balance has been restored.

You will also notice that engine idle speed has

been increased slig htly . This is norma l and not
a cause for concern. By increasing engine idle
speed the additional energy required is gener-
ated and the battery is charged.

Driver notification in the instrument

cluster display

If battery power drops into the range where it

can limit the ability of the engine to start, this
is shown in the instrument cluster display
with the following driver message:

f•l Low battery charge: battery will be

charged while driving

This notification rem inds you that the starting

capabil ity of the engine may be limited. As
soon as you start driving again , the battery
will be recharged and the notification will go
out.

Driver notification appears and goes out

again
If this driver notification appears after the ig-
nition is turned on or while driving and it goes
out again after a while, the battery has been
adequately recharged.

Driver notification appears and does not

go out again
If this driver notification appears after the ig-
nition is turned on or while driving and does
not go out again, the battery's state of charge
is not in the optimal range. Starting ability is
restr icted . Have the battery checked as soon
as possible by an author ized Audi dealer or
qualified workshop.
206 Driving and environment

Driving and {® For the sake of the environment

environment Do not drive with unnecessarily high en-
The first 1,000 miles gine speeds - upshifting early saves fuel,
reduces noise and protects the environ-
(1,500 km) and ment.
afterwards
New engine , New tires

The engine needs to be run-in during the first If your vehicle is running on new tires, drive
1,000 miles (1,500 km). very carefully for the first 350 miles (500 kilo-
meters) after fitting.
For the fir st 600 miles (1,000
kilometers) :
.,.Do not use full throttle.
A WARNING
New t ires tend t o be slippery and must al-
...Do not drive at engine speeds that are more
so be "b roken-in" . Be sure to remembe r
than 2/3 of the maximum permitted RPM.
this dur ing the fi rst 350 mi les (500 kilo -
From 600 to 1,000 mile s (1 ,000 to meters) . Brake gently . Avoid fo ll ow ing
1,500 kilomete rs): closely behind other vehicles or other sit-
uations that might require sudden, hard
.,.Speeds can gradually be increased to the
braking.
maximum permissible road or engine speed.

During and after break-in period

New brake pads
...Do not rev the engine up to high speeds
Remember that new brake pads do not have a
when it is cold. This applies whether the
full braking effect dur ing the fi rst 250 miles
transmission is in N (Neutra l) or in gear.
(400 kilomete rs) afte r they are installed.
After the break-in period
New brake pads have to be "burnished in" be-
...Do not exceed maximum engine speed un- fo re t hey have optima l grab¢ A .
der any circumstances.
...Upshift into the next higher gear before During the break-in period, you should avoid
reaching the red area at the end of the tach- putting severe loads on the brakes. Severe
ometer scale ¢ page 10. loads include, for example, sudden hard brak-
ing, in particular at very high speeds or, for
During the first few hours of driving, the en- example, on mounta in passes.
gine's inter nal friction is higher tha n later
when all the moving parts have been broken A WARNING
in. How well this break-i n process is done de- New brake pads don't have t he best stop-
pends to a considerable extent on t he way the ping power and must be "broke n-in" dur-
vehicle is driven du ring the first 1,000 miles ing the in iti al 100 to 150 mi les (150 to
(1, 500 kilome t ers). 20 0 kilometers) of normal city driving . You
can compensate for this by pressing the
(D Note
brake pedal more f irm ly. This also applies
Extremely high engi ne speeds are auto- later when new pads are installed.
mat ically reduced. However, these rpm
lim its are program med for an engine well
run-in, not a new engine.
 Dri v in g and en v ir o nm e n t 207

Catalytic converter the exhaust system and this cou ld cause

the catalytic converter to overheat . •
It is very important that your emission con- •
- Do not turn off the ignition while the ve-
trol system (catalytic converter) is function-
hicle is moving.
ing properly to ensure that your vehicle is run-
- Do not continue to operate your veh icle
ning in an environmentally sound manner .
under these conditions, as otherwise fuel
.. Always use lead-free gasoline c::>page 228, can reach the catalytic converter. This
Fuel supply. cou ld result in overheating of the con-
.,.Never run the tank down all the way to emp- verter, requir ing its replacement .
ty. - To assure efficient operation of the Emis-
.,.Never put too much motor oil in your engine sion Control System:
page 23 7, Adding engine oil 'l:::11.
c::> - Have your vehicle maintained properly
.,.Never try to push- or tow -start your veh icle. and in accordance w ith the serv ice rec-
ommendat ions in your Warranty &
The catalytic converter is an eff icient "clean-
Maintenance boo klet.
up" device built into the exhaust system of
- Lack of prope r maintenance as we ll as
the vehicle . The catalytic converter burns
improper use of the vehicle will impair
many of the pollutants in the exhaust gas be-
the function of the em ission contro l
fore they are released into the atmosphere.
system and could lead to damage .
The exclusive use of unleaded fuel is critically
important for the life of the cata lytic convert- @ For the sake of the environment
e r and proper functioning of the engine. Even when the Emiss ion Control System is
operat ing properly, the exhaust gas can
A WARNING
- have a sulfur-like exhaust gas smell under
- Do not park or operate the vehicle in some operating states . This depends on
areas where the hot exhaust system may the sulfur content of the fuel being used .
come in contact with dry grass, brush, Using a different brand of fuel may help,
fuel spill or other material which can or f illing the tank with lead-free super
cause a fire. grade gasoline .
- Do not apply additional undercoating or
rustproofing on or near the exhaust Avoid damaging the
manifold, exhaust pipes, catalytic con- vehicle
verter or heat shields . During driving, the
substance used for undercoating could When you are driving on poo r roads, or over
overheat and cause a fire. curbs, steep ramps, etc., make certain that
low-lying parts such as spoilers and exha ust
0 Note system pa rts do not bottom out and get dam-
- Be aware that just one tank filling with aged.
leaded fuel will already seriously de- Th is is espec ially true for veh icles with low-
grade the performance of the catalytic slung chassis (sports chassis)* and fully load-
converter. ed vehicles.
- Do not exceed the correct engine oil level
page 237.
c::>
- Do not drive until the fuel tank becomes
completely empty. The eng ine could mis-
fire . Unburned fuel could a lso get into
20 8 Dr iv ing and e n vi r o nm e nt

Operate your vehicle '

Avoid full throttle
economically and Driving at moderate speeds saves fuel and
minimize pollut ion improves your mileage .

General .. Try and keep well below your car's maximum

speed.
Your personal style of driving will determine
the economy of your vehicle, as well as ex- Accelerat ing gently reduces fue l consump-
haust and noise levels . t ion, engine wear, and does not disturb the
environment.
Fuel economy, environmental impact, and
wear on your engine, brakes and tires largely Fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and en-
depend on three factors: gine noise increase disproportionate ly at high
speeds. If you drive at approximately three
- your persona l driving sty le
quarters of top speed, fuel consumption w ill
- operating conditions
be reduced by one half. Never drive faster
- technical lim itations
than the posted speed limit and weather con-
If you anticipate what you need to do next and ditions perm it .
drive economically, you can easily cut your
fuel consumption by 10-15 percent . This sec- Reducing unnecessary idling
tion will give you some tips on how you can
help the environment and your pocketbook. Even when your car is just idling it burns up
fuel .
(D Tips
.. Shut the engine off when you are not driving
The consumpt ion estimates as published the vehicle .
by ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONAGENCY .. Do not warm up the vehicle by lett ing the
(EPA) and Transport Canada may not corre- engine run at idle.
spond to your actual consumption on the
road, which will vary depending upon vehi- It makes sense to shut off the engine in traffic
cle load and speed, road and weather con- jams, when wa it ing for tra ins to pass at rail -
ditions, trip length, etc. road crossings, or at traffic lights that have
long waits on red. Turning the engine off for
j ust 30-40 seconds saves mo re fuel than is
Drive smoothly and keep a lookout
ahead burned start ing the engine again.

Vehicles use the most fuel when they are ac- It takes a long t ime for the engine to warm up
celerating. fully when it is run ning at idle. However, wear
and noxious emissions are especially high
.. Avoid unnecessary accelerating and braking . when the engine is warm ing up. So you shou ld
drive away as soon as you start the engine and
Vehicles use the most fue l when they are ac-
avoid running at high rpms while the engine is
celerating . If you anticipate what is go ing to
still warming up.
happen next, you will need to brake less and,
thus, accelerate less. Let the vehicle coast (D Note
whenever possible - for example when you see
Do not leave engine idling unattended af-
that the next traffic light is red.
ter starting. If warning lights should come
on to indicate improper operation, they
would go unheeded. Extended idling also
 Dri v in g and en v ir o nm e n t 20 9

produces heat, which cou ld result in over- and other important vehicle compo-
heating or other damage to the vehicle or nents . •
other property. •
· Fewer short trips
Regular maintenance
Fuel consumption will always be relatively
A badly tuned engine unnecessarily wastes a high on short trips.
lot of fuel.
.,.Try to avoid dr iving sho rt distances w it h a
.,. Have your vehicle serv iced at regu lar inte r- cold engine.
vals.
The engine and catalytic converter have to
By having your vehicle regularly serviced by an reach the ir opt imal operating te mperatur e to
author ized Audi dealer he lps to ensu re that it reduce fuel consumpt ion and noxious em is-
runs proper ly and economically. The condition sions effectively.
of your vehicle not only affects its safety and
Just after starting, a co ld engine in a mid-s ize
ability to hold its value, it also affects fuel
car only achieves a fuel economy of 6-8 mi les
consumpt ion.
per gallon (30-40 l/100 km). After about a
Check your oil each tim e you fill your tank. hal f a mile, fuel economy climbs to 12 mpg
(20 l/100 km). After about 2.5 miles (4 km),
The amount of oil used is related to engine
the engine is at its proper operating tempera-
load and speed.
ture and fuel economy has reached a normal
It is normal for the oil consumption of a new level. So you can see that you should avo id
engine to reach its lowest value after a certain short trips whenever possible .
m ileage has been dr iven .
The outside tempe rature is also critical in this
You must drive your vehicle about 3,000 miles regard. Your car consumes more fuel in the
(5,000 kilometers) before you can properly winter than in the summer.
assess o il consumption .

This also applies to fuel consumption and en-

g ine output .

(D Note
- Have your vehicle maintained properly
and in accordance with the service rec-
ommendat ions in your Warranty & Main-
tenance booklet. Lack of proper mainte-
nance as well as improper use of the ve-
hicle wi ll impair the funct ion of the
emission control system and could lead
to damage.
- Do not alter or remove any component of
the Em ission Contro l System unless ap-
proved by the manufact urer.
- Do not a lter or remove a ny dev ice, su ch
as heat shields, switches, ignition wires,
valves, wh ich are designed to protect
your vehicle's Emiss ion Control System
210 Dr iv ing o f f road

Driving off road rect mane uvers can cause injuries and
damage to the vehicle.
Driving in difficult road - Always adapt your speed and driving
conditions and offroad style to road, offroad, traff ic, and weath-
er conditions. Drive especially slowly off-
General information
road when your view is restricted.
The operation of the Electronic Stabilization - Please be aware that in ESPoffroad
Program (ESP) is expanded for operation away mode, particularly on a smooth and sli p-
from paved roads. In situations where slip or a pery road, the wheels may have an in-
differential locking function is required, the creased tendency to spi n and the vehicle
ESPoffroad mode can be act ivated may break away - danger of skiddi ng!
page 196. Your Audi also has permanent
c::> - Stability is limited in the ESPoffroad
all-wheel drive in addition . mode.

However, your Audi is not a pure offroad vehi-

cle. It was not built for driving under extreme
® For the sake of the environment

conditions, e.g. for trips that are in the nature Avoid damage to the environment and re-
of an expedition . spect nature.

Drive only on roads and off road sections (1) Tips

which match the design of your vehicle and
Only drive where it is permitted and stay
your abiliti es as a driver. Never take risks!
on marked roads and paths.
Before drivi ng offro ad
- Check the engine oi l level, tire pressure, Explanation of some technical terms
coolant level, and the fluid level in the w ind-
The following data refer to ideal cond itions .
shield washer reservoir.
Depending on vehicle load and ground condi-
- Stow luggage items and other objects in the
tio ns and the environment, the numbers may
luggage compartment, and secure them
vary. It is the driver's responsib il ity to decide
against slid ing around.
whethe r a vehicle can overcome a specific sit -
After driving off road uat ion c::>&..

- After trips offroad, remove any twigs and Gradient angle

other foreign objects from the grill, the un-
The number of meters in alt itude gained over
derbody and the wheels. Pay special atten -
a distance of 109 .4 yards or 100 mete rs
t ion to fore ign obj ects (stones) which have
(grade) are given as a percent age or degrees.
become lodged in the tire tread.
Info rmation about the gradien t the vehicle
- Clean the body and the vehicle unders ide,
can climb under it s own power (depends in
and inspect the vehicle for possible damage.
part on the road surface and engine power).
- Clean dirty w indows, headlamp lenses, rear
Maximum permitted grade : 3 1°
li ghts, and license plates .
- Perform a brake check (part icularly after Lateral angle (slope of vehicle )
trave lli ng through water). Ind icates t he angle up to which t he vehicle

A WARNING
-
can be driven diagona lly or across t he f all line
on a slope wi t hout the vehicle tipping over
- Drive especially attentively and plan sideways (depends on center of gravity) . Maxi-
ahead in difficult road conditions and mum permitted lateral angle: 2S0 ..,.

w hen offroad. Excessive speed or incor-

 Driving off road 211

Breakover angle ...Use the hill descent assist ¢ page 198 when
driving down steep sect ions on hills. •
Indicat es t he ang le up t o which t he vehicle
•
can drive over a ramp at low speed wit hout Unpaved roads and offroad
the unde rside of the vehicle hitting the edge
of t he ramp. Maximum permitted breakover Drive slowly on unfamiliar roads and unknown
angle: 17° offroad sect ions, and look out for unexpect ed
obst acles (e.g. potholes, rocks, tree st umps,
Approach/departure angle etc .).
Transit ion from the horizont al plane to a gra- To prevent the vehicle from bottoming and
dient or from a grade back t o level ground. In- avoid da mage t o the unde rbody, you should
dicates the angle up to which t he vehicle can drive st raight across severe bumps in the
drive onto or off a slope at low speed without gro und with only one side of t he vehicle so
stri king the bumper or the underbody. Maxi- that only two of your whee ls cross the bumps.
mum permitted approach/departure angle :
Drive briskly t hrough sandy or marshy offroad
25° (front), 20° (rear)
sections and do not stop, if at all possib le.
Ground clearance
Driving through water
The distance between the road surface and
Note t he following to avoid vehicle damag e
the lowest point of the vehicle unde rbody.
whe n driving through wate r, for examp le on
Ground clearance 7.9 in (200 mm)
flooded roads:
A WARNING
-
- The water must not be any highe r t han the
Exceeding the stated maximum figures bottom of the vehicle body.
can result in severeinjuries or vehicle dam- - Do not drive faster tha n walking speed .
age.
Driving on a slope
- All the information was gathered on lev-
el, firm and non-slip pery road surfaces, If you ever find yourse lf not able to climb a
and unde r dry weat her condit ions. slope, do not t ry to tur n arou nd, drive back
- Ideal conditions do not prevail offroad . down in reverse. Othe rwise, you run the risk
Never ut ilize t he maximum readings to of tipp ing over.
t heir full est, always leave a safety re- If the vehicle threatens to tip over when
serve. driving across a slope, you must immediate-
ly steer downhill in the direction of the
Driving tips slope.

On poor road and offroad, there is always on- Do not park your vehicle on steep slopes or
ly one motto: Plan ahead and drive slowly! grades.

Please observe the following when driving To redu ce t he risk of tipp ing over, drive on
away from paved roads: slopes in the direction of the downward slope
(fall line) - not crosswise.
...Drive only on roads and offroad sections
which match the design of your vehicle and Driving on snow-covered ground
your abilities as a driver. Never ta ke risks! The st andard t ires fitted to your vehicle are
...Drive slowly and plan ahead! not snow tir es. So you should mount wheels
...Take into cons ide ration the ground clear- wit h snow t ires in good t ime whe re wint er
ance of your vehicle. road conditions prevail. Before driving on unp-
.,.Activate t he ESP offroad mode ¢ page 196 lowed stretches of deep snow, install tire
as needed. chains. For technical reasons, tire chains may ..,_
212 Dr iv ing o f f road

on ly be installed on the rear wheels - never on

the front whee ls.

A WARNING
After driving through water, mud, slush,
etc., the brakes may be slow to take effect
because of wet brake rotors and pads. Dry
the brakes first by brak ing carefully to re-
sto re the full braking effect.

([) Note
Vehicle components such as the engine,
transmiss ion, suspension or electrical sys-
tem can be severely damaged by drivi ng
t hrough wate r.

@ Tips
- Check the depth of the water before dr iv-
ing through it .
- Do not stop the vehicle, dr ive in reverse
or switc h the engine off whe n driving
t hrough water .
- Keep in mind that oncoming vehicles
may create waves that raise the wate r
level and make it too deep fo r your vehi-
cle to drive th rough safely .
- Avoid dr iving th rough salt water because
it can cause corrosion .
 Trailer towing 213

Trailer towing The trailer hydraulic brake system must not be

directly connected to the vehicle's hydraulic •
Driving with a trailer brake system ¢ &.. •

General information Safety chains

Your Audi was designed primarily for passen- Always use safety chains between your veh icle
ger transportation . and the trai ler.

If you plan to tow a trailer, please remember Trailer lights

that the additional load will affect durability,
Trailer lights must meet all regulations . Be
economy and performance .
sure to check with your authorized Audi dealer
Trailer towing not only places more stress on for correct wiring, switches, and relays.
the vehicle, it also calls for more concentra-
Mirrors
tion from the driver.
If you are unable to see the traffic behind you
For this reason, always fo llow the operating
using the regular outside m irrors, then you
and driving instructions provided and use
must install extended mirrors. It is important
common sense.
that you always have clea r vision to the rear .

Technical requirements .8, WARNING

-
Trailer hitch - If a trailer has electrical brakes please
note that these brakes are not activated
Use a weight-carrying hitch conforming to the
by the factory-fitted control unit - risk of
gross trailer weight. The hitch must be suita-
accident!
ble for your vehicle and trailer and must be
- After removing the trailer hitch, do not
mounted securely on the vehicle's chassis at a
store it in your vehicle. In case of sudden
technically sound location . Use only a trailer
braking, the hitch could fly forward and
hitch with a removable ball mount. Always
injure you or your passengers.
check with the trailer hitch manufacturer to
- The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating for your
make sure that you are using the correct
Audi QS vehicle, found on the safety
hitch.
compliance label on the driver's s ide B-
Do not use a bumper hitch. pillar, must never be exceeded under any
circumstances. Exceeding the Gross Vehi-
The hitch must be installed in such a way that
cle Weight Rating of your vehicle is likely
it does not interfere with the impact-absorb-
to damage your veh icle, and such dam-
ing bumper system. No modifications should
age will not be covered by your Limited
be made to the vehicle exhaust and brake sys-
New Vehicle Warranty. Exceeding the
tems . From time to time, check that all hitch
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating will also
mounting bolts remain securely fastened.
change the performance and handling
When you are not towing a trailer, remove the characteristics of your vehicle, which
trai ler hitch ball mount. Th is prevents the could cause a crash resulting in serious
hitch from causing damage should your veh i- injury or death.
cle be struck from behind ¢ &..

Trailer brakes
If your tra iler is equipped w ith a braking sys-
tem, check to be sure that it conforms to all
regulations .
214 Trailer towing

Operating instructions cordance with the manufacturer's instruc-

tions.

i2
6"
Engine cooling system
Towing a trailer makes the engine work hard-
~

I1,2 ..
er . It is important that the cooling system's
performance is up to the additional load .

~
{ ~ ,, Make sure that the cooling system has enough
fluid.
-
Tire pressure
Fig. 201 Permitted ball posit ion of the tra iler hitch
When towing a trailer, inflate the tires of your
Trailer towing weights vehicle to the cold tire pressure listed under
"Full load" on the tire pressure label. The tire
With a factory-installed or an aftermarket
pressure label is located on the driver's side 8-
trailer hitch, the max imum permissib le trailer
pillar. Inflate trailer tires to trailer and tire
weight is 4,410 lbs (2,000 kg). The maximum
manufacturers' spec ificat ions.
perm iss ible unbraked trailer weight is 1,650
lbs (750 kg). These spec ifications apply when Lights
driving on roads having an incl ine of less than
The headlight settings should be checked with
12%.
the trai ler attached before driving off. Check
Permissible tongue load to make sure both vehicle and trailer lights
are working properly.
For best vehicle handling under these
changed condit ions, adjust the trailer load so Safetychains
that the tongue load is at the maximum al-
Be sure trailer safety chains are properly con-
lowable or slightly lower . You can get an ap-
nected from the trailer to the hitch on the ve-
prox imati on of the tongue load w ith a bath-
hicle . Leave enough slack in the chains to per-
room scale or you can measure the load at a
mit turning corners . When you install safety
trucking company or weighing sta t ion.
chains, make sure they will not drag on the
With a factory-installed or an aftermarket road when you are driving.
trailer hitch, the maximum perm issible load
The chains should cross under the trailer
on the ball hitch may not exceed 441 lbs
tongue to prevent it from dropping in case of
(200 kg). It is recommended to use the maxi-
separation from the hitch.
mum permissible load .

Trailer load distribution Driving instructions

Be sure the load in the trai ler is held securely Driving with a trailer always requires extra
in place to prevent it from shifting fo rward, core and consideration.
backward or s ideways.
To obtain t he best possible handling of vehicle
Never allow a passengerto ride in a trailer
and t railer, please note the following:
¢ .&.in Driving instructions on page 215.
.,. Do not tow a loaded trailer when you r car it-
Ball mount self is not loaded .
The trailer hitch may only be used with su ita- .. Be especially caref ul when passing other ve-
ble ball mount and ball¢ fig. 201. Installa- hicles .
tion of the hitch ball must be carr ied out in ac- .. Observe speed limits.
 Trailertowing 215

~ Do not drive at the maximum permissible If the coolant temperature warning light in
speed. the instr ument cluster starts flashing . , pu ll •
~ Always apply brakes early. off the road, stop and let the engine idle for •
~ Monitor the temperature gauge. about two minutes to prevent heat build -up.

Weight distribution A WARNING

-
Towing a loaded tra iler with an empty ca r re- Anyone not properly restrained in a mov-
sults in a high ly unstable distribution of ing vehicle is at a much greater risk in an
weight. If this cannot be avoided, drive at very accident. Never let anyone ride in your car
low speeds only to avoid the risk of losing who is not properly wearing the restraints
steering control. provided by Audi.
A "balanced" rig is easier to operate and con -
trol. This means that the tow vehicle should Trailer towing tips
be loaded to the extent possible and permiss i-
ble, while keeping the trailer as light as possi- Important to know
ble under the circumstances. Whenever possi- Your vehicle handles differently when towing
ble, transfer some cargo to the luggage com - a trailer because of the additional weight and
partment of the tow vehicle wh ile observing different weight distr ibut ion. Safety, perform-
tongue load requirements and vehicle loading ance and economy will greatly depend on how
considerations . carefully you load your trailer and operate
Speed your rig.

The higher the speed, t he more difficult it be- Before you actually tow your tra iler, practice
comes for the driver to control the rig . Do not turning, stopping and backing up in an area
drive at the maximum permissible speed . Re- away from traffic. Keep practicing until you
duce your speed even more if load, weathe r or have become completely familiar w ith the way
wind conditions a re unfavorable - part icularly your vehicle-tra ile r combination behaves and
when going downhill. responds.

Reduce vehicle speed immediately if the trail- Backing up is difficult and requires practice .
er shows the slightest sign of swaying. Do not Backing up w ith a t railer generally requires
try to stop the swaying by acce lerating. steering action opposite to that when backing
up you r vehicle without a trailer.
Observe speed limits . In some areas, speeds
for veh icles towing trailers are lower than for Maintain a greater d ista nce between your ve-
regular vehicles. hicle and the one in front of you. You w ill need
more room to stop. To compensate fo r the
Always apply brakes early. When driving trailer, you w ill need a larger than normal
downhill, shift into a lower gear to use the en - turning radius.
g ine braking effect to slow the vehicle . Use of
the brakes alone can cause them to ove rheat When passing, remember that you cannot ac-
and fail. celerate as fast as you normally would be-
cause of the added load. Make sure you have
Coolant temperature enough room to pass. After passing, a llow
The coolant temperature gauge c:>page 10 plenty of room for your trailer before chang-
must be observed carefully. If the needle ing lanes again.
moves close to the upper end of the scale, re- Avoid jerky starts , sharp turns or rapid lane
duce speed immed iate ly and/or turn off the changes.
ai r conditioner.
216 Trailer towing

- Do not tow a trailer during the break-in

period of your vehicle .
- If you tow a trailer, your Audi may re-
quire more frequent maintenance due to
the extra load <=> page 291.

Parking on a slope
Do not park on a slope with a trailer. If it can-
not be avoided, do so only after doing the fol-
lowing:

When parking:
,,.Apply the foot brake.
,,.Have someone place chocks under both the
vehicle and the trai ler wheels.
,,.With chocks in place, slowly release the
brakes until the whee l chocks absorb the
load.
,,.Turn the wheels towards the curb .
,,.Apply the parking brake .
,,.Move the selector lever to P.

When restarting after parking:

,,.Apply the foot brake.
,,.Start the eng ine.
,,.Move the selector lever to D.
,,.Release the park ing brake and slowly pull
out and away from the wheel chocks .
,,.Stop and have someone retrieve the wheel
chocks.

@ Tips
If you move t he selector lever of the auto-
matic transmission to P before applying
the parking brake and before blocking the
wheels, you may have to use more force
later to move the lever out of the P posi-
tion.
 Cleaning a nd protec t ion 217

Cleaning and - Moisture and ice on brakes may impair

•
protect ion braking efficiency¢ page 200, General
information. Test the brakes carefully •
General information each time you wash the vehicle.
Regular core preserves vehicle value.
@) For the sake of the environment
Any automobile is exposed to industrial Select only environmentally friend ly clean-
fumes, corrosive road salt, etc. A well cared ing products . Leftover cleaning products
for Audi can look like new many years after should not disposed of in the household
purchase . Regular and correct care will con- waste.
tr ibute to maintaining the beauty and value of
your Audi.
Care of exterior
Furth ermor e, good care m ay be a conditi on
for substant iati ng a warrant y claim should Washing
corrosion damag e or paint def ects occur. Frequent washing protects the vehicle.
Your authorized Audi dealer has a variety of The best protection against environmental in-
dedicated veh icle-care products and can ad-
fluences is frequent washing and waxing. How
vise which ones to use for cleaning the exter i- often t his is required depends on:
or and interior of your vehicle.
- How much the vehicle is used
Whether you use products recommended by
- Where the vehicle is parked (garage, in the
Audi or other commercially available clean ing
open under trees, etc.)
agents, please make sure you apply them cor-
- The seasonal and weather conditions
rectly.
- Environmental influences
.&, WARNING The longer bird droppings, insects, tree resin,
- Cleaning agents may be poisonous. Keep road and indus t rial grime, ta r, soot, road salt
them out of the reach of children. and other materials remain on the vehicle
- Heed all caut ion labels. body, the more lasting their destructive ef-
- Always read directions on the container fects will be . High temperatures caused by ex-
before using any product. Follow the di- posure to intense sun light intens ify the corro-
rect ions carefu lly. sive effect, particularly when humid ity is high
- Most chemical cleaners are concentrated as well.
and have to be diluted . Under certain circumstances, weekl y washing
- Use spot removing fluids only in well may be necessary. Under other cond itions, a
ventilated areas. monthly washing and waxing may be ade-
- Do not use gasoline, kerosene, diesel quate .
fuel, nail polish remover or other volatile
After the winter, the underside of the vehicle
fluids. They may be toxic, flammab le or
should be thoroughly washed, preferab ly in a
haza rdous in other ways. Do not wash,
professional car wash .
wax or dry the vehicle with the ignit ion
,_.&, WARNING
on or the engine running.
- Do not clean the undersides of chassis,
fenders, wheel covers, et c. without pro- Always read and heed all WARNINGSand
tecting your hands and arms. You may other information ¢ page 217 .
cut yourself on sharp -edged metal parts .
21 8 C le aning and protection

Automatic car wash Washing the vehicle by hand

The vehicle can be washed in almost any A lot of water is needed when washing a vehi-
modern automatic car wash . cle by hand .

The vehicle paint is so durable that the vehicle .,. Before you start washing, make sure you
can normally be washed without problems in have read and understood t he WARNINGS
an automatic car wash . However, the effect on ¢ .&. in General information on page 217 .
the paint depends to a large extent on the de- .,. First soak all dried dirt unt il it is soft, then
sig n of the facility, the filte ring of the wash rinse it off.
water, the type of wash and care mater ial, etc. .,.As you clean your vehicle, start with the roof
If the paint has a dull appearance afte r going and wo rk your way down to the bottom, us-
through the car wash or is scratched, bring ing a sponge, a sponge glove or a clean
this to the attention of the operator immedi- brush.
ately. If necessary, use a different car wash. .,. Rinse the sponge or the sponge glove often,
flushing it clean each time.
Before going through a car wash, be sure to
.,.Use spec ial car shampoo only for very persis-
take the usual precautions such as closing the
tent dirt .
windows and the roof. Factory installed an-
.,. Rinse the car thoroughly with water .
tennas must not be removed.
.,.Use a chamo is leather to gently wipe the ex-
If you have installed additional accessor ies on ter ior dry.
the vehicle - such as spoilers, roof rack, etc. -
it is best to ask the car wash operator if these Use a separate sponge for cleaning the
should be removed . wheels, door sills and othe r regions exposed
to road dirt . In this way, you will not scratch
A WARNING
-
t he paint with coarse pa rticles imbedded in
the sponge the next time you wash the car.
Please take note of the fo llowing points
before going through an automatic car
wash with your vehicle, so that you can ~
& WARNING
-

avoid damage to your vehicle. - Do not clean the underside of the chas-
- Compare the track of your vehicle with sis, fenders, wheel covers, or other hard
the distance between the gu ide rails of to reach parts without protecting your
the fac ility- there is a risk of damage to hands and arms. You may cut yourself on
the whee ls and t ires. sharp-edged metal parts.
- Compare the height and width of your - Always read and heed all WARNINGSand
vehicle with the height and width of the other information ¢ page 217.
tunnel at the facility.
- Fold the exte rior mirrors flat - there is a (D Note
risk of damag ing the exterior m irrors. - Never try to remove dirt, mud or dust if
Power folding exterior mirrors* must not the surface of the vehicle is dry. Never
be folded in or out by hand. Use t he pow- use a dry cloth or sponge, since this
er function! could scratch your vehicle's paint or win-
- Do not al low the wiper blade to fa ll onto dows.
the windsh ield after t he vehicle is dried - - Never wash your car in bright sunlight.
there is a risk of damaging the paint on Drops of water act as magn ifying lenses
the hood . and may damage your paint .
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and - When you wash your car in the winter: if
other information ¢ page 217 . you rinse your vehicle with a hose, be
careful not to aim the stream of water
 Cleaning and protection 219

directly at locks, or at door or hatch

openings - they can freeze shut.
A WARNING •
- Never use sponges designed to remove Never wash tires with a jet that sprays wa- •
insects , or any kitchen scouring sponges ter in a direct stream. This could cause in-
or similar products. They can damage visible damage to the tires and weaken
your paint finish. them, even if the spray is from a relatively
- You should remove debris (such as in- long distance and for a short time. Dam-
sects) from the headlight lenses on a aged and weakened tires can fail and cause
accidents and personal injury.
regular basis, for example when refuel-
ing your vehicle. Never use a dry cloth or
sponge to clean the headlights. Only use (D Note
wet cloths or sponges to prevent To avoid damaging your vehicle, always
scratches. It is best to use soapy water. make sure that there is sufficient distance
between the spray head and soft materials
@) For the sake of the environment like rubber hoses, plastic parts and sound-
In the interest of the environment, the ve- deadening materials. Never aim the spray
hicle should only be washed in special head at the same point for a long time.
wash bays. This also applies to cleaning headlights
and painted bumpers. Remember: the
closer the nozzle is to the surface of the
Washing your vehicle with a power
material, the greater the stress on the ma-
washer
terial.
Cleaning the exterior of your car with a high-
pressure power washer is safe as long as you Waxing
observe a few simple rules.
Wax protects the vehicle's paint.
"Before using the power washer, make sure
you have read and understood the WARN- "Use a manually applied car wax occasionally
INGS¢ .&. in General information on to protect the paint.
page 217.
A good wax coating protects the vehicle paint
"Always follow the operating instructions for
to a large extent against the environmental
the power washer.
factors listed under¢ page 217, Washing and
" Make sure that the jet on the spray hose pro-
even against slight scratches.
duces a "fan shaped spray".
" Do not hold the spray nozzle too close to You can use a liquid car wax to protect your
soft materials. paint as soon as one week after your vehicle
has been delivered.
When cleaning the vehicle with a power wash-
er always follow the operating instructions. Even if you regularly use a waxing process in
This applies particularly to the operating automatic car washes, we recommend that
pressure and the spraying distance . Maintain you manually apply a coat of wax to give the
a sufficient distance to soft materials such as paint extra protection, particularly if water no
rubber hoses and sound/vibration deadening longer beads on the clean paint.
materials (particularly on the underside of the Protect plastic body parts with car wax in the
engine hood). Do not use a jet which sprays same way as the vehicle body.
water in a direct stream or one that has a ro-
tating jet. During warm weather dead insects tend to
collect on the front bumper and on the for-
Water temperature should not exceed 140 °F ward area of t he hood. They are much easier
(60 °(). to remove from paint that is waxed often. IJ,,
220 C l eaning and protection

A WARNING A WARNING
Always read and heed all WARNINGSand Always read and heed all WARNINGSand
other information Q page 217 . other information Q page 217.

@ Note
Plastic and vinyl
Do not use car wax on
Plastic needs special care.
- matte or anodized metal trim
- rubber or rubbe r-like tr im. Use a clean, damp cloth or sponge to remove
dust and light surface dirt. For other soil, use
Polishing a lukewarm all-purpose cleaning solution or a
mild saddle soap for vinyl tr im. Remove water
Polishing restores the gloss to the paint. spots and traces of soap with a clean, damp
Polish your vehicle only if the paint has lost its cloth or sponge . Use a clea n, soft cloth to rub
sh ine and the gloss cannot be brought back dry.
with wax. Grease, tar or oil stains can be removed wit h a
If the polish used does not contain preserva- clean cloth or sponge soaked with all-purpose
tive compounds, the paint must be waxed af- cleaner or with a solvent designed espec ially
terwa rds <:::;>
page 219, Waxing . to clean vinyl.
Occasiona lly app ly a colorless vinyl or leather
A WARNING preservative to retain the materia l's luster
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and and pliability.
other information Q page 217.
A
- WARNING
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
Do not t reat matte anodized met al tr im, oth er information c::>page 217 .
plastic or rubber parts with polish or wax.
Aluminum trim
Trim strips
Use only neutral-pH products t o remove spots
Metal trim needs special care. and deposi t s from aluminum surfaces.
Chrome care product s and alkaline cleaners
For environmenta l reasons, Audi fabricates
will attack aluminum surfaces and can dam-
the bright tr im strips and trim pieces from
age them over t ime.
pure chromium-free aluminum .
Dirt and mar ks on the trim str ips should be A
._
WARNING
removed with a pH-balanced cleaning agent Always read and heed all WARNINGSand
(do not use a chrome cleaner). Authorized Au- other information ¢ page 217.
di dea lers carry clea ning products which have
been tested for use on your vehicle and are
Touch-up paint
not harmful to the environment.
Minor paint damages should be touched up
To avoid corros ion on the exte rior trim str ips,
immediately.
only a pH-balanced solution should be used
for the windshield washe r. .. Use eit her a touch-up paint stick or sp ray
pa int t o cover minor scratches and nicks.
 Cleaning a nd protec t ion 221

Your authoriz ed Audi dealer has touch-up Windows should also be cleaned on the inside
paint for minor scratches and stone chips. at regular intervals . •
Scratches shou ld be touched up soon after •
Never dry windows wit h the same chamo is
they occur to prevent corros ion.
t hat you use t o dry pai nted surf aces. Wax resi-
If a spot starts to rust, however, a simple due on the chamois can impai r vision through
touch- up job wi ll not be enoug h. The affected the windows.
surface must be sanded smooth and coated
with an anti -rust pr ime r before the painted _& WARNING
finish can be restored. - Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
The number for the origina l vehicle paint can other information c:>page 217.
be found on the vehicle ident ificat ion label - The winds hield must not be treated w ith
c:>page287. water-repellent mate rials. They can in-
crease glare under poor visibility condi-
_& WARNING tions such as wetness, darkness, or when
the sun is low on the hor izon. In addi-
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
tion, they can cause the w indshield w ip-
other information c:>page 217 .
ers to chatter.

Windows (D Note
Clear vision to all sides. - Never use warm or hot wate r to remove
snow and ice from w indows and mirro rs.
Clean all windows regularly to remove road
This could cause t he glass to crack.
fi lm and car wash wax buildup .
- To prevent damage to the wires of the
.,.Remove snow from windows using a br ush . rear defogger, do not place any adhesive
.,.Use a plast ic ice scraper to remove ice from st ickers on t he inside of th e rear w indow
windows and mirrors . over t he wires .
.,.Remove other residue on the windows with - To help prevent dirt from scratching the
a spray-on glass cleaner . w indow, always scrape in a forward di-
.,.Wipe the windows dry with a clean piece of rect ion - pushing t he scraper away from
cloth or kitchen paper towel. you - never back and f orth.
- Wate r leakin g from t he inside of the rear
The best way to remove snow from windows
w indow s may dam age sensit ive elect rical
and mirrors is to use a brush . Use a non-abra-
components located eit her under the
sive plastic ice scraper - better still, a spray
rear parcel shelf or in the rear tr unk area.
deicer - to remove ice from windows and mir-
Always ensure t hat water never leaks
rors.
thro ugh the body section of the vehicle.
The windows must not be cleaned with insect You can do th is by using waterproof pro-
remover or wax since t hese can interfere with tection over the vehicle's electrical com-
the function of the windshield wiper blades ponents (e.g., when installing w indow
(chatter) . ti nti ng) .
- Damage or malfunction of electrical
Oil , grease, or silicone residue can be removed
compone nts due to water damage or any
with glass cleaner or silicone remo ver . How-
other outs ide infl uence is not covered by
ever, wax residue requires the use of a special-
the Audi New Vehicl e Limited War ranty.
ly formu lated solvent . Please contact your au-
See you r Wa rranty & Maint enance boo k-
thor ized Audi dealer for advice on safe prod-
let for addit ional det ails about your war-
ucts for wax removal.
ranty.
222 C l eaning and protection

Weatherstrips Never use abrasive or metal polishing clean -

ing agents . If the protective coating has been
Complete car care includes the weatherstrips chipped, e .g. by kicked up road dirt, to uch it
as well. up as soon as possible .
.,.Apply a suitable rubber conditioner to the
weathers t rips from time to t ime. _& WARNING -
- Moisture and ice on brakes may affect
To be able seal properly, the weatherstr ips brak ing eff iciency c>page 200, General
around the hood, doors, rear lid, etc. must re- information . Test the brakes ca refully
main pliable . Spray the weatherstrips w ith sil- each time you wash the vehicle .
icone or coat them w ith talcum powder or -Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
glycerin to retain the flexibility of the rubber other information c>page 217 .
and to protect them against freez ing in the
win t er .
Body cavity sealing
_& WARNING The body cavity sealing does not need to be
Always read and heed a ll WARNINGS and checked .
other information c>page 217 .
All body cavities which could be affected by
(D Tips
corros ion have been thoroughly protected at
the factory .
Keep s ilicone sprays off the windsh ield to
avoid wiper smear in ra in. This sealing does not require any inspection or
additional treatment. If any wax should seep
out of the cavity when the ambient tempera-
Cast (light) alloy wheels
ture is high, it can be removed with a plastic
Cast (light) alloy wheels require special care. scraper and a suitable solvent .

.,.Wash the whee ls w ith a sponge or hose

,-
_& WARNING
brush every other week .
Solvents can be dangerous .
.,.For deep cleaning afterwards, use only a
- Benz ine is flammab le and toxic . If you
dedicated acid-free cast alloy wheel cleaner .
use benz ine for removing the wax, keep
.,.Rub a coat of liquid wax onto the rims every
sparks, flame and lighted cigarettes
three month . Be sure to reach and t reat a ll
parts of the rim. away. Never dump benz ine on the
g round, into open streams or down sew-
To preserve the deco rat ive appearance of the age drains .
cast a lloy whee ls, some spec ia l care is neces- - Be sure to observe all safety and environ-
sary. In addit ion to road dir t and sa lt , brake mental regulat ions. Follow all instru c-
dust is a lso corrosive . If left on for too long, tions on the container.
brake dust can cause pitting. - Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
other info rmation c>page 217.
Use only special acid-free cleaners form ulated
for a lloy rims . Safe products are available at
your authorized Audi dealer . Never leave the Chassis
cleaner on the rims longer than specified on
Have the undercoating checked for damage
the label. If not rinsed off promptly, the acid
from time to time.
contained in some cleaners can attack the
threads on the wheel bolts. The lower body shell of your Audi is also thor-
oughly protected against corros ion.
 Cleaning a nd protec t ion 223

Any damage to the undercoating caused by " Then wipe the MMI control console with a
road hazards shou ld be repaired promptly. clean, soft, slightly damp cloth . •
•
A WARNING
-
The MMI cont ro l co nsole sho uld be cleane d
wit h a brush fi rst so tha t no dirt is t rapped be-
Too much undercoating in the wrong pla-
tween the buttons and the housing . We rec-
ces can cause a fire.
ommend giving the MMI control conso le a fi-
- Do not apply additional undercoating or
nal wipe with a cloth moistened with water
rustproofing on or near the exha ust
and dish washing detergent .
man ifold, exhaust pipes, catalytic con-
verter or heat shie lds . Wh ile driving , the ([) Note
substance used for u ndercoating cou ld
To prevent damage, ma ke sure that no fl u-
overheat and caus e a fire .
id ever gets into the MMI contro l conso le.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
ot he r information ~ page 217.
Aluminum trim

Exhaust tail pipes Use only neutral-pH products to remove spots

and deposits from a luminum surfaces.
Road sa lt and othe r corros ive ma t eria ls will
Chrome care produc t s and a lkaline cleaners
damage the mater ial in t he exha ust tail pipes
will attack a luminum surfaces and can dam-
if they are not cleaned reg ula rly. Do not clean
age t hem over t ime.
the t a il pipes wit h whee l cleaner, paint po lish,
chrome polish or other abrasive cleaners.
Clean the tail pipes with car care prod ucts
A WARNING
Always rea d a nd heed all WARNINGS a nd
that are s uitab le for stain less stee l.
other information ~ page 2 17 .
Your author ized Audi dealer can provide clean-
ing prod ucts t hat have been tested and ap -
Fabrics and fabric coverings
proved for your vehicle .
Fabr ics and fab ric cover ings (e.g . sea t s, door
Care of interior trim pa ne ls, etc.) sho uld be cleane d at regular
intervals w ith a vacuum cleaner . This removes
Radio and MMI* display s urface dirt particles which cou ld become em-
" Clean t he d isp lay w ith a soft clean cloth and bedded in the fabric t hroug h use . Steam
an LCD cleane r. cleaners should not be used, because the
steam tends to push the dirt deeper into the
The display can be cleaned w ith a professio - fabr ic and lock it the re .
na lly availabl e "LCD cleane r". The cloth sho uld
be slightly dampened with the clea ning fl uid Normal cleaning
to clea n t he display. Generally, we recommend us ing a soft sponge
or a lint-free microfiber cloth to the clean fab-
0 Note ric. Brushes shou ld only be used for carpets
To avo id scratching the display, you should and floor mats, since othe r fabr ic surfaces
neve r clean it dry. cou ld be harm ed by br ushes.

Norma l surface stains can be cleaned using a

MMI control console commerc ially available foam cleaner . Spread
Applies to vehicles: with MMI the foam o n th e surface of the fabric with a
soft sponge and wo rk it in gently . Do not satu-
"F irst clea n the MMI cont rol console wit h a
rate the fab ric. The n pat t he foam dry using ..,.
brus h t o remove du st from the ho using.
224 C l eaning and protection

absorbent , dry cloths (e.g . microfibe r cloth)

and vacuum it after it has dried comp lete ly.
A WARNING
-
Solvents can change the properties of
Cleaning stains some plastics and make it harder fo r the
Stains caused by beverages (e.g. coffee, fruit air bag to deploy.
ju ice, et c.) can be t reated wit h a mild deter - - Never clean the inst rument pa nel or the
gent solut ion . App ly t he detergent so lution surface of a irbag modu les w ith cleaning
with a sponge . In the case of st ubborn stains, prod ucts that conta in solvents.
a detergent paste can be applied directly to - Products contain ing solvents will make
the sta in and worked into the fabric. After- the surface of this pa rt po rous.
wards, use copio us amounts of clean water to - Ser ious injuries can resu lt if plastic parts
remove the remaining detergent . Apply the come loose when t he airbag is deployed .
wate r with a damp cloth or sponge and pat - Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
the fab ric d ry with an absorbent , d ry cloth . other info rmation ¢ page 217 .

Stains from chocola t e or makeup shou ld have

detergent paste rubbed int o them. After-
(D Note

wards, remove the soap with water (damp Cleaning agents conta ining so lvents will
sponge) . attack the mate rial and can change the
way it be haves.
Alcohol can be used to treat stains from
grease, oil, lipstick or a ballpo int pen. Melt ed
Natural leather
grease or dye must be patted off using ab-
Applies to vehicles: with natural leather
sorbent material. It may be necessary to re-
treat the a reas with dete rgent paste a nd wa- Audi makes great efforts to maintain the
ter. proper ties, natural look and feel of interior
leather.
In the case of genera l so iling of the uphols -
tery and cove r mater ial, we recommend hiring General
a specialist that has the equ ipment to clean
We offe r many diffe rent types of leathe r on
the sea t covers and ot her fab ric surfaces by
our vehicles. Most are d ifferent types of nappa
sh a mpoo ing and spray extrac t ion.
leather, which has a smooth surface and

A WARNING
comes in various colors.

Always read a nd heed a ll WARNINGS an d The intensity of the color determines the visu-
the information ¢ page 21 7. al characterist ics and appea rance. If the s ur-
face of the leather has a typ ica l natural look,
(D Tips t hen the leather is a nappa leathe r that has
been left in a relative ly natural condit ion. This
Open Velcro faste ners on your clot hing can
leather offers particularly good com fort and
da mage t he seat cover. Please make sure
breathes we ll. Fine veins, closed grai ns, insect
that Velcro fasteners are closed .
bites, skin fo lds, and subt le va riations in colo r
rema in visible. These charac t er istics demon-
Plastic parts and instrument panel strate t ha t the mate rial is nat ura l.

Always use a clean cloth moistened in clear Natural nap pa leathe r is not covered by a col-
water to clean these areas. For pers istent dirt or finish. It is therefo re more sensit ive to soil-
use an Audi approved solvent-free plastic ing and wea r, which is someth ing you need to
cleaner/protectant. cons ider if children, animals or other fac t ors
mig ht prove to be partic ula rly hard o n the
leather . ..,
 Cleaning a nd protec t ion 225

By contrast, leather types that are covered by vative cream that contains UV-blocke rs
a colored finish layer are more durable. This and that works into the leather. This •
has a posit ive effect on the leather's resist- cream will nour ish and mo isturize the •
ance to wear and soiling in daily use. On the leather, helping it to breathe and stay
other hand, the typical characterist ics of natu- supple. It also helps to build up a protec-
ral leather are barely or not apparent . Howev- t ive coating on the surface.
er, this does not mean that the leather itself - Clean the leather every 2 - 3 months,
is of infer ior quality. and clean any areas that get soiled.
- Remove fresh marks made by ballpo int
Care and hand ling
pens, ink, lipstick, shoe polish, etc. as
Because of the exclusive nature of the types of soon as poss ible.
leather that Audi uses and the ir unique prop- - Preserve the color of the leather as need-
erties (such as sensitivity to oils, grease, so il- ed by us ing a specia l colored leather care
ing, etc.), you will need to be somewhat care- cream to touch up areas of uneve n color .
fu l with these leathers, and a certain type of
care is required. For examp le, da rk clot hing
Cleaning and caring for leather
materia ls can d iscolor leather seats (especial- upholstery and trim
ly if such clothing is damp and was not dyed Applies to vehicles: wit h natural leather
correctly) . Dust and dirt particles in pores,
fo lds, and seams can have an abrasive effect
Natural leather requires special care and at-
and can damage the leather surface as we ll as
tention .
weaken seams. Normal cleaning
The leather sho uld be cleaned regularly as ...Clean soiled areas with a slightly moistened
needed. After having been used for a relative ly cotton or woolencloth.
long time, your leather seats will acquire a
rich aged finish. This is a characteristic of nat- Mo re stubborn dirt
ura l leather and a sign of true quality. ... More st ubborn dirt can be removed using a
In order to maintain the value of this natura l cloth saturated with a mild soap solut ion (2
product over the life of your vehicle, you tablespoons mild liquid soap).
should follow the recommendations below: ... Never allow the soap solution to saturate
the leather, and make certain that no water
(D Note soaks into the seams.
"' Wipe off the soap so lution with a soft, dry
- To keep your leather from bleaching out,
cloth.
do not a llow it to be exposed to bright
sunlight for long periods of time. If you Cleaning spots
have to leave the vehicle parked outside
... Remove fresh water -based spots (such as
for long periods, cover the leather to
coffee, tea, juices, blood) with an absorbent
protect it from d irect exposure to su n-
cloth or pape r towel.
light.
"' Remove fresh grease or oil-based spots
- Sharp objects on clothing, such as zip-
(such as bu tte r, mayonnaise, chocolate) with
pers, rivets or sha rp pieces on be lts can
an absorben t clot h or paper towel, o r use
leave pe rmanent scratches o r sc rape
t he cleaner from the leather care kit if the
mar ks on the surf ace of the lea th er.
spot has not yet penetrated into t he surface
of the leathe r.
{O) Tips ...Use an oil/grease d issolving spray, if oil/
- After each time you clean the leathe r and grease spots have dried on.
at regu la r inte rvals, use a leather prese r-
226 C le aning and protecti on

• Remove specific kinds of spots (ballpoint • Check the condition of your safety be lts reg-
pen, felt marker, fingernai l polish, water- ularly.
based paint, shoe polish, etc .) with a spot
remover spec ifically formulated for leather . Heavily so iled safety bel t s may not ret ract
proper ly.
Leather care
• Every ha lf yea r use an app roved leather care
A WARNING
product (available from your authorized Au- Damaged safety belts can break in a crash .
di dealer) to care for the leather . - Anyth ing that might damage your safety
• Apply the product very sparing ly. be lts could mean t hat you and your pas -
• Wipe it off with a damp cloth. sengers would not be adequate ly pro-
tected in an accident.
If you have any questions about cleaning and - Safety belt performance depends on cor-
caring for the leather in your vehicle, it is best rect insta llation. Never remove be lts
to contact your author ized Audi dealer, who from the veh icle to clean them.
will be glad to help you and tell you about our
- Do not use chemical cleaning agents,
full range of leather care products, such as: bleach or dyes. They have corrosive prop-
- Leather cleaning and care kit erties which weaken the webb ing.
- Creams to care for colored leather - When cleaning you r safety be lts, inspect
- Spot removers fo r ballpo int pens, shoe po l- them for damage. If you discover dam-
ish, etc. age, see your authorized Audi dealer .
- Oil/grease dissolving spray - Always read and heed a ll WARNINGS and
- New and upcoming products. other information q page 217.

_& WARNING Engine compartment

Always read and heed a ll WARNINGS and
Be especially careful when cleaning the en-
other information r::!vpage 217.
gine compartment.

(D Note Always swit ch off th e ignition before clean-

- Neve r use chemical solvents (e.g . lighter ing the engine r::!v.&..
fluid, turpentine), waxes, shoe polish or
Plenum panel
similar products on the leather surfaces
in you r Audi. Remove leaves from the plenum panel in front
- To avoid damage, have stubborn stains of the w indshield under the eng ine hood. This
removed by a commer cial cleani ng spe- preve nts the wa t er drai n holes from becomi ng
cia list . blocked, and it prevents debris from entering
the vehicle interior t hrough the heating and
ventilat ion ducts .
Safety belts
Corrosion protection
Only well-maintained safety belts work relia-
bly when needed. The eng ine compartmen t and transmission
have been corrosion-protected at the factory.
• Keep be lts clean.
• For cleaning, use a m ild soap and wate r sol- Good anti-corrosion treatment is very impor-
ut ion. Let be lts dry t horo ughly and away tant, particu larly in the w inte r. If the vehicle
from direct sunlight . is frequently d riven on salt t reat ed roads, the
• Do not a llow inertia reel safety be lts to re - en t ire engine compar t ment and plenum panel
tract before they are completely dry . shou ld be t horoughly cleaned at the end of
winter and retreated to prevent salt damage. ...
 Cleaning a nd protec t ion 227

At the same time, the underside of the vehicle

should be washed as well. •
•
If the engine compartment is cleaned at any
time with grease removing solut ions 1>,or if
you have the engine washed, the anti-corro -
sion treatment is almost always removed as
well. It is therefore essential to have a long-
lasting corrosion protection reapplied to all
surfaces, seams, joints and components in the
engine compartment.

A WARNING
Be aware: The engine compartment of any
motor vehicle is a potentially hazardous
area.
- Before working in the engine compart-
ment, be sure to read the informat ion
t=?page226.
- Before reaching into the front plenum
pane l, always remove the ignition key.
Ot herw ise, the windshield wiper system
could unintentiona lly be switched on,
poss ibly causing personal injury from the
moving wiper linkage .
- Never reach into the area around or
touch the radiator fan. The auxiliary fan
is temperature controlled and can switch
on suddenly- even when the ignit ion is
off.
- Do not wash, wax or dry the engine with
the engine running. Moving or hot parts
could injure you.
- Do not clean the underside of the chas-
sis, fenders, wheel covers, or other hard
to reach parts without protecting your
hands and arms. You may cut yourse lf on
sharp-edged metal parts.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGSand
other information~ page 217.

l) Use only the correct cleaning solutions. Never use gas-

oline or diesel fuel.
228 Fuel supply and filling your fuel tank

Fuel supply and filling rat ings t hat can usually be found on the fi ll er
pump:
your fuel tank
- Premium Grade: 91 - 96 AKI
Gasoline
- Regular Grade: 87 - 90 AKI
Fuel supply
Explanation of the abbreviations:
Using the right fuel helps keep the environ-
AKI = Ant i Knock Ind ex = (R+M)/2 = (RON
ment clean and preven ts engine damage .
+MON)/2
Fuel recommendation
RON= Research Oct ane Numb er
The fuel recomme nded for you r vehicle is un-
MON = Motor Octane Number .
leaded premium grade gasoline . See also
¢ pag e 289, Data . Audi recommends using
TOP TIER Det ergent Gasoli ne wi t h a mini mu m
(D Note

octane rat ing of 9 1 AKI (95 RON). For more - Do not use any f uel w it h octane rat ings
info rmation on TOP TI ER Det ergent Gasoli ne, lower tha n 87 AKI or 91 RON othe rwise
please go to t he officia l webs ite (www.toptier - expensive engine damage w ill occur.
gas.com). - Do not use leaded gasoline. The use of
leaded gasoline w ill severely damage
The recommended gasoline oct ane rating for
yo ur vehicl e's catalytic converter and its
your engine can also be f ound on a label locat-
ability to control exhaust em issions.
ed on the inside of the fue l filler flap . This rat -
ing may be specif ied as AKI or RON.
Blended gasoline
Your veh icle may also be operated using un-
leaded regular gasoline with a min imum oc- Use of gasolinecontainingalcoholor
MTBE (methyl tertiary butyl ether)
tane rating of 87 AKI/91 RON. However, using
87 AKI/91 RON octa ne f uel w ill slightly re- You may use unleaded gasoline blende d with
duce eng ine perfo rmance. alcohol or MTBE (commonly referred t o as
oxygenates) if the blende d mixture meets t he
Use unleaded gasoline only. Unleaded gaso-
f oll ow ing criteria :
line is available th rougho ut the USA, Canada,
and in most European countries . We recom- Blend of gasoline methanol (wood alcohol or
mend that you do not ta ke your vehicle t o methyl alcohol)
areas or countries where unleaded gasoline
- Anti -kno ck index must be 87 AKI or higher.
may not be available.
- Blend must contain no mor e than 3% met h-
For mo re informat ion on refue li ng your vehi- anol.
cle, see ¢ page 229. - Blend must contain more than 2% co-sol-
vents .
Octane rating
Blend of gasoline and ethanol (grain alcohol
Octa ne rating indicat es a gasoli ne's abili ty to
or ethyl alcohol)
resist engine damaging "knoc k" caused by
premature ign ition and detonation. Therefore, - Anti -knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.
buying the correct grade of gasoli ne is very - Blend must not conta in mo re than 10%
important to help prevent possible engine ethanol.
damage and a loss of engine performance.
Blend of ga soline and MTBE
Gasoline most commonly used in the Unite d
- Anti-knoc k index must be 87 AKI or higher. ll-
States and Canada has the following octane
 Fuel supply and filling your fuel tank 229

- Blend must contain not more than 15% fuel systems clean, they are not equally effec -
MTBE. tive . •
•
Seasonally adjusted gasoline Audi recommends using TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline. For more information on TOP TIER
Many gasoline grades are blended to perform
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the official
espec ially we ll for winter or summer driving.
website (www.toptiergas.com).
During seasonal change-over, we suggest that
you fill up at busy gas stat ions where the sea- After an extended period of using inadeq uate
sonal adjustment is more likely to be made in fuels, built-up carbon deposits can rob your
time . engine of peak performance.

(D Note Q) Note
- Methanol fuels which do not meet these Damage or ma lfunction due to poor fue l
requirements may cause corrosion and quality is not covered by the Audi New Ve-
damage to plastic and rubber compo- hicle Limited Warranty.
nents in the fuel system .
- Do not use fue ls that fail to meet the Fuel tank
specified criter ia in this chapter.
- If you are unable to determine whether Fuel filler neck
or not a particular fue l blend meets the The fuel filler neck is located on the right rear
specifications, ask your service station or side panel behind the fuel fille r flap.
its fuel supp lier.
- Do not use fuel for which the contents If the power locking system should fail, you
cannot be identified. can still open the flap manually - for deta iled
- Fuel system damage and performance instruct ions see ¢ page 231 .
problems resulting from the use of fuels You can find the fuel tank capacity of your ve-
different from those specified are not hicle in Technical Data ¢ page 289.
the responsibility of Audi and are not
covered under the New Vehicle or the The label on the inside of the fuel filler flap
Emission Control System Warranties. tells you the correct fue l for your vehicle. For
more information about fuel specifications,
- If you experience a loss of fuel economy
see ¢ page 228.
or driveability and performance prob-
lems due to the use of one of these fuel Your vehicle fue l tank has an on-board refue l-
blends, we recommend that you switch ling vapor recovery system. This feature helps
to unblended fuel. to prevent fuel vapors from escaping from the
tank and polluting the environment while you
Gasoline additives refuel your vehicle . In order to fill the tank
properly while protecting the environment,
A majo r concern among many auto manufac - please fo llow this refueling procedure careful-
turers is carbon deposit build- up caused by ly.
the type of gasoline you use.
Although gasoline grades differ from one _&.WARNING
manufacturer to another , they have certain Under normal operating conditions, never
things in common. All gasoline grades contain carry additional fue l containers in your car.
substances that can cause deposits to collect Gas canisters and other containers used to
on vital engine parts, such as fuel injectors transport f uel can be dangero us. Such con-
and intake valves. Although most gasoline tainers, full or empty, may leak and could
brands include additives to keep engine and cause a fire in a collis ion. If you must
230 Fu e l su ppl y and filli n g y our fu e l t a nk

transport fue l to use for your lawn mower, Refuell ing procedure
snow blower, etc., be very careful and al- ""Insert the fuel nozzle from the gasoline
ways observe local and state laws regard- pump into the fuel fi ller neck as far as it will
ing the use, transportat ion and storage of go .
such fuel containers . Make certain the con- ,..Select a med ium refuelling rate so that the
tainer meets industry standards (ANSI/ nozzle switches off automatically when the
ASTM F852 - 86) . tank is full .

(D Note Putting th e fu el cap back on

Never drive your vehicle until the fuel tank ,..After f illing your tank, tw ist the fuel cap
is completely empty. The irregular supply clockw ise as far as it will go .
of fuel can cause misfiring . Gasoline could ,..Close the fue l filler flap.
enter the exhaust system and damage t he
To avoid fuel spilling or evaporating from the
catalyt ic converter.
fuel tank always close fuel cap properly and
complete ly. An improperly closed fuel filler
Refuelling cap may also cause the MIL lamp ¢ page 25
to come on.

A WARNING
Improper refue ling or handling of fuel can
cause fire, explosion and severe burns.
- Fuel is highly flammable and can cause
severe burns and other injuries .
- Failure to shut the engine off while refu-
eling and/or to insert the pump nozzle
Fig. 202 Right rea r vehicle s ide: Opening the fuel fille r
fully into the fuel filter neck could cause
flap
fuel to spray out of filler neck or to ove r-
f low. Fuel spray and overflowing fuel can
cause a fire .
- Never use a ce llular telephone whil e re-
fue ling . The electromagnet ic rad iat io n
can cause sparks that can igni t e fuel va-
pors and cause a fire.
- Never get back into your vehicle whi le re-
fuel ing. If in exceptional circumstances
Fig. 203 Fue l filler fla p with attached fu el cap
you must get back in your vehicle while
refueling, make certain that you close
When activating the central locking, the fuel the door and touch metal to discharge
fi ller flap is automatically un locked or locked. static electricity before touching the fill-
Refue l the vehicle with the ignition turned off . er nozzle again . Static electricity can
cause sparks that can ignite fuel vapors
Taking th e fu el cap off re leased d uring refueling .
,..Press the left side of the fue l filler flap to - Never smoke or have an open f lame any-
open it ¢ fig. 202 -arrow- . where in or near your veh icle when refu-
""Unscrew fuel cap counter-clockwise and eling or filling a portable fue l conta iner .
hang it on the fuel fille r flap ¢ fig. 203.
 Fuel supply and filling your fuel tank 231

- For your safety, we strongly recommend overflow when it becomes warm and pol-
that you do not travel with a portable lute the environment.
fuel container in your vehicle. The con-
tainer, full or empty may leak and could a) Tips
cause a fire , especially in a crash . - Running your engine while refuelling
- If, under exceptional circumstances, you may cause vapors to escape or even
must transport a portable fuel container, cause fuel to spill out of the tank. This
please observe the following: would then shut off the fuel nozzle be-
- Never fill a portable fuel container fore the tank is full.
while it is anywhere in or on the vehicle - Do not refuel your vehicle with the igni-
(for example, in the luggage compart- tion turned on. The fuel gauge may oth -
ment, or on the trunk) . Static electrici- erwise not indicate the correct fuel level
t y can build up while filling and can ig- after refuelling.
nite fuel vapors causing a fire . - The fuel filler flap of your vehicle is not
- Always place a portable fuel container locked when you lock the vehicle from
on the ground before filling . the inside .
- Always keep the filler nozzle complete-
ly inside the portable container before Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand
and during filling.
You con open t he fuel filler flop by hand if the
- If filling a portable container made of
power locking sys tem should foil .
metal, the filler nozzle must always be
in contact with the container . This will
help prevent static electricity from dis-
charging and cause a fire.
- Never spill fuel inside the vehicle or
luggage compartment. Fuel vapors are
highly flammable.
- Always observe local and state/provin-
cial laws regarding the use, storage
and transportation of fuel containers.
Fig. 204 Luggage compar t m en t : Em ergen cy op ening
- Make certain the fuel container meets of fuel filler flap
industry standards (ANSI/ ASTM
F852-86). The emergency opening mechanism is located
behind the right side trim panel in the lug-
(D Note gage compartmen t.
If any fuel has spilled onto the car, it .. Open the right side trim panel.
should be removed immediately to prevent .. Loosen the strap from its bracket and pull
damage to the paint. on it ¢ fig . 204 . Now you can open the fuel
filler f lap as usual.
@ For the sake of the environment
As soon as the correctly operated nozzle
switches off automatically for the first
time, the tank is full . Do not try to add
more fuel because fuel may spill out. In
addition, the expansion space in the fuel
tank will be filled - causing the fuel to
232 Che ck ing and filling

Checking and filling A

- WARNING
Engine hood Hot eng ine coolant can burn you.
- To reduce the risk of being burned, never
Releasing the engine hood open the hood if you see or hear steam
The engine hood is released from inside the or coo la nt escaping from the eng ine
vehicle. compa rtment . Wait unt il no steam or
coo lant can be seen o r heard before care-
fu lly openi ng the hood.

Closing the engine hood

.. Pull the hood down un t il the pressu re from

t he stru t s is reduced .
.. Let t he hood drop down and latch in place .
Do not try to push it shut; it may fail to en -
gage c>.&,.
Fig. 2 0 5 Driver's s ide footwe ll: engin e hood release
lever

.. Open the driver's door . -A WARNING

A hood t hat is not completely latched
-

.. Pull the release lever on the left under the could fly up an d b lock your view while dr iv-
inst rument panel c>fig . 205 in the d irect ion ing.
of the ar row .
- W hen you close the engine hood, check it
The hood pops up s light ly under spring pres- to make sure the safety catch has proper-
sure. ly engaged . The hood sho uld be flush
wit h the surrou nding vehicle body parts.
- If you notice while dr iving t hat the hood
Opening the engine hood
is not secured properly, stop at once and
close it .

Working in the engine compartment

Be especially careful whenever you work in

the engine compartment .

Whenever you must perform any work in the

engine compartment, for example checking
Fig. 206 Release lever under the eng ine hood and filling differ ent fluids, th ere is a risk of
injury, burns and accidents. To prevent per-
Before opening the eng ine hood, make s ure sonal injury always observe the following
that the windshie ld wipers are flat against the WARNINGS. The engine compartm ent of any
windshie ld. Otherwise, they could damage the vehicle is a hazardous area c>&, .
pa int on the hood.
.. Pull up on the re lease under the hood
A WARNING
c>fig . 206. This releases the catch. To he lp avoid injury, before yo u check any-
.. Open the hood all the way c>.&,. thing under the hoo d :
- Turn off the eng ine.
- Remove t he ignit ion key.
 Checking and filling 233

- Apply the parking brake. - Always use extreme caution to prevent

•
- Move selector lever of automatic trans- clothing, jewelry, or long hair from get-
mission to "P" (Park). ting caught in the radiator fan, V-belts •
- Always let the engine cool down. Hot or other moving parts, or from contact-
components will burn skin on contact. ing hot parts . Tie back hair before
- To reduce the risk of being burned, never starting, and do not wear clothing that
open the hood if you see or hear steam will hang or droop into the engine.
or coolant escaping from the engine - Minimize exposure to emission and
compartment. Wait until no steam or chemical hazards 9 .&,.
coolant can be seen or heard before care-
fully opening the hood. &_ WARNING
- Keep children away from the engine com- California Proposition 65 Warning:
partment . - Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,
- Never spill fluids on hot engine compo- and certain vehicle components contain
nents. They can cause a fire. or emit chemicals known to the State of
- Never touch the radiator fan. The auxili- California to cause cancer and birth de-
ary electric fan is temperature controlled fects and reproductive harm. In addition,
and can switch on suddenly. certain fluids contained in vehicles and
- Never open the coolant reservoir cap certain products of component wear con-
when the engine is still warm. The cool- tain or emit chemicals known to the
ant system is pressurized and hot cool- State of California to cause cancer and
ant could spray out . birth defects or other reproductive harm.
- Protect your face, hands and arm from - Battery posts, terminals and related ac-
steam or hot engine coolant by placinga cessoriescontain lead and lead com-
thick rag over the cap when you open the pounds, chemicals known to the State of
coolant reservoir. California to cause cancer and reproduc -
- If work on the fuel system or the electri- tive harms. Wash hands after handling .
cal system is necessary:
- Always disconnect the battery. (D Note
- Never smoke or work near heaters or When adding fluids, always make sure that
open flames. Fluids in the engine com- they are poured into the proper container
partment could start a fire. or filler opening, otherwise serious dam-
- Keep an approved fire extinguisher im- age to vehicle systems will occur.
mediately available.
- To avoid electrical shock and personal in- @ For the sake of the environment
jury while the engine is running or being To detect leaks in time, inspect the vehicle
started, never touch: floor pan from underneath regularly. If
- Ignition cables you see spots from oil or other vehicle flu-
- Other components of the high voltage ids, have your vehicle inspected by an au-
electronic ignition system. thorized Audi dealer.
- If you must perform a check or repair
with the engine running:
- First, fully apply the parking brake,
move selector lever of automatic trans-
mission to "P" (Park).
234 Checking and filling

Engine compartment
Engine compartment

These are the most important items that you can check.

Fig. 207 Typical layout for containers and engine oil filler cap

(D Jump start point( +) under a cov- Engine oil

er . . . . . . . .............. . . . 244, 282
@ Brake fluid reservoir((();) ..... 241 · Engine oil specifications

@ Engine oi l filler cap(~) ..... 237 The engine oil used in your Audi needs the
@ Coolant expansion tank (-L) . . . 239 right kind of oil.
® Jump start point(-) with hex
The engine in your Audi is a sophisticated
head screw ..... .... ... . . . . . 244, 282
power plant that was built to exacting specifi-
® Windshield/headlight washer cations. This engine needs the right kind of
.
container ("o' ) .......... . .. . 246 engine oil that meets specifications regarding
(J) Power steering reservoir ..... . 202 quality and viscosity so that it can run
The position of the engine oil filling hole smooth ly and reliab ly. Choosing the right oil
¢ fig. 207 (item @ ) can differ depending on
and changing oil within the time and mileage
the engine design. intervals printed in your vehicle's Warranty &
Maintenance booklet matters a lot more to-
_&.WARNING -
day than it did years ago. Audi has developed
a special quality standard for engine oil that
Before you check anything in the engine
will help assure that your vehicle's engine will
compartment, always read and heed all
get the lubrication it needs for proper opera-
WARNINGS ¢ .&. in Working in the engine
tion . ..,.
compartment on page 232.
 Checkin g and fillin g 235

Modern eng ine lubrication has taken a quan - (liter) of oil that expressly conf orms to the
tum leap in the last few years. Many synt hetic VW S02 00 specification , in case you have to •
oils available today provide better engine lu- top off the oil while on the road. •
brication that can out last traditional petrole-
Only if the bar of t he oil level indicat or is near
um-based oils, making them a smart choice
" Min" - and no oil that expressly conf orms to
for use throughout the life of your Audi .
Audi oil standard VW S02 00 specifications is
Whether you use synthetic or petroleum- available - may you top off with a high quality
based engine oil, the oil that you use must engine oil, preferably synthetic-based, that
conform to Audi's oil quality standard meets ACEAA3, ACEAAS or ACEABS or API SL
VW 502 00 to help keep your veh icle's engine specifications, but even then, only in viscosity
running smoothly and help prevent the for- grades SAE SW-40 , SAE SW-30, or SAE
mat ion of harmfu l deposits, sometimes called OW-40 . However, dur ing the entire time be-
" sludge", that over time can lead to expensive tween oil change inte rvals, never t op off with
repairs . more than a tota l of 0. 5 qt /liter engine oil
that does not conf orm to Audi oil specification
At the t ime of pri nting , engine oils available in
vw 502 00.
the U.S. and Canada that meet the exacting
specifications of Audi oi l standard VW 502 00 For more informa t ion about eng ine oi l tha t
are synthetic engine oils. This does not mean, has been approved for your veh icle, please
however, that every synthetic engine oil w ill contac t either your autho rized Audi dealer or
meet Audi oil standard VW 502 00. So always Audi Custome r Relations at 1 (800) 822 -2834
be sure that you use an approved oil. or visit our web site at www .audiusa.com or
www.aud icanada.ca. Here you w ill also find a
To help prevent the format ion of harmful de-
current list of oils (manufacturers, brand
posits use only oi l with the fo ll ow ing specifi-
names et c.) t hat conform to Audi oil st andard
cations printed on the oil container :
vw 502 00.
Audi oil standard VW 502 00
Changing the engine oil
Oil conta iner labels may carry the specif ica-
The engine oi l and oil f ilt er must be changed
tion singly or in comb inat ion with other desig-
according to the mileage (ki lomet ers) and
nations and oil quality standards .
time intervals specified in your vehicle's War-
Viscosity ranty & Maintenance booklet. Do not exceed
these interva ls - harmful deposits from old
Engine oi ls are graded according to their vis-
engine oil can reduce engine performance and
cosity. The proper viscosity grade oil for your
can lead to expensive engine repairs.
engine depends on climactic or seasonal con-
ditions where you drive. You can use oil with a Changing the oil at the recommended inter-
viscosity grade of SAE SW40 across all tem - vals is so very important because the lubricat-
perature ranges f or normal driving conditions . ing propert ies of oil decrease gradually during
norma l veh icle use. If you are not sure when
However, if engine oi l viscosity grade SAE
you have your oil changed, ask your author-
SW40 is not available, you can also use viscos-
ized Audi Service Advisor.
ity grade SAE SW-30 or SAE OW-40 as long as
it meets Audi oil quality standard VW 502 00 Under some circumstances the engine oil
specifications . shou ld even be changed more frequent ly.
Change oil mo re often if you dr ive most ly
Because engine oil that meets the Audi oil
short distances, operat e the vehicl e in dusty
standard may not be available everywhere
areas or most ly under stop-and -go t raff ic con-
when you need it, we str ongly recomme nd
diti ons, or when you use your vehicle where .,..
that you always carry with you an ext ra quart
236 Ch e ck ing and fi lling

temperatures stay below freezing point for wear as mi leage builds up, the oil consump-
long periods. tion may increase over time until replacement
of worn components may become necessary.
Detergent add it ives in the oil w ill make fresh
oil look dark after the engine has been run- With all these variab les coming into play, no
ning for a short time . This is norma l and is not standard rate of oil consumption can be es-
a reason to change the oil more often than tablished or specified. There is no alternative
recommended. to regu lar and frequent checking of the oil lev-
el, see Note .
Damage or malfunctions due to lack of
mainten ance If the yellow engine oil level warning symbo l
It is essential that you change your oil at the
in the instrument cluster m
lights up, you
should check the oil level as soon as possib le
recommended int ervals using only engine oil
¢ page 23 7. Top off the oil at your earliest
that complies with Audi oi l standard
convenience ¢ page 237.
VW 502 00. Your Limited New Vehicle War-
ranty does not cover damage or malfunctions
due to fail ure to fo ll ow recommended mainte-
A
'"---
WARNING
-
nance and use requ irements as set forth in Before you check anything in the engine
the Audi Owner's Manual and Warranty & compartment, always read and heed all
Maintenance book let . Your dealer will have to WARNINGS¢ A in Working in the engine
deny warranty coverage unless you present to compartment on page 232.
the dealer proof in the form of Service or Re-
pair Orders that all scheduled maintenance (D Note
was performed in a t imely manner. Driving w ith an insufficient oil level is like-
lyto causeseveredamageto the engine.
Eng ine oil consumption
(D Tips
The engine in your vehicle depends on an ade-
- The oil pressu re warning display. is
quate amount of oil to lubricate and cool all
not an indicator of the oil level. Do not
of its moving parts.
rely on it. Instead, check th e oil level in
In order to provide effective lubrication and your engin e at regular intervals, pref-
cool ing of internal engine components, all in- erably each time you refuel, and always
ternal comb ustion eng ines consume a certa in before go ing on a long trip.
amount of oil. Oil consumption varies from - If you have t he impression your engine
engine to engine and may change significantly consumes excessive amoun t s of oil, we
over the life of the engine. Typically, engines recommend that you consult an author-
with a specif ied break-in period (see ized Audi dealer to have the cause of
¢ page 206) consume more oil during the your concern properly diagnosed. Keep in
break-in period than they consume after oil m ind that the accurate measu rement of
consumption has stabilized. oil consumption requ ires great care and
may take some time. An authorized Audi
Under norma l conditions, the rate of oil con-
dealer has instructions about how to
sumption depends on the quality and viscosity
measu re oil consumption accurately.
of the oil, the RPM (revolutions per minute) at
which the engine is operated, the ambient
temperature and road condit ions. Further fac-
tors are the amount of oil dilution from water
condensat ion or fuel residue and the oxida-
tion level of the oi l. As any engine is subject to
 Checkin g and fillin g 23 7

Checking the engine oil level Adding engine oil 'i=:1:

Fig. 209 Engine compa rt m ent : Oil filler cap locat ion
Fig. 208 Display: Oil level ind icator

Before you check anything in the eng ine com -

Read oil level
partment , always read and heed all WARN-
" Park your vehicle so that it is horizontally INGS <=>&. in Working in the engine compart -
level. ment on page 232 .
" Shut the engine off when it is at operating
" Unscrew the cap~ to the eng ine oil filling
temperature.
hole <=>fig. 209.
" Swit ch only the igni t ion back on .
" Carefully top off with the appropriate oil in
" Wait approx. two minutes.
" Se lect: Function button I,..,C'""'A,..,R,..,I > Oil level. 0.5 liter doses.
" Check the oil level aga in aft er two minutes
" Read the oil leve l in th e radio or MMI* Dis-
¢ page 237 .
play ¢ fig. 208. Add engine oil if the bar of
" Top off t he o il, if necessa ry.
the oil level indicator is near "Min"
" Screw the cap back on the f illing hole.
c>page 237.

The oil level needs to be checked at regular in- .&,_WARNING

tervals. The best times to do this are whenev- - Wh ile topping off, the oil must not come
er you refuel and p rior to long trips. in contact with hot engine parts - fire
Depending on the way the vehicle is driven hazard !
and the operating conditions, oil consumption - The oil filler cap must be properly se-
can be up to a 1/2 quart per 600 miles (0.5 li- cured to prevent oil from being sprayed
ter per 1,000 km) . Consumption may be high- on the hot engine and exhaust system
er within the first 3,000 m iles (5,000 km). when the engine is running - fire hazard!
- If your skin has come in contact with the
(D Tips engine o il, you must subsequently
The oil level indicator in the radio or MMI* cleanse it thoroughly.
Display is only an information d isplay. If
the o il level is too low, a min imum oil (D Note
warning appears in the instrument cluster . - Check the oil leve l using the radio or the
Add oil c:!;,page 237 . If the hood has been MMl*. If the message Please reduce oil
opened, the current oil leve l is shown in level appears, contact your authorized
t he ins t rumen t cluste r the next time the Audi dea ler or other qualified workshop
ignit io n is swi t ched on. to have excess oil extracted if necessary.
- Audi does not recommend the use of oi l
additives. They may damage the engine
and adversely affe ct your New Vehicle
Warranty.
23 8 Ch e ck ing and filling

@ For the sake of the environment A WARNING

- Under no circumstances can the oil come To reduce the risk of personal injury if you
in contact with the sewage network or must change the engine oil in your vehicle
the soil. yourself:
- Observe and follow legal regu lations - Wear eye protect ion.
when disposing of empty oil containers. - To reduce the risk of burns from hot en-
gine oil, let the engine cool down to the
Changing the engine oil touch.
- When removing the oil dra in plug with
We recommend that hove your oil changed by your fingers, stay as far away as possible.
an authorized Audi dealer or a qualified serv- Always keep your forearm parallel to the
ice station.
ground to help prevent hot oil from run-
Before you check anything in the engine com- ning down you r arm.
partment, always read a nd heed all WARN- - Drain the oil into a container designed
INGS ¢ & in Working in the engine compart- for this purpose, one large enough to
ment on page 232. hold at least the tota l amount of oil in
your engine.
The engine oil must be changed according to - Engine oil is poisonous. Keep it we ll out
the intervals specified in your Warranty &
of t he reach of childre n.
Maintenance book let. This is very important
- Continuous contact wit h used eng ine oil
because the lubricating properties of oil di-
is harmful to your skin. Always protect
minish gradually during normal vehicle use.
your skin by washing oil off tho roughly
Under some circ umstances the engine oi l w ith soap and wate r.
should be changed more frequently . Change
oil more often if you drive mostly short dis- @ Note
tances, operate the vehicle in dusty areas or Never mix oil additiv es with you r engine
under predominantly stop-and -go traffic con- oi l. These additives can damage your en-
ditions, or have your veh icle where tempera- gine and adversely affect you r Audi Limit-
tures remain below freez ing fo r extended pe- ed New Vehicle War ranty.
riods.

Detergent addit ives in the oil w ill make fresh @ For the sake of the environment
oil look dark after the engine has been run- - Before changing your oil, first make sure
ning fo r a short time. This is norma l and is not you know where you can prope rly dispose
a reason to change the oil mo re often than of the used oil.
recommended. - Always dispose of used engine oil proper -
ly. Do not dump it on garden soil, wood-
Because of the problem of prope r disposal ,
ed areas, into open streams or down
along w ith the special tools and necessary ex-
sewage drains.
pertise required, we strong ly recommend that
- Recycle used engi ne oil by t aking it to a
you have your oil changed by an authorized
used engine oil collection facility in you r
Audi dealer or a qualified service station.
area, or contact a service station.
If you choo se to chang e your oil yours elf,
please note the followi ng important informa-
tion :
 Checkin g and fillin g 239

Engine cooling system your vehicle is sufficient to meet the cli-

mate conditions . This is especia lly impor-
Coolant tant if you live in a reg ion where t he win-
The engine coolant performs two functions: it ter is extreme ly cold. If necessary, in-
keeps the engine from overheating and it pro- crease t he propo rtion of coo lant add itive
te cts the engine from freezing in the winter. t o 60% .
- Whe n add ing coolant additive to your
The cooling system is sealed and generally re- cooling system , remember :
qu ires little attention . - We re comme nd usin g o nly cool a nt ad-
The cooling system has been filled at the fac- dit ive G12++ (check t he labe l) for your
tory with a permanent coolant which does not vehi cle . This coolan t addi t ive is availa-
need to be changed. The coolant consists of a ble at a uthorized Audi dea le rs. Othe r
mixture of water and the manufacturer's gly- types of ant ifreeze can significant ly re-
col-based coolan t additive G12++ ant ifreeze d uce corrosi on protection. The res ult-
with a nticorrosion add itives (SO% fo r USA ing corrosion can cause a loss of cool-
models; 60% for Canad ian models). This mix- ant and ser io us eng ine damage .
ture bot h assu res t he ne ces sary frost protec- - Do not add any type of rad iator leak seal-
tion and protects metal components in the ant to you r vehicle's eng ine coolant .
engine's cooling system from corrosion and Adding radiator repair fl uid may adverse-
scaling. It also raises the bo iling po int of t he ly affect t he function and performance of
coolant. your cooling syst em and could resu lt in
damage not covered by yo ur New Vehicle
Do not red uce t he concentration of the coo l-
Limit ed War ran t y.
ant in the summe r by adding plain water . The
proportion of coolant addit ive must be at
Checking the engine coolant level
least 50% but not mo re than 60 % to ma in-
tain antifree ze protection and cooling efficien- The engine coolant level can be chec ked with
cy. If the coolant frost protect ion is too low, a quick glan ce.
the coolant could freeze and damage the veh i-
cle heating and eng ine cooling system .

For year-round driving, antifree ze is added at

the factory for temperatures down to:

- - 3 1°F ( - 3 S°C) USA

- - 4 0°F ( - 4 0°C) Canada.

You ca n mix t he G12 ++ cool a nt ad d itive with

ot her addit ives (G12+ or G12). Always che ck
wit h your author ized Audi dealer. Fig. 210 Engine compartment: Coolant expansion tank

& WARNING Befo re you check a nyt hing in the eng ine com -
partment, always read and heed all WARN-
Before you check any t hing in the engine
INGS c:>& in Working in the engine compart-
compartment, always read and hee d a ll
ment on page 232 .
WARNINGS c:>.&.in Working in the engine
compartment on page 232. .. Turn off the ignition .
.. Read the engine coolant level f rom the coo l-
(D Note ant expansion tank c:> fig. 210. Wit h a cold
eng ine, the coo lant level shou ld be between
- Before wint er se t s in, have t he coolan t
the "MIN" a nd "MAX" markings. When the .,..
checked to see if the coolant addit ive in
240 Ch e ck ing and filling

engine is warm, the level may be slightly .,. Place a thick rag ove r the coolant expansion
above the "MAX" marking. tank ¢ page 239, fig. 210 and ca refull y turn
the cap counter-clockwise ¢ .&_.
The location of the coolant expansion tank .,.Add coo lant.
can be seen in the engine compartment illus-
.,.Twist the cap on again tightly.
tration ¢ page 234 .
Replacement engine coo lant must conform to
To obtain an accurate read ing, the engine
exact spec ificat ions ¢ page 239, Coolant.
m ust be sw itched off.
Even in a n emergency, if coolant addi-
The expans ion tank in your vehicle is equipped t ive Gl2++, Gl2 + or Gl2 is not ava ilable, do
with an e lectr ic coolant level sensor. not use a d ifferent addit ive. Use plain water
instead unt il you can get the cor rect add itive
When the coolant level is too low, the warning
and can restore the correct ratio. This shou ld
light in the Auto-Check System ¢ page 30 will
be done as soon as possible .
blink until you add coo lant and the level has
been restored to norma l. Even though the re is If you have lost a considerab le amount of
a n e lect ric coolant level sensor, we st ill rec- coolant, then you should add cold ant ifreeze
ommend you check t he coolant leve l from and cold wate r on ly w hen t he eng ine is cold.
time to time.
Always use new engine coo la nt when refilling .
Coolant loss Do not fill coolant above the "MAX" mark . Ex-
Coolant loss may indicate a lea k in the cooling cess coolant will be forced out through the
system. In the event of coolant loss, the cool- pressure relief valve in the cap when the en-
ing system should be inspected immediately gine becomes hot.
by your author ized Audi dealer. It is not
enough merely to add coolant. A WARNING
In a se ale d system, losses can occur only if - The cooling system is under pressure and
the boiling point of t he coolant is exceeded as can get very hot . Reduce the risk of
a result of overheat ing. scalding from hot coolant by following
these steps.
(D Note - Turn off the engine and allow it to coo l
Do not add any type of radiator lea k seal- down.
ant to your vehicle's eng ine coolan t . Add- - Protect your face, hands and arms from
ing radia t o r repair fluid may adversely af- escaping fluid and steam by covering
fect the function and performance of your the cap w ith a large, t hick rag.
cooling system a nd could res ult in damage - Turn the cap slow ly and very carefully
not covered by your New Vehicle Limited in a counter-clockwise direction while
Warranty. applying light, downward pressure on
the top of the cap .
- To avoid being burned, do not spill an-
Adding coolant
tifreeze or coolant on the exhaust sys-
Be very careful when adding engine coolant. tem or hot engi ne pa rts. Unde r certain
cond it ions, the ethyle ne g lycol in e n-
Before you chec k anything in t he engine com-
gine coolant can catch fire .
partment, alwa ys read and heed all WARN-
- Antifreeze is po isonous. Always sto re an-
INGS ¢ A in Working in the engine compart-
tifree ze in its o riginal container and well
ment on page 232.
ou t of the reach of chi ld ren. ..,
.,.Turn off the engine .
.,.Let the engine coo l down .
 Checkin g and fillin g 241

- If you drain the coolant, it must be - The auxiliary electric fan is tempe rat ure
caught and safely stored in a proper contro ll ed and can switch on suddenly
conta iner clearly marked "poison". even when the engine is not ru nning.
- The auxiliary radiator fan switches on au-
(D Note tomatically when the engine coolant
- Coolant pollutes the environment and reaches a certai n temperature and will
could cause an engine fire. Excesscool- continue to ru n until the coolant temper-
ant will be forced out through the pres- ature drops.
sure relief valve in the cap when the en-
gine becomes hot . Brake fluid
- If, in an emergency, only water can be
Checking brake fluid level
added , the correct ratio between water
and antifreeze ¢ page 239 must be re- The brake fluid level can be checked with a
stored as soon as possible. quick glance.

@ For the sake of the environment

Drained coolant should not be reused. Al-
ways dispose of used coolant while observ-
ing all environmental regulations .

Radiator fan

The radiator fan switches on automatically by

itself Fig. 2 1 1 Engine compar tm ent: Brake fluid reservoir

The radiator fan is driven by the engine via the

Before you check anything in the engine com-
V-belt. The viscous clutch regul ates the speed
partment, always read and heed all WARN-
of the fan according to t he temperature of the
INGS ¢ .&. in Working in the engine compart-
coolant.
ment on page 232 .
An auxiliary electr ic radiator fan* swit ches on
.. Read the brake fluid level from the brake
and off depending on coolant t empera t ure
fluid reservoir ¢ fig. 211 . The brake fluid
and other vehicle operati ng conditions.
level must be between the "MIN"and
After you switch the engine off, the auxilia ry "MAX" mark ings.
fan can continue running for up to 10 minu t es
- even with the ignition off . It can even swit ch The brake fluid reservoir is located at the rear
on again later by itself ¢ ,& , if partition of the engine compartment on the
left side ¢ page 234.
- the temperature of the engine coolant rises
due to the heat bui ld-up from the engine in The fluid level may drop slightly afte r some
the engine compartmen t , or time due to the automatic adjustment of the
- the engine compartment heats up because brake pads. This is not cause for alarm .
the vehicle is parked in intense sunlight. If the brake f luid level falls considerably be-
low the "MIN" mark, the brake warn ing/ indi-
A WARNING cator light (U.S. models: - · Canadian
- To reduce the risk of personal injury nev- models : . ) w ill come on¢ page 18 and
er touch the radiator fa n. ¢ page 30. Do not cont inue to operate the ve-
hicle. The complete brake system should be
thoroughly checked by an author ized Audi
242 Checking and filling

dealer or qualified workshop and the cause ciency of the brakes as well as your
corrected. If the brake fluid level is too low, safety. This could resu lt in an accident.
the brake warning/indicator light will illumi-
nate. Contact an authori zed Audi dealer im- @ Note
mediately.
Brake fluid will damage the paint of your
vehicle.
Changing brake fluid

Hove the broke fluid changed by on experi- @ For the sake of the environment
enced technician . Because of the problem of proper disposal
of brake fluid as well as the spec ial tools
Brake fluid absorbs moisture from the air. If required and the necessary expertise, we
the water content in the brake fluid is too recommend that you have the brake fluid
high, corrosion in the brake system may result changed by your authorized Audi dea ler.
after a per iod of t ime . The boiling point of the
brake fluid will also decrease considerably and
decrease braking performance .
Battery
Therefore, the brake fluid must be changed General information
every two years. Always use new brake fluid Under normal ope rat ing conditions , the bat-
which conforms to Federal Motor Vehicle tery in your Audi does not need any mainte-
Standard "FMVSS116 DOT4" . nance. With high outside temperatures or
The brake fluid reservoir can be difficult to long daily drives we recommend that you have
reach, therefore, we recommend that you the electrolyte level checked by an authorized
have the brake fluid changed by your author - Audi dealer or qualified workshop. The elec-
ized Audi dealer. Your dealer has the correct trolyt e level should also be checked each time
too ls, the right brake fluid and the know-how the battery is charged <=> page 244.
to do this for you. Have the battery checked when you take your
vehicle in for service. Youare well advised to
_& WARNING replace a battery that is older than 5 years .
- Brake fluid is poisonous . It must be stor-
With certain types of airbag deployment, the
ed only in the closed original container
battery is disconnected from the vehicle elec-
out of the reach of children!
trical system for safety reasons <=>
.& in Re-
- Brake failure can result from old or inap-
pair, core and disposal of the airbags on
propriate brake fluid. Observe these pre-
page 170 .
caut ions:
- Use only brake fluid that meets SAE Disconnecting the battery terminals
specification J 1703 and conforms to Some vehicle functions (power window regu-
Federal Motor Vehicle Standard 116 . lators, for example) are lost if the battery ter-
Always check with your authorized Audi minals are disconnected. These functions have
dealer to make sure you are using the to be relearned after the battery terminals are
correct brake fluid. The correct type of
connected aga in. To prevent th is, the battery
brake fluid is also indicated on the
shou ld only be disconnected from the vehicle
brake fluid reservoir. elect rical system when abso lutely necessary
- The brake fluid must be new. Heavy use for repai rs. .,_
of the brakes can cause a vapor lock if
the brake fluid is left in the system too
long. This can ser ious ly affect the effi-
 Checkin g and fillin g 243

Ve hicles not driven fo r long period s Always heed the safety warnings, when work-
ing on the vehicle battery or the vehicle elec- •
If you do not drive your vehicle over a period
trical system to prevent injury. •
of several days or weeks, electrical compo -
nents are grad ually cut back or switched off. The following WARNINGS a re very
This reduces energy consumption and main - imp ortan t w hen wo rking on the batt ery:
tains starting capability over a longer per iod
¢page 203. Alwa ys heed the following WARNING SYM·
BOLSand safety precaution s when working
Take into consideration that when you unlock on th e battery.
your vehicle, some convenience functions,
such as the master key remote funct ion or
® Alway s wear eye protection .
lI
power seat adjustment, may not be available .
The convenience functions will be available b.. Batte ry acid contains sulfuric acid. Al·
~ ways wear gloves and eye prote ction.
again when you turn on the ignition and start
the eng ine . ~ No
~ -sparks
Winter ope ration • flames
During the winter months, battery capacity - smoking.
tends to decrease as temperatures drop . This A W hen a batt ery is charged, it produces
is because more power is also consumed while ~ hydrogen gas wh ich is explosive and
start ing, and the headlights, rear window de- could cause personal injury.
fogger, etc ., are used more often . ~ Always keep the battery well out of
Avoid unnecessary power consumption, par- 'if!:11reach of children.
ticularly in city traffic or when traveling only
short distances . Let your authorized Audi &, WARNING
dealer check the capacity of the vehicle bat- Whenever working on the battery or on
tery before winte r sets in ¢ page 244. A we ll the elect rical system, there is the risk of
charged battery will not only prevent star t ing injury, accident and even fire. Read and
prob lems when the weather is cold, but will heed the followi ng WARNINGS:
also last longer. - Always wear eye protection. Do not let
battery acid or any lead par t icles get on
(D Tips your skin or clot hing. Shield you r eyes.
If your vehicle is left standing for severa l Explosive gases can cause blindness or
weeks at extremely low temperatures, the other injury.
vehicle battery should be removed and - Battery acid conta ins sulfuric acid . Sulfu-
stored where it will not freeze . This will ric acid can cause blindness and severe
prevent it from being damaged and having burns .
to be replaced. - Always wear gloves and eye protection .
Do not tilt the battery because acid
Working on the battery could leak out of the ventilat ion open-
ings.
Be especially careful when working on or near
- If you get battery acid in your eyes or
the battery .
on your skin, immediately rinse with
The battery is located in the luggage compart - cold water for several minu t es and get
ment under the floor . Before you check any- med ical attent ion.
thing in the luggage compartment, read and - If you should ingest any battery acid,
heed all WARNING S ¢ ,& . seek medical attention immediately . .,.
244 C h eck in g an d fi lling

- Do not expose the battery to an open

flame, electric sparks or an open light.
A
=
WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning:
- Do not smoke.
- Battery posts, terminals and related ac-
- Do not interchange the positive and neg -
cessories contain lead and lead com-
ative cables.
pounds, chemicals known to the State of
- When working on the battery, be sure
California to cause cancer and reproduc-
not to short-circuit the terminals with
tive problems . Wash hands after han-
tools or other metal objects. This would
dling.
cause the battery to heat up very quickly,
wh ich could lead to damage or explosion
and personal injury.
(D Note

- When a battery is charged, it produces - Do not disconnect the vehicle battery

hydrogen gas which is explosive and when the ignit ion is switched on or when
could cause personal injury. the engine is runn ing, otherwise, you will
- Always keep the battery well out of the damage electron ic components in the
reach of chi ldren. electrical system.
- Before work is done on the electrica l sys- - If your vehicle is going to stand for a
tem, disconnect the negative ground ca- long per iod of time withou t be ing driven,
ble. pro t ect the battery from "freezing ", oth-
- Before performing any work on the elec- erw ise it will be damaged and will then
have to be replaced .
trical system, switch off the engine and
ignition as well as any electrical equip -
ment . The negative cable on the battery Battery charging
must be disconnected . If you are just go-
Starting the engine requires a well charged
ing t o rep lace a light bu lb, then it is battery.
enough to sw itch off the lights.
- Before disconnect ing the battery, switch
off the anti-theft alarm system! Other-
wise you will set off the alarm.
- When disconnecting the battery, first
disconnect the negative cable and then
the positive cable .
- Before reconnect ing the battery, make
sure all electrical consumers are switch-
ed off. Reconnect the positive cable first
Fig. 212 Engin e compart ment : Conn ectors for charger
and then the negative cable . Never inter- and jump e r cab les
change the cables - this could start a fire!
- Never charge a froze n or a thawed-out Always read and hee d all WARNINGS below
battery . It could explode! If a battery has ~ .&.and q .&_in Working on the battery on
frozen, then it must be rep laced. A dis- page 243.
charged battery can freeze over at 32°F
.,.Turn off the ignition and all electrical con-
(0°C).
sume rs.
- Make sure the vent hose is always attach-
.,.Make sure the a rea is we ll vent ilated when
ed to the opening on the side of the bat-
you charge the battery.
tery.
.,.Open the eng ine hood q page 232 .
- Never use batteries which are damaged.
.,. Remove the cover (D by pressing on the ar-
There is the danger of an explosion! Al-
row q fig. 212 . ..,.
ways replace a damaged battery .
 Checkin g and fillin g 245

~ Open the cove r @ on the positiv e terminal. - Never charge a frozen battery. It may ex-
~ Connect the charger connectors according to •
plode because of gas trapped in the ice .
the instructions to the ju mp start bolts. Allow a frozen battery to thaw out first. •
(Bolts under the cove r= "positive", Bolts - Do not reuse batteries wh ich were fro-
with hex head= "negative"). zen. The battery housing may have
~ Only now plug the mains lead for the charg - cracked and weakened when the battery
ing equipment into the wall outlet and turn froze.
iton ¢ ,& . - Charge the battery in a well ventilated
~ Make sure the charging rate is not over
area. Keep away from open flame or elec-
30 arnps/ 14 .8 Volt . trical spark. Do not smoke. Hydrogen gas
~ When the battery is fully charged: Turn the
generated by the battery is explos ive.
charging equipment off and remove the - To reduce the danger of explosion, never
mains lead from the wall outlet. connect or d isconnect charger cab les
~ Now remove the clamps for the charging
while the charger is ope rat ing.
equipment.
- Fast cha rging a batte ry is dangerous and
~ Close the cover @ on the posi t ive term inal
should only be attempted by a compe-
and re-install the cover @ .
tent techn ician with the prope r equip-
~ Close the hood ¢ page 232.
men t .
A discharged battery can freeze at tempera- - Battery acid that may spi ll dur ing cha rg-
tures of only 32 °F (0 °C). Allow a frozen bat- ing should be washed off wit h a solu ti o n
tery to thaw completely before attempt ing to of wa rm wat e r and baking soda to neu-
charge it ¢ ,&.. Howeve r, we recommend not trali ze the ac id.
usi ng a thawed battery again because the bat-
tery ca sing can be cracked d ue to ice forma- (D Note
tion and can lea k bat t ery acid. Neve r use a fast cha rger as a booster to
star t the engi ne. This will ser iously dam-
Battery charg ing (Maximum charging rate
age sen sit ive e lectronic componen t s, such
of 30 amp s/ 14.8 Volt)
as cont ro l units, re lays, radio, etc., as well
When cha rging at Lowvoltages (e.g. with a as the batte ry charger.
trickle charger), the battery cables do not
have to be d isconnected first. The batte ry
Battery replacement
caps should not be opened when charging a
battery. The new battery must have the same specifi-
cations and dimensions as the original equip -
It is not necessary to remove t he ba ttery from
ment battery.
the luggage compartment .
Inte lligent energy management in your vehi-
Fast charging the battery (charging rate
cle is responsible for distributing the elect ri-
above 14.8 Volts)
cal energy throughout your vehicle
For technica l reasons d o no t use a battery ¢ page 203 . The intelligent energy manage-
charger t hat uses voltage greater t han 14.8 ment system will keep the engine battery
Volts to charge your vehicle's batte ry. charged better then vehicles without this sys-

A WARNING
-
tem . To make sure the addi t ional electrical en-
ergy is ava ilab le once again afte r you have
Charg ing a battery can be dangerous. changed the batte ry, we recommend that you
- Always fo llow the operating instructions install batteries of the same type and manu-
provided by the battery charge r manu- factu re on ly (the same as t hose installed at
fact urer when charging your battery. the time your vehicle was delive red).
246 Checking and filling

Specifications are listed on the battery hous- .,. Before you check anything in the engine
ing. Your authorized dea ler must code the compartment, always read and heed all
battery in the energy management system to WARNINGS ¢ A in Working in the engine
enable you to use the energy management compartment on page 232 .
functions correctly after replacing the battery. .,. Lift the filler cap tongue to add washer flu-
id. You can fill the container to the top.
If it is not possible to use a battery of this
"' Press the cap back onto the filler neck after
type, the new battery must have the same ca-
fi lling the container .
pacity, voltage (12 volts), amperage, con-
struction and plug sealing. You can find the reservoir capacity in the table
When installing the battery, make sure the ig- in ¢ page289 .
nition and all e lectr ical consumers are turned Clean water should be used when filling up. If
off. possible, use soft water to prevent scaling on
the washer jets. Always add a glass cleaner
CDNote solution (with frost protection in the winter) .
Make sure the venti lation hose on the side
of the battery is connected, otherwise CDNote
fumes or battery acid can leak out. Do not mix engine coolant antifreeze or
any other additives to fill up the wind-
@) For the sake of the environment shield washer reservoir .
Because of the problem of proper disposa l
of a battery, we recommend your author-
ized Audi dealer change the battery for
you. Batteries contain sulfuric acid and
lead and must always be disposed of prop-
erly in compliance with all environmental
regulations. Disposing of vehicle batteries
improperly is very dangerous to the envi-
ronment.

Windshield/headlight
washer container

Fig. 213 Engine compartment : Windshield and head -

light * washer fluid conta ine r

The washer fluid container is marked with the

symbol <;j$,on its cap.
 Tire s an d wheel s 24 7

Tires and wheels New tires

•
New ti res have t o be broken in ~ & .
Tires •
The tread depth of new t ires may vary, accord-
General notes ing to the type a nd make of t ire and the tread
Tires may be the least appreciated and most patte rn.
abused parts of a motor vehicle.
Hidden damage
Tires may be the least appreciated and most Damage to tires and rims is often not readily
abused parts of a motor vehicle . Tires are, visible . If you notice unusual vibrat ion or the
however, one of the most important parts of a vehicle pulls to one s ide, th is may ind icate
vehicle, particularly considering the compara - that one of the t ires has been damaged . The
tively small patch of rubber on each tire that ti res m ust be chec ked immed iate ly by an au-
assures that a ll-important contact between thorized Audi dea le r or q ua lified workshop .
you, your vehicle and the road.
Unidirectional tires
Maintaining the correct tire pressure, mak ing
sure that your vehicle and its tires do not have A un idirectional tire can be identified by ar-
to carry more weight than they can safely han- rows on the sidewa ll, that po int in the direc-
d le, avoiding damage from road hazards and tion the t ire is designed to rotate. You must
reg ularly inspect ing t ires for damage includ- fol low the specified di rection of rotation . This
ing cuts, slashes irregu la r wear and ove rall is necessary so t hat these t ires can develop
condition are the most important things that their optimum characteristics regarding grip,
you can do to he lp avoid sudden tire failure in- road noise, wear and hydrop laning resistance.
cluding tread separat ion and blowouts. For more information ~ page 275.

Avoidin g damage A WARNING

-
If you have to drive over a curb or similar ob- New tires or t ires that are old, worn or
stacle, drive very slow ly and as close as possi - damaged cannot provide maximum con-
ble at a right angle to the curb. trol and braking ability .
- New tires tend to be slippery and must
Always keep chemicals includ ing grease, oil,
also be broken-in. To reduce the risk of
gasoline and brake fluid off the t ires.
losing control, a collision and serious
Inspect the t ires regularly for damage (cuts, personal injuries, drive w ith special care
cracks or blisters, etc.). Remove any fo reign for the first 350 miles (560 km).
bod ies embedded in the treads. - Driving with worn or damaged tires can
lead to loss of control, sudden tire fail-
Storing tires
ure, including a blowout and sudden de-
Mark tires when you remove them to indicate flation, cras hes a nd seriou s personal in-
the direction of rotation . This ensures you to juries . Have worn or damaged t ires re-
be ab le to mount them correctly when you re- placed immediate ly.
install them . - Tires age even if they are not being used
When removed, the wheels or t ires should be and can fail sudden ly, especially at high
sto red in a cool, dry and preferably dark place . speeds. Tires that are more than 6 years
old can only be used in an emergency
Store tires in a vertical pos ition if they are not and then w ith special care and at low
mounted on rims, in a horizontal pos it ion if speed.
they are mounted on rims .
248 Tires and wheels

- Never mount used ti res on your vehicle if - If you notice un usua l vibration or if t he
you a re not su re of their "previous histo- veh icle pulls to one side when driving, a l-
ry." Old used ti res may have been dam - ways sto p as soon as it is safe to do so
aged even though the damage can not be and check the wheels and ti res for dam-
seen that can lead to sudden t ire failure age.
and loss of vehicle control.

Glossary of tire and loading terminology

Accessoryweight Curb weight

means t he comb ined we ight (in excess of means th e we ight of a motor ve hicle w it h
those sta ndard items which may be rep laced) standard equipment includ ing t he max imum
of au t oma t ic tra nsmission, power st ee rin g, capa city of fuel, oil, a nd coola nt , a ir cond i-
power brakes, power windows, power sea t s, tioni ng a nd addi t ion a l weig ht of option al
ra dio, and heater, to t he extent that these equipmen t.
items a re avai lab le as factory -installed equ ip-
Extra load tire
ment (whether installed or not) .
means a t ire design to operat e at higher loads
Aspect ratio
and at high er inflation pressures than the cor-
means t he ratio of the he igh t to the w idt h of respondi ng standa rd tire . Ext ra load tires may
the tir e in percent. Numbers of 55 or lower in- be iden tifie d as "XL", "xl", "EXTRALOAD", or
d icate a low sidewall fo r improve d st eer ing re - "RF" on the sidewall .
sponse and better overall handlin g on dry
Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR")
pavement.
means the load-carry ing capacity of a s ingle
Bead
axle system, measure d at the tire-ground in-
means t he pa rt of the ti re t hat is m ade of te rfaces .
st eel wires, wra pped o r reinforce d by ply cord s
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating ( "GVWR ")
and that is shaped to fit the rim.
means the maximum total loaded we ight of
Bead separation
t he vehicle.
means a breakdown of the bond between
Groove
compo nents in the bead.
means the space between two adjacent tread
Cord
ribs .
means the strands forming the plies in the
Load rat ing (code)
tire.
me a ns t he maximum load t hat a tir e is rate d
Cold tire inflation pressure
to carry fo r a given inflation press ure. You
means t he tire pressure recommende d by the may not fi nd this information on all tires be-
ve hicle manufact urer for a tire of a designated cause it is not required by law.
size that has not been dr iven for more than a
Maximum load rating
couple of m iles (kilometers) at low speeds in
the t hree hour period before t he tire pressure me an s t he load rati ng fo r a t ire at t he m axi-
is measu red or adjusted. mum pe rm issi ble inflation pressure for that
t ire.
 Tires and wheels 249

Maximum loaded vehicle weight Recommended inflation pressure

•
means the sum of: see~ page 248, Cold tire inflation pressure.
•
(a) Curb weight Reinforced tire
(b) Accessory weight
means a t ire design to operate at higher loads
(c) Vehicle capacity weight, and
and at higher inflation pressures than the cor-
(d) Production options weight
responding standard tire. Reinforced tires
Maximum (permissible) inflation pressure may be identified as "XL", "xl", "EXTRALOAD",
o r "RF" on t he sidewall.
means the maximum cold inflation pressure
to which a tire may be inflated. Also called Rim
"maximum inflation pressu re."
means a metal support for a tire or a t ire and
Normal occupant weight tube assembly upon which the tire beads are
seated.
means 150 lbs . (68 kilograms) times the
nu mber of occupants seated in the vehicle up Rim diameter
to the total seating capacity of your vehicle .
means nom inal d iameter of the bead seat. If
Occupant distribution you change your wheel s ize, you w ill have to
purchase new tires to match the new rim di-
means distribution of occupants in a vehicle .
ameter.
Outer diameter
Rim size designation
means the overa ll diameter of an inflated new
means rim diameter and width.
tire.
Rim width
Overall width
means nom inal distance between rim f la nges.
means the linear distance between the exter i-
ors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, includ- Sidewall
ing e levations due to labeling, decorations, or
means that portion of a tire between the
protective bands or ribs.
tread and bead.
Ply
Speed rating (letter code)
means a layer of rubber-coated para llel cords.
means the speed at which a tire is designed to
Production options weight be driven for extended periods of time. The
ratings range from 93 mph (150 km/h) to
means the comb ined weight of those installed
186 mph (298 km/h) ~ page 259 . You may
regular production options weighing over 5
not find this information on all tires because
lbs . (2 .3 kg) in excess of those standard items
it is not requ ired by law.
which they replace, not previously considered
in curb weight or accessory weight, including The speed rating letter code, where applica-
heavy duty brakes, ride leve lers, roof rack, ble, is molded on the tire sidewall and indi-
heavy duty battery, and specia l trim . cates the max imum perm issib le road speeds
~ .&.in Winter tires on page 263 .
Radial ply tire
Tire pressure monitoring system*
means a pneumatic t ire in which the ply cords
that extend to the beads are laid at substan- means a system that detects when one or
tially 90 degrees to the centerline of the more of a veh icle's tires are underinflated and
tread. illuminates a low tire pressure warning tell-
tale.
250 Tires and wheels

Tread t ire mee t s a ll fede ra l st andar d s. The nex t two

numbers o r letters indicate the plant where it
means t hat port ion of a tire t hat comes into
con t act w it h t he road. was man ufactu red, and the last four nu mbers
represent the wee k and year of man ufact ure.
Tread separation For example,
means pull ing away of the t read from the ti re DOT ... 2210 ...
carcass .
me a ns t hat the t ire was produ ced in t he 22nd
Treadwear indicators (TWI) wee k of 201 0. The ot he r num bers are m ar ket-
ing cod es that may or may not be used by the
means the projections within the pr incipal
t ire manufacturer . This information is used to
grooves designed to give a visua l ind ication of
contact consume rs if a tire defect requires a
the deg rees of wea r of the tread . See
recall.
~ page 257, Tread Wear Indicator (TWI) for
mo re info rmat ion on me asu ring ti re wear. Vehicle capacity weight
Uniform Tire Quality Grading me a ns t he ra t ed ca rgo an d luggage load plus
150 lb s. (68 kilog rams) times the vehicle's t o-
is a tire information system developed by the
ta l seating capacity as listed on the la bel lo-
United States Nat io nal Highway Traffic Safety
cated on the driver's side B-pilla r.
Admi nistration (NHTSA) that is designed to
he lp buye rs make relat ive compa risons among Vehicle maximum load on the tire
tires. The UTQGis not a safety rating an d not a
me a ns t hat load on a n individu al t ire th at is
g ua ran t ee t hat a t ire will las t fo r a presc ribed
de t ermined by dist ributi ng t o eac h axle its
nu mbe r of m iles (kilome t ers) or perform in a
share of the maxim um loa ded vehicle weight
certain way. It s imply gives tire buye rs addi -
and dividing by two .
tional informat ion to com bine with ot her con -
side rat ions, s uch as pr ice, brand loya lty and Vehicle normal load on the tire
dea le r recommendations. Under UTQG,t ires
means t hat load on a n individu al tir e tha t is
are g raded by t he tire manufacturers in three
de t ermined by dis t rib uti ng t o eac h axle its
areas: treadw ear, t ract io n, and temperature
share of the cur b weight , accessory weight,
res ista nce. The UTQG info rmation on the t ires ,
and normal occ up ant weig ht (distr ibuted in
mo lded into t he s idewalls.
accordance with tab le be low ~ page 250)
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) and dividing by two.
This is the t ire's "serial number". It begins
with the lette rs "DOT" and indicates that the

Occupant loading and distribution for veh icle normal load fo r variou s designated seating
capacities

Designated seating capacity, Vehicle normal load, number Occupantdistribution in a nor-

number of occupants of occupants _____ malty loaded vehicle
5 3 2 in front , 1 in back seat
 Tires and wheels 251

Cold tire inflation pressure

Tire pressure affects the overall handling , performance and safety of a vehicle .
~

"'
~

,.------------------- ~
• (=~:~----...~ ._...
....I :=
........................
,.,,. ....,
t.._...... _..,.. .... ......,..... ~--.........
I
·-
I )§
..
:ll

- KPA. . PSI
- KPA. . PSI
- KPA.. PSI

Fig. 21 4 Tire pressur e labe l: located on driver's side B· Fig. 215 Tire pressu re labe l
pillar

Tire pressure genera lly refers to the amount The recommended tire pressures for your Audi
of air in a t ire that it needs it to do its job and depend on the kind of tires on your ve hicle
safely carry the combined load of the entire and t he number of passe ngers and/or amount
vehicle and its contents . Tire pressure is of luggage you will be t ransporting .
measured in kilopasca ls (kPa), the interna-
The tire pressure label is located on the driv-
tional measuring unit and in pounds pe r
er's side 8-pillar . The tire pressure labe l lists
square inch (PSI). Tire pressure is based in
the recommended cold t ire inflat io n pressures
pa rt o n the vehicle's desig n an d load limit-
for the veh icle at its maximum capac ity
the greatest amount of weight that t he vehi-
weight and tires that we re o n your veh icle at
cle can carry safe ly and the tire size . The prop -
t he time it was manufactu red.
er tire pressure is freq uent ly referred to as the
"recommended cold tire inf lation pressure ." If you wish to improve comfort when operat-
Air in the tires expands when the tire heats up ing the vehicle at normal load (up to 3 occu-
because of interna l frict ion when it flexes in pant s), you can adju st tire pressures to those
use . The ti re pressu re is higher when the tire specifi ed for normal vehicle load . Before op-
has warmed up than when it is "cold ." It is the erating the vehicle at maximum load, you
inflat io n pressure in a "cold" tire that counts. must increase the tire pressures to those
Therefo re, you s ho uld never let air ou t of a specified for maximum vehicle load c::>A .
warm tire t o match "cold tir e infla ti on pres-
Bear in mind that the tire pressure mon itor ing
sure" recommendations . The ti res wo uld then
system* can on ly mon itor t he tir e press ures
be underinf lated a nd could fail suddenly.
you have sto red. The sys t em does not recog -
Main t aining proper t ire press ure is one of the nize the load condition of your vehicle.
most impor t an t thi ngs you ca n do t o he lp
The effectiveness of the t ire press ure monitor-
avoid sudden tire failure. Underinfla t ed tires
ing system * will be impa ired if you sto re no r-
are a major cause of sudden tire failure . Keep-
ma l load pressures but t hen opera t e the veh i-
ing tires at the right pressure is also impor-
cle at its ma ximum load c::>A .
tant for safe and responsive vehicle handling,
traction, braking and load carrying . Tire pres- See the illustration ,:;,fig . 214 fo r the locat ion
sures are part icularly important wh en th e of the label o n driver's s ide B-pillar (color of
vehicle is being driven at higher speeds, and the act ual label a nd exact locat ion on the ve-
then especially when heavily loaded even hicle will vary slight ly).
within the permi ssible load -carrying capaci- Note t hat the follow ing table is accu rate at
ties approved for your vehi cle. the time of going t o press and is subject to
252 Tires and wheels

change. In the event of discrepancies, the tire covered by your Owner's Literature at the vehi -
pressure labe l located on the driver's side B- cle's capacity weight and the tire sizes instal-
pillar a lways takes precedence. led on the respective models as orig inal
equipment, or as a factory option.
The table be low lists the recommended cold
tire inflation pressures for the Audi model

I Engine II Tire designation Tire pressure front JI Tire pressure rear I

(displace- normal load normal load
ment in li- condition full load condition full load
ter) (up to 3 oc- condition (up to 3 oc- condition
cupants) cupants)
PSI II kPA PSI IIkPA 1rPSI II kPA PSI IIkPA '
4-cylinder 235/60 Rl8 103H All 5ea-
29 200 32 220 29 200 32 220
2.0 son
and 235/55 Rl9 101H All Sea-
6-cylinder son 30 210 33 230 30 210 33 230
3.2
255/45 R20 101W High
29 200 33 230 29 200 33 230
Performance
255/40 R21 102V High Per-
35 240 36 250 36 250 39 270
formance
XL= reinforced or extra load tire. It may also appear as xl, EXTRALOAD, or RF on the tire side-
wall .

The correct tire pressure for the spare wheel is safety compliance sticker label located on the
located on a label on the driver's side 8-pillar. driver 's side B-pillar . The tire pressure labe l on
you r Audi lists the max imum combined
Because technical changes may be made to
weight of all of the occupants and luggage or
vehicle equ ipment dur ing the model year, al-
other cargo that the vehicle can carry. For the
ways compare the tire size designation on the
location of the tire pressure label ¢ fig . 214.
tire pressure labe l on your vehicle w it h the
tires on your vehicle. Make sure that the tire
size information on the vehicle label is the
A WARNING
same as the size of the tires on the vehicle. Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of ve-
This is especially important if the vehicle be- hicle control, a crash or other accident, se-
longs to someone else or you bought the vehi- rious personal injury, and even death.
cle with different rims/tires or you bought the - Carrying more weight than your vehicle
vehicle as a previously owned vehicle. was designed to carry will prevent the
vehicle from handling properly and in-
Remember, your safety and that of your pas- crease the risk of a loss of vehicle con-
sengers also depends on making sure that trol.
load limits are not exceeded. Vehicle load in-
- The brakes on a vehicle that has been
cludes everybody and everything in and on the
overloaded may not be able to stop the
vehicle . These load lim its are technically refer-
veh icle w ith in a safe distance .
red to as the vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight
- Tires on a vehicle that has been overload-
Rating ("GVWR"). The Gross Axle Weight Rat-
ed can fail suddenly caus ing loss of con-
ing ("GAWR") is the maximum load that can
trol and a crash.
be applied at each of the veh icle's two axles.
- Always make sure that the total load be-
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and the
ing transported - including the weight of ~
Gross Axle Weight Rating are listed on the
 Tires and wheels 253

a trailer hitch and the tongue weight of a Most tires lose air naturally over time. They
can also lose some air if you drive over a pot- •
loaded trailer - does not make the vehi-
cle heavier than the vehicle's Gross Vehi- hole or hit a curb while parking. It is usually •
cle Weight Rating. not possible to see whether the radial tires
used today are underinflated just by looking
.&_WARNING -
at them.

- Incorrect tire pressures and/or underin- Therefore, be sure to check tire pressures at
flation can lead to a serious or fatal acci- least once a month and always before going
dent. on a long trip. Make sure to take the number
- Incorrect tire pressures and/or underin- of people and the amount of luggage into ac-
flation cause increased tire wear and can count when adjusting tire pressure for a trip -
affect the handling of the vehicle. even one that you would not consider to be
- Incorrect tire pressures and/or underin- "long." See ¢ page 255, Tires and vehicle
flation can also lead to sudden tire fail- load limits for more important information .
ure, including a blowout and sudden de- Always use an accurate tire pressure gauge
flation, causing loss of vehicle control. when checking and adjusting inflation pres-
sures. Check all of the tires and be sure not to
Checking tire pressure forget the spare tire. If the pressure in any tire
is too high when the tire is "cold," let air out
The correct tire pressure for the tires original-
of the ti re slowly with the edge of the ti re
ly installed on your vehicle is listed on the tire
gauge and keep checking the pressure until
pressure label located on driver's side 8-pil-
you reach the pressure that is correct for the
lar.
load (passengers and luggage) and kind of
The recommended tire pressures are on the driving you plan to do.
tire pressure label and in the table If the pressure in any tire is too low, note the
¢ page 251, Cold tire inflation pressure.This difference between the pressure in the cold
means that the pressure must be checked and tire and the pressure you need and add the air
adjusted when the tire has not been driven for that you need to reach the correct pressure for
more than a couple of miles (kilometers) at the vehicle load (passengers and luggage) for
low speeds during the previous three hours. the tires on your vehicle as listed on the on
Air in the tires expands when the tire heats up your vehicle and in this manual and the kind
as a result of internal friction as it flexes in of driving you plan to do.
use. The tire pressure is higher when the tire
has warmed up than when it is "cold ." Never exceed the maximum inflation pres-
sure listed on the tire sidewall for any rea-
It is the inflation pressure in a "cold" tire that son.
counts. Therefore, you should never let air out
of a warm tire to match "Cold tire inflation Remember that the vehicle manufacturer, not
pressure" recommendations ¢ page 251. The the tire manufacturer, determines the correct
tires would then be underinflated and could tire pressure for the tires on your vehicle.
fail suddenly. It is important to check the tire pressure when
The tire pressure label on your Audi lists the the tires are cold.
recommended cold tire inflation pressures at - Read the required tire pressure from the tire
maximum capacity for the new, original pressure label. The tire pressure label is lo-
equipment tires that were on your vehicle at cated on the driver's side B-pillar. The tire
the time it was manufactured. For the loca- pressure label lists the recommended cold
tion of the label ¢ page 251, fig. 214. tire inflation pressures for the vehicle at its IJI,,
254 T ir es and w he e l s

maximum capacity weight and the tires that - The driver is responsible for the correct
were on your vehicle at the time it was man- tire pressures for all tires on the vehicle.
ufactured. For recommended t ire pressures The applicable pressure values are locat-
for normal load conditions, please see chap- ed on a sticker on the dr iver's s ide B-pil-
ter r:=>page 251. lar.
- Turn the valve stem cap counter -clockwise - Only when all tires on the vehicle are fil-
to remove it from the tire valve. led to the correct pressure, the t ire pres -
- Place the air pressure ga uge on the valve. sure mon itor ing system* can work cor-
- The tire pressures should only be checked rectly.
and adjusted when the tires are cold. The - The use of incorrect ti re pressu re values
s light ly raised pressures of warm tires must can lead to accidents or other damage .
not be reduced. Therefore it is essential that the drive r
- Adjust the tire pressure to the load you are observe the spec ified t ire press ure val ues
carrying. for the t ires and the correct pressures for
- Reinsta ll the valve stem cap on the valve. the function of the ti re press ure monitor-
ing system*.
When should I check th e tire pressure?
- Always inflate tires to the recommended
The correct tire pressure is especially impor- and correct t ire press ure before driving
tant at high speeds. The pressure sho uld off.
there fore be checked at least once a month - Driving with underinflated tires bend
and a lways before starting a journey. Do not mo re, letting them get too hot resulting
forget to check the tire pressure for the spare in tread separation, sudden tire failure
wheel. and loss of control.
- Excessive speed and/overloading can
When should I adjust t he ti re pressures?
cause heat build-up, sudden tire failure
Adjust the tire pressu re to the load you are and loss of control.
carrying. After changing a wheel or replacing - If the tire pressure is too low or too high,
wheels you have to adjust the tire pressures the t ires will wear prematurely and the
on all wheels . In addition, you must then veh icle will not handle well.
store the new tire pressures in the t ire pres- - If the tire is not flat and you do not have
sure mon itor ing system* r=>page 267. to change a wheel immediately, drive at

A WARNING
reduced speed to the nearest service sta-
tion to check the t ire pressure and add
Incorrect tire pressures and/or underinfla- air as requ ired .
tion can lead sudden tire failure, loss of
contro l, collision, ser ious persona l injury @ Note
or even death.
Driving without valve stem caps can cause
- When the warning symbol RI]appears in
damage to the tire valves. To prevent this,
the instrument cluster, stop and inspect
a lways make sure that factory installed
the tires.
valve stem caps on all wheels are securely
- Incorrect tire pressure and/or underinfla- mounted on the valve .
t ion can cause increased t ire wear and
can affect the handling of the veh icle and @ For the sake of the environment
stopp ing ability.
Underinflated tires will also increase the
- Incorrect tire pressures and/or underin-
fuel consumption.
flation can also lead to sudden tire fa il-
ure, including a blowout and sudden de-
flation, causing loss of vehicle control.
 Tire s an d wheel s 255

Tires and vehicle load limits loaded tra iler) is limited . The more passen -
gers in the vehicle or passengers who are •
There are limits t o the amount of load or heavier than the standard weights assumed •
weight that any vehicle and any t ire can carry. mean that less weight can be carried as lug-
A vehicle that is overloaded will not handle gage.
well and is more difficult to stop. Overloading
can not on ly lead to loss of vehicle contro l, The tire pressure label on your Audi also lists
but can also dam age impo rtant parts of the the maximum combined weight of all of the
vehicle and can lead to sudden tire failure, in- occupants and luggage or other cargo that
cluding a blowout and sudden deflation t hat the vehicle can carry. For the locat ion of the
can cause the vehicle to crash . label c::>
page 251, fig . 214 .

Your safety and that of your passengers also

depends on making sure that load limits are
A WARNING
Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of ve-
not exceeded. Vehicle load includes everybody
hicle cont rol, a crash or other accident, se-
and everyth ing in and on the vehicle. These
rious pe rsonal injury, and even dea t h.
load limits are techn ically refe rred to as the
- Carrying more weight than your vehicle
vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
was des igned to carry will prevent t he
("GVWR").
vehicle from handling properly and in-
The "GVWR"includes the weight of the basic crease t he risk of t he loss of vehicle con-
vehicle, all factory installed accessories , a full trol.
tank of fue l, oil, coolant and other fluids plus - The brakes on a vehicle that has been
maximum load. The maximum load includes overloaded may not be able to stop t he
the number of passengers that the vehicle is vehicle with in a safe distance.
intended to carry ("seating capacity") wit h an - Tires on a vehicle that has been overload-
assumed weight of 150 lbs (68 kg) for each ed can fail suddenly, including a blowout
passenger at a designated seating position and sud den deflation, causing loss of
and the tota l weight of any luggage in the ve- contro l and a crash.
hicle. If you tow a trailer, the weight of the - Always ma ke sure that t he tot al load be-
t railer hitch and t he t ongue weight of t he ing transported - including t he weight of
loaded trailer must be included as part of the a t railer hitch and the tongue weight of a
vehicle load . loaded trailer - does not make the vehi-
The Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR")is cle heavier than the vehicle's Gross Vehi-
t he maximum load tha t can be applied at each cle Weight Rating.
of the vehicle's two axles .
Determining correct load limit
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and the
Gross AxleWeight Rating are list ed on the
safety compliance st icker labe l located on the
Use the example below to cal-
driver's side 8-pillar. Your Audi has 5 seat ing culate the total weight of the
positions, 2 in the front and 3 in the rear for
passengers and luggage or oth-
tota l seating capacity of 5. Each seat ing pos i-
tion has a seat belt c::>page 148, Safety belts. er things that you plan to trans-
The fact that there is an upper limit to your port so that you can make sure
vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating means that your vehicle will not be
that the tota l weight of whatever is being car-
ried in the vehicle (including t he weigh t of a overloaded. .,.
t railer hitch and t he tong ue weight of the
256 Tires and wheels

Steps for Determining being loaded on the vehicle.

Correct Load Limit That weight may not safely
1. Locate the statement "THE exceed the available cargo
COMBINEDWEIGHTOF OC- and luggage load capacity
CUPANTSANDCARGO calculated in Step 4 .
SHOULDNEVEREXCEEDXXX 6. If your vehicle will be towing
KGOR XXXLBS"on your ve- a trailer, load from your trail-
hicle's placard (tire inflation er will be transferred to your
pressure label) ¢ page 251, vehicle. Consult this manual
fig. 214. to determine how this re-
2. Determine the combined duces the available cargo
weight of the driver and pas- and luggage load capacity of
sengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
your vehicle. .,.Checkthe tire sidewall
3. Subtract the combined (¢ page 258, fig. 218) to de-
weight of the driver and pas- termine the designated load
sengers from "XXX"kilo- rating for a specific tire.
grams or "XXX" pounds
shown on the sticker
¢page 251, fig. 214.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of car-
go and luggage load capaci-
ty. For example, if the "XXX"
amount equals 1400 lbs.
and there will be five 150
lbs. passengers in your vehi-
cle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load ca-
pacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750
(5 X 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
 Tires and wheels 257

Tire service life Rotating tires for more even wear

The service life of tires depends on a lot of For all four tires on your vehicle to have the
different things including proper installation same service life, we recommend that the
and balancing, correct tire pressure and driv- front and rear tires are rotated according to
ing style. the tire manufacturer's suggested tire rota-
tion intervals. Please remember the follow-
ing:

- Tire rotation intervals may differ from the

vehicle service intervals outlined in your
Maintenance and Warranty Booklet.
- The longer one tire is used in one location
on the vehicle, the more it wears at certain
points; therefore, we recommend that you
follow the tire manufacturer's suggested
Fig. 216 Tire tread: t read wear indicators (TWI) tire rotation intervals .
- Vehicles with front-wheel drive experience
more tread wear on the front wheels com-
pared to all-wheel drive (quattro ®).
- Please rotate tires as shown r::!;>
fig. 217.
- Extra care must be taken when rotating di-
rection-specific tires r::!;>
page 2 75.

Wheel balancing
The wheels on new vehicles are balanced.
Fig. 217 Rotating tires for more even wear However, various situations during everyday
driving can cause them to become unbal-
Tread Wear Indicator (TWI)
anced, resulting in vibrations you can usually
The original tires on your vehicle have feel through the steering wheel.
1/16 inch (1.6 mm) high "wear indicators"
Unbalanced wheels must be rebalanced to
fig. 216 running across the tread. Depend-
r::!;>
avoid excessive wear on steering, suspension
ing on the make, there will be six to eight of
and tires. A wheel must also be rebalanced
them evenly placed around the tire. Marks on
when a new tire is installed.
the tire sidewall (for example "TWI" or other
symbols) indicate the positions of the tread Incorrect wheel alignment
wear indicators . Worn tires must be replaced.
Incorrect wheel alignment can cause exces-
Different figures may apply in other countries
sive tire wear, impairing the safety of the vehi-
&.
r::!)
cle. If tires show excessive wear, have the
Tire pressure wheel alignment checked by an authorized
Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
Incorrect tire pressure causes premature wear
and can cause sudden tire blow-out . For this All wheel drive
reason, tire pressure must be checked at least
Vehicles with quattro ® must always have tires
once a month r::!;>
page 253.
of the same size, construction and tread type.
Driving style For details see r::!)
page 203.

Driving fast around curves, heavy acceleration

and hard braking increase tire wear.
258 Tires and wheels

& WARNING New tires and replacing tires and wheels

Sudden tire failure can lead to loss of con- New tires and wheels have to be broken in .
trol, a crash and serious persona l injury!
- Never drive a vehicle when the tread on
any tire is worn down to the wear indica-
tors.
- Worn tires are a safety hazard, they do
not grip well on wet roads and increase
your risk of "hydroplaning" and loss of
control.
- Always keep chemicals that can cause
tire damage, such as grease, oil, gasoline
and brake fluid away from tires.
- Tires age even if they are not be ing used
and can fail suddenly, especially at high
speeds. Tires that are more t han 6 years
old can only be used in an emergency
and then with special care and at lower
speeds.
- Never mount used tires on your vehicle if
you are not sure of their "previous histo- Fig. 218 Tire specificat ion codes on the sidewall of a
ry." Old used tires may have been dam- tire
aged even though the damage cannot be
seen that can lead to sudden tire failure No. Description
and loss of vehicle control. (!) Passenger car tire (where applicable)
@ Nominal width of tire in millimeters
@ Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
© Radial
® Rim diameter code
@ Load index and speed rating
(J) U.S. DOTtire identification number
@ Audi Orig inal tire
@ Sever snow conditions
@ Tire ply composition and mate rials
used
Maximum load rating
Treadwear, traction and temperature
grades
Maximum permissible inflation pres-
sure

The tires and rims are essential parts of the

vehicle's design . The tires and rims approved
by Audi are spec ially matched to the charac-
teristics of the vehicle and can make a major ..,.
 Tire s an d wheel s 259

contribution to good road holding and safe for saf ety standard certification and in case of
handling when in good condition and properly a recall. •
inflated ¢ .&.. •
Tire specifications
We recommend that all work on t ires and
Knowledge of tire specifications makes it eas-
wheels be performed by an authorized Audi
ier to choose the correct tires . Radial ti res
dealer. They are familiar with recommended
have the tire specifications marked on the
procedures and have the necessary special
sidewa ll , for examp le:
too ls and spare parts as well as the proper fa -
cilities for dispos ing of the old tires . P235 / 6 0 R 18 103 H

Authorized Audi dealers have the necessary This conta ins the following information :
information about techn ical requ irements for
P Indicates the tire is for passenger cars
installing or changing tires and rims.
(where applicable)
Replacing t ires and w heels 2 35 Nom inal tire width in mm of the tire
from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In
Tires should be rep laced at least in pairs and
general, the larger the number, the wider
not individua lly (for example both front tires
the t ire
or both rear tires together).
60 Height/w idth ratio in percent (aspect ra-
Be sure to read and heed the information to t io)
the tire pressure monitoring system* R Tire construct ion: Radial
¢ page 265. 18 Rim diameter code (in inches)
Always buy rep lacement radial tires that have 103 Load rat ing code
the same specifications as the t ires approved H Speed rati ng letter code
for your vehicle by Audi. Replacement t ires XL (or "xl", "EXTRALOAD",or "RF" I ndicates
must always have the same load rating speci- t hat the t ire is a "Reinfo rced" or an " Ext ra
fication as the original equipment or approved Load" t ire
optional tires listed in the table ¢ page 251. M+S (or "M/S") I ndicates that the ti re has
some mud and snow capabil ity
Audi-approved specification tires are specially
matched to your vehicle and its load limits , The tires could also have the informat ion of
and can contribute to the important road hold- direction of rotat ion ¢ page 247 .
ing, driving characteristics, and safety of the
Tire manufacturing date
veh icle. The table (¢ page 251) lists specifica-
tions of t he t ires approved for the Audi mod- The manufact uring date is also indicated on
els covered by your Owner's Literature . the tire sidewall (possibly only on the inner
side of the wheel):
The tire pressure label located on the driver's
side B-pillar ¢ page 2 51, fig. 215 lists the "DOT ... 2210 ..." means, for example, that the
specif ications of the or iginal equipment t ires tire was produced in the 22nd week of 2010.
installed on your vehicle at the time it was
Speed rating (letter code)
manufactured .
The speed rating letter code on t he whee ls in-
Federal law requires t ire manufacturers to
dicates the maximum permiss ible road speeds
place standard ized information on the side-
¢ .&. in Winter tires on page 263.
wall of all tires ¢ fig . 218 . This information
ident ifies and describes the fundamental P up to 93 mp h (150 km/h)
characterist ics, the quality grade of the tire Q up to 99 mph (158 km/h)
and also provides a tire ide ntificat ion number R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)
S up to 110 mph (180 km/h)
260 Tires and wheels

T up to 118 mph (190 km/h) more weight a tire can support. Tire manufac-
U up to 124 mph (200 km/h) turers also must indicate the materials in the
H up to 130 mph (210 km/h) tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and
V up to 149 mph (240 km/h) 1l others.
Z over 149 mph (240 km/h) 1l
Maximum Load Rating
W up t o 168 mph (270 km/h) 1l
Y up to 186 mph (298 km/h) 1) This number indicates the maximum load in
kilograms and pounds that can be carried by
Your vehicle is normally factory equipped with the tire.
tires , which possess excellent driving charac-
teristics and give your Audi optimum driving Tire quality grading for treadwear,
comfort. An electronic speed limit er traction, and temperature resistance
page 26 will normally prevent your vehicle
c::> Tread wear, traction and temperature grades
from going faster th an the tire speed rating c::>
page261.
&
c::> .
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
This number is the greatest amount of air
and tire manufacture date
pressure that should ever be put in the tire
This is the tire's "serial number". It begins under normal driving conditions.
with the letters "DOT" and indicates that the
tire meets all federal standards. The next two A WARNING
numbers or letters indicate the plant where it
- Using incorrect or unmatched tires and/
was manufactured, and the last four numbers
or wheels or improper tire and wheel
represent the week and year of manufacture.
combinations can lead to loss of control,
For example, the numbers 2210 mean that
collision and serious personal injury.
the tire was produced in the 22nd week of
- Always use tires, rims and wheel bolts
2010. The other numbers are marketing co-
that meet the specifications of original
des that may or may not be used by the tire
factory-installed tires or other combina-
manufacturer. This information is used to con-
tions that have been specifically ap-
tact consumers if a tire defect requires a re-
proved by the vehicle manufacturer.
call.
- Tires age even if they are not being used
Audi Original tire and can fail suddenly, especially at high
speeds. Tires that are more than 6 years
Tires with the identification "AO" or "RO" have
old can only be used in an emergency
been specially matched with your Audi. We
and then with special care and at lower
recommend using only these tires because
speeds.
they meet the highest standards regarding
- Never mount used tires on your vehicle if
safety and driving characteristics when used
you are not sure of their "previous histo-
correctly . Your authorized Audi dealer will
ry." Old used tires may have been dam-
gladly provide you with more information .
aged even though the damage cannot be
Tire ply composition and materials used seen that can lead to sudden tire failure
and loss of vehicle control.
The number of plies indicates the number of
layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In
general, the greater the number of plies, the

ll For tir es w ith a maximum speed capabil ity over 149

mph (240 km/h) , t ire man ufact urers somet imes use
th e lett ers " ZR."
 Tires and wheels 261

- All four wheels must be fitted with radial @ Note •

tires of the same type, size (rolling cir-
- For technical reasons, it is not generally •
cumference) and the same tread pattern .
possible to use the wheel rims from oth-
Driving with different tires reduces vehi-
er vehicles. This can hold true for wheels
cle handling and can lead to a loss of
of the same vehicle type.
control.
- If the spare tire is different from the
- If the spare tire is not the same as the
tires that you have mounted on your ve-
tires that are mounted on the vehicle -
hicle (for example winter tires or wide
for example with winter tires - only use
profile tires), then use the spare tire for a
the spare tire for a short period of time
short period of time only and drive with
and drive with extra care. Refit the nor-
extra care. Replace the flat tire with the
mal road wheel as soon as safely possi-
tire matching the others on your vehicle
ble.
as soon as possible.
- Never drive faster than the maximum
- Never drive without the valve stem cap .
speed for which the tires on your vehicle
The valves could get damaged.
are rated because tires that are driven
faster than their rated speed can fail
suddenly.
(® For the sake of the environment

- Overloading tires cause heat build-up, Dispose of old tires in accordance with the
sudden tire failure, including a blowout local requirements.
and sudden deflation and loss of control.
- Temperature grades apply to tires that Uniform tire quality grading
are properly inflated and not over or un-
- Tread wear
derinflated .
- Traction AA A B C
- For technical reasons it is not always
- Temperature ABC
possible to use wheels from other vehi-
cles - in some cases not even wheels Quality grades can be found where applicable
from the same vehicle model. on the tire side wall between tread shoulder
- If you install wheel trim discs on the ve- and maximum section width ¢ page 258,
hicle wheels, make sure that the air flow fig. 218 .
to the brakes is not blocked. Reduced air-
For example: Tread wear 200, Traction AA,
flow to the brakes can them to overheat,
Temperature A.
increasing stopping distances and caus-
ing a collision. All passenger car tires must conform to Feder-
- Run flat tires may only be used on vehi- al Safety Requirements in addition to these
cles that were equipped with them at the grades.
factory. The vehicle must have a chassis
Tread wear
designed for run flat tires. Incorrect use
of run flat tires can lead to vehicle dam- The tread wear grade is a comparative rating
age or accidents. Check with an author- based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
ized Audi dealer or tire specialist to see if under controlled conditions on a specified
your vehicle can be equipped with run government test course.
flat tires. If run flat tires are used, they For example, a tire graded 1S0 would wear
must be installed on all four wheels. Mix- one and one half (1 1/2) times as well on the
ing tire types is not permitted . government course as a tire graded 100.
262 Tires and wheels

The relative performance of tires depends separately or in combination, can cause

upon the actual conditions of their use, how- heat buildup and possible tire failure .
ever, and may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving habits, serv-
Winter tires
ice practices and differences in road character-
istics and climate. Winter tires can improve vehicle handling on
snow and ice. At temperatures below 45 °F
Traction
(7 °C) we recommend changing to winter
The traction grades , from highest to lowest, tires.
are AA, A, Band C. Those grades represent the
tire 's ability to stop on wet pavement as In some heavy snow areas, local governments
measured under controlled conditions on may require true winter or "snow" tir es, those
specified government test surfaces of asphalt with very deeply cut tread . These tires should
and concrete . A tire marked C may have poor only be used in pairs and be installed on all
traction performance ¢ .&,. four wheels . Make sure you purchase snow
tires that are the same size and construction
Temperature type as the other tires on your vehicle .
The tempera ture grades are A (the highest), Your vehicle is equipped with all-wheel drive,
B, and C, representing the t ire's resistance to this will improve traction during winter driv-
the generation of heat and its ability to dissi- ing, even with the standard tires. However, we
pate heat when tested under controlled condi- strongly recommend that you always equip all
tions on a specified indoor laboratory test four wheels on your vehicle with correctly fit-
wheel. ted winter tires or all-season tires, when win-
Sustainedhigh temperature can causethe ter road conditions are expected. This also im-
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce proves the vehicle's braking performance and
tire life, and excessive temperature can lead reduces stopping distances.
to sudden tire failure ¢ .&,. Summer tires provide less grip on ice and
The grade C corresponds to a level of perform - snow.
ance which all passenger car tires must meet Winter tires (snow tires) must always be fitted
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand- on all four wheels .
ard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher
Ask your authorized Audi dealer or qualified
levels of performance on the laboratory test
workshop for permitted winter tire sizes. Use
wheel than the minimum required by law.
only radial winter tires.
A WARNING Winter tires lose their effectiveness when the
The traction grade assigned to this tire is tread is worn down to a depth of O.15 7 inch
based on straight-ahead braking traction (4 mm).
tests, and does not include acceleration, Only drive with winter tires under winter con-
cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction ditions. Summer tires handle better when
characteristics. there is no snow or ice on the roads and the

A WARNING
-
temperature is above 45 °F (7 °().

If you have a flat ti re, see notes on spare

The temperature grade for this tire is es-
wheel ¢page 258 .
tablished for a tire that is properly inflated
and not overloaded . Excessive speed, un- Please always remember that winter tires may
derinflation, or excessive loading, either have a lower speed rating than the tires origi-
nally installed on your vehicle at the time it .,.
 Tire s an d wheel s 263

was manufactured . Please see ¢ page 259,

Speed rating (letter code) for a listing of the
@) For the sake of the environment •
speed rat ing letter codes and the maximum Use summer tires when weather condi- •
speed at wh ich the t ires can be driven . tions permit. They are qu ieter, do not wear
as quickly and reduce fuel consumpt ion.
The speed rating letter code( ¢ page 249) is
on the side wall of the tire c::>
page 258. '
Snow chains
A WARNING Snow chains may be fitted only to the rear
Winter tires have maximum speed li mits wheels, and only to certain tire sizes. Ask your
that may be lower than your vehicle's max- authorized Audi dealer on which tire sizes
imum speed. Always know the maximum snow chains can be used.
speed before driving off . Never drive faster
The snow chains must have low-profile links
than the speed permitted for your specific
and must not be th icker than 0.53 inch
w inte r t ires. This will cause damage to the
(13.5 mm) , includ ing the lock.
tires leading to an accident and serious
personal inj ury to you and your passen- Remove wheel center covers and trim discs
gers. before putt ing snow chains on your vehicle
Q). For safety reasons cover caps must then
c::>
A WARNING be fitted over the wheel bolts. These are avail-
able from autho rized Audi dealers.
Driving f aster than the maximum speed
for which the winter tires on your vehicle
were designed can cause tire fai lure in-
A WARNING

cluding a blowout and sudden deflation, Using the wrong snow chains for your vehi-
loss of control, crashes and serious per- cle or insta lling them incorrect ly can in-
sonal injuries . Have worn or damaged tires crease the risk of loss of cont rol leading to
replaced immed iately. serious personal injury.
- Winter tires have maximum speed rat ing - Snow chains are available in different
that may be lower than your vehicle's sizes. Always make sure to follow the in-
maximum speed. structions provided by the snow chain
- Never drive faster than the speed for manufacturer.
wh ich the winter or other tires installed - When driving with snow chains never
on your vehicle are rated . drive faster than the speed permitted for
your specif ic snow chains.
A WARNING - Always observe local regulations .

Always adjust your driving to the road and

traffic conditions. Never let the good ac-
(D Note

celeration of the winte r tires and all-whee l - Remove snow chains before dr iving on
drive tempt you into taking extra risks. Al- roads not covered with snow to avoid
ways remember: damaging tires and wearing the snow
- When brak ing, an all-wheel drive vehicle chains down unnecessarily.
hand les in the same way as a front drive - Snow chains, which come into direct con-
vehicle. tact with the wheel rim , can scratch or
- Drive carefu lly and reduce your speed on damage it . Therefore, make sure that the
icy and slippery roads, even winter tires snow chains are suitably covered. Check
cannot help under black ice conditions. the position of the snow chains after
264 Tires and wheels

driving a few yards and correct if neces- cle is moving. If the tightening torque is
sary . Follow the instructions from the too high, the wheel bolts and threads
snow cha in manufacturer when doing so. can be damaged and the wheel can be-
come loose.
(D Tips
Where snow chains are mandatory oncer - (D Note
tain roads, this normally also applies to ve- The specified torque for the whee l bolts is
hicles with all wheel drive. 105 ft lb (140 Nm) with a to lerance of
± 7,4 ft lb(± 10 Nm). Torque wheel bolts
Wheel bolts diagonally . After changing a wheel, the
torque must be checked as soon as possi-
Wheel bolts must always be tightened to the
ble with a torque wrench - preferably by an
correct torque.
authorized Audi dealer or qualified work-
The design of whee l bolts is matched to the shop.
factory installed rims . If different rims are fit-
ted, the correct wheel bolts with the right Low aspect ratio tires
length and correctly shaped bolt heads must
be used. This ensures that wheels are fitted Your Audi is factory -equipped wit h low aspect
securely and that the brake system functions ratio tires. These tires have been thoroughly
correctly . tested and been se lected specifically for your
model for their superb performance, road feel
In certain circumstances, you may not use and handling under a variety of driving condi-
wheel bolts from a different vehicle - even if it t ions. Ask your authorized Audi dealer for
is the same model ¢ page 293. more details .

.&_WARNING The low aspect ratio of these tires is indicated

by a numeral of 55 or less in the tire's s ize
Improperly tightened or maintained wheel
designation . The numeral represents the ratio
bolts can become loose caus ing loss of
of the tire's sidewall height in relation to its
contro l, a collision and serious personal in-
tread width expressed in percentage. Conven-
Jury.
tional tires have a he ight/w idth ratio of 60 or
- Always keep the wheel bolts and the
more.
threads in the wheel hubs clean so the
wheel bolts can turn easily and be prop- The performance of low-aspect-ratio tires is
erly tightened. particularly sensitive to improper inflation
- Never grease or oil the wheel bolts and pressure. It is therefore important that low
the threads in the wheel hubs. They can aspect ratio tires are inflated to the specified
become loose while driving if greased or pressure and that the inflation pressure is
oiled, even if tightened to the specified regularly checked and maintained. Tire pres-
torq ue. sures should be checked at least once a
- Only use wheel bolts that belong to the month and always before a long trip
rim being installed. ¢ page 2 53, Checking tire pressure.
- Never use different whee ls bolts on your
What you can do to avoid tire and rim
vehicle. damage
- Always maintain the correct tightening
torq ue for the wheel bolts to reduce the Low aspect ratio tires can be damaged more
risk of a wheel loss . If the tightening tor- easily by impact with potholes, curbs, gul lies
que of the wheel bolts is too low, they or ridges on the road, particularly if the tire is
can loosen and come out when the veh i- underinflated . ..,.
 Tire s an d wheel s 265

In o rder to minimize the occurrence of impact Tire pressure

damage to the tires of your vehicle, we recom- •
monitoring system •
mend that you observe the following precau-
tions : General notes ill
Applies to vehicles: with t i re pressure monitor ing system
- Always maintain recommended inflation
pressures. Check your tire pressure every Each tire, incl uding the spare (if provided),
2,000 miles (3,000 km) and add a ir if neces- sho uld be checked monthly when cold and in-
sary. flated to the inflation pressure recommended
- Drive carefu lly on roads with potholes, deep by the veh icle manufacturer on the veh icle
gullies or ridges. The impact from driving plac a rd or t ire inflation pressure label. (If your
through or over such obstacles can damage vehicle has tires of a d ifferent size than the
your tires. Impact wit h a curb may also size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire in-
cause damage to your tires . flat io n pressu re labe l, you shou ld dete rmi ne
- After any impact, immediately inspect your the proper t ire inflation pressure fo r those
t ires or have them inspected by the nearest t ires.)
authorized Audi dealer . Replace a damaged
As an added safety feature, your veh icle has
t ire as soon as poss ible.
been equipped with a tire p ressure monitoring
- Inspect your t ires every 2,000 miles (3,000
system (TPMS) tha t illum inates a low ti re
km) for damage and wear . Damage is not al-
pressure tel ltale whe n one or more of your
ways easy to see. Damage can lead to loss of ti res is significant ly under -inflated . According -
air and unde rinflation, wh ich could eventu- ly, when the low tire pressure telltale illumi-
ally cause tire fail ure. If you be lieve that a nates, you shou ld stop and check your tires as
ti re may have been damaged , replace the
soon as possib le, and inflate them to the
tire as soon as possible.
proper pressure. Driving on a sign ificantly un-
- These t ires may wear more quick ly than oth - der- inflated t ire causes the tire to overheat
ers. and can lead to tire fa ilure . Under-inflation al -
- Please a lso remembe r that, whi le t hese t ires so reduces fuel eff iciency and tire tread life,
deliver respons ive handling, they may ride and may affe ct the vehicle 's hand ling and
less comfortably and make more noise than stopp ing ability.
other choices.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute
Reduced performance in winter / cold fo r proper tire ma intenanc e, and it is the driv-
season condit ions er's respo nsibility to maintain co rrect tire
All tires are designed for certain purposes . pressure, even if under-inflation has not
The low aspect ratio, ultra hig h performance reached the leve l t o tr igger illuminat ion of the
tires originally installed on your vehicle are in- TPMS low tire pressu re tellta le .
tended for max imum dry and wet road per- Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
formance and handling . They are not suitable TPMS ma lfunction indicator to ind icate w hen
for cold, snowy or icy weather cond it ions . If t he sys t em is not operating prope rly. The
you dr ive under those circumstances, you TPMS ma lfunction indicator is combined with
should equip your vehicle with all-season or the low tire pressure te lltale. When the sys-
winter tir es, whi ch offer better traction under tem d etects a malfunction, the telltale will
those cond it io ns . We suggest you use t he rec- flash for approximate ly one min ute and then
ommended snow or all -season tires specified rema in continuously illum inated . This se-
for your vehicle, or their equivalent . quence will continue upon subsequent vehicle
Refe r to ~ page 262 for mo re deta iled info r- start-ups as long as the malfunct ion exists . ..,.
mat io n regarding wint er t ires.
266 Tires and wheels

When the malfunction indicator is illuminat- the ISETI

button. If only one tire is affected ,
ed, the system may not be able to detect or the display will indicate its position.
signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
The tire pressure monitoring must be reset via
malfunctions may occur for a variety of rea-
radio or MMI* each time the pressures are ad-
sons, including the installation of replace-
justed (e.g. when switching between partial
ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehi-
and full load pressure) or after changing or re-
cle that prevent the TPMS from funct ioning
placing a tire on your vehicle <=>
page 267. You
properly . Always check the TPMS malfunction
can find the recommended tire pressures for
telltale after replacing one or more t ires or
your vehicle on the label on driver 's side B-pil-
wheels on your veh icle to ensure that the re-
lar <=>
page 251.
placement or alternate tires and wheels allow
the TPMS to continue to function properly. Tire tread circumference and vibration charac-
teristics can change and cause a tire pressure
Tire pressure indicator appears warning if:
Applies to vehicles: with tire pressure monitor ing system - the tire pressure in one or more tires is too
The tire pressure indicator in the instrument low,
cluster informs you if the tire pressure is too - the tire has structural damage,
low or if there is a system malfunction. - the tire pressure was changed, wheels rotat -
ed or replaced but the TPMS was not reset
N

I page 267 .
<=>

Warning symbols
[9]Loss of pressure in at least one t ire Q ,&..
Check the tire or tires and replace or repair if
necessary. The indicator light [D]in the instru-
ment cluster also illuminates r::!>
page 14 .
Check/correct the pressures of all four tires
Fig. 219 Display: underinflation warning
and reset TPMS via radio or MMI*.

11@1@1
(Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Tire
pressure! System malfunction . Ifll@I@! ap-
pears after switching the ignition on or while
fig. 220 and the indicator light [D]in
driving r::!>
the instrument cluster blinks for approxi-
mately one minute and then stays on, there is
a system malfunction . See your authorized
Audi dealer as soon as possible.

-_&,
Fig. 220 Display: System mal fun ct ion WARNING
- If the tire pressure indicator appears in
Using the ABS sensors, the tire pressure moni-
the instrument cluster display, one or
toring system compares the tire tread circum-
more of your tires is significantly under-
ference and vibration characteristics of the in-
inflated . Reduce your speed immediately
dividual tires. If the pressure decreases in one
and avoid any hard steering or braking
or more tires, th is is indicated in the instru-
maneuvers. Stop as soon as possible and
ment cluster with a warning symbol [9]and a
check the tires and their pressures. In-
message <=>fig. 219. The driver message in the
flate the tire pressure to the proper pres-
display goes out after 5 seconds. The driver
sure as indicated on the vehicle's tire ~
message can be displayed again by pressing
 Tires and wheels 267

pressure label ¢ page 251. Driving on a pressure monitoring system according to

the load you are carrying ¢ page 251. •
significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire •
failure. Under-inflation also is likely to
impair the vehicle's handling and stop-
ping ability .
- The driver is responsible for maintaining
the correct tire pressures. You must
check the tire pressures regularly.
- Under certain conditions (such as a spor-
ty driving style, winter conditions or un-
paved roads), the pressure monitor indi-
cator may be delayed.
-Ask your authorized Audi dealer if run-
flat tires may be used on your vehicle.
Your vehicle registration becomes invalid
if you use these tires when not permit-
ted. Damage to your vehicle or accidents
could also result.

@ Tips
- The tire pressure monitoring system
stops working when there is an ESP/ABS
malfunction.
- Using snow chains may result in a system
malfunction.
- The tire pressure monitoring system on
your Audi was calibrated using tires with
the "AO" or "RO" identification. We rec-
ommend using these tires.

Reset tire pressure monitoring system

Applies to vehicles: with tire pressure monitoring system

If the tire pressure is adjusted, wheels are ro-

tated or changed, the TPMS must be reset via
radio or MMI*.

.. Turn on the ignition .

.. Select : Function button ICARI
> Tire pressure
monitoring > Store now.

(D Tips
Before resetting the TPMS, the current
pressures of all four tires must correspond
to the specified values. Adjust the tire
pressure and reset the pressure in the tire
268 What do I do n o w ?

What do I do now? - Using a bumper jack to raise the vehicle

will damage the bumper system . The
Jack, tools and jack may slip, causing injury.
inflatable spare tire - Never support your vehicle on cinder
blocks, br icks or other objects. These
Onboard tool kit and vehicle jack
may not be able to support the load and
The vehicle tools and vehicle jack are stored could cause injury when they fa il.
in the luggage compartment under the floor - Never start or run the engine while t he
cover. vehicle is suppo rted by the j ack.
- If you must work under the vehicle, al-
ways use safety stands specifically de-
signed for th is purpose.
- Never use the hexagonal socket in t he
handle of the screwd river to loosen or
tighten the whee l bolts.
- Always make sure the inflatable spare
tire and eve n a flat tire are secured in
place and not loose, otherw ise they
Fig. 221 Luggage compartme nt: on board tool kit and could fly forwa rd, causing personal injury
vehicle jack to passengers in t he vehicle in an acci-
dent or sudden maneuver .
The vehicle jack is stored unde r the on board
too l kit ¢fig. 221.
@ Tips
The onboard tool kit includes: Some of t he on board items listed above
- Hook for removing wheel covers* are provided on cert ain mode ls only or are
- Plastic hook to remove whee l bolt covers* optiona l extras.
- Alignment pin for changing wheels
- Whee l bolt wrench Folding chocks
- Foldi ng chocks The folding chocks are part of the on board
- Screwdriver with reversible blade tool kit.
- Socket (removable Torx socket)*
- 10 x 13 open ended wrench (for disconnect-
ing the battery cables)
-T owing eye

Before st oring t he ja ck, make sure it is wound

back down as f ar as it w ill go.

A WARNING
Imprope r use of the vehicle jack can cause
Fig. 222 Opening folding chocks
serious persona l inju ries.
- Never use the jack supplied with your Au-
To use the chocks, you first have to raise the
di on another vehicle, particularly on a
support plate¢ fig . 222 © and then insert
heavier one. The jack is only suitable for
the locking plate with the two "tabs" into the
use on the vehicle it came w ith.
elongated holes in the base plate @ ¢ & . Ill>
 What do I d o now ? 269

_& WARNING Inflatable spare tire

- The chock cannot fulfil its funct ion and The inflatable spare tire expands to its full di-
may lose its stability if the "tabs" on the ameter when it is inflated .
support plate are not inserted cor rectly
into the elongated holes in the base
pla t e. If th is happens, the vehicle may
st ar t to move whi le a wheel is being
changed .
- Never use the folding chocks if they are
damaged or if t hey have not been assem -
bled correct ly.

Fig. 224 Inflatab le spa re t ire with compressor

Removing bass box
Applies to vehicles: with bass box
Removing inflatable spare tire
Before the inflatable spare tire can be taken
.,. Lift up the cargo floo r us ing the handle.
out, the bass box must be removed.
.,. Remove the d irt t ray.
"' Turn t he la rge screw ¢ fig. 224 counte r-
clockwise .
.. Remove the bass box as required
¢ page 269 .
.. Take out t he inflatable spa re tire.

Stowing th e inflatable spare t ire

.,. Release the air by unscrewing the valve
stem.
Fig. 22 3 Spare wheel well : Bass box
.. Screw the valve stem back in afterwa rds .
.. Wait a few hours before placing the wheel in
Removing bass box
the spare wheel well ¢ &_.
.. Lift up the cargo floor using the hand le . .. Insta ll the bass box as required¢ page 269 .
.. Sq ueeze the locking tabs ¢ fig. 223 (D of .. Secure the wheel with t he large screw .
the connector. .,. Place the d irt tray back in .
.. Disconnect the connector @ and place the .,.Fold the cargo floo r back down .
lead to one side.
.. Turn the large screw counter -clockwise . After using the inflatable spare wheel
.. Carefu lly remove the bass box. The inflatable spare tire can be re-used as
long as it is not damaged and is not worn
Install ing bas s box
down to the tread wear indicators ¢ .&..
.. Carefu lly place the bass box in the wheel.
When you let the a ir out of the inf latab le
The inscr ipt ion "FRONT" on the bass box
spare t ire, it does not assume its folded shape
must face forward .
again for several hours . Until then, it cannot
.. Reconnect the connector that was removed .
be placed back in the spare whee l well and
.. Secure the bass box with the large screw.
stowed secure ly. II>-
.. Fold the cargo floor back down.
2 70 What do I do now?

A WARNING - Tighten the knurled retaining screw for

the inflatable spare tire securely.
- Never use the spare tire if it is damaged
or if it is worn down to the tread wear in-
dicators.
(D Note

- If the inflatable spare tire is more than 6 - The inflatable spare tire has been devel-
years old, use it only in an emergency oped specifically for this vehicle model.
and with extreme caution and careful It must not be exchanged or used for
driving. other vehicle models. Similarly, inflata-
- The inflatable spare tire is intended only ble tires from other vehicle models must
for temporary and short-term use . It not be used .
should be replaced as soon as possible - Normal summer or winter tires must not
with the normal wheel and tire. be installed on the inflatable tire rim.
- The tire pressure value for the inflatable
spare tire is located on the driver's side · Inflating inflatable spare tire
8-pillar ¢page 251, fig. 215.
- Maximum permissible speed is 50 mph
(80 km/h).
-Avoid full-throttle acceleration, heavy
braking, and fast cornering.
-When the air is let out of the inflatable
spare wheel, it does not assume its fold-
ed shape for several hours. Until then, it
cannot be placed back in the spare wheel
well and stowed securely. Fig. 225 Luggage compartme nt left side: compressor

- Never drive with more than one inflata-

ble spare tire. .,. Remove the left trim panel in the luggage
- For technical reasons, the use of tire compartment.
chains on the inflatable spare tire is not .,.Open the Velcro strap and remove the com-
permitted. If it is necessary to drive with pressor¢ fig. 225 .
tire chains, the inflatable spare wheel .,.Unscrew the valve stem from the spare tire.
must be mounted on the front axle in the .,.Screw the tire filler hose from the compres-
event of a flat in a rear tire. The newly sor firmly onto the valve of the spare tire .
available front wheel must then be in- .,.Insert the plug from the compressor into a
stalled in place of the rear wheel with socket of the vehicle ¢ page 79.
the flat tire . Installing the tire chain be- .,.Switch the compressor on.
fore mounting the wheel and tire is rec- .,. Let the compressor run until the value speci-
ommended. fied on the tire pressure label is reached
¢ page 251, fig. 215 . Switch the compres-
- Loose items in the passenger compart-
sor off after running for 12 minutes at the
ment can cause serious personal injury
most - danger of overheating!
during hard braking or in an accident.
- Never store the inflatable spare tire or
jack and tools in the passenger com-
A
=
WARNING
partment. The compressor and the tire filler hose can
- Always store alljacking equipment, become extremely hot while they are run-
tools, and the inflatable spare tire in ning - danger of burns! ..,.
the luggage compartment.
 What do I do now? 271

(D Note the whee l being changed with the fold -

•
ing chocks or other objects. When one
Switch the compressor off after running •
front wheel is lifted off the ground, plac-
for 12 minutes at the most - danger of
ing the Automatic Transmission in "P"
overheating! Allow the compressor to cool
(Park) will not prevent the vehicle from
down for a few minutes before you use it
moving.
aga in.
- Before you change a wheel, be sure the
ground is level and firm. If necessary,
Changing a wheel use a sturdy board under the jack.
Before changing a wheel - After installing the inflatable spare t ire,
make sure that you replace the flat tire/
Observe the following precautions for your wheel in its storage area properly and
own and your passenger's safety when chang- tighten t he knurled retain ing screw se-
ing a whee l. curely.
., After you experience a tire failure, pull the
car well away from moving traffic and try to Changing a wheel
reach level ground before you stop ¢ _&..
When you change a wheel, follow these-
.. All passengers should leave th e car and
quence described below step-by-step and in
move to a safe location (for instance, behind
exactly that order.
the guardrail) ¢ _&..
., Engage the parking brake to prevent your 1. Remove the deco rat ive whee l cove r*. For
vehicle from rolling unint entionally¢ _&.. more details see also ¢ page 2 72, Deco-
., Move se lector lever to posi tion P ¢ &_. rative wheel covers or ¢ page 2 72,
.. If you are tow ing a trailer: unhitch the trail- Wheels with wheel bolt caps.
er from your vehicle. 2. Loosen the wheel bolt s ¢ page 272 .
., Block the diagona lly opposi t e whee l with 3. Locate the proper mounting point for the
the fold ing chocks or ot her objects. jack and align the jack below that point
.. Take the jack and the inflatab le s pare tire ¢ page 273.
out of the luggage compartment 4. Lift the car with the jack ¢ page 2 73.
¢ page 268. S. Remove the whe el with th e flat tire and
then install the inflatab le s pare tire
,&. WARNING ¢ page 274.
You or your passengers could be injured
- 6. Tighte n all whee l bolts lightly.
while changing a wheel if you do not fol- 7. Lowe r the vehicle with the jack .
low these safety precautions: 8. Use the wheel bolt wrench and firmly
- If you have a flat t ire, move a safe dis- tighten all wheel bolts ¢ page 272 .
tance off the road. Turn off the eng ine, 9 . Replace the decorativ e wheel cover*.
turn the emergency flashers on and use
,&. WARNING
other warning devices to alert other mo-
torists.
-Always read and follow all WARNINGSand
- Make sure that passengers wait in a safe informat ion¢ A in Raising the vehicle on
place away from the vehicle and well page 274 and ¢ page 275 .
away from the road and traff ic.
- To help prevent the vehicle from moving
sudden ly and possibly slipping off the
jack, always fully set the parking brake
and block t he whee l diagonally opposite
272 What do I do now?

After changing a wheel '

Wheels with wheel bolt caps
Applies to vehicles: with wheel bolts with caps
A wheel change is not complete without the
doing the following. The caps must be removed first from the
wheel bolts before the bolts can be un-
"' Store and secure the wheel you replaced in screwed .
t he spare wheel well.
"' Replace the tools and the jack in their prop-
er location.
"'As soon as possible, have the tightening
torques on al l wheel bolts checked with a
torque wrench. The correct tightening tor-
que is 105 ft lb (140 Nm).
"' Have the flat tire replaced as soon as possi -
ble.
Fig. 227 Changing a whee l: re moving the whee l bo lt
@ Tips caps

- If you notice that the wheel bolts are

Removing
corroded and difficult to turn while
changing a t ire, they should be replaced "' Push the plastic clip provided with the vehi-
before you check the tightening torque. cle tool kit over the wheel bolt cap until it
- Drive at reduced speed until you have the engages.
tightening torques checked. "' Pull on the plastic clip to remove the cap
Qfig. 227.
Decorative wheel covers Refitting
Applies to vehicles: with decorat ive wheel covers
"' Place the caps over the wheel bolts and
The decorative wheel covers must be removed push them back on.
first to access the wheel bolts.
The caps are to protect and keep the wheel
bolts clean.

Loosening and tightening the wheel

bolts

The wheel bolts must be loosened before rais-

ing the vehicle.

Fig. 226 Changing a wheel: Removing the wheel cover

Removing
"' Insert the hook provided with the vehicle
tool kit in the hole in the hub .
"' Pull off the decorative wheel cover
Qfig. 226.
Fig. 228 Cha ng ing a wheel : loosening t he wheel bolts II--
 What do I d o now ? 27 3

Loosening Raising the vehicle

• Install the wheel bolt w rench ove r t he The vehicle must be lifted with the jack first
wh ee l bolt and push it down as far as it will before the wheel can be removed .
go.
• Take tight hold of th e end of the wrench
handle and turn the whee l bolts counter-
clockw ise abou t one single t urn in t he di rec·
tion of arrow c::>fig. 228 .

Tightening

• Install the wheel bolt w rench over the

whee l bolt and push it down as far as it will
go .
Fig. 229 Chang ing a w heel : mount i ng point s for t he
• Take tight hold of the end of t he wrench j ack
handle and turn each wheel bolt clockwise
until it is seated .

& WARNING
- Do not use force or hurry when changi ng
a whee l - you ca n cause t he vehicle to slip
off t he jac k a nd cause serious persona l
injuries .
- Do not loose n the wheel bolts more than
one turn before you ra ise the veh icle with Fig. 23 0 Close-up : proper posit io ning of j ack

the jack. - You risk an injury.

• Engage the parking brake to prevent your
(j) Tips
veh icle from rolling unintentionally
• Move t he selecto r lever to position P.
If a wheel bo lt is ve ry t igh t , you may find it • Position the jack be low the door sill unde r
easie r to loosen by carefully pushing down the mounting point that is closest to the
on the end of the wheel bolt wrench with wheel to be changed c::>fig . 229.
one foot only . As you do so, ho ld on to the • Extend the ja ck under the lifting point on
car to keep yo ur balance and take care not the door s ill until its arm is posit ioned di-
to slip. rectly under the lifting point c::>,&..
• Align the jack so that its arm @ c::>fig . 230
engages in the designated lifting point in
the door s ill and the movable base @ lies
flat on t he ground . The base @ must be ver-
tical under the lifting poin t @ .
• Wind the jack up further until the flat tire
comes off the ground c::> ,&..
The jack mus t be installed only at the places
indica t ed c::>fig . 229 . There is exactly one loca-
tion for each wheel. The jack must not be
pos itioned at any othe r location c::> &.
An unstable surface unde r the jack ca n cause
the vehi cle to slip off the jack . Always provide ..,.
274 What do I do now?

a firm base for the jack on the ground. If nec- Taking the wheel off / installing the
essary place a sturdy board or similar support inflatable spare tire
under the jack. On hard, slippery surfaces
Follow these instructions step-by-step for
(such as tile s) use a rubber mat or similar to
changing the wheel
prevent t he jack from slipping¢ ,&.

A WARNING
- You or your passengers could be injured
wh ile changing a wheel if you do not fol-
low these safety precautions:
- Positioning the jack under the vehicle
at any other place than those indicated
above may damage the vehicle or may
result in personal injuries. Fig. 231 Changing a wheel: using th e screwdr iver han-
- A soft or unstable surface under the dle (wit h t he blade removed) to t urn the bolt s
jack may cause the vehicle to slip off
the jack. Always provide a firm base for
the jack on the ground . If necessary,
use a sturdy board under the jack .
- On hard, slippery surface (such as tiles)
use a rubber mat or s imilar to prevent
the jack from slipping .
- To help prevent injury to yourself and
your passengers:
- Do not raise th e vehicle until you are Fig. 232 Changing a w heel: alig nment pi n inside t he
t op hole
sure the j ack is securely engaged.
- Passengers mus t not remain in the ve-
After you have loos ened all wheel bolts and
hicle when it is jacked up .
raised the vehicle off the ground, remove and
- Make sure that passengers wait in a replace the wheel as follows:
safe p lace away from the vehicle and
well away from the road and traffic. Removing the wheel
- Make sure jack position is correct, ad- "' Use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriv-
just as necessa ry and then continue to er handle to completely remove the top -
raise the jack . most whee l bolt and set it aside on a clean
surface ¢ fig. 231.
"' Screw the threaded end of the alignment
pin from the tool kit hand -t ight into the
empty bolt hole ¢ fig. 232.
"' Then remove the other wheel bolts as de-
scribed above .
"' Take off the whee l leaving the a lignment pin
in the bolt hole ¢ (D .

Putting on the inflatable spare tire

"' Inflate the inflatable spare tire ¢ page 2 70
and push the wheel over the alignment pin. "'
 What do I do now? 275

~ Use the hexagonal socket in the screwdriver Tires with unidirectional tread design
handle to screw in and tighten all wheel •
Tires with unidirectional tread design must be •
bolts slightly .
mounted with their tread pattern pointed in
~ Remove the alignment pin and insert and
the right direction .
t ight en the remaining wheel bolt slight ly
Likethe rest. Using a spa re tire with a tread pattern
~ Turn the jack handle counter-clockwise to intended for use in a specific direction
lower the vehicle unti l the jack is fully re-
When using a spare t ire wit h a tread pat t ern
leased .
intended for use in a spec ific direct ion, please
~ Use t he whee l bolt wrench to t ighten all
note the following:
whee l bolts firmly <=>
page 272 . Tighten
them crosswise, from one bolt to the (ap- - The direct ion of rotation is marked by an ar-
proximate ly) opposite one, to keep the row on t he side of the ti re .
whee l cente red. - If the spare t ire has to be insta lled in the in-
correct direct ion, use the spare tire only
Q;) Note temporarily since the t ire will not be able to
When removing or installing the wheel, achieve its optimum perfo rmance characte r-
the rim could hit the brake rotor and dam- ist ics wit h regard to aquap laning, noise and
age the rotor. Work carefully and have a wear .
second person help you. - We recommend that you pay part icular at-
t ent ion to t his fact during wet weat her and
(D} Tips t hat you adjust your speed to mat ch road
conditions .
Never use the hexagonal socket in the han-
- Replace the flat t ire wit h a new one and
dle of the screwdriver to loosen or t ighten
have it installed on your vehicle as soon as
the wheel bolts .
possible to resto re the handling advantages
- Pull the reversib le blade from the screw-
of a unidirectional tire .
driver before you use the hexagonal
socket in the handle to t urn the whee l
bolts . Notes on wheel changing
- When mounting tires with unidirectional Please read the information ¢ page 258, New
tread design make sure the tread pat- tires and replacing tires and wheels if you a re
te rn is pointed the right way going to use a spare tire which is different
<=>page 2 75. from the tires on your vehicle.
- The wheel bolts should be clea n and easy
to tu rn. Check for dirt and corrosion on After you change a tire:
the mat ing surfaces of both t he wheel - Check the tire pressure on the spare imme-
and the hub. Remove all dirt from t hese diately after installation.
su rfaces before remo unti ng the wheel. - Have the wheel bolt tightening torque
checked with a torque wrench as soon as
possible by your authorized Audi dealer or
a qualified workshop.
- With steel and alloy wheel rim s, the wheel
bolts are correctly tightened at a torque of
105 ft lb (140 Nm) .
- If you notice that the wheel bolts are cor-
roded and difficult to turn while changing
a tire, they should be replaced before you
check the t ightening torque. .,,.
276 What do I do no w ?

- Replace t he flat t ire with a new o ne and

have it installed on you r veh icle as soon as
possible. Remount the wheel cove r.
Until th e n, drive with extra care and at re-
duced s pee ds .

A WARNING
-
- If you are going to equip your vehicle
with t ires or rims wh ich differ from those
wh ich were factory installed, then be
sure to read the informat ion c::> page 258,
New tires and replacing tires and
wheels.
- Always make sure the damaged wheel or
even a flat tire and the jack and tool kit
are properly secured in the luggage com-
partment and are not loose in the pas-
senger compartment.
- In an accident or sudden maneuver they
cou ld fly forward, injuring anyone in the
vehicle.
- Always store damaged wheel, jac k and
tools secure ly in the luggage compart-
ment. Otherwi5e, in an accident or 51..id-
den maneuver they cou ld fly forward,
causing injury to passengers in the vehi-
cle .
 Fu se s and bulb s 2 77

Fuses and bulbs ca l system checked by your authorized Au-

di dealer.
Electrical fuses
Replacing fuses
a) Tips
- The followi ng table does not list fuse lo-
Fuses that have blown will have metal strips cations that are not used.
that have burned through . - Some of the equipment items listed are
optional or only available on certain
mode l configurations.

Left cockpit fuse assignment

Fig. 233 Left cockpit : fuse pa nel cover

The fuses are located at the front left and

righ t of the cockpit and behind the trim on
the right side of the luggage compartment .

.. Turn off the ignit ion a nd the affected electri-

cal consume rs .
.. Check the following table to see which fuse
belongs to the consumer .
.. Remove the appropriate cover .
.. To remov e th e purple plastic clip if nece ssa -
ry 1), hold onto it at the small side and pull
it out of the fuse panel <=> page 2 77,
fig. 234 .
Fig. 234 Left cockpit: fuse pan el with pla st ic clip
.. Remove the clamp from the rear side of the
fuse cover c>fig. 233 .
Amps
.. Remove the fuse using the clamp and re-
Fuse panel @ (black)
place the blown fuse w ith an identical new
one . 1 Dynamic steering 5
3 Homelink 5
A WARNING
- 5 Climate control 5
Do not repair fuses and never replace a Right headlight range adjust-
blown fuse with one that has a higher amp
6
ment
s
rating. This can cause damage to the elec- Left headlight range adjust-
trical system and a fire. 7 5
ment
Vehicle e lectrica l system control
(D Note 8
module 1
s
If a new fuse burns out again after shortly
9 Adaptive cruise control 5
have you have installed it, have the electri-

ll You can dis pose of the plast ic clip afte r remo ving it .
2 78 Fu ses a nd bulb s

No. Amps Right cockpit fuse assignment

10 Shift gate 5
11 Heater washer flu id nozzles 5
12 Climate control 5
13
14 Airbag
15 25
16 Terminal 15 engine 40
Fuse panel @ (brown)
Automatic dimming interior
1 5
rearview mirror
5
Fuel pump 25
Left seat heating 30
Electronic Stabilizat ion Program 10
--·-
7 Horn 25
Left door window regulator mo- Fig. 235 Rig ht cockpit: fuse panel wi th plast ic clip
8 30
to r
9 Wiper motor 30
10 Electronic Stab ilizat ion Program 25 Fuse panel @ (black)
11 Left doors 15 5 Steering column switch module 5
12 Rain and light sensor 5 6 Electronic Stabilization Program 5
Terminal 15 diagnostic connec-
7 5
3 Lumba r support 10 tor
4 Dynamic steering 35 8 Gateway 5
5 Climatized cupho lder 10 Fuse panel B (brown)
Vehicle electrical system control 1 CD/DVD player 5
6 35
module 1 2 Audi drive select switch module
Vehicle electrical system contro l 3 MMI/Rad io
7 20
modu le 1 Instrument cluster
Vehicle electrical system control Gateway
8 30
.__ ...
module 1
6 Ignition lock 5
9 Panorama sunroof 20
7 Rotary light switch 5
Vehicle electrical system control
10 30 8 Climate control system blower
module 1
9 Steer ing column lock
11 Panorama sunroof shade 20
Climate control 10
12 5
Term inal 30 diagnostic connec-
11 10
tor
Steering column switch module s
 Fu s e s and bulb s 2 79

Right luggage compartment fuse No. Consumer

assignment Electromechanical parking
7 30
brake
9 Right door control module
11 Right door contro l module 15
Fuse panel D ( red)
1 Rear center console outlet 15
Center console front outlet/
2 15
climatized cupholder
3 Luggage compartment outlet 15
Cigarette lighter 15
Parking system 7,5
8 Rear wiper
Electromechanical parking
9 5
b rake switch
10 Audi side assist 5
12 Term inal 15 control modules 5
Fuse panel e ( black)
Fig. 236 Right lugg age compar tm ent: fuse panel with
plast ic clip 3 DSP amp lifier, radio 30
4 MMI 7,5
No. Consumer Amps
Radio/nav igat ion/cell phone
Fuse panel @ (black) 5 5
p rep
Luggage compartment lid con- 6 Rearview camera 5
1 30
trol module
7 cell phone prep 5
Electromechanical parking
5 5
brake
Bulbs
6 Electronic damping control 15
Electromechanical parking Replacing light bulbs
7 30
brake For your safe ty, we recommend that you have
Vehicle electrical system control your authorized Audi dealer replace burned
8 30
module 2 out bulbs for you .
Vehicle electrical system control
10 30 It is becom ing increasingly more and more
module 2
difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs since in
Vehicle electrical system control many cases, other parts of the ca r must first
11 20
module be removed before you are able to get to the
12 Terminal 30 5 bulb . This applies espe cially to the light bulbs
Fuse panel © (brown) in the front of your car which you can only
reach th rough th e eng ine compartment.
Luggage compartment lid con-
1 30
t rol modu le Sheet meta l and bulb holders can have sharp
2 Right front seat heating 15 edges that can cause serious cut s, and parts IJI>,

3 DCDCconverter path 1 40
4 DCDCconverter path 2 40
280 Fuses and bulbs

must be correctly taken apart and then prop- heed all WARNINGSc::>
page 226, Engine
erly put back together to help prevent break- compartment &.
c::>
age of parts and long term damage from wa- - It is best to ask your authorized Audi
ter that can enter housings that have not been dealer whenever you need to change a
properly resealed. bulb.
For your safety, we recommend that you have
your author ized Audi dealer replace any bulbs
for you, since your dealer has the proper tools,
the correct bulbs and the expertise.
Gas discharge lamps (Xenon lights)*:

Due to the high electrical voltage, have the

bulbs rep laced by a qualified technician.
Headlights with Xenon light can be identified
by the high voltage sticker.

A WARNING
Contact with high-voltage components of
the electrical system and improper re-
placement of gas discharge (Xenon) head-
light bulbs can cause serious personal in-
jury and death .
- Xenon bulbs are pressurized and can ex-
plode when being changed.
- Changing Xenon lamps requires the spe-
cial train ing, instruct ions and equ ip-
ment.
- Only an authorized Audi dealer or other
qualified workshop should change the
bulbs in gas discharge lamps.

A WARNING
-
There are parts with sharp edges on the
openings and on the bulb holders that can
cause serious cuts.
- If you are uncertain about what to do,
have the work performed by an author-
ized Audi dea ler or other qualified work-
shop. Serious personal injury may result
from improperly performed work.

(D Tips
- If you must replace the light bulbs your-
se lf, always remembe r that the engine
compartment of any vehicle is a hazard-
ous area to work in. Always read and
 Emergency situations 281

Emergency situations connecting a ju mpe r cab le, you must

•
thaw the fr ozen battery comp lete ly, ot h-
General erwise it could explode. •

This chapter is intended for trained emer- - Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes
gency crews and working personnel who
or skin. Flus h any contacted area with
have the necessary tools and equipment to
wate r immediately .
perform these operations. - Improper use of a booster battery to
start a vehicle may cause an explosion.
- Vehicle batter ies genera t e exp losive gas-
Starting by pushing or
es. Keep spar ks, flame and lighted ciga -
towing rettes away from batte ries.
- Do not try to jump start any ve hicle with
CDNote a low ac id leve l in the battery.
Vehicles with an automatic tran smission - The voltage of the booste r batte ry m ust
cannot be started by pushing or towing . a lso have a 12-Volt rat ing. The capacity
(Ah) of the booster battery sho uld not be
Starting with jumper lowe r tha n that of the discharged bat-
tery . Use of batte ries of d iffe rent voltage
cables
or substantially d iffe rent "Ah" rat ing
If necessary, the engine can be started by may cause an exp losion and persona l in-
connecting it to the battery of another vehi- JUry.
cle. - Neve r cha rge a fro zen battery. Gas tr a p-
ped in the ice may cause an explosion.
If t he engine shou ld fail to start because of a
discha rged or weak battery, the battery can be - Nevercharge or use a battery t hat has
connected to the battery of another veh icle, been fr oz en . The battery case may have
using a pair of jumper cables to start the en- be weakened.
g ine. - Use of batter ies of differe nt voltage or
sub st ant ially diffe ren t ca pacity (Ah) rat-
Jumper ca bles ing may cause an exp losion an d injury .
Use only jumper cables of sufficiently la rge The capac ity (Ah) of t he booster bat t ery
cross section to carry the starter current safe- should not be lower than that of the dis -
ly. Refer to the man ufacturer's specif ications. charged batte ry.
- Before you chec k anyt hing in t he engine
Use only jumper cables with insulated te rm i- compa rtment, always read and hee d a ll
na l clamps which are d istinctly mar ked: WARNINGS¢ page 226 , Engine com-
plus(+) cable in mos t cases colore d red partment.

minus (-) cable in most cases colored black .

CDNote
A WARNING - App lying a higher voltage booster ba t-
tery will cause expens ive damage to se n-
Batte ries contai n e lect ricity, ac id, an d gas.
sit ive e lectronic components, such as
Any of th ese can cause very ser io us or fatal
cont rol units, relays, rad io, etc.
injury. Follow the instructions below for
- There must be no electrical contact be-
safe han dli ng of your veh icle's bat t ery.
tween the vehicles as otherwise current
- Always shield you r eye s and avoid lean-
cou ld already start to f low as soon as the
ing over t he bat t e ry whenever possib le.
posit ive(+) term inals a re connected. ..,.
- A d isch arged battery can free ze at tem-
pera t ures ju st be low 3 2 °F (0 °C). Before
282 Emergency situations

Connect POSITIVE(+) to POSITIVE(+)

@ Tips
(red)
- The discharged battery must be properly
.. Remove the cover CD by pressing on the ar·
connected to the vehicle's electrical sys-
row c::>fig. 23 7 .
tem. When jump starting or charging the
.. Open the cover @ on the pos itive terminal.
battery, never connect the negative
l. Connect one end of the red positive cable
ground cable to the battery negative
fig. 238 CD
on the jump start bolt c::>
post because the battery manager sys-
(Bolts under cover = "posit ive") of the ve·
tem must be able to detect the battery 's
hicle to be started @ .
state of charge. Always connect the neg-
2. Connect the other end to the positive ter-
ative g round cable to the negative
minal @ of the booster battery @ .
ground post of the battery manager con-
trol unit . Connect NEGATIVE (-) to NEGATIVE (-)
(black)
Use of jumper cables 3. Connect one end of the black negative ca-
Make sure to connect the jumper coble ble to the negative terminal ® of the
clomps in exactly the order described below! booster battery @ .
4. Connect the other end of the black nega-
t ive cab le to the jump start bolt @ (Bolts
with hex head = "negative") of the vehicle
to be started @ .

Starting the engine

.. Start the engine of the veh icle with the
booster battery @ . Run the engine at a
moderate speed .
.. Start engine with discharged vehicle battery
Fig. 237 Engine compartme nt: Connecto rs for jumper
cab les and charger ® in the usual manner.
.. If the engine fails to start: do not keep the
st arter crank ing for longer than 10 seconds .
Wait for about 30 seconds a nd then try
again .
.. With eng ine running, remove jumper cables
from both vehicles in the exact reverse or-
de r.
.,.Close the cover @ on the positive termina l
and re-install the cover CD c::>
fig. 237.
Fig. 238 Jump start ing with the battery of another ve-
The battery is vented to the outside to prevent
hicle: @ booster battery, @ discharged vehicle battery
gases from entering the veh icle interior . Make
The procedure described below for connecting s ure that the jumper clamps are well connect·
jumper cables is intended to provide a jump ed with their metal ports in full contact with
start for your veh icle. the battery term inals.

Vehicle with discharged battery: A WARNING

.. Turn off lights and accessories, move lever To avoid serious personal injury and dam-
of automatic transmission to N (Neutral) or age to the vehicle, heed all warnings and
P (Park) and set parking brake. inst ructions of the jumper cable
 Emergency situations 283

manu fact urer. If in doubt, call for road Emergency towing

•
service. with commercial tow •
- Jumper cab les must be long enoug h so
truck
that the vehicles do not t ouch.
- When connecting jumper cables, make General hints
sure that they cannot get ca ught in a ny
Your Audi requires special handling for tow-
moving pa rts in the eng ine compart-
ing .
ment.
- Do not bend over the batteries - danger The foll owing inform ation is to be use d by
of chemical burns! commerc ial tow t ruck ope rators who know
- The battery ce ll locking screws must be how to operate t heir equipment safely .
t ightened securely.
- Never tow your Audi , towing will cause
- Befo re you check anyt hing in the en g ine
damage to the engine and transmission.
compartment, a lways read and heed all
- Never wrap the safety chains or winch ca-
WARNINGS c:>page 226, Engine com-
ble s around the brake lines .
partment.
- To prevent unnecessary damage, your Audi
must be transported with a flat bed truck.
(D Note
- To load the vehicle on to the flat bed, use
Imprope r hoo k-up of jum per cables ca n ru- the towing loop found in the vehicle tools
in the generator. and attach to the front or rear anchorage
- Always connect POSITIVE(+) to POSI- c:>page 284 and c:>page 284.
TIVE( +), a nd NEGATIVE( - ) to NEGATIVE
(-) g ro und post of the battery manager A WARNING
-
contr ol unit.
A veh icle bein g towe d is not safe for pas-
- Check that a ll screw plugs on the battery sengers. Neve r a llow anyone to ride in a
ce lls are screwed in firmly. If not, tighten vehicle be ing towed, fo r a ny reason.
plugs prior to connecting clamp on nega-
tive battery te rmi nal.
- Please note t hat the procedure for con-
nect ing a jumper cable as described
above applies spec ifica lly t o the case of
you r vehicle be ing j ump starte d. When
you are giving a ju mp start to a nothe r ve-
hicle, do not conne ct t he negat ive (- ) ca-
ble to th e ne gati ve (-) te rmina l o n th e
disch arged bat t ery © c:>fig. 238. In-
stea d, securely connect t he negative (-)
ca ble to e ithe r a solid metal component
that is firm ly bolted t o t he eng ine block
or t o the e ng ine bloc k itse lf. If the bat-
te ry t hat is being charged does not vent
to th e ou t sid e, esca ping bat t ery gas
could ignit e and explode !
284 Emergency situations

Front towing loop the vehicle is towed - potentia l risk of an

accident.
Do not install the front towing loop until it is
needed .
Rear towing loop

On vehicles without a factory-installed trailer

hitch*, the rear towing loop is located at the
right of bumper.

Fig. 239 Front bumper: removing t he cover cap

Fig. 241 Rear bumper: Cover

Fig. 240 Front bumper: screwing in t he t owing loop

The threaded opening fo r the towing loop is

located behind a cover on the right side of the
front bumper.
Fig. 242 Rear bumpe r: Screwing in towing loop
...Remove the towing loop from the vehicle
toolkit c::>page 268 . Vehicles with a towing loop
...Carefully remove the cover c::>fig. 2 39. ... Remove the tow ing loop from the vehicle
...Screw the towing loop tight ly into the toolki t c::>page 268.
threaded hole as far as it will go c::>fig. 240. ... Press the cover in by applying short strong
pressure to the bottom part to release it
When it is no longer needed, unscrew the
from the bumper c::>fig. 241 .
towing loop and put it back into the vehicle
too lkit . Be sure to have the towing loop stored ...Screw the tow ing loop tightly into the
fig. 242.
threaded hole as far as it will go c::>
in the vehicle at all times.
When re-installing the cover be sure to first Vehicles with a trailer hitch*
insert the tabs on the cover into the retainers ...Install the tra iler hitch .
near the radiator grille. Then install the other ...Attach the towing bar or the towing cable to
side of the cover and push it into the retainers the trailer hitch.
c::>
fig . 239.
Unscrew the towing loop again after use and
.&_WARNING install the cover in the bumper . Return the
towing loop to the vehicle toolk it. Be sure to
If the towing loop is not screwed in as far
have the towing loop stored in the vehicle at
as it will go, the thread can pull out when
all times. .,.
 Emergency s itu a tions 285

,&_ WARNING Lifting vehicle

- If the towing loop is not screwed in as far Lifting with workshop hoist and with
as it will go, the thread can pull out when floor jack
ttle vehicle is towed - potential risk of an
The vehicle may only be lifted at the lifting
accident.
p oints illustrated .
- If your vehicle has a trailer hitch* on Ly
use a specia l towing bar to prevent dam-
aging the ball hitch. These towing bars
have been specially designed for trailer
towing hitches .
- If your vehicle has a trailer hitch* use on-
ly specia l towing cables .

Loading the vehicle onto a flat bed truck

Fig. 244 Front lifting point

Fig. 243 Vehicle on fla t bed t ruck

Fig. 24 5 Rear liftin g point
Front hook up
.,.Align t he vehicle wit h t he cent erline of t he .,.Read and heed WARNING c::>_&..
car carrier ram p. .,.Locate lifting points c::>fig. 244 and
.,.Attach the winch hook to the front towline fig. 245 .
c::>

eye previously installed. .,.Adjust lifting arms of workshop hoist or

floor jack to matc h vehicle lifting points.
Rear hook up .,.Insert a rubbe r pad between the floor jack/
.,.Align the vehicle with t he cent erline of t he workshop hoist and the lifting points .
car carrier ramp. If you must lift your vehicle with a floor jack
.,.Attach the winch hook to the rear towline to work underneath, be sure the vehicle is
eye previously installed. safely supported on stands intended for this
purpose.
(D Tips
Front lifting point
Check carefully to make su re t he hook-up
is sec ure before moving the car up the flat- The lifting point is located on the floor pan re-
bed truck ramp. inforcement about at the same level as the
jack mou nti ng point r:::>fig . 244. Do not lift
the vehicle at the vertical sill reinforcement . II>
286 Emergency situations

Rear lifting point - Before driving over a workshop hoist ,

ensure that there is sufficient clear-
The lift ing poin t is lo cat ed on th e ve rt ical rein-
fo rcement of the lower si ll for the on boa rd ance between the hoist and low parts
jack c::>
fig. 24 5. of the vehicle.

Lifting with vehicle jack

Refe r to c::>page 2 73 .

.&_WARNING
- To reduce t he risk of se rious injury and
vehicle d am ag e.
- Always lift the vehicle on ly at the spe -
cial workshop hoist a nd f loor jack lift
points illustrated ¢ fig . 244 and
c::>fig
. 24 5 .
- Failure to lift the vehicle at these
poi nts cou ld cause the vehicl e t o t ilt or
fa ll from a lift if th er e is a chang e in ve-
hicle we igh t distr ibuti on a nd balance.
This m igh t hap pe n, for examp le, w hen
heavy co m pon e nt s su ch as t he engi ne
block or t ra nsmiss io n ar e rem oved.
- Wh e n re mo ving he avy comp onents like
th ese, anchor vehicle to hoist or add cor-
respon d ing weig hts t o ma inta in the cen -
te r of gr avity. Othe rwise, the vehicle
mig ht t ilt or slip off t he hoist, causing
serious persona l injury.

(D Note
- Be awa re of t he following poin t s befo re
lifting t he vehicle:
- The vehicle should never be lifted or
jacked up from underneath the engine
oil pan, the transmission housing, the
front or rear axle or the body side
members. This could lead to serious
damage.
- To avoid damage to the underbody or
chassis frame, a rubber pad must be
inserted between the floor jack and
the lift points.
- Before driving over a workshop hoist,
check that the vehicle weight does not
exceed the permiss ible lifting capacity
of the hoist.
 General inform a tion 28 7

General information The vehicle identification label

is located in the luggage compa rt ment above
Explanation of the compartment for the vehicle tools .
technical data
The labe l ¢ fig. 247 shows the fo llow ing vehi-
Som e of t he technical data listed in this man - cle data :
ual requires further explanation .
(D Product ion cont rol No.
The technical data for your vehicle is listed in @ Vehicle iden t ification No.
the charts starting on c:>page 289. This sec-
@ Type code number
tion provides general information, notes and
restr ictions wh ich app ly to this data.
© Type designat ion/e ngine output in Kilo-
watts

Vehicle identification
® Engine and transm ission code letter
® Paint No./lnterior
The key data is given on the vehicle identifi ca- 0 Opt ional eq uipment No.'s
tion number (VIN) plate and the vehicle data
sti cker. Vehicle data 2 to 7 are a lso found in your War-
ranty & Mainte nance booklet.

The safety compliance sticker

is your assurance that your new vehicle com-
plies with a ll applicable Fede ral Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards which were in effect at the
time the ve hicle was manufactur ed . You can
find this sticke r o n the left doo r jamb. It
s hows the m on th a nd year of pro d uction and
the vehicle ident ificat io n number of your vehi -
Fig. 24 6 Vehicle Ident ificat ion Num ber (VlN) plate: lo -
cation on driver"s side dash pa nel cle (perforation) as well as the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR).

The high voltage warning label

is located on t he lock ca rrie r.

The spark ignition system complies with

the Canadian standard ICES-002.

Weights
Fig. 24 7 The vehicle ident ificat ion label - inside the
luggage compartment Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

The Vehicle Identification Number (VlN) The Gros s Vehicle Weigh t Rat ing (GVWR), and
t he Gross Axle We ight Rati ng (GAWR)for
is located on the driver's side so tha t it is vis i-
fron t and rear are listed on a sticker on the
ble from the outside through the windshield
left door jamb .
c:>fig . 246. You can also d isplay the Vehicle
Identification Number of your vehicle in the The Gros s Vehicle Weigh t Rat ing incl udes t he
radio or in the MM!*. Select function button weight of the bas ic vehicle plus ful l fuel t an k,
ICAR
I> Vehicle ID number (VIN) . oi l and coo lant, plus maximum load, which in-
cludes passen g er we ight (150 lbs/68 kg per ..,.
288 Genera l information

designat ed seating position) and luggage Dimensions

weight ¢ .&,.
The specifications refer to the basic mode l.
Gross Axle Weight Rating Differences may occur depending on the mod-
The Gross Axle Weig ht Rati ng is the maxim um el type and options orde red, fo r example, tire
load that can be applied at each axle of t he sizes.
vehicle ¢ Lr!,.
~ Note
Vehicle capacity weight
When dr iving up steep ramps, on rough
The vehicle capacity we igh t (max. load) is list- roads, over curbs, etc. it is important to re-
ed on the driver's side 8-p ill ar. member that some parts of your vehicle,
such as spoilers or exhaust system compo -
Roof weight
nents , may be close to the ground . Be
The maximum perm issible roof we ight is caref ul not to damage them .
220 lb (100 kg) . The roof weight is made up
of the weig ht of the roof rack system and the
weight of the object being t ransported
¢ pag e 75, Roof load .

.&_WARNING .
- The actu al Gross Axle Weight Rating at
th e fro nt and rear axles should not ex-
ceed t he perm issibl e weights, and thei r
combination must not exceed the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating .
- Exceeding permissib le we ight rati ngs can
result in vehicle damage, accidents and
persona l injury.

(D Note
- The vehicle capacity weight figures app ly
when the load is dist rib ute d evenly in t he
vehicle (passengers and luggage). When
transporting a heavy load in the luggage
compartment, carry the load as near to
t he rear axle as possib le so that the vehi-
cle's handling is not impa ired.
- Do not exceed the maximum permissible
axle loads or t he maximum gross vehicle
weig ht . Always remembe r that the vehi-
cle's handling will be affected by t he ex-
tra load . Therefore, adjust your speed ac-
cordin gly.
- Always observe lo cal regulations .
 Data 289

Data
•
211 hp, 4-cylinder engine, with all wheel drive •

Engine data

Maximum outpu t SAE net hp@rpm 211 @4300 - 6000

Maximum torque SAE net lb-ft@rpm 258@ 1500 - 4200
No. of cylind ers 4 cylinde r
Displacement C[D (cm 3) 121.1 (1984)
Stroke in (mm) 3.65 (92. 8)
Bore in (mm) 3.25 (82 .5)
Compression ratio 9.6: 1
Fuel Premium unleaded (91 AKI) Recommended for
maximum engine performance . Further details
Q page 228, Gasoline

Dimensions (approx .)

Lengt h (wit h license pl at e bracket) in (mm) 182 .2 (46 29 )

Width (with outside mirrors folded) in (mm) 74. 7 (1898)
Heigh t (unloaded) in (mm) 65.1 (1653)
Turning circle diameter (curb to curb) ft (m) 38 .1 (11.6)

Capacities (approx.)

Fuel tank
- Total capacity gal (liters) 19 .8 (75)
-----------------------------
- Reserve (of to t al capacity) gal (li t ers) 2.6 (10)

---------=---------------------
Windshield and headlight* washer fluid container
Engine oil with filte r change
quarts (liters)
quarts (lite rs)
4 .9 (4.6)
4. 9 (4.6 )
290 Data

2 70 hp, 6-cylinder engine, with all wheel drive

Engine data

Maximum output SAE net hp@rpm 270@6500

Maximum torque SAEnet Lb-ft@ rpm 243 @ 3000 - 5000
No. of cylinders 6 cylinde r
Displacement CID (cm 3) 195.1 (3197)
Strok e in (mm) 3.65 (92.8)
Bore in (mm) 3.37 (85.5)
Compressio n ratio 12 .5: 1
Fuel Premium unleaded (91 AKI) Recommended for
m aximum engine performance. Further detai ls
¢ pag e 228, Gasoline

Dimensions (a pprox .)

Lengt h (wit h license pl at e bracket) in (mm) 182 .2 (4629)

Width (with outside mirrors folded) in (mm) 74.7 (1898)
Heigh t (unloaded) in (mm) 65.1 (16 53)
Turning circle diamet er (curb t o curb) ft (m) 38.1 (11.6)

Capacities (appro x.)

Fuel tank
- Total capacity gal (liters) 19.8 (75)
- Reserve (of to t al capacity) gal (li t ers) 2.6 (10)
Windshield and headlight* washer fluid container quarts (liters) 4.9 (4.6)
Engine oil with filter change quarts (lite rs) 6.6 (6 .2)
 Consumer Information 291

Consumer Information @ Note •

Warranty coverages Audi cannot be responsible for mechanical •
damage that could result from inadequate
Your Audi is covered by the following war- fuel, service or parts availability.
ranties :

- New Vehicle Limited Warranty Audi Service Repair

- Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perfo- Manuals and Literature
ration
- Emissions Control System Warranty Audi Official Factory Service Manuals and Lit -
- Emissions Performance Warranty erature are published as soon as possible after
- California Emissions Cont rol Warranty (USA model introduction. Service Manuals and liter-
vehicles only) atu re are ava ilabl e to order from the Audi
Technical Literature Ordering Cente r at:
- California Emissions Performance Warranty
(USA vehicles only) www.audi.techliterature.com

Detailed information regarding your warran -

ties can be found in your Warranty & Mainte- Maintenance
nance booklet . '
General

Operating your vehicle Your vehicle has been designed to help keep
maintenance requirements to a minimum.
outside the U.S.A. or
However, a certain amount of regular mainte-
Canada nance is still necessary to assure your vehicle's
Government regu lations in the United States safety, economy and reliability . For detailed
and Canada require that automobiles meet vehicle maintenance consult your Warranty &
specific emission regulations and safety Maintenance booklet.
standards. Therefore, veh icles built for the Under difficult operating conditions, for ex-
U.S.A. and Canada differ from vehicles sold in ample at extremely low outside temperatures,
other countries . in very dusty regions, when towing a tra iler
If you p lan to take your vehicle outside the very frequently, etc., some serv ice work
continental limits of the United States or Can- shou ld be pe rformed between the intervals
ada, there is the possibility that specified. This applies particularly to:

- unleaded fue ls for vehicles with cata lytic - oil changes, and
converter may not be available; - cleaning or replacing the air filter .
- fuel may have a considerably lower octane
rating . Improper fuel may cause engine ® For the sake of the environment
damage ; By regularly maintaining your vehicle, you
- service may be inadequate due to lack of help make sure that emission standards
proper service facilities, tools or testing are maintained, thus min imizi ng adverse
equipment ; effects on the environment .
- replacement parts may not be readily availa-
ble. Important considerations for you and
- Navigation systems for vehicles built for the your vehicle
U.S.A. and Canada will not necessari ly work
The increasing use of electronics , sophisticat-
in Europe, and may not work in other coun-
ed fuel injection and emission contro l sys-
tries outside of North America.
tems, and the genera lly increasing technica l ..,_
292 Con s um e r Inf o rm a tion

comp lexity of today's automobi les, have WARNINGS ¢ .&. and ¢ .&.in Working in the
steadi ly reduced the scope of maintenance engine comportment on page 232 .
and repairs which can be carried out by vehicle
owners. Also, safet y and environm ental con- A
- WARNING
cerns place very strict limits on the nature of - Serious personal injury may occur as a re-
repairs and adjustments to engine and trans - sult of improperly performed mainte-
miss ion pa rts which an owner can perform . nance, adjustments or repa irs.
Maintenance, adjustments and repa irs usua lly - Always be extremely careful when work-
require special tools, testing devices and oth- ing on the vehicle. Always follow com-
er equipment avai lab le to specially trained monly accepted safety pract ices and gen-
workshop personnel in order to assure proper eral common sense. Never risk personal
performance, reliab ility and safety of the vehi- inju ry.
cle and its many systems . - Do not attempt any of the maintenance,
checks or repairs descr ibed o n the fol-
Improper ma intenance, adjustments and re-
lowing pages if you are not fu lly fam iliar
pa irs can impair the operation and reliab ility
with these or other procedures with re-
of your vehicle and even void your vehicle war-
spect to t he vehicle, or are uncerta in how
ranty. Therefo re, proof of servic ing in accord- to proceed .
ance wit h the ma intenance sched ule may be a
- Do not do any work withou t the proper
condition for upholding a possible warranty
too ls and equipment . Have the necessary
claim made within the warran ty period .
work done by your authorized Audi deal -
Above all, operational safety can be adve rsely er or anothe r properly equipped and
affected, creating unnecessary risks for you qualified workshop.
and your passengers. - The engine compar t ment of any motor
vehicle is a potentially hazardous area.
If in doubt about any servicing, have it done
Never reach into the area around or
by your author ized Audi dealer or any other
touch the rad iator fan. It is temperature
properly equipped and qualified wor kshop .
control led and can sw itch on suddenly -
We strong ly urge you to give your authorized
even when the engine is off and the igni-
Audi dealer the opportunity to perform all
tion key has been removed. The rad iator
schedu led maintenance and necessary repairs .
fan switches on automatically when the
Your dea ler has the facilities, original parts
coo lant reaches a certain tempera t ure
and tra ined spec ialists to keep your vehicle
and will cont inue t o run until the coo lant
running properly .
temperature drops .
Performing lim it ed mai nt enance yourself - Always remove the ignition key befo re
a nyone gets under the veh icle.
The following pages describe a limited num-
ber of procedures which can be performed on - Always suppor t your veh icle with safety
you r vehicle with ordinary too ls, shou ld the st ands if it is necessary to work under-
neath the vehicle. The jack supplied with
need arise and trained personnel be unavaila-
the vehicle is not adequate for this pur -
ble. Before performing any of these proce-
pose and could collapse causing serio us
dures, always thoroughly read all of the app li-
personal injury.
cable text and carefully follow the instruc-
tions given. Always rigorously obse rve the - If you must work unde rneath the vehicle
WARNINGS provided. with the wheels on the ground, a lways
make sure the vehicle is on leve l ground,
Before you check anything in th e engine that the wheels are always securely
compartm ent , always read and heed all blocked and that the engine cannot be
started.
 Con s umer In f ormation 293

- Always make sure the transm ission se- Approved Audi accessories and genuine Audi
parts are available from authorized Audi deal- •
lector lever (automatic transmiss ion) is
in "P" (Park position) and the park brake ers. •
is firm ly applied . These dealers also have the necessary f acili-
ties, tools and tra ined specialists to inst all the
@) For the sake of the environment parts and accessories proper ly.
- Changing the engine settings w ill ad-
versely affect em ission levels. This is det- A WARNING
rimental to the environment and increas- Using the wrong spare parts or using non-
es fue l consumption . approved accessories can cause damage to
- Always observe environmental regula- the vehicle and serious persona l injury.
tions when disposing of old engine oil, - Use on ly accessories expressly approved
used brake fluid , dirty engine coolant, by Audi and genui ne Audi spare parts
spent batter ies or wo rn out t ires. - These parts and accessories have been
- Undeployed airbag modules and preten- specially designed to be used on your ve-
sioners mig ht be classified as Perchlo- hicle .
rate Mate rial -special hand li ng may ap- - Never install accessories such as tele-
ply, see www.dts c.ca.gov/ha zardous- phone cradles or beverage holders on air-
wast e/perch lorate. W hen the vehicle or bag covers or withi n the airbag deploy-
part s of the rest raint system includi ng ment zones. Doing so w ill increase t he
airbag modules safety belts wit h preten - risk of injury if airbags are t riggered in an
sioners are scrapped, all appli cable laws accident!
and regulations must be observed. Your - Before you check anything in the engine
aut horized Audi dealer is familiar w ith compa rtme nt, always read and heed all
t hese requirements and we recommend WARNINGS c;>page 226 .
that you have your dealer perfo rm this
service for you . (D Note
- If items other than genu ine Audi spare
Additional accessories, parts, add-on equipmen t and accessory
modifications and items are used or if repair wo rk is not
parts replacement performed accord ing to specified met h-
ods, t his can result in severe damage t o
Additional accessories and parts your vehicle's engine and body (such as
replacement
corrosion) and adversely affect yo ur vehi-
Always consult an authori zed Audi dealer be- cle's warranty .
fore purchasing accessories. - If emergency repairs must be performe d
elsewhere, have the vehicle examined by
Your vehicle incorporates the latest safety de- an authorized Audi dealer as soon as
sig n featu res ensuring a high standard of ac-
possible.
t ive and passive safety.
- The manufacturer cannot be held liable
This safety could be comp romised by non-ap- for damage wh ich occurs due to failure
proved changes to t he vehicle. For this reason, to comp ly with these stipu lations.
if parts have to be replaced, please observe
t he f ollowing points when inst all ing addition-
al accessories:
294 Consumer Information

Technical Modifications Declaration of

Our guidelines must be complied with when Compliance, Telecom-
technical modifications are made . munications and
Alw ays consult an authori zed Audi dealer be-
Electronic Systems
fore st arting work on any modifications . Radio Frequency Devices and Radiocommuni-
cation Equipment User Manual No tice.
This will help ensure that vehicle function,
performance and safety are not impaired The manufacturer is not responsib le for any
¢ &.. radio or TV interference caused by unauthor-
Attempting to work on electronic components ized modifications to this equipment.
and the software used with them can cause Devices
malfunctions. Because of the way electronic
components are interconnected with each The following devices each comply with FCC
other, such malfunctions can also have an ad- Part 15.19, FCCPart 15.2 1 and RSS-GenI ssue
verse affect on other systems that are not di - 1:
rectly involved . This means that you risk both - Adapt ive cru ise control*
a substantial reduction in the operational - Convenience key*
safety of your vehicle and an increased wear of - Audi side assist*
vehicle parts ¢ A:,.. - Cell phone package*
Author ized Audi dealers will perform th is - Electronic immobili zer
wo rk in a professiona l and competent manner - Homelink ® universal remote contro l*
or, in special cases, refer you to a professional - Remote control key
company that specializes in such modifica-
FCC Part 15.19
tions .
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC
A WARNING
-
Rules. Operation is subject to the fo ll ow ing
Improper repairs and modifications can two conditions :
change the way vehicle systems work and (1) This device may not cause harmful inter -
cause damage to the veh icle and serious ference, and
personal injury.
(2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation .
If emergency repairs must be performed
elsewhere, have the vehicle examined by FCC Part 15 .21
an authorized Audi dealer as soon as possi-
CAUTION:
ble.
Changes or mod ific at ions not expressly ap-
proved by the party responsible for compli-
ance could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.

RSS-Gen Issue 1

Operation is subject to the following two con-

ditions:

(1) this device may not cause inte rfe rence,

and
 Consumer Information 295

(2) th is device must accept any interference,

including interference that may cause unde- •
sired operat ion of the device. •
296 Index

A Disposal
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160,
169
161
A/C mode . . . .............. . . . . ... . . 86
How do the front airbags work? ... . . . 165
Accessones
. . . . . . .... .. .... . . . . . . . . . 293 How many airbags does my vehicle
Adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 have? . ... . ... . . . ................ 163
Changing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 How the Advanced Airbag System com-
Driver information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 ponents work together ... ... ... . . . . 164
Driver intervention prompt .. . . . . . . . . 108 Important things to know .. . . . ... . . . 156
Driving in traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Indicator light ................ .... 167
Driving program ............. . . . ... 108 Monitoring . ... . . . . . .......... . ... 167
Error messages .......... . . . . . ... . 106 PASSENGERAI R BAG OFF light ....... 167
Open road .. . ............ . . . . . . . . . 100 Repairs ... . ... . . . . ............... 169
Override . . . ................ . . ... . 100 Safety instructions ................ . 169
Request for driver to assume contro l . . 100 Side airbags ... . . . ................ 172
Save speed . ................ . . ... . 101 Side curtain airbags ............ . ... 174
Setting distance .......... . . . . . . . . . 103 Weight-sensing mat ........... . ... 179
Settings . . ... . .......... . . . . . ... . 108 When must the system be inspected? 167
Setting time interval .......... . ... . 103 All-wheel drive
Special driving situations ... . . . . . . . . 108 Winter tires 262
Status messages ... .. .... . . . . . . . . . 106
Alloy wheels 222
Switching on and off . ... . . . . . . . . . . . 101
All wheel drive 203
System limits . . .......... . . . . . ... . 108
Alternator
Temporarily turning off .. . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Warning/indicator lights ........... . 105
Anti-freeze
Adapt ive dampers . ...... . ... . . . . . . . . 121
refer to Eng ine coolant system ... . . . . 239
Adaptive light ............. . . . . . ..... 54
Anti -glare inside day-night mirror ... . . . . 59
defective ................ . . . . . ... . . 35
Anti- lock brake system
Adding
How the ABS system works ...... . ... 201
Engine coolant .............. . . ... . 240
Warning/indicator lights ........ . . . . . 17
Engine oi l . . ................ . . ... . 237
Anti-Slip Regulation System (ASR)
Windshield washer fluid ... . . . . . ... . 246
How the system works .............. 199
Addit ional accessories 293
Anti-theft alarm warning system . ... . . . . 40
Addit ives
Anti-theft systems
Engine oil 237
Electronic immobilizer .......... . .... 39
Adjusting
Steering column manually . . ... . ... . . 90 Approach/departure angle ............ 210
Ashtray ..... . . . . . . . ... . ...... . . . . . . 78
Adj usting front seats ....... . . . . . . . . . . 64
Airbag ASR
How the Anti-Slip Regulation System
Warn ing/indicator lights .... . . . . . .... 16
works .. . . . . . . . . . .............. . . 199
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 173
Asterisk
Advanced Airbag System ..... . . . ... . 160
Advanced Airbag System components . 163 What does it mean when something is
marked with an asterisk? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Care .. . . . . . . . ........ . ... . . . . . . . . 169
Children .. . ................ . . . ... 179 Audi braking guard ................ .. 110
Ch'ld
1 rest ra·ints . .... ... ... . . . . . . . . . 180 Error messages . . . . . .......... . .. . 112
Components (front airbags) . . . . . . . . . 163 Settings . . . ... . . ................ . 111
Danger of fitting a child safety seat on Status messages . ............. . .. . 112
the front passenger seat ....... . ... . 157 Switching on and off .............. . 111
 Inde x 297

Audi drive select . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 12 1 Replacing the battery . . . .... . . . . . . . 245

Adaptiv e dampers . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 State of charge . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 203 •
Dynamic steering . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . 121 Winter operation . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 242 •
Audi parking system pl us with rearview Working on the battery ............. 243
camera . . . . . . . . ....... . .... . . . . . . . 129 Bat t ery volt age . . . . . ................ . 35
Adju sting the disp lay ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Before driving . . . . . . . .......... . .... 139
Adju sting the warning tones . . . . . . . . . 133 Blended gasoline . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 228
Rearview camera - parking mode 1 . . . . 132 Body cavity seali ng . . ............ . ... 222
Rearview camera - parking mode 2 . . . . 132
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Safety precaut ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 202
Switching on and off ............. . . 131
Brake booster .. . . . . . ............... 201
Trailer hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Brake fluid
Audi Service Repair Manua ls and Litera-
Changing the brake fluid ........ . ... 242
ture .. . . . . . . . ..... . .... . ..... . . . . . 291
Checking the brake fluid level .... . . . . 241
Auto -Check Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Reservoir .... . . . . . ..... . ......... 241
Auto locking . .................. . ... . 40
What is the correct brake fluid level? . . 241
Automatic belt retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 1 What shou ld I do if the brake fluid wa rn-
Automatic car wash ing li ght comes on? . . .......... . . . . 241
refer to Washing ......... . . . . . . . . . 2 18 Brake system . . . . . . . .............. . . 241
Automatic driv ing light contro l . . . ... . . . 51 Anti -lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . .......... . .... 241
Automatic t ransmission . . . . . . . . . ..... 123 Brake fluid specifications fo r refill and re-
Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) . . . . . ..... 125 pla cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Driving . . . . . ............ . ... ..... 123 Brake ligh t defec t ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Dynamic shift program . . . . . . . . ..... 12 6 Brake pads . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 206
Emergency mode . . .... . . . . . . . ..... 128 Electromechanica l parking brake . . . . . . 94
Emergency release . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 128 General information . . . . .... . . . . . . . 200
Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 126 How does moist ure or road salt affect the
Manual shift program ..... . . . . ..... 127 brakes? ... . . . . . . . ... . ............ 200
Selector lever ... . . .. . . . . . . . . . ..... 124 Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Shift buttons . .............. . . . ... 127 Warning/ind icator lights ........... . . 18
Steer ing wheel w ith tiptronic ® . . ... . . 127 Worn brake pads symbo l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Automatic wipe/wash system . . . . . . . . . . 56 Braking guard
Auto Safety Hotline ........ . . . . . . . . . 14 6 refer to Audi braking guard ........ . . 110
Average speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Break-in per iod . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 206
Avoid damaging the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 206
Tires . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 206
Breakover angle . . . . .............. . . 2 10
B Bulbs .... . . . . . . . . . . . .............. 279
Bass box . ... . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 269
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Battery locat ion inside the luggage com- C
partment . . . ............ . ... . . . .. 24 3 Calif orn ia Proposition 65 Warn ing ... . . 233
Charging . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . .. 244 Battery specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
I mpor t ant war nings when wo rking on Capacit ies .. . . . . . . . . . ............ . . 289
the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Jump starting . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 28 1
Low . . . . . . . . ................ . . . .. 203
298 Index

Car care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 7 Danger of using child rest raints in the

Interior . . . . ............... . . . ... . 223 front seat . . ... . . . . .............. . 157
Plastic and vinyl ............ . . . . . . . 220 How do I properly install a chi ld safety
Weatherstrips .................... 222 seat in my vehicle? . ............ . ... 181
Care of exte rior . . .......... . . . . . ... . 217 I nfant seats ... . . . ............ . ... 183
Cargo area Installing ..... . . . . .............. . 187
refer to Loading the luggage compart· LATCHsystem . . . . .. ..... .... .. . . . . 192
ment . . . . . . . ............ . . . . . . . . . 145 Safety instructions ................. 181
Cargo floor . . . ............ . . . . . . . . . . 73 Child seats
Catalytic converter .......... . . . . ... . 207 Lower anchorages . .............. . . 191
Center armrest Cigarette light er . . . ................ . . 78
Adjust ing . ................ . ..... .. 69 Cleaning
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Engine compartment . .......... .... 226
Certification ................ . . . ... . 294 Exhaust tail pipes . . . . .......... .... 223
Fabrics and fab ric coverings ..... . ... 223
Changing a flat tire .......... . . . . ... . 271
Instrument panel . . ................ 224
Changing a wheel ............... . ... 271
Interior ....... . . . . .............. . 223
Changing engine oil .......... . . . ... . 238
Leather ....... . . . . .............. . 225
Chassis MMI control console ........... . ... 223
Undercoating .............. . . . ... . 222 MMI display . . . . . . ............ .... 223
Checking Plastic and vinyl . . ...... . ... . ... ... 220
Engine coolant level ........ . . . . . ... 239 Plastic parts . . . ................... 224
Checking tire pressure ............... 253 Radio display . . ................... 223
Child restr aints Safety belts ... . . . . . .......... .... 226
Danger of using child restraints in the trim strips . . . . . . . ............ .... 220
front seat . . ................ . . ... . 157 Trim strips . ... . . . ............ . ... 220
Where can I get additional info rmation Cleaning and protection ............. . 217
about child restraints and their use? .. 195 Climatized cupholder ................ . 77
Child restraint system anchors . . . . . . .. 190 Clock .............................. 12
Child safety . . ................ . . . ... 178 Closing
Convertible locking retractor . . . . . . . . . 187 Panoramic slid ing sunroof .......... . . 49
Impo rtant safety instructions for using
Coat hooks . . ... . . . . .............. . . 81
chi ld safety seats ......... . . . . . ... . 181
Cold tire inflation pressure ........ . ... 251
Important things to know when dr iving
Compass mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
with chi ldren .............. . . . ... . 178
Installing a child restraint using the Compliance . . ... . . . . .............. . 294
LATCHsystem .............. . . . ... . 192 Consumer Information . . . . . . . . . . 146, 291
Mounting and rele asing the ancho rage Contacting NHTSA . . .............. . . 146
hook . . . . . .............. . . . . . ... . 192 Convenience closed . ............ . ... . 48
Tether anchors ........... . . . . . ... . 193 Convenience key . . . . ............ . ... . 42
Tether straps ............. . . . . . ... 193 Locking and unlock ing vehicle ....... .. 42
Child safety locks STARTENGINE STOPbutton . . . . . . 92, 93
Rear doors . . ............ . . . . . . . . . . 47 Starting engine . . . ............ ..... 92
Child safety seats .......... ......... 183 Switching engine off ............. ... 93
Booster seats .............. . . . ... . 186 Switch ing on ignition . .......... ..... 92
Convertible child seats ..... . . . . . . . . 184 Convenience opening ................. 48
Convertible locking retractor . . . . . . . . . 187 Convertible child safety seats ......... 184
 Inde x 299

Convertible locking retractor Doors

Activating . . . . ... . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 189 Child safety locks . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 47 •
Deactivating . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . 190 Emergency loc king . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 44 •
Using to secure a child safety seat l.87, 189 Driver informat ion syst em ........ .. . . . 20
Coolant syst em . . .......... . . . . . . . .. 239 Def ecti ve light bu lb wa rning .......... 34
Cooled cupholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Digital speedometer . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 21
Cooling box in glove compartment . . . . . . 80 Driver information messages . . . . . . . . . 28
Cooling System Open door or rear lid warning . . . . . . . . . 21
Expansion t ank .................... 239 Outside temperature disp lay .......... 21
Sound system display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Cornering light ...................... S4
Driver seat
Cruise control
refer to Seating position . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Changing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 98
Preselect speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 98 Driver's seat memory
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 98 Activati ng remote control key . . . . . . . . . 67
Switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 97 Drivi ng lights . . . . . . . . ............ . . . Sl
War ning/ indicator lights ... . . . . . . .. .. 17 Driving messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
also refer to Adapt ive cruise control .. .. 99 Driving offroad
Cruising range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Driving throug h wate r .............. 2 11
(upholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Driving tips . . . . . . . ... . .......... .. 210
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Rules of behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
(upholders Sand and mud . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 211
Snow-covered gro und . . . .... . . . . . . . 211
Heated and cooled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Unpaved roads . . . . . . .......... . ... 211
Drivi ng safely . . . . ... . . . .......... . . 139
D Drivi ng through wate r .. ....... .. ... . 211
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 289 Driving time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Data recorder ...................... 196 Duplicate key . . . . . . . ..... . .... . .. .. . 37
Date display . . ............ . ... . . . . . . 12 Dust and pollen filter
Daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . S2, S3 Three-zone automatic climate control 82
Declaration of compliance Dust filte r
Adapt ive cruise control ..... . ....... 294 Three-zone automatic climate control 82
Audi side assist .......... ........ . 294 Dynamic steer ing . . . ... . ..... 15, 33, 121
Cell phone package ................ 294
Convenience key .......... ........ . 294
Electronic immobilize r .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 E
Homelink ® universal remote contro l . . 294 Efficiency program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Remote control key .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Fuel economy messages ............. 25
Defective light bulb warning . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Memo ry levels . . . . ... . ........ . . . . . 23
Defrosting windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Ot her equipment . . . . .......... . ... . 25
Determin ing correct load limit . . . . . . . . 255 Electrical accessories
Digita l clock ..................... . . . 12
refer to Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Electrica l seat adj ustment
Digita l compass ........... . . . . . . . . . . 62
refer to Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Digit al speedomet er ........ . . . . . . . . . . 21
Electromech anical parking brake
Dimensions ... .................. . . . 288
Emergency braking . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 96
Distance control system
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 96
refer to Adaptive cruise contro l . . . . . . . . 99
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
300 Index

Parking .. . . .............. . . . . ... . . 95 Checking the engine coolant level ..... 239
Releasing and closing ....... ........ 94 Malfunction ... . . . ................. 30
Starting assist ............ ......... 95 Radiator fan . . . . . . ................ 241
Starting from rest ........ . . . . . ... . . 95 Engine coolant temperature
Starting off with a tra iler ... . . . . . ... . . 96 Temperatur e gauge ............ . ... . 10
Warning/indicator lights .... . . . . . .... 18 Engine data .... . . .. . .............. . 289
Electronic differential lock (EDL) Engine hood
How the system works ....... . . . . . . . 199 Closing ... . ... . . . ............ . ... 232
Warning/indicator light s ... . . . . . . . . .. 17 How to release the hood ........ . . . . 232
Electronic immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Engine oil . . . ... . . . . .............. . 234
Electronic power control Adding ....... . . . . .............. . 237
(EPC)warn ing/indicator light . . . . . .... 15 Additives . . . ... . . . . .............. . 237
Electroni c stabilization program (ESP) Changing . . ... . . . ................ 238
ESPOffroad mode ........ . . . . . ... . 196 Check oil level . . . . ............ . ... 23 7
Hill descent assist ........ . . . . . . . . . 198 Consumpti on . . . . . . . .......... .... 237
How the system works ...... . . . . . ... 196 Oil consumption . . ................ . 236
Warning/indicator lights .... . ... . .... 15 Oil grades .... . . .. . .............. . 234
Emergency braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Specification and viscosity .... . ... . .. 234
Emergency flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Engine oil level ...................... 3S
Warn ing/ indicator lights ..... . . . . . . . . 16 Engine oil pressure
Emergency key ............. . ... . .... 37 Malfunction ... . . . ................. 31
Starting engine ........... . . . . . .... 39 Engine oil sensor defective .......... . . 3S
Emergency locking of the doors . . . . . . . . . 44 Engine speed limitation .......... . ... . 35
Emergency operation Environment
Luggage compartment lid ... . . . . . . . . . 47 Break-in period . . . . ............ . ... 206
Emergency release Catalytic converter . ................ 207
Selector lever ..................... 128 Disposing of your vehicle battery ..... 245
Emergency starting ........ . . . . . ... . 281 Driving at high speeds ............ . . 208
Emergency towing ......... . . . . . ... . 283 Driving to minimi ze pollution and noise 208
Fuel . . ... . . . . . . . . . . ... .... . . . . . . . 230
Emergency unlocking
Fuel economy . . . . ................ . 208
Ignition key .................. . .... 39
Leaks under your vehicle ........... . 232
Energy management ................ 203
Letting the vehicle stand and warm up. 208
Batt ery power . .......... . . . . . ... . 205
Proper disposal of drained brake fluid . 242
Driver notification ................. 205
Proper disposal of drained engine cool-
Engine
ant ..... . . ... . . . . .............. . 240
Compartment .............. . . . ... . 234
Proper disposal of drained engine
Coolant . . . ................ . . . ... . 239
oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237,238
Hood . . . . . .............. . . . . . ... . 232
Recycling used engine oil .......... . . 237
Starting . . ................ . . . ... . . 90
Unleaded fuel ..................... 228
Starting with jumper cables . . . . . . ... 281
What should I do with an old battery? . 245
Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Environmenta l note
Engine compartment
Rear window defogger .............. . 86
Safety instructions ........ . . . . . ... . 232
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 76
Working the engine compartment . . .. 232
EPC
Engine coolant system ....... . . . . . . . . 239
refer to Electronic power control ..... . 15
Adding coolant ............ . . . . ... . 240
Checking coolant level ..... . . . . . ... . 239
 Index 301

ESP Filler neck ........................ 229

refer to Electronic stabili zation program Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 •
(ESP) . . . . . . . . ............... . . . . . . 15 Gasoline ... . . . . . . . ............... 228 •
ESPOffroad mode ... . ...... . . . . . . . .. 196 Gasoline additives . ................ 229
Event Data Recorder (EDR) . . . . . . . ... . . 196 Octane rating . . . . . ... . ............ 228
Exhaust tail pipes Recommendation .. . .............. . 228
Cleaning . . . ................ . . . . .. 223 Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. ...... 230
Reserve ...... . . . . . ..... . .......... 12
Expansion tank . . .......... . . . . . . . .. 239
Tank capacity . . . . . . . .......... . ... 289
Explanation of some technical t erms . . . 210
Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand . . 231
Eyeglasses compartment ....... . . . . . . . 80
Fuel economy messages (efficiency pro-
gram) .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. ...... . 25
F Fuel filler flap
Fall line 210 Unlocking the fuel filler flap by hand . . 231
Fan Fuel supply too low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Radiator . ... . . . .......... . . . ... . . 241 Fuse arrangement .. . .............. . 277
Three-zone automatic climate control . . 85
Fastening
Booster seats ............ . . . . . . . . . 186
G
Garage door opener (Homelink ®) 135
Convertible child safety seats . . . . . . . . 184
Infant seats . . .............. . ... . . 183 Gas discharge lamps . . .............. . 279
Flat tire Gauges
Changing . . . ............ . ... . . . .. 271 Engine coolant temperature ........ . . 10
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Tachometer . . . . . . ................ . 11
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
General illustration
Folding chocks ..................... 268
Instruments and controls ...... . ... . . . 8
Folding the rear seat forward ...... 70, 71
General rules and driving tips ....... . . 210
Folding the seats forward ......... 70, 71
Before driving offroad .............. 210
Foot pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Driving offroad . . . . . . .............. 210
For the sake of the environment
Glossary of tire and loading terminology 248
Gasoline fumes and the environment . . 230
Glove compartment . . . . . .... .. ...... . 80
Reducing engine noise by early upshift-
Cooling box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
ing .. . . . . . . . . . .............. . . . ... 11
Gradient angle . . . . . ... . .......... . . 210
Refueling . . . . .............. . . . . .. 230
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) ... 287
Saving fuel by early upshifting . . . . . . .. 11
Ground clearance 210
Front airbags
Description . . ............ . ... . . . . . 160
How they work . .......... . . . . . . . . . 165 H
Frontal collisions and the laws of physics 149 Headlight
Front ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Headlights
Adjusting . . . ............ . ... . . . .. 141 Adaptive light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Child restraints in the front seat . . . . . . 157 Head lights
Fuel Fog lights . . . . . . . . ... . .......... . . . 52
Additives . . . . . . ....... . .. . . . . . . . . . 228 Headlights
Blended gasoline ......... . . . . . . . . . 228 Headlight range control defective . . . . . 35
Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
302 Index

Head lights Inflatab le spare tire ............. . ... 269

Rear fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Inf lating . . . ... . . . . .............. . 270
Headlight washer reservoir ...... . ... . 246 Inside rear view mirror ........... . ... . 59
Head restraints . . . . . . .......... .. .. . 142 Installing child safety seats
Adjusting . . ... .... ......... . .. .. . 142 Safety belts . . . . . .......... ... ... . 187
Front seats . . . . . . . . .......... .. .. . . 68 Installing the upper tether strap on the
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . .......... .. .. . . 68 anchorage . . . ... . . . . .............. . 194
Heated Instrument lighting ................. . 53
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Instruments and controls ............ . 10
Rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 General illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Washer fluid nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Interior lights
Heated cupholder .................. . . 77 Dimming . . . ... . . . ................. 55
Heated outside mir rors ......... . . . . . . 60 Front ..... . ... . . . . . .......... . .... 55
Heating Rear ..... . ... . ................... 56
Three-zone automatic climate control . . 82 Interval wiping .. . . ................ . . 56
Heavy clothing and safety belts . . . . . . . . 151 Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
High beam ..... . .......... . . . . . ... . . 54
Warn ing/ indicator lights ... . . . . . . . . . . 17
High voltage warning label .. . . . . . .... 287
J
Jump-starting . . ................ . . . . 281
Hill descent assist ............ . . . ... . 198
Jumper cables . . . ............ . ...... 282
Homelink ® universal remote control 135
Hood
Opening .................... . ... . 232 K
Release lever ............. . ... . ... 232 Key ................................ 37
Horn . . ... . . ................ . . ... . . . 8 Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
How are child restraint system anchors re- Key replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
lated to child safety .......... . . . . . . . 190 Master key with remote control ....... 37
How many airbags does my vehicle have? 163 Mechanical key . . . . . . .......... . .... 39

How often should I check my tire pres- Kick-down

sures? . ... . . ................ . . ... . 254 tiptronic® . . . . . . . . ...... ... ... . . . . 126

How safety belt pretensioners work .... 154

Hydroplaning ...................... 258 L
LATCH 190
I Description . ... . ..................
I nstalling a child restraint ...... .....
191
192
Ignition key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Location ..... . . . . . .............. . 191
Emergency unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Mounting and releasing the anchorage
I gnition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
hook . . ... . ... . .............. . ... 192
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 35
Lateral angle . ... . .............. . ... 210
Important th ings to do before driving . . 139
Leather ... . . ... . . . . .............. . 224
Improperly worn safety belts . . . . . . . . . . 154
Cleaning . . . ... . . . . .............. . 225
I ndicator light
Lifting jack ........................ 273
Dynamic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 33
Lifting vehicle ...................... 285
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Light
Airbag system ................ . ... 167
Coming home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ........... 167
Daytime running lights .......... . . . . 52
Infant seats .................. . ... . 183
 Inde x 303

Driving light control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Memory for dr iver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Recalling settings . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 66 •
Leaving home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Stor ing settings . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 66 •
Switching on and off ................ 51 Mileage
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Average ... . . . . . . . ................ . 22
Lights Instantaneous . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 22
Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 54 Mir rors
High beam . . ............ . ... . . . . .. 54 Activati ng the dig ita l compass ... . . . . . 62
High beam war ning/ indicato r l ight . . . .. 17 Adjus t ing the ant i-g lare .............. 59
Turn signals . ............ ........ .. 54 Automat ically dimming inside mir ror . . . 59
Light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Automat ic dimming for the outs ide mir -
Light sensor defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 rors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Loading the luggage compa rt ment . . . . . 145 Inside rearview mirror . . . .... . . . . . . . . 59
Interior mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Locking
Manua l glare dimming .............. 59
Power locking switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Outside mirro rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Rear lid/trunk lid . . .... ... . . . . . . . . . . 44
Remote control key ................. 41 Monito ring the Advanced Airbag System 167
Using the mecha nical key ............ 43 Mult i-use attachment . ..... . ........ . . 81
Low-beam headlight
Defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 N
Low beams . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . ... 51 Natura l leather . . . . . . ............... 224
Lower universal anchorage bars (Canada) 190 New tires and wheels . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 258
Lower universal anchorages (Canada) 190 NHTSA
Luggage Contacting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Stowing 14 5 Number of seats . ... . .......... . .... 148
luggage compartment
Tie-down rings ........... . ... . . . . . . 7 1 Q
Luggage compartment ................ 70
Cargo net . . . . ... .. ..... . ... . . . . ... 73 Occupant seating positions 140
Cover . . . . ...................... . . . 72 Octane rat ing . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 228
Expanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 71 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Sto rage hoo ks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Offroad mode
also refer to Loading t he luggage com- refer to ESP Offroad mode 196
partment . . . ............ . . . . . . . . . 145 Oil
Luggage compartment lid refer to Eng ine oi l . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 237
Emergency unlocking ....... . ..... . . . 47 Oil consumpt ion . ... . .......... . .... 237
On-Board Diagnost ic System (OBD)
M Data Link Connector (DLC) ............ 26
Electronic speed limiter ......... . ... . 26
Maintenance . . . . . ... ... ... . . . . . . . . . 291
Malfunction Ind icator Lamp (MIL) . . . . . 25
Malf unction Indicator Lamp (MIL) 17,25
Onboard too l kit ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 268
Maste r key
Open door or rear lid wa rning .......... 21
Batt ery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Opening
Check ligh t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Panoramic sliding sunroof .......... . . 49
Master key with remote control . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Operate your vehicle economically and
Mechanical key . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
minimize poll ution . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 208
304 Index

Optional equipment Power window regulators

Marked with an asterisk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Convenience opening/closing ..... . . . . 48
Other equipment (effic iency program) . . . 25 Malfunctions . . . . ................ . . 49
Outside mir rors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Power w indow switches .......... . . . . . 47
Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . .. 21 Pregnant women
Owner 's manual Special considerations when wearing a
How the Owner 's Manual is organized . . . 6 safety belt ... . . . ................ . 153
Programming the Homelink ® universal re-
p mote cont rol . . . . . . . ............ . . . . 135
Proper occupant seating positions ..... 140
Paint
Proper safety belt position .. . . . . . . . . . . 152
Touch-up . . . .......... . ..... . . . . . . 220
Proper seating position
Paint No. . . . ................ . . . ... . 28 7
Front passenger . . . . . ...... . ... . . . . 141
Panoramic slid ing sunroof Occupants . . ... . . . ................ 140
Convenience opening/closing . . . . . . . .. 48 Rear passengers . . .......... . ..... . 142
Emergency closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Protective tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Opening and closing .......... . ... . . 49
Parking . . . . .............. . . . . . . . . . . 95
Automatic transmission ... . . . . . ... . 123 Q
Parking brake .. . . . . ... .. . . ... . . . . . . . 94 Quartz clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
also refer to Electromechanical park ing Question
brake . . ... . ..... . .......... . . . . . .. 94 What happens to unbelted occupants? 149
Parking system Why safety belts? . . . ...... . ... . . . . 148
refer to Audi parking syst em plu s wi t h
rearview camera . .... . . ... . . . . . . . . . 129
R
Parts rep lacement .......... . . . . ... . 293
Radiator fan . . . . . . . . ........ . ..... . 241
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light . . . . . ... 167
Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Passive safety system ....... . . . . . . . . . 139
Rain sensor defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Pedals . . . . . ... . ............ . . . ... . 144
Reading lights
Physical pr inciples of a frontal collis ion . 149
Front . ..... . . . . . . . ........ . ..... . . 55
Polishing . . . . ................ . . ... . 220 Rear . ... . . . . . . . . . ..... ... ... . . . . . 56
Power locking switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Rear fog lights . . . . . ............ . ... . 52
Power locking syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Rear lid
Emergency locking ..... . ... . . . . . . . .. 44 Automatic operation 45
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from Opening and closing 44
inside . ... . ................ . . . ... . 43
Rear light
Rear lid/trunk l id ......... .......... 44
Defective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Selective unlock feature ... . . . . . . . . . . 41
Rear seats
Power lockingsystem
Adjusting seat . . . ..... . .......... . . 67
Settings .. . ..... . .......... . . . . . .. 41
Rearview camera
Power locking system Parking mode 1 132
Unlocking and locking vehicle . . . . . . . . . 41
Parking mode 2 132
Power locks
Rear view mirror
Windows open and closed ... . . . . . . . .. 48
Inside rear view mirror .......... . . . . 59
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 33, 202
Rearview mirror
refer to Mirrors . . . . . . . . ........ . . . . 59
 Index 305

Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Safety belt position . .............. . 152

Recirculation mode Safety instructions . . .............. . 151 •
Three-zone automatic climate control . . 85 Securing child safety seats ........ .. 187 •
Red symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Special considerations for pregnant
Refill engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 women ... . . . . . . . ... . ............ 153
Unfastening .. . . . . . ............... 153
Refuelling . ... . . . .......... . . . ... . . 230
Warning/indicator light ... . . . ... . . . . 148
Release lever for hood ......... . . . . . . 232
Why YOUMUSTwear them ......... . 148
Remote control garage door opener
Worn properly . . . . . . .......... . ... 150
(Homelink ®) . . . . .......... . . . . . . . .. 135
Safety belt warning light . . . . . . . . . 17, 148
Remote control key
Safety compliance sticker ............ 287
Unlocking and locking ........ . . . ... . 41
Safety equipment ... . .............. . 139
Remote rear lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Safety features for occupant restraint and
Repair manuals ............ . ... . . . . . 291
protection .... . . . ..... . ............ 139
Repairs
Safety guidelines
Airbag system . . . .. . ..... . . . . . . . . . 169
Seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Replacing a fuse .............. . . . .. . 277
Safety instructions
Replacing light bulbs ....... . . . . . . . . . 279
Engine compartment ............... 232
Replacing tires and wheels ... . . . . . . . . . 259
for side curtain airbags ......... . . . . 176
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . 146, 147 for using child safety seats ........ . . 181
Reset button .. . ........ . ..... . ... . . . 13 for using safety belts .............. . 151
Retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Monitoring the Advanced Airbag Sys-
Rims tem .... . . . . . . . . . . . .............. 169
Cast alloy ... . .............. . .... . 222 Safety systems
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Warning/indicator lights ........ . . . . . 16
Roof load . . . ............ . ... . . . . . . 75 Seat adjustment
Roof railing Driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Attachment points ........ .... .... . . 74 Front passenger's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installing the attachments .. . . . .... . . 75 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Installing the roof rack ..... . . . ... . . . 74 Head restraints . . . ... . ............ 142
Rule of behavior offroad ..... . . . . .... . 210 Power ..... . . . . . . . ................ 65
Seat belts
s refer to Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat heating . . . . . . . ................
. . . . 148
. 88
Safe driving habits 139
Seating capacity ... . . .............. . 148
Safety belt position ........... . . . .. . 152
Seating position
Safety belt height adjustment . . . . . . . 154
Driver ....... . . . . . ............... 140
Safety belts worn by pregnant women . 153
Front passenger . . . ............ .... 141
Safety belt pretensioner ...... . . . ... . . 154
How to adjust the front seats .... . . . . 141
Service and disposal ....... . . . ... . . 155
Incorrect seat position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Occupants . . . . ... . . ............... 140
cleaning . . . . ............ . ... . . . .. 226 Rear passengers .. . . .............. . 142
Danger to passengers who do not wear a
Seat memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Seats
Fastening ... . ........ . ..... . ... . . 151
Number of seats . . . . . . .... .. .. . ... 148
height adjustment ..... . ..... . ... . . 154
Selective unlock feature ............... 41
Improperly worn ......... . . . . . . . . . 154
Not worn . . . ... . ........ . ... . . . . . 149
306 Index

Selector lever . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 124 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 , 33

Emergency release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Locking the stee ring . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 90
Service and disposal Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Safety belt pretens ioner . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Manua lly adjusting the steering wheel . . 90
Service interval display ....... . . . . . . . .. 22 Stee ring wheel col umn
Service position for windshield w ipers . . . 57 Adjusting manua lly . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 90
Servot ronic Steps for determin ing correct load limi t . 255
Power steering . .......... . . . . . ... . 20 2 Stopping the engine . ............ . ... . 92
SET button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . 79
Shift buttons . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 127 (u pholder door pockets . . .... . . . . . . . . 77
Side airbags Glove compartment . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 80
Descript ion .............. . . . . . . . . . 17 2 Sun visors ..... . . ................... 56
Howtheywo rk .................... 173 Switches
Side assist Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Activating and deactivating ...... . ... 113 Symbols
Descript ion . .................. . ... 113 Red . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 29
I nformational and alert stage signals . 115 Yell ow . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 32
Messages in instrume nt cluster display 119
Operat ion . ... . ............ . ..... .
Safety t ips . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... .
115
120
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Sensor detection area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Settings . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 118 Technical modifications .............. 294
Tether anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Side curta in airbags ........ . . . . . ... . 174
Descript ion .............. . . . . . . . . . 174 Tet her st rap . . . . . . . . . .......... . ... 193
How they work . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 17 6 The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and after-
Safety instructions . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 176 wards . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . 206
Side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Three-zone automatic climate control ... 82
Snow chains ... . .......... . . . . . ... . 263 A/C mode . . . . . . . . . . .......... . ... . 86
Air distrib ution . . . . ............ . ... . 85
Socket . . . . . . . ............ . . . ..... . . 79
Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Sockets . . . . ........................ 78
Air vents (rear) . .................. .. 87
Sound system dis play
Automatic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Driver information display . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Automa tic recircul ation .............. 88
Sources of inf ormat ion about child re-
Basic sett ings . . . . . ............ ..... 88
straints and t heir use .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 5
Contro ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Speed control system Defrost . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 86
refer to Adaptive cru ise cont rol . . . . . . . . 99 Description . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 82
Speedometer ....................... 13 Economical use . . . ............ . ... . 87
Speed rati ng let t er code ..... . . . . . ... . 259 Fan .............................. 85
Speed war ning system ....... . . . . . .... 26 Front seat heating . ............ . ... . 88
Starting engine Rear window defogger ............. .. 86
Emergency key ............. . . . ... . . 39 Recirculation mode ............... .. 85
Start ing from rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Synchronization . . .......... ... . . . . . 88
Starting off with a tra iler ..... . ... . .... 96 Tem peratu re . . . . . . . . .......... ..... 84
Turning on and off . ............ ..... 84
Starting the engine . .... . . . . . . . . ... . . 90
r 1e-down nngs
· . . . . .. . . . . ...... . . . . . . 71
Tie-downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
 Index 307

tiptronic ® . . . ... . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. 123 Towing a trailer

Automatic Shift Lock (ASL) ..... ..... 125 Parking system . . . . . ............... 134 •
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 123 TPMS •
Dynamic shift program .... . . ....... 126 Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . 266
Emergency mode ......... .. ....... 128 Trailer tow ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . ... 213
Kick-down . . ................ . . . ... 126 Operating instructions . . . ...... . ... . 214
Manual shift program ..... . . ....... 127 Technical requirements . . ...... 213,214
Selector lever ......... . ..... . ... . . 124 Tongue load . . . . . . ... . .......... . . 214
Tire pressure . . ............ . ... . . . .. 253 Traile r towing tips ................. 21S
Tire pressure monitoring system .. .. ... 265 Trailer turn signal assembly
Loss of air pressure . . . . . . . . . .. . 16, 266 Warning/ind icator lights . .......... . . 16
Malfunction ................ . .. . .. 266 Transmission
Resetting tire pressures ....... . .. ... 267 . . ® . . ... . . . ...............
t1ptronic . 123
Tires .. . . . . . . . ... . ............ ..... 247 Transmission malfunction (indicator
Service life . . ............ . ... . . . .. 2S7 light) ....... . . . . . . . ............... 128
speed rating letter code ......... ... 259 Transport Canada . . . . . . . .... .. ...... 147
Tire manufacturing date ......... ... 259 Tread Wear Indicator (TWI) .......... . 257
Tire specifications .............. ... 259
Trip computer
Tread depth . ............ . ... . . . .. 257
Fuel consumpt ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . ..... 261
Mileage ..... . . . . . . ................ 22
W inter t ires . . . . . .. ... ... . . . . . . . .. 262
Single-trip memory ................. 23
Tires/Wheels Total-trip memory ................ . . 23
Low aspect ratio tires ......... . . . . . . 264
Trip odometer . . . . . . ................. 13
Tire pressure monitoring system . 16, 265
Trunk
Tires and vehicle load limits . . . . . . . . . . . 255
refer to Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4S
Tires and wheels
Turn signals ......................... 54
Checking tire pressure ..... . . . . . . . . . 2S3
Warning/ind icator lights ........ . ... . 16
Cold tire inflation pressure .. . . . . . . . . 2Sl
Dimensions . . ............ ......... 2S8
General notes ............ . ... . . . .. 247 u
Glossary of t ire and loading termino lo- Undercoating . . . . . . . ............... 222
gy ... ... . . . . ................ . . .. 248 Unfastening safety belts . . ........ . . . 153
New tires and wheels ......... ...... 258 Unidirectional tires .................. 247
Replacing . . . ............ . ... . . . . . 259
Uniform tire quality grading 261
Snow chains . ............ . ... . . . .. 263
Unlocking
Tires and vehicle load limits . ... . . . .. 255
Power locking switch . .... . . . ... . ... . 43
Wheel bolts ..... . .... . . . ... . ... . . 264
Rear lid/trunk lid .................. . 44
W inter t ires ... . . .. . ..... . . . . . . . . . 262
Remote control key ................. 41
Tire service life . . .......... . . . . . . . .. 257
Using the mechanical key ....... . . . . . 43
Tool kit . . . . . . ... . ............ . . . . . 268
Use of jumper cables . . . . . .... . ... . . . 282
Torn or frayed safety belts ... . . . . . . . . . lSl
Touch-up paint ..................... 220
Towing
V
Front eyelet . ............ . . . . . . . . . 284 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Rear eyelet . . ............ . ... . . . .. 284 Vehicle-care products . ............... 217
Tow truck procedures ......... . . . . . . 283 Vehicle Ident ificat ion Number (VIN) . . . . 287
Vehicle jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268,273
308 Index

Vehicle literature ..................... 5 Glossary of tire and loading terminolo-

Ventilation gy ... . . . . . ... . . . . . . . .......... . . 248
Three-zone automatic climate control . . 82 New t ires and whee ls .............. . 258
Tires and veh icle load limits ..... . ... 255

w When must a safety belt be replaced? .. 151

When must the airbag system be inspect-
Warn ing/ indicator light s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ed? ........... . . . . . .............. . 167
Adaptive cruise control ..... . . . . . ... 105
When should I adjust the tire pressures? 254
Airbag system . ............ . . . ... . . 16
When should I check the tir e pressures? . 254
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . ... 17
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Where are lower ancho rages located? .. . 191
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Where can I fin d the t ire pressures fo r my
Electromechanica l parking brake . . . . . . 18 car? ... . . . . . ... . . . . . .......... . . . . 253
Electroni c power contro l ... . . . . . . . . . . 15 Why safety belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 149
Electronic stabilization program (ESP) .. 15 Window regulators
High beam .................. . ... . . 17 Malfunctions . . .................... 49
Malfunction Indicato r Lamp (MIL) . . . . . 17 Power locks . . . .................... 48
Safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Windows
Tire pressure monitor ing system . . .... 16 Cleaning . . . ...................... 221
Trailer turn signal assembly .......... 16 W indsh ield defogging/defrosting . . . . . . . 86
Turn signa ls . ............ . . . . . . . . . . 16 Windsh ield washer fluid
Warning lights ................ . . .... 14 Low level ..... . . . ................ . . 34
Warranty coverages ......... . . . . ... . 291 Windshie ld wiper
Washer reservoir ................... 246 Installing new wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . 58
Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Replacing the rear wiper blade ...... . . 58
Automatic car wash ....... . ... . .... 218 Windshield wipers . . ............ . . . . . 56
by hand . . . . ................ . . . ... 218 Faulty . . . . . ... . . . . . . . .......... . . . 36
General informat ion 217 Service position .................... 57
with a power washer ............... 219 Washer reservoir ................ . . 246
Waxing . . ... ..... ........ . . . . . ... . 219 Winter operation
Wear ind icato r . . .......... . . . . . ... . 257 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Weatherstrips .................. . ... 222 Coolant system . . ................ . 239
Weights . . . . . . . . .......... . ....... . 287 Defrost ing windows .............. . .. 86
What happens if you wear your safety belt Seat heating ....................... 88
too loose? ..... ... ........ . . . . . . . . . 152 Tires ..... . . . . . . . ....... .... . . ... 203
Windows ........................ 221
What happens to unbelted occupants? .. 149
Winter tires . . ... . . . . . ............ . . 262
What impairs driving safety? . . . . . . . . . . 140
All-wheel drive .................... 262
What should I do after chang ing a
Wiper blad es
wheel? . . . . . . ... .......... ... . . . . . . 254
Installing new wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . 58
What should I do after replacing wheels? 254
also refer to Windshield wiper . . ... . . . 58
Wheel bolts
Torque . . . . . . ............ . . . . . ... . 264
Wheels . . ..... . .......... . ....... . 247 X
Cast alloy ........................ 222 Xenon-Lights . .................. . ... 279
Checking tire pressure ... . ... . . . ... . 253
Cold t ire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . 251 y
General notes . . .......... . . . . . ... . 247
Yellow symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
It has always been Audi's policy to continu- "Aud i", "q uatt ro" and the four rings emblem
ously improve its products . Audi, therefore, are registered trademarks of AUDI AG. "QS" is
reserves the right to make changes in design trademark of AUDI AG.
and specifications, and to make additions or
Editorial deadline: 09/17/2010
improvements in its products, without incur-
ring any obligation to install them on prod-
@ For the sake of the environment
ucts previous ly manufactured .
Printed on environmentally friend ly paper
Text, illustrat ions and specifications in th is (bleached without chlorine, recyclable).
manual are based on the most up-to-date in-
formation available at the time of printing. Printed in Germany

© 2010 AUDI AG
All rights reserved. May not be reprod uced or
translated in whole or in part without the
written consent of AUDI AG. Specificat ions are
subject to change w ithout notice.
2011 Audi QS
Owner's Manual
Englisch USA 11.2010
112.561.BRB.23 www.audi .com